Page 1

Filter

s! 00ct 40 du

Monitor

o pr

Sample

Remediate

T H E U LT I M AT E S O U R C E B O O K

vol 4

WATER / LIQUID SAMPLING

HYDROCARBON SAMPLING & RECOVERY

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

MAINTENANCE

HEALTH & SAFETY

AIR SAMPLING

LABORATORY

SLUDGE & SEDIMENT SAMPLING

WATER / LIQUID MONITORING

SOIL SAMPLING

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

AIR MONITORING

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

BOOKS

SOIL MONITORING

AIR MONITORING

www.ereinc.com ORDERS, SERVICE & TECH SUPPORT:

1-888-287-3732

TEL.

514-326-8852

E-MAIL

sales@ereinc.com


PureSample™4 The Ultimate Source

Book

Words from the President Dear Friends, Let’s begin with a little history…… As early as 4000 BC, ancient civilizations began to realize the importance of drinking and using clean water. They also realized that the fires they used for cooking and heating left the air so dense, intolerable and polluted. In essence, they began using their senses of sight, smell, and taste to analyze the water and air, and try to develop viable filtering and treatment systems. For example, they began to boil water and filter water by using sand and gravel. These processes are still used today. As time flowed throughout the centuries, significant contributions had been made in the area of treatment technologies, focusing primarily on waterborne illness as a means of public protection. With the dawn of the industrial revolution, people no longer had to rely on their senses to assess the quality of the environment. Instead, environmental tools were developed; samplers, monitors, and analyzers that gave clean, accurate results, results that could not be seen with the naked eye. With the results obtained, people could actually assess what treatment technology could be used. Since 1994, ERE Inc. has been creating a little history of its own by supplying, designing and manufacturing innovative environmental equipment required to SAMPLE, MONITOR, FILTER and REMEDIATE, air, water, liquids, powders, sludge, and soil. With our new PURESAMPLETM Catalogue, volume 4, our goal is to provide you with the ultimate sourcebook to help you make your job a little easier. It is most certain that technology will continue to evolve in the 21st century and rest assured that ERE will continue to provide you with the very best and ultimate in customer care. Sincerely,

PureSample team is at your call Finding a solution once and for all Service with a smile Making your time worthwhile So give us a call and we’ll give it our all ♫ ♪

Ordering Information You can order by phone, fax, email, and coming soon by internet. Our PureSample™ customer service staff will be happy to assist you.

Telephone: 1-888-287-3732 Fax: 514-326-8961 Email: sales@ereinc.com Register online today and receive our monthly promotions and product updates,

www.ereinc.com Discounts available for bulk orders or yearly contracts

Angelo Diadelfo President & CEO Our products are subject to change.

Environmental Remediation Equipment Inc. 8605 Champs d’Eau, Montreal, Quebec, H1P 3B8, Canada


Table of Contents Air Sampling

4 - 12

Pumps, Biological Samplers, Bags, Cassettes, Tubes

Air Monitoring

13 - 33

Powder & Solid Sampling

174 - 193

Powder Thief, Slot Samplers, Bag Samplers, Sleeve Samplers, Cohesive Samplers, Powder Lances, Spatulas, Scoops, Spoons, Funnels, Jugs, Whirl-Pak Sampling Bags, Trays, Pails, Mini Pots, Brushes, Accessories, Carrying Cases, Labels, Cleaning Detergents

Passive Monitoring Badges, Gas Detection Tubes & Pumps, Portable & Fixed Gas Detectors, Particle Counters, Calibration Gases, Accessories

Soil Sampling

Environmental Monitoring

Augers, Handles, Extensions & Slide Hammers, Auger Kits, Core Samplers, Soil Probes, Soil Sampling Kits Soil Gas Sampling Kits, Scoops, Shovels, Drills & Accessories

34 - 48

Heat Stress Monitors & Sound Level Meters, Calibrators, Light Meter & Flow Meter, Handheld Weather Meters, Thermometers, Hygro-Thermometers, Moisture Meter, Borescope Camera, MultiMeters, Indoor Air Quality Meters, Stop Watch, RF EMF Strength Meter, Surface Test Kits, Magnetic Locators, Radiation Meters

Water Sampling

49 - 72

Soil Monitoring

194 - 210

211 - 215

Moisture Meters, Thermometers, LeadCheck, pH Meter, EC Meter & Electronic Soil Lab

Field Supplies & Accessories

216 - 240

Bailers, Accessories, Surface Samplers, Liquid Samplers, Drum & Tank Samplers, Inertial Pumps & Tubing, Groundwater Filters, Actuators, Pumps

Stopwatches, Resistance Testers, Multimeters, Well Plugs, Sampling Bags, Accessories, Bottles, Containers, Syringes, All Weather Field Books, Gloves, Cleaners, Flash Lights, Protective Cases, Tubing, Adapters, & Connectors

Water Monitoring

Maintenance

73 - 101

Flow Meters, Staff Gauges, Water Level, Oil Water Interface Meters, Test Kits, Bacteria Test Kits, Luminometers, Dye Tracing, Water Quality Instrumentation, Fixed Water Quality Controllers

Laboratory

102 - 165

Water Quality Meters, Colorimeters, Electrodes, Calibration Solutions, Stirrers, Refractometers, Water Purification Systems, Microscopes, Slides, Centrifuges, Tubes, Incubators, Digital Dry Baths, Shakers, Scales & Balances, Tensiometer, Sieves & Shakers, Desiccators, Pipettors, Syringes, Burettes, Containers, Bottles, Vials, Bags, Cylinders, Beakers, Trays, Pails, Funnels, Scoops, Tube Racks, Biohazard Bags, Tape, Boxes, Tubing Clamps, Glove Boxes, Surface Protectors, Sleeves, Shoe Covers, Caps & Detergents

Hydrocarbon Sampling & Recovery

Biodegradable Cleaners, Air Fresheners, Mops, Sprayers, Dust Removers, Towels, Wastebaskets, Bags, Paper Towels, Hygienic Paper, Dispensers, Absorbents, Spill Kits, Cylinder Racks, Overpacks, Workstations, Spill Pallets, Leak Diverters & Drain Plugs

Health & Safety

254 - 270

Gloves, Aprons, Sleeves, Cova-Caps, Shoe Covers, Rainsuits, Protective Clothing, Traffic Vests, Goggles, Glasses, Ear Muffs, Ear Plugs, Masks, Eye Wash Stations, Hard Hats, Harness, First Aid Kits, Traffics Cones & Horns

Books

271 - 277

Books, Books, Books ‌ & More Books

166 - 168

Filtration / Remediation

169 - 173

Filter Bags, Cartridges, Bag & Cartridge Housings, Carbon, Media, Resins, Water Treatment Units, Fiber Glass Tanks, Sludge Dewatering Systems, Micro Filtration Systems, Reverse Osmosis Units, Oil Water Separators, Pumps, Refractometers, Bacteria, Oxygen Releasing Compounds, Algae Remover, Skimmers, Water Softner, Remediation Pumps, Multiphase Extraction Systems, Air Strippers, Blowers, Soil Vapour Extraction Systems, Air Treatment Units, Air Filters

Skimmers, Samplers, Pumps, Absorbents, TPH Test Kits

Sludge & Sediment Sampling

241 - 253

Sludge & Grease Samplers, Sludge & Sediment Sampler Kits, Dredges, Sludge Level Detector & Settleometer

278 - 331


AIR SAMPLING

Simple & Reliable!

The Buck EliteTM -5 The BUCK Elite™-5 is a data logging, programmable personal air sampler consists of a pump contained in a high impact steel fiber filled Lexan, antistatic, and RFI/EMI - shielded case, exclusive electronic circuit board for constant flow control (patent pending), an LCD display with 2 lines of 16 characters, a single diaphragm pump mechanism and a rechargeable NiMH battery pack. The purpose of this pump is to draw air contaminants in through a sampling media such as 25 and 37 mm filter cassettes, bubble impingers, long-duration color detector tubes; to gauge personnel exposure to gases, vapors, particulates, aerosols, etc. Flow Range: 0.8 - 6 LPM (800 - 6000 cc/min) 5 - 799 cc/min with universal low flow holder.

The Libra Plus™ Series Air Sampling Pumps Libra Plus™, provides extraordinary backpressure capabilities in an economical full service pump with a broad sampling range for use in a multitude of sampling applications. The pump is contained in a high impact RFI/EMI shielded case with an exclusive electronic circuit board for Constant Flow Control, voltage & backpressure monitoring to provide the most powerful, accurate, battery powered pump on the market. A large backlit LCD display, single diaphragm pump mechanism & nickel metal hydride battery pack make this pump simple to use, reliable and rugged for use with sampling media such as 25 & 37 mm filter cassettes, cyclones, bubble impingers, long-duration color detector tubes & other media for sampling gases, vapors, aerosols, particulates, etc. Features • High Back Pressure capable for 25 mm 0.45 µ asbestos filters • Displays: elapsed time, accumulated volume and flow rate LP-5 Pump: 0.8 - 5 LPM LP-7 Pump: 3 - 7 LPM LP-12 Pump: 3 - 12 LPM LP-20 Pump: 5 - 20 LPM

* Pump kit includes pump with a single pack NiMH battery, standard 120 V AC battery charger, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft of vinyl hose and operating manual. ** Pump 5-pack kit includes 5 pumps with single pack NiMH batteries, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, and 3 ft of vinyl hose. Also included are two operating manuals, one QuickFive™ charger 100 - 240 V AC, and a durable hard plastic 1500 Pelican case with lifetime warranty that accommodates additional accessories.

BU-908000 Buck EliteTM -5, Single Pack Pump Kit W/ 120 V Wall Charger BU-908020 Buck EliteTM -5, Single Pack Pump Kit W/ 230 V Wall Charger BU-947200 Buck EliteTM -5, 5 Pack Pump Kit W/ QuickFive Charger & Pelican Case

The Buck LibraTM Features • Economical Abatement Pump Flow Range 0.8 to 4 LPM • Designed for asbestos, lead and other airborne contaminants • No tools required to change flow rates • High back pressure capability for 25 mm 0.45 µ asbestos filters • Flow setting is saved in memory for next day quick start • Antistatic, RFI shielded & ETL approval Class I, II, III • Low flows 5 - 800 cc/min with universal low flow sorbent tube holder • Flows up to 4 LPM for special cyclone requirements • Bright LED indicates pump on, flow fault & low battery

Includes pump with battery pack, standard charger, Luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft vinyl hose & operating manual. Does not include universal low flow holder for sorbent tubes.

Includes pump with battery pack, 115 V charger, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft vinyl hose and operating manual. Does not include universal low flow holder for sorbent tubes.

BU-906200 Libra Plus™, LP-5 Pump Kit, 0.8 - 5 LPM (120 V) BU-906300 Libra Plus™, LP-7 Pump Kit, 3 - 7 LPM (120 V) BU-906250 Libra Plus™, LP-12 Pump Kit, 3 - 12 LPM (120 V) BU-906700 Libra Plus™, LP-20 Pump Kit, 5 - 20 LPM (120 V) BU-109030 Adjustable Universal Low Flow Holder

4

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

BU-926000 Buck-Libra 4 LPM Pump Kit (120 V) BU-926020 Buck-Libra 4 LPM Pump Kit (230 V)

Fax : (514) 326 8961


DEFENDER Primary Standard Calibrator Designed exclusively for the occupational health and safety industry and built on next-generation DryCal® technology!

5 - 500 ml/min 50 - 5,000 ml/min 300 - 30,000 ml/min • Large illuminated graphical display with zoom feature • Integrated serial PC interface and Optimizer Software for data transfer, secure audit trail, and reporting • Optimizer 110 Software (included) provides a link to your PC and automatically transfers readings to be saved as a text file • "Optional" Optimizer 120 Software accessory stores readings in a secure and searchable SQL database for quick and easy recall. Document and aggregate pump pre- and post-calibration data. Create calibration reports from templates for a secure audit trail and to satisfy ISO, TQM, or occupational health and safety management systems. Two DEFENDER models available: DEFENDER 510: 1% accuracy volumetric calibration for personal air samplers and other volumetric instruments

BIO-200-510L Defender Model 510L, 5 - 500 ml/min

AIR SAMPLING

Features • Highly accurate and repeatable - laboratory accuracy certified by NIST through NVLAP and backed by ISO 17025 accreditation • Choice of 3 wide flow ranges:

All Defender instruments come with charger with multi-plug, Optimizer 110 Software, and 1 meter serial cable. 50 - 5,000 ml/min. Software requires available COM port on PC. (100 - 240 V)

BIO-200-510M Defender Model 510M, 50 - 5,000 ml/min BIO-200-510H Defender Model 510H, 300 - 30,000 ml/min BIO-200-520L Defender Model 520L, 5 - 500 ml/min BIO-200-520M Defender Model 520M, 50 - 5,000 ml/min BIO-200-520H Defender Model 520H, 300 - 30,000 ml/min BIO-300-002 Optimizer 120 Deluxe Software On CD, Requires Windows 2000 SP3 Or Windows XP SP2 & An Available COM Port On PC

DEFENDER 520: Adds ambient temperature and pressure sensors to record calibration conditions for enhanced audit trail.

The First Electronic Calibrator Mini-BuckTM Primary Flow Calibrator Accurate dependable flow measurements! M-1

0.1 - 300 cc/min

M-5

1 - 6,000 cc/min

M-30

0.1 - 30 LPM

All calibrators include AC adapter/charger, soap solution, dispenser bottle & operating manual.

Features • Primary gas flow measurements, NIST traceable with accuracy of ±0.5% • Suitable for verifying vacuum and pressure pumps, rotameters, setting instrument panels, calibrating gas chromatographs, etc. • Wide choice of operating ranges • Completely field portable, rechargeable Ni-Cad battery powered provides up to 8 hours of use • One button control, auto shut off battery saver • Instant readout of flow rates • Not affected by temperature or humidity changes, accurate at any altitude

Pump Accessories BU-603900 Single Station Charger, 16 hrs, 120 V BU-601900 FastOne 1 hr Charger, Single Station, 100/240 V BU-605900 FastFive 1 hr Charger, 5 Station, 120/240 V BU-109030 Adjustable Universal Low Flow For Sorbent Tubes, 5 - 800 cc/min BU-109032 Non-Adjustable Low Flow Holder For Sorbent Tubes

BU-801000 Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-1, 0.1 - 300 cc/min, 120 V CE*

BU-109033 Adjustable Low Flow Holder, 5 - 100 cc/min

BU-805000 Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-5, 1 - 6,000 cc/min, 120 V CE*

BU-109070 Optional Bag Filling Port For Buck Pumps

BU-803000 Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-30, 0.1 - 30 LPM, 120 V CE*

BU-108000 Small Pelican 1400 Padded Carrying Case

BU-107030 Soap Solution, 8 oz

BU-109017 Medium Padded Carrying Case

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

5


Buck BioAireTM

AIR SAMPLING

Model B520 Bioaerosol sampling pump is compact, lightweight, 5 - 20 LPM controlled flow sampling pump for bioaerosol sampling. Accommodates the BioAireTM cassettes as well as the Air-O-CellTM. Both a LED & audible alarm provide confirmation of end-of-sample or depleted battery. Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5, 10 minute samples & continuous mode. A full five hours of continuous operation (at 15 LPM). It comes with a calibrated rotameter for quick flow check or calibration & charger.

BU-706000 BioAire™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Rotameter Assembly & Instruction Manual

Sampling for Gel-Impaction Slides Buck BioSlideTM Model B1020 Bioaerosol sampling pump is compact, lightweight, 10 - 20 LPM controlled flow sampling pump for bioaerosol sampling with Impaction-Gel. Both an LED & audible alarm provide confirmation of end-of-sample or depleted battery. Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5, 10 minute samples & continuous mode. A full five hours of continuous operation (at 15 LPM). It comes with a calibrated rotameter for quick flow check or calibration and a charger.

Buck Bio-Culture™ The Bio-Culture™ provides selectable, continuous (6 to 8 hrs), constant sample flowrate and is simple to operate. Its quiet operation allows unobtrusive sampling in IAQ, medical, clean room, public & residential building applications. Features • Holds 90 mm agar Petri dish. • Flows up to 120 LPM • 380 holes - 1 mm diameter • Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5,10 minute samples & continuous mode. • Tripod mount to allow 90 degree sampling • Sampling head is easily sterilized with gas torch or autoclave • 4 times the flow rate of an Anderson sampler

BU-708000 Bio-Culture™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Pencil Torch, Tripod, Case & Instruction Manual BU-707000 BioSlide™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Rotameter, Assembly & Instruction Manual

6

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

BU-708500 Calibration Head For Bio-Culture™ Pump

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Sampling for Viable Bioaerosols Is used for sampling biocontaminants (bacteria, molds, spores, fungi, pollen, etc.) in any production or environmentally controlled area. MicroFlowTM allows to verify & quantify microorganism presence.

Please specify 110 V or 220 V. Also available with a stainless steel head. Accessories

• • • •

Five flow rates 30, 60, 90, 100, 120 LPM Data logging up to 99 samples Remote operation via infrared control Sample in horizontal or vertical without tripod auxilium • 5 languages: English, Spanish, German, French & Italian

AIR SAMPLING

AQ-G1015 MicroFlow™ 90/C Sampler Kit Includes Aluminum Head & Double IR Sensor, Audible Alarm, One Spare Aluminum Head, IR Remote Control, Charger, Pencil Torch, Calibration Certificate, Case & Manual (110 V - 220 V) W/ Automatic Flow Rate Compensation AQ-G1027 Microflow™ 60 - 90/C Sampler Kit Includes Aluminum Head & Double IR Sensor, Audible Alarm, One Spare 90 mm Aluminum Assembly, IR Remote Control, 1 Pack Of 10 PCA Rodac Contact Plates, Charger, Pencil Torch, Calibration Certificate, Case & Manual, W/ Automatic Flow Rate Compensation

MicroFlowTM Microbiological Air Sampler

Features • Autoclavable anodized aluminum support plate & aluminum sampling head with conical holes; 60 mm head: 219 holes (1 mm) 90 mm head: 380 holes (1 mm) • Manual, sequential, or programmable with delayed start

AQ-G1004 MicroFlow™ 60/C Sampler Kit Includes Aluminum Head & Double IR Sensor, Audible Alarm, One Spare Aluminum Head, IR Remote Control, Charger, 1 Pack Of 10 PCA Rodac Contact Plates, Pencil Torch, Calibration Certificate, Case & Manual (110 V - 220 V) W/ Automatic Flow Rate Compensation

AQ-G1104 60 mm Aluminum Head AQ-G1114 90 mm Aluminum Head AQ-G1117 PC Interface W/ Software AQ-A2005 Manfrotto Small Tripod 2.40 m High

Gas Sampling Bags Non-contaminating, chemically inert, EPA recommended Reusing bags The EPA does not recommend reusing sample bags for ambient air sampling, due to the possibility of adsorption of previously sampled chemicals onto the inside bag surface. In some cases, bags can be reused, with the following guidelines. • Immediately after use, clean bags by flushing and heating, then store with all air evacuated from the bag. • Long-term storage of air-contaminant mixtures in bags can cause subsequent samples to be contaminated by off-gassing of previous samples adsorbed into the film. • Tedlar® bags can be used for higher MW alcohols without contaminating subsequent samples if cleaned and flushed properly. • Properly cleaned bags can be reused for sampling ethers without interfering with subsequent analysis. • Tedlar® bags used for sampling styrene or ethylbenzene cannot be reused. Cleaning and flushing will not completely remove these chemicals.

Hints • Before use, thoroughly flush bags with purified air or nitrogen. • During sampling, Teflon® tubing and Teflon® lined septums must be used in order to prevent sample loss. • Bags should not be filled to more than 80% of their maximum volume. • Charcoal (Black) Tedlar® bags should be used when sampling any light sensitive elements. • Do not store compounds in Tedlar® bags long term due to the possibility that chemicals may adsorb onto the bag surface. • Bags should not be used to collect reactive or unstable compounds. • When shipping bags, do not air-ship unless the cabin is pressurized.

Polypropylene Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum

Polypropylene Locking Combo Valve with Septum

Stainless Steel TCLP Fitting with Replaceable Septum

Stainless Steel Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum

Polypropylene Jaco® Fitting for Tubing or Septum

Nickel Plated HR® Barbed On/Off Valve

Swagelok® Type Stainless Steel Fitting for Tubing or Septum

PFA Fitting for Tubing or Septum

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

7


Gas Sampling Bags

AIR SAMPLING

These Gas Sampling Bags offer a convenient, reliable, economical way of collecting airborne chemical hazards. They are chemically inert, leak tested, mechanically strong, reusable, and noncontaminating. They are available in Tedlar®, Charcoal Tedlar®, FEP, PFA and other materials, with a variety of standard and custom fittings as well as optional metal grommets/eyelets for easy holding and storage.

Tedlar® Gas Sampling Bag with Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum Part #

Capacity

Size

Stem O.D.

Quantity

JIP-GSTP000-0606SG1B

0.6 Liter

6" x 6"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP001-0707SG1B

1 Liter

7" x 7"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP002-0909SG1B

2 Liter

9" x 9"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP003-1010SG1B

3 Liter

10" x 10"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP005-1212SG1B

5 Liter

12" x 12"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP008-1217SG1B

8 Liter

12" x 17"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP009-1218SG1B

9.5 Liter

12" x 18"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP010-1219SG1B

10 Liter

12" x 19"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP012-1221SG1B

12 Liter

12" x 21"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP016-1818SG1B

16 Liter

18" x 18"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP025-1824SG1B

25 Liter

18" x 24"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP040-2424SG1B

40 Liter

24" x 24"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP056-2430SG1B

56 Liter

24" x 30"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP073-2436SG1B

73 Liter

24" x 36"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP080-3030SG1B

80 Liter

30" x 30"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSTP100-3036SG1B

100 Liter

30" x 36"

3/16"

Replacement Septa

JIP-SEP5007-SCV

Common Applications • Assessing exposure from spills and leaks • Calibrating gas standards • Gas blending • Grab sampling • Magnetic imaging • Groundwater testing • Measuring peak concentrations • Indoor air sampling • Vent sampling • Soil gas sampling • Hazardous waste site sampling

10/Pack 10/Pack

Above part numbers include 1 grommet / eyelet. Also available with multiple grommet / eyelet. Other valves & fittings available. Can also be sold separately.

Teflon® FEP Gas Sampling Bag with Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum Size

Stem O.D.

Quantity

JIP-GSF001P-0606SG1B

Part #

0.6 Liter

Capacity

6" x 6"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-0707SG1B

1 Liter

7" x 7"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-0610SG1B

1.2 Liter

6" x 10"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-0612SG1B

1.5 Liter

6" x 12"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-0909SG1B

2 Liter

9" x 9"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-1010SG1B

3 Liter

10" x 10"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-1212SG1B

5 Liter

12" x 12"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-1218SG1B

9.5 Liter

12" x 18"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-1219SG1B

10 Liter

12" x 19"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-1818SG1B

16 Liter

18" x 18"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-1824SG1B

25 Liter

18" x 24"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-2424SG1B

40 Liter

24" x 24"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-2430SG1B

56 Liter

24" x 30"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-2436SG1B

73 Liter

24" x 36"

3/16"

10/Pack

JIP-GSF001P-3030SG1B

80 Liter

30" x 30"

3/16"

Replacement Septa

JIP-SEP5007-SCV

10/Pack 10/Pack

Above part numbers include 1 grommet / eyelet. Also available with multiple grommet / eyelet. Other valves & fittings available. Can also be sold separately.

8

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


SampleProTM FlexFilm Bags The new SKC SampleProTM FlexFilm sample bags are constructed of SKC proprietary material ideally suited for collecting air samples. Eyelets are not included.

SampleProTM FlexFilm Bags with Single Polypropylene Septum Fitting SK-236-001 1 Liter, 8.25" x 7.25", 10/Box

AIR SAMPLING

The FlexFilm Advantages • Lower VOC background and shows the same sample stability for VOC’s as seen with Tedlar® • High-performance polypropylene fitting designed for efficient bag sampling • One compact fitting includes hose/valve and septum • Longer storage times • Strong evenly-sealed seams • Economy, economy, economy

SK-236-001A 1 Liter, 8.25" x 7.25", Each SK-236-002 3 Liter, 8.25" x 15.25", 10/Box SK-236-002A 3 Liter, 8.25" x 15.25", Each SK-236-003 10 Liter, 18.25" x 14.25", 10/Box SK-232-01-RS Replacement Septa, 10/Box Custom size bags available upon request.

SamplePro® FlexFoil® Sample Bags For Methane, Carbon Monoxide/Dioxide & More SKC SamplePro® FlexFoil® sample bags provide light and moisture protection for low molecular weight compounds such as hydrogen that are unstable when collected into standard Tedlar® bags. Use a low flow air sample pump with exhaust port with SKC FlexFoil® Sample Bags. These bags do not have eyelets.

The FlexFoil® Advantages • Collect low molecular weight compounds and inert gases not stable in Tedlar • Strong, evenly sealed 4-ply material • Water and vapor-proof • Flexible • Sample stability up to 5 days • Available with single all-in-one septum and hose/valve fitting in stainless steel or polypropylene • Custom bags available • Minimal adsorption • Opaque material protects sample from light

SamplePro® FlexFoil® Bags* with Single Polypropylene Septum Fitting

SamplePro® FlexFoil® Bags* with Single Stainless Septum Fitting

SK-245-21 1 Liter, 7" x 7", 5/Box

SK-245-01 1 Liter, 7" x 7", 5/Box

SK-245-21A 1 Liter, 7" x 7", Each

SK-245-01A 1 Liter, 7" x 7", Each

SK-245-23 3 Liter, 9.5" x 10", 5/Box

SK-245-03 3 Liter, 9.5" x 10", 5/Box

SK-245-23A 3 Liter, 9.5" x 10", Each

SK-245-03A 3 Liter, 9.5" x 10", Each

SK-245-25 5 Liter, 12" x 12.5", 5/Box

SK-245-05 5 Liter, 12" x 12.5", 5/Box

SK-245-28 10 Liter, 11.75" x 22", 5/Box

SK-245-08 10 Liter, 11.75" x 22", 5/Box

SK-232-01-RS Replacement Septa, 10/Box

SK-233-01-RS Replacement Septa, 10/Box

Custom size bags available upon request.

Custom size bags available upon request.

* Flexfoil® sample bags are not suitable for collecting VOC’s due to the constituents of the bag material.

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

9


Extremely Low Permeability! Air Sampling Bags

AIR SAMPLING

Air Sampling Bags are made from Tedlar polyvinyl fluoride (PVF) film with heat-sealed, leak-proof, double seams. Tedlar is chemically inert and will not absorb or contaminate the samples normally encountered in air monitoring, emission testing and nuclear gas collecting. Minimum sample loss. Features • Use to collect and store many gases • Flexible and easy to use • Lightweight, reusable, strong • Bags are supplied with standard port, pinch clamp and 30 cm (11.8") of 19 mm (1/4") ID Tygon® Tubing

37 mm Air Sampling Cassettes Features • Polystyrene Housing, 2 or 3 • Meets NIOSH & OSHA standards • Available in both two & three piece configurations • Individually assembled & preloaded under stringent quality assurance standards with only the finest quality membrane & support pads

MI-10-005A 0.5 Liter, 6"X 7", Each MI-10-001A 1 Liter, 7"X 9", Each MI-10-002A 2 Liter, 9" X 12", Each MI-10-003A 3 Liter, 12" X12", Each MI-10-005A 5 Liter, 9" X 22", Each MI-10-010A 10 Liter, 12" X 22", Each MI-10-015A 15 Liter, 18" X 18", Each MI-10-020A 20 Liter, 18" X 25", Each Larger sizes available.

Match-Weighed Cassettes Features • Each cassette labeled with serial number, preloaded-ready to use • Color coded to indicate filter type • Contains two filters matched in weight, subject to noted tolerance • Top filter collects particulate & the bottom filter serves as a control

MCE Filters ZE-738MCE 37 mm 3 Piece Cassette, 0.8 µ, MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case

ZE-7M82M 37 mm 2 Piece Cassette Containing Two 0.8 µ Filters, 50/Case

ZE-728MCE 37 mm 2 Piece Cassette, 0.8 µ, MCEFilter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case

ZE-7M83M 37 mm 3 Piece Cassette Containing Two 0.8 µ Filters, 50/Case

PVC Filters

ZE-7M93M 37mm 3 Piece Cassette Containing Two 0.8µ Filters, 50/Case

ZE-735PVC 37 mm 3 Piece Cassette, 5.0 µ, PVC Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case

ZE-7M52P 37mm 2 Piece Cassette Containing Two 5.0µ Filters, 50/Case

ZE-725PVC 37 mm 2 Piece Cassette ,5.0 µ, PVC Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case

ZE-7M53P 37mm 3 Piece Cassette Containing Two 5.0µ Filters, 50/Case

ZEFON & EMS 25 mm PCM & TEM Cassettes Features • 25 mm static conductive extension cowl, 3 piece housing • Meets NIOSH and OSHA standards • Ready to use, tapered inlet • Compliant with asbestos regulations

10

ZEFON Cassettes

EMS Cassettes

ZE-Z008BA 25 mm PCM Cassette W/ 0.8 μ, MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case

EMS-900103 25 mm PCM Cassette W/ 0.8 µ, MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case

ZE-Z008GA 25 mm PCM Cassette W/ 0.8 μ, MCE Gridded Filter, 50/Case

EMS- 900103-G 25 mm PCM Cassette W/ 0.8 μ, MCE Green Gridded Filter, 50/Case

ZE-Z045BA 25 mm TEM Cassette 0.45 μ & 5.0 μ, MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case

EMS-900305 25 mm TEM Cassette 0.45 μ & 5.0 μ, MCE Filter W/ Support Pad, 50/Case

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Pre-Weighed Cassettes Features • Preloaded- ready to use, 2 or 3 housing • Each cassette is labeled with serial number, color coded to indicate filter type • Pre-weighed cassettes eliminate the user's inconvenience of pre-weighing filters for gravimetric analysis

AIR SAMPLING

ZE-7P52P 37 mm 2 Piece 5.0 µm PVC Filters, Weighed To Within .00001 gm, 50/Case ZE-7P53P 37 mm 3 Piece 5.0 µm PVC Filters, Weighed To Within .00001 gm, 50/Case

Competitively Priced Cassettes, Providing Exceptional Value Micro-5

Cyclex-D

The decrease of the jet-to-plate distance (in the circular jet impactors) results in a critical decrease of the impactor's cut-off size, from about 2.5 microns of the widely used slit impactors to about 1 micron. This makes such an impactor efficient for collecting spores of all fungal species and even some bacterial species.

Utilizing a 360 degree impaction chamber, the Cyclex-D was pioneered to evenly and quantitatively collect aeroallergens. With a flow rate of 20 L/min, the capture & actual collection efficiency of the Cyclex-D exceeded 50% at d50=1µ compared to the industry norm of 2.5 microns.

EMS-120170 Micro-5, 50/Box

EMS-120135 Cyclex-D, 50/Box

Air-O-CellTM The Air-O-Cell™ is a unique air sampling cassette specifically designed for the rapid collection of a wide range of airborne aerosols including mold spores, pollen, insect parts, skin cell fragments, fibers (e.g. asbestos, fiberglass, cellulose, clothing fibers, etc.) and inorganic particulate (e.g. ceramic, fly ash, copy toner, etc.). The Air-O-Cell™ collects both viable & non-viable sample specimens, providing a much broader overview of potential allergens & contaminants than conventional sampling techniques.

Allergenco-D The Allergenco-D sampling cassette was developed for the sampling and collection of aeroallergens & bioaerosols for quantitative analysis of mold spores, pollen, skin fragments, insects, combustion particles, toners, environmental dust, construction dusts & other airborne particulates. The Allergenco-D employs a patented laminar flow venturi which provides higher readable collection efficiency as well as a more well defined impaction trace, helping to reduce analysis time.

ZE-AOC010 Air-O-Cell™ Cassette, 10/Case ZE-AOC050 Air-O-Cell™ Cassette, 50/Case

EMS-120515 Allergenco-D, 50/Box

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

11


AIR SAMPLING

Sorbent Tubes Sorbent tube sampling is the NIOSH/OSHA - approved method for collecting most hazardous gases and vapors from the air. Federal law has established Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL’s) for workers’ exposure to a variety of airborne chemical hazards. Sorbent tubes have been validated as a reliable tool for sampling requirements.

Sorbent Tubes are Easy to Use

Tubes for Volatile Organic Sampling Trains (VOST)

SK-226-01 Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 6 mm O.D. x 70 mm L, 50/Box SK-226-01-Bulk Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 6 mm O.D. x 70 mm L, 1000/Box SK-226-09 Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 8 mm O.D. x 110 mm L, 50/Box SK-226-09-Bulk Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 8 mm O.D. x 110 mm L, 1000/Box Other tubes available.

EPA Methods 0030 and 0031 specify Volatile Organic Sampling Train (VOST) Tubes when sampling for VOC’s and Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents from stationary emission sources. Method 0030 specifies a train of three sorbent tubes: one Tenax and petroleum-based charcoal, and two Tenax. Method 0031 specifies one Anasorb 747 tube and two Tenax tubes. Low background levels make these sorbent useful for collecting low concentrations of VOC’s. SK-226-134 Glass Open Tenax TA, 16 mm O.D. x 125 mm L, 1.6 gm (35/60 Mesh), Each SK-226-133 Glass Open Anasorb 747, 16 mm O.D. x 125 mm L, 5 gm (20/40 Mesh), Each

RING The RING is a radial symmetry diffusive sampler for gases and vapours airborne detection. Ready to use, cheap, small, light (less than 15 g) and safe, this sampler has been designed for personal and environmental sampling. Thanks to its high precision the Ring gives accurate results with few hours or weeks display. Some possible applications are: • Personal sampling • Working area sampling • Air quality monitoring • Pollutant sites monitoring

Sampling Of: • Aldehydes • Ammonia (NH3) • Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) • Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) • Ozone (O3) • Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) recovery by chemical desorption A diffusive sampler with radial symmetry is characterized by a cylindrical diffusive surface (instead of plane), by a cylindrical adsorbing device, internal and coaxial to the adsorbing substrate, and a diffusive path parallel to the radius.This special design, which maximize the diffusive surface compared to similar axial samplers, allows an extremely high sampling rate inspite of its small dimensions. Ring’s high sampling rate guarantees very low levels of analytical sensitivity. Also, sampler efficiency, is not influenced by air speed changes and is independent from the related humidity.

AQ-P500R Supporting Plate W/ Clips, Label & Transparent Label Pocket, 10/Pack AQ-P502R Blue Diffusive Body, 10/Pack AQ-P503R Metal Clip For Body, 10/Pack AQ-P700R Adsorbing Cartridge For Ammonia (NH3), 10/Pack AQ-P702R Adsorbing Cartridge For Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), 10/Pack AQ-P704R Adsorbing Cartridge For Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), 10/Pack AQ-P706R Adsorbing Cartridge For Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC’s and BTEX), 10/Pack

12

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


SafeAir® Badges Direct Read Passive Monitoring System The SafeAir® system consists of a direct reading colorimetric badge and a color comparison chart. SafeAir® badges are available for 21 different gases. Provides immediate visual indication when specific chemical is present. Homogeneous and stable color formation due to coated indicator layer Highly sensitive and selective Ideal for leak detection and daily exposure screening No laboratory analysis needed

MT-382010-50 Chemical: Ammonia, 4.0 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.50 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382002-50 Chemical: Hydrazine, 8.0 ppb, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1.0 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382017-50 Chemical: Carbon Dioxide, 8,000 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1,000 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-383001 Chemical: Hydrazine Color Comparator (4.5 – >300 ppb/hr), Each

MT-383009 Chemical: Carbon Dioxide Color Comparator (1,800 - 80,000 ppm/hr), Each

MT-382015-50 Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide, 2.0 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.25 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382012-50 Chemical: Carbon Monoxide, 7.0 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.9 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382013-50 Chemical: Nitrogen Dioxide, 1.0 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.125 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382009-50 Chemical: Chlorine, 0.18 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.023 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382004-50 Chemical: Ozone, 0.05 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.006 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-383010 Chemical: Chlorine Color Comparator (0.3 - 3.0 ppm/hr), Each

MT-382014-50 Chemical: Sulfur Dioxide, 0.2 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.025 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382011-50 Chemical: Formaldehyde, 0.4 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.05 ppm, 50/Pack

AIR MONITORING

• • • •

MT-401966-10 Badge Clips, 10/Pack

ChromAir® Colorimetric Badges Direct Read Passive Monitoring System The ChromAir® system consists of a direct reading colorimetric badge and a color comparison chart. Users can now monitor for toxic gases without the use of a pump or time consuming laboratory analysis. Immediate, on-site results. Highly sensitive and selective. Exposure data read directly from badge. Immediate response for short-term exposure measurements. Measure TWA exposures. Patented design minimizes effects of humidity and air velocity. Light-weight and cost effective for personnel and area monitoring. No laboratory analysis needed.

MT-380020-10 Chemical: Acetone, 20 - 24,000 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 2.5 ppm, 10/Pack MT-380003-10 Chemical: Ammonia , 4 - 300 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.5 ppm, 10/Pack MT-384008 Chemical: Ammonia Color Comparator (3 - 600 ppm/hr), Each MT-380008-10 Chemical: Carbon Monoxide, 10 - 525 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1.25 ppm, 10/Pack MT-384006 Chemical: Carbon Monoxide Color Comparator (4 - 630 ppm/hr), Each MT-380004-10 Chemical: Chlorine, 0.4 - 13 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.05 ppm, 10/Pack MT-384005 Chemical: Chlorine Color Comparator (0.2 - 20), Each

MT-384001 Chemical: Formaldehyde Color Comparator (0.3 - 40 ppm/hr), Each MT-380009-10 Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide, 1 - 240 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.13 ppm, 10/Pack MT-384002 Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide Color Comparator (0.4 - 350 ppm/hr), Each MT-380018-10 Chemical: Mercury , 0.125 - 1.6 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.016 mg/m3, 10/Pack MT-384003 Chemical: Mercury Color Comparator (0.12 - 3.2 mg/m3/hr), Each MT-380010-10 Chemical: Ozone, 0.08 - 1.6 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.01 ppm, 10/Pack MT-401966-10 Badge Clips, 10/Pack

MT-380007-10 Chemical: Formaldehyde, 0.3 - 12 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.04 ppm, 10/Pack

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

13


Tubes

DrägerTubes® & Accuro® Pump

AIR MONITORING

More than 500 substances can be detected and measured using the Dräger-Tube system. Typical applications include the monitoring of workplace air, emission measurements, quality control, process control and monitoring of compressed air for breathing apparatus, as well as environmental and hazardous substance detection applications.

Short-Term Measurements with Dräger-Tubes For short-term measurements more than 160 Dräger-Tubes are available to measure the socalled spot concentrations of specific gases. A wide range of different gases and vapours can be detected and measured, e.g. determining and measuring concentration peaks, measuring personal exposure in the inhalation area, detecting leaks in pipelines, gas installations etc. and air analysis in sewers, shafts and confined spaces. DR-CH22901 Acetone 100/b, 100 - 12,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6728051 Ethylene 50/a, 50 - 2,500 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH29701 Alcohol 100/a, 100 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6733081 Formaldehyde 0.2/a, 0.2 - 5 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101711 Ammonia 0.25/a, 0.25 - 3 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101751 Formaldehyde 2/a, 2 - 40 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6733231 Ammonia 2/a, 2 - 30 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6728391 Hexane 100/a, 50 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH20501 Ammonia 5/a, 5 - 70 ppm, SEI Certified, 50 - 700 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH29501 Hydrochloric Acid 1/a, 1 - 10 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH25001 Arsine 0.05/a, 0.05 - 60 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101511 Hydrogen 0.2%/a, 0.2 - 2 Vol.-%, 10/Box

DR-6728561 Benzene 0.5/a, 0.5 - 10 ppm, 10/Box

R-8101461 Hydrogen Sulfide 0.2/a, 0.2-5 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101231 Benzene 2/a, 2 - 60 ppm, 5/Box

DR-6728041 Hydrogen Sulfide 0.5/a, 0.5-15 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6730201 Petroleum Hydrocarbons 100/a, 100 - 2,500 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101741 Benzene 15/9, 15 - 420 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101831 Hydrogen Sulfide 1/d, 1 - 200 ppm, SEI Certified, 10/Box

DR-8101611 Phosphine 0.01/a , 0.01 - 1 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101811 Carbon Dioxide 100/a, 100 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH29101 Hydrogen Sulfide 100/a, 100 - 2,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH25301 Smoke Tubes N/A, 10/Box

DR-CH31401 Carbon Dioxide 0.5%/a, 0.5 - 10 Vol.-%, 10/Box

DR-8103281 Mercaptan 0.1/a, 0.1 - 15 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6728491 Sulphur Dioxide 0.5/a, 0.5 - 25 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH25101 Carbon Dioxide 1%/a, 1 - 20 Vol.-%, 10/Box

DR-CH23101 Mercury Vapour 0.1/b, 0.05 - 2 mg/m3, 10/Box

DR-6728781 Sulphuric Acid 1/a, 1 - 5 mg/m3, 9/Box

DR-6733051 Carbon Monoxide 2/a, 2 - 300 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH30001 Nitrogen Dioxide 0.5/c, 0.5 - 25 ppm, 10/Box, SEI Certified

DR-8101661 Toluene 5/b, 5 - 300 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH25601 Carbon Monoxide 5/c, 5 - 700 ppm, SEI Certified, 10/Box

DR-CH31001 Nitrous Gases 2/a, 2 - 100 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH21101 Trichloroethane 50/d, 50 - 600 ppm, 5/Box

DR-CH20601 Carbon Monoxide 10/b, 10 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8103261 Oxygen 5%/C, 5 - 23 Vol.-%, 10/Box

DR-8101721 Vinyl Chloride 0.5/b, 0.5 - 30 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH24301 Chlorine 0.2/a, 0.2 - 30 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6733181 Ozone 0.05/b, 0.05 - 1.4 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101781 Water Vapour 1/b, 1 - 40 mg/L, 10/Box

DR-CH20201 Ethyl Acetate 200/a, 200 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101691 Petroleum Hydrocarbons 10/a, 10 - 300 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6733161 Xylene 10/a, 10 - 400 ppm, 10/Box

Accuro® Gas Detector Pump

Other tubes available.

The Accuro® Gas Detector Pump is a manually operated bellows pump that draws a calibrated 100 milliliter sample through the short-term Dräger-Tubes. DR-6400000 Accuro® Pump Includes Tube Opener & Allen Wrench DR-4053473 Soft-Side Accuro® Pump Kit Includes Pump, Tube Opener, Spare Parts Kit, Allen Wrench & Nylon Carrying Case DR-4056443 Hard-Side Accuro® Pump Kit Includes Pump, Tube Opener, Spare Parts Kit, 10 Rubber Caps, Allen Wrench & Plastic Carrying Case

14

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Features • One-Hand Operation • Very Low Maintenance • End-Of-Stroke Indicator • Built-In Automatic Stroke Counter

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Diffusion (Passive Sampling) Tubes

DR-8101071 Acetic Acid 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h DR-8101301 Ammonia 20/a-D, 20 - 1,500 ppm x h DR-8101161 Butadiene 10/a-D, 10 - 300 ppm x h DR-8101381 Carbon Dioxide 500/a-D, 500 - 20,000 ppm x h DR-8101051 Carbon Dioxide 1%/a-D, 1 - 30 Vol.% x h DR-6733191 Carbon Monoxide 50/a-D, 50 - 600 ppm x h DR-8101151 Ethanol 1000/a-D, 1,000 - 25,000 ppm x h DR-6733111 Hydrochloric Acid 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h DR-6733221 Hydrocyanic Acid 20/a-D, 20 - 200 ppm x h DR-6733091 Hydrogen Sulfide 10/a-D, 10 - 300 ppm x h

AIR MONITORING

Get on-site measurements of 8-hour exposures with the Dräger Diffusion Tubes. This gas and vapor measurement technique provides a quick, simple, and on-site means to determine employee exposures. Unlike Short-Term detector tubes that require a pump for operation, Diffusion Tubes rely on natural movement of the gases and vapors to enter the tube and cause a color change. Simply read the indication on the graduated scale (ppm x hours) and divide by the amount of hours the Diffusion Tube has been in use for a TWA measurement. No waiting, no analysis fees, no laboratory services, no turn-around time; just on the spot measurement. The Tube Holder allows you to place the Diffusion Tube in the breathing zone of the people being monitored or in the suspected areas.

DR-6733014 Diffusion Tube Holder, 3/Pack

DR-8101111 Nitrogen Dioxide 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h DR-8101401 Perchloroethylene 200/a-D, 200 - 1,500 ppm x h DR-8101091 Sulfur Dioxide 5/a-D, 5 - 150 ppm x h DR-8101421 Toluene 100/a-D, 100 - 3,000 ppm x h DR-8101441 Trichloroethylene 200/a-D, 200 - 1,000 ppm x h

Air Monitoring Chip Analyzer DR-6405300 CMS Analyzer With Data Recorder. Includes Analyzer, 4 "AA" Alkaline Batteries & 3 mm Allen Wrench

CMS Analyzer and Chips Digital display of gas concentration eliminates ambiguous results. Internal recorder stores up to 50 measurements with time/date stamp. Just load a CMS gas specific chip into the bottom port of the analyzer. Easy-to-use, three-step slide switch allows analyzer to take measurement. Gas concentration is displayed in seconds with digital readout. Operates on four "AA" batteries (included). Features • Chips contain 10 tests each • Easy as 1-2-3 Simple operation, simplified training • Accurate Measure quantities as low as 0.20 ppm Benzene • Fast Response Times • Accuracies of ± 4 to 7% of measured value is achieved for most gases • CMS has been validated by a nationally accredited third party laboratory

www.ereinc.com

DR-6405060 Remote System Includes Pump, 3 m Extension Hose With Adapter, Float Probe & Screwdriver DR-8313025 Telescopic Probe (Requires Remote System) DR-4594631 Nylon Transport Case DR-6405080 Leather Carrying Case W/Shoulder Strap For Analyzer DR-6405090 Leather Carrying Case For Chips DR-6406330 Acetic Acid, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm DR-6406470 Acetone, 40.0 - 600 ppm DR-6406130 Ammonia, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm DR-6406570 Ammonia, 100 - 2,000 ppm DR-6406280 Benzene, 10.0 - 250 ppm DR-6406190 Carbon Dioxide, 200 - 3,000 ppm DR-6406210 Carbon Dioxide, 1.0 - 20.0 Vol.% DR-6406080 Carbon Monoxide, 5.0 - 150 ppm DR-6406010 Chlorine, 0.20 - 10.0 ppm DR-6406580 Ethylene Oxide, 0.40 - 5.0 ppm

DR-6406540 Formaldehyde, 0.20 - 5.0 ppm DR-6406090 Hydrochloric Acid, 1.0 - 25.0 ppm DR-6406520 Hydrogen Sulfide, 0.20 - 5.0 ppm DR-6406050 Hydrogen Sulfide, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm DR-6406360 Mercaptan, 0.25 - 6.0 ppm DR-6406120 Nitrogen Dioxide, 0.50 - 25.0 ppm DR-6406240 Nitrous Gases, 10.0 - 200 ppm DR-6406490 Oxygen, 1.0 - 30 Vol.% DR-6406430 Ozone, 25.0 - 1,000 ppb DR-6406200 Petroleum Hydrocarbons, 20.0 - 500 ppm DR-6406270 Petroleum Hydrocarbons, 100 - 3,000 ppm DR-6406560 Styrene, 2.0 - 40.0 ppm DR-6406180 Sulfur Dioxide, 5.0 - 150 ppm DR-6406250 Toluene, 10.0 - 300 ppm DR-6406230 Vinyl Chloride, 10.0 - 250 ppm DR-6406260 Xylene, 10.0 - 300 ppm

sales@ereinc.com

15


AIR MONITORING

Single-Gas Detectors with Easy Two-Button Operation! Dräger Pac® 3500/5500 Single Gas Monitor Their impact-resistant housing features a protective rubber coating and is impervious to corrosive chemicals and meets the requirements of IP65 to ensure operation even when splashed with water. Monitor is maintenance free and can be easily operated using two buttons. Its small size makes it comfortable and easy to wear all day on a belt, chest pocket, or lapel. A loud audible alarm, two bright visual alarms, and strong vibrating alarm alert you to hazardous concentrations of gas. The Pac® 3500, 5500 and 7000 shows both the gas concentration and the measurement unit. Alternatively, the instrument can be configured to show only the gas detected. The concentration is then displayed only when the set alarm level has been exceeded. It is complete with an infrared interface and is able to store up to 60 events with dates and times. The Pac® 3500 is a robust single gas detector with 2 years operation time. The Pac® 5500 is a single gas detector with no lifetime limitation. The Pac® 7000 detects CO, CO2, Cl2, HCN, H2S, NH3, O2, PH3, SO2.

DR-4543960 Dräger Pac® 5500 CO, 0 - 500 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm DR-4543961 Dräger Pac® 5500 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm DR-4543962 Dräger Pac® 5500 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol.

Accessories for Dräger Pac® 3500, 5500 & 7000 DR-8319559 Pac Smart Bump/Cal Station (Order Gas Separately) DR-8321010 Mobile Printer/Interface Set For Pac Smart Bump/Cal Station, Records 700 Tests To Memory/PC &/Or Provides Printout, Includes Charger, NiMHy Batteries, ("AA" Alkaline Optional), USB Cable, CCVision PC-Software

DR-4543957 Dräger Pac® 3500 CO, 0 - 500 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm

Dräger Pac® 7000 DR-8318970 Dräger Pac® 7000 CO, 0 - 1999 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm DR-8318971 Dräger Pac® 7000 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm DR-8318972 Dräger Pac® 7000 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol. DR-8318973 Dräger Pac® 7000 HCN, 0 - 50 ppm, 0.1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 2.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 4.5 ppm

DR-8319002 Thermal Paper Replacement, Mobile Printer, (5 Rolls) DR-4594580 Mobile Printer/Interface Only

DR-8318974 Dräger Pac® 7000 PH3, 0 - 20 ppm, 0.01 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.1 ppm, Alarm 2: 0.2 ppm

DR-8318588 Calibration/Bump Test Adapter DR-8318587 Communication Cradle & PacVision Software, Includes USB Cable

DR-8318975 Dräger Pac® 7000 CO2, 0 - 5% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 1.0% Vol. DR-8318976 Dräger Pac® 7000 SO2, 0 - 100 ppm, 1 ppm (0.1) Resolution, Alarm 1: 2 ppm, Alarm 2: 4 ppm

DR-4543808 Lithium Alkaline Battery, 3 V

Pac® 3500

DR-4543836 Dust & Water Filter, 4/Pack

DR-8318977 Dräger Pac® 7000 NO2, 0 - 50 ppm, 0.1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 2.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 5.0 ppm

DR-4543822 Leather Carrying Case W/ Velcro Belt Loop DR-8317410 Simple Bump Test/Cal Station (Order Gas Separately)

DR-8318978 Dräger Pac® 7000 Cl2, 0 - 20 ppm, 0.05 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 1.0 ppm

DR-4543959 Dräger Pac® 3500 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol.

DR-8318589 Pac XX00 ECal Instrument Module, Requires Master Or Module Adapter For Automated Testing & Documentation

DR-8318979 Dräger Pac® 7000 NH3, 0 - 300 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 25 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm

GasWatch 2

Features • 3 gases to choose from CO, H2S, or O2 • Hands free gas monitoring • Compact "watch type" design • Fast, accurate response with digital LCD display • Fits on your wrist, clothing, belt or hardhat • Automatic backlight during alarm • Manual backlight • Sensor fail alarm • PEAK hold function (min and max values for O2) • TWA and STEL function • Displays current time • Visual, audible, and vibration alarms standard • Over 3,000 hours of operation from 1 battery • Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified • 2 year warranty

DR-4543958 Dräger Pac® 3500 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm

The GasWatch features hands free gas monitoring with a watch type design. It has fast, accurate response with a digital LCD display. The GasWatch detects H2S, CO or O2. Specifications • Diffusion type sampling method, electrochemical cell detection (CO, H2S) and Galvanic cell (O2). • Carbon Monoxide 0 - 500 ppm, Oxygen 0 - 40.0% O2 • Hydrogen Sulfide 0 - 100 ppm. • Visual, audible, & vibration alarms • TWA, STEL & PEAK hold functions • 3,000 hours of operation from 1 battery • Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved • 2 year warranty

16

Pac® 5500

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

RK-72-0007RK GasWatch 2 Measuring O2 0 - 40% RK-81-GW2X-LV Calibration Kit For GasWatch 2 Measuring O2 RK-73-0040RK GasWatch 2 Measuring CO 0 - 500 ppm RK-81-GW2C-LV Calibration Kit For Gaswatch 2 Measuring CO RK-73-0041RK GasWatch 2 Measuring H2S 0 - 100 ppm RK-81-GW2H-LV Calibration Kit For GasWatch Measuring H2S

Fax : (514) 326 8961


01 Series - Single Gas Clip On Personal Monitor

RK-81-OX01-LV Calibation Kit For OX-01 RK-72-0033RK-03 GP-01, 0 - 100 %LEL W/ Alkaline & Belt Clip RK-81-GP01-HLV Calibration Kit For GP-01 Hexane RK-81-GP01-LV Calibration Kit For GP-01 Methane

Specifications 4 Gases to choose from: LEL, CO, H2S or O2 • OX - 01 (O2 0 - 40%) • CO - 01 (CO 0 - 500 ppm) • HS-01 (H2S 0 - 100 ppm) • GP-01 (LEL 0 - 100%) • Visual, audible, & vibration alarms • TWA, STEL & PEAK hold functions

RK-73-0044RK-03 CO-01, 0 - 500 ppm With Alkaline & Belt Clip

• • • • • •

3,000 hrs of operation/16 hrs for LEL version Pocket size 1.4" W x 4.1" H x 0.8" D Impact and water resistant Low battery alarm Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved 2 year warranty

AIR MONITORING

RK-72-0008RK-03 OX-01, 0 - 40% O2 W/ Alkaline & Belt Clip

RK-81-CO01-LV Calibration Kit For CO-01 RK-73-0046RK-03 HS-01, 0 - 100 ppm With Alkaline & Belt Clip RK-81-HS01-LV Calibration Kit For HS-01 & HS-01S All calibration kits includes a 34 L cylinder, regulator, cal cup, case & tubing. 01 Series are also available with alligator clip.

Model Name

OX-01

CO-01

HS-01

GP-01

Gas Detected Detection Range Accuracy

Oxygen (O2) 0 - 40% Vol. (0.1% Vol.) ±0.5% Vol.

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 - 500 ppm (1 ppm) ±5 ppm (up to 150 ppm)

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0 - 100 ppm (0.5 ppm) ±1.5 ppm (up to 30 ppm)

Combustible gas 0 - 100% LEL (1% LEL Increments) ±5% of full scale

SC-01 Single Toxic Gas Monitor Features • Smart interchangeable sensors • Wide range of toxic gases • Unique extender cable for remote monitoring • Compact (2.5" x 5.2" x 1.2") • Lightweight, 7.6 oz • 250 hours of continuous operation • Operates on 2 "AA" alkaline batteries • Audible / visual / vibration alarms • Datalogging standard • Impact resistant protective rubber boot • Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified RK-73-0050RK-AsH3 SC-01 Arsine (AsH3) RK-73-0050RK-NH3 Ammonia (NH3)

Detectable Gases

Ranges

Arsine (AsH3)

0 - 1.5 ppm

Ammonia (NH3) Carbon Monoxide (CO) Chlorine (Cl2) Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Phosphine (PH3) Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

0 - 75 ppm 0 - 75 ppm 0 - 3.00 ppm

RK-73-0050RK-CO Carbon Monoxide (CO) RK-73-0050RK-CL2 Chlorine (Cl2) RK-73-0050RK-H2S Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) RK-73-0050RK-PH3 Phosphine (PH3)

0 - 30.0 ppm

RK-73-0050RK-SO2 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

0 - 1.00 ppm

RK-20-0320RK Carrying Case For SC-01

0 - 6.00 ppm

www.ereinc.com

RK-47-1561RK Extender Cable, 3 Meters, For SC-01

All above part numbers include SC-01 with rubber boot, "AA" alkaline batteries & an alligator clip (belt clips & calibration kits are available please specify).

sales@ereinc.com

17


AIR MONITORING

FP-30 Formaldehyde Gas Detector Features • Simple operation • Specific to Formaldehyde • Built-in sample draw pump • Easy to read LCD display • Self-diagnosis • Uses photoelectric photometry technology • Direct digital readout • Colorimetric detection tablet method • No false readings from interfering gases • Operates on 4 "AA" alkalines • Stores 99 readings • No warm up time

GX-2001 Personal 4 Gas Monitor

FP-30 Detection Ranges 30 minute sample 0 - 0.4 ppm (0.005 ppm/digit) 15 minute sample 0 - 1.0 ppm (0.01 ppm/digit) RK-73-1060RK FP-30 Formaldehyde Detector RK-65-TAB-008 Detection Tablets For FP-30, 20/Box (1 Test Each)

Detection Range

Features • Simultaneous detection of 4 gases LEL, O2, H2S and CO • Audible, visual & vibration alarm • Alarm trend data • Datalogging standard • Autocalibration • Rechargeable Ni-MH battery pack • Battery pack recharges in 90 minutes • Continuously operates for up to 18 hours • Large LCD display screen • Automatic backlighting at alarm • High impact, RFI shielded body • STEL and TWA readouts (USA Version) • Continuously displays current time • Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved • 2 year warranty

LEL O2 H2S CO

0 0 0 0

-

100% (1% LEL) 40.0% Vol. (0.1% Vol.) 100 ppm (0.5 ppm) 500 ppm (1 ppm)

RK-72-0233RKC GX-2001, 4 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S / CO RK-72-0232RKC GX-2001, 3 Gas, LEL/O2/H2S RK-81-GX01HSCO-LV Calibration Kit For RK-72-0233RKC & RK-72-0232RKC RK-72-0231RKC GX-2001, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / CO RK-72-0230RKC GX-2001, 2 Gas, LEL/O2 RK-81-GX01CO-LV Calibration Kit For RK-72-0231RKC & RK-72-0230RKC All calibration kits include a 34 L cylinder, calibration cap, regulator, case & tubing. Price includes Ni-Cad battery pack, charger & belt clip.

Multi-Gas Detectors

GX-2003, 5 Sensor Sample Draw Gas Monitor Features • Monitors LEL, O2, CO, and H2S • 0 to 100% volume Methane (Optional) • Auto-ranging display of % volume and % LEL • Internal sample drawing pump with 40 foot range • Compact size, weighs only 11 oz • Vibration, visual, and audible alarms • Automatic backlight during alarms • Calibration reminder with lock out option • Ni-MH or alkaline power source • Battery pack charges in or out of the instrument • Quick charge (complete charge in 90 minutes) • Glove friendly glow in the dark buttons • Alarm latching or non-latching • Up to 600 hours of datalogging with alarm trends • Logs last 20 calibration events • TWA and STEL readings with lunch-break mode • Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified • 2 year warranty Gas Detected Detection Range

18

All Combustible Gases (Methane as standard) 0 - 100% LEL

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

RK-72-0253RKC GX-2003, 3 Gas, LEL / % Vol CH4/O2 RK-72-0261RKC GX-2003, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S RK-72-0271RKC GX-2003 4 Gas LEL / O2 / CO / H2S RK-72-0273RKC GX-2003 4 Gas % Vol (HC) / LEL / O2 / CO RK-72-0281RKC GX-2003 5 Gas % Vol (HC) / LEL / O2 / CO / H2S RK-81-GX03VCO-LV Calibration Kit For RK-72-0253RKC & RK-72-0273RKC RK-81-GX03HSCO-LV Calibration Kit For RK-72-0261RKC & RK-72-0271RKC RK-81-GX03VHSCO-LV Calibration Kit For RK-72-0281RKC All calibration kits include a 34 L cylinder, gas bag, regulator, case & tubing. Price includes Ni-Cad battery pack, 115 V charger, wrist strap, probe, 10' hose & rubber boot with belt clip.

% Volume Methane 0 - 100% Vol.

Oxygen (O2) 0 - 40.0% Vol.

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0 - 100 ppm

Fax : (514) 326 8961

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 - 500 ppm


AIR MONITORING

New! Smallest, Lightest 4 Gas Monitor on the Market! GX-2009 Features • Simultaneous detection of 4 gases, LEL, O2, H2S & CO • Dimensions: 2.7" H x 3" W x 1" D, 4.6 oz • Dual audible alarm ports (95 db @ 30 cm) • 3 visual alarm LED’s • Vibration alarm • IP-67 waterproof/dustproof design • Calibration lock out or reminder controls • Large capacity data logging standard • 8 alarm trends • Log time range of 10 to 300 hours • 100 calibration records • 20 hours of operation (NiMH batteries) • Large LCD display screen • Automatic backlighting at alarm Impact resistant over-mold body, RFI shielded body • STEL and TWA readouts • Intrinsically safe, IECEx / ATEX ... approved (CSA, C/US pending) • 2 year warranty Gas Detected

All Combustible Gases (Methane as standard) 0 - 100% LEL

Detection Range

RK-72-0310RKC GX-2009, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger RK-72-0311RKC GX-2009, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / CO W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger RK-72-0314RKC GX-2009, 4 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S / CO W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger RK-81-GX01HSCO-LV Cal Kit GX-2009 For RK-72-0310RKC & RK-72-0314RKC RK-81-GX01CO-LV Cal Kit GX-2009, For RK-72-0311RKC RK-81-2120RK Confined Space Kit Includes Padded Case, RP-6 Pump, 10' Hose & Probe All calibration kits include a gas cylinder, regulator, case & tubing.

Oxygen (O2) 0 - 40.0% Vol.

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0 - 100 ppm

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 - 500 ppm

SM-2000 Series Calibration Stations Features • Stand alone system, no PC needed for operation • Calibrate, bump test, charge, and archive data • Software manages records by serial #, user ID, or station ID • Each station is equipped with configuration control and status indicators • User adjustable test times and tolerances • Automatic quick charge of instrument in 90 minutes or less • Alkaline recognition – will not attempt to charge alkaline batteries (SM2003U) • Exhaust line connection for test gas venting • Records are stored as a tab delineated text file (.txt format can be imported into a spreadsheet) • Software is Windows 2000, and XP compatible • Operates on any Pentium II or higher PC • USB port for downloading data to a USB flash drive • USB flash drive included RK-81-SM2001U GX-2001 Calibration Station, Includes Power Cord, Usb Flash Drive & Software RK-81-SM2003U GX-2003 Calibration Station, Includes Power Cord, Usb Flash Drive & Software RK-81-SM2001UC GX-2001 Calibration Station, Includes Power Cord, Usb Flash Drive & Software RK-81-SM2003UC GX-2003 Calibration Station, Includes Power Cord, Usb Flash Drive & Software

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

19


AIR MONITORING

DATA CAL 2000 Docking & Calibration Station

RK-81-DC2000 Data Cal 2000 Docking Station Includes Station, Power Cord, Serial Cable & PC Software CD

The RKI Data Cal 2000 Docking and Calibration Station is a comprehensive instrument management system which provides charging, downloading, calibration, bump testing, and configuration for our Model GX-2009, GX-2003 and GX-2001 gas detection instruments. The system has configuration capabilities for alarm setting, datalog and calibration interval, user and location ID, and many other instrument parameters. Factory and user default settings are available for upload to instruments. The Data Cal 2000 is supplied with PC software, power and serial cords, and operating instructions. The Data Cal 2000 power requirements are 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz. PC or laptop to be supplied by customer.

RK-81-DC2000-01 Data Cal 2000 Docking Station Includes Station, Power Cord, Serial Cable, PC Software CD, Demand Flow Regulator & Calibration Gas Cylinder RK-81-DM2001 Docking Module For GX-2001 RK-81-DM2003 Docking Module For GX-2003 RK-81-DM2009 Docking Module For GX-2009 Calibration gases & regulators also available.

Dräger X-am 2000 The Dräger X-am 2000 is one of a new generation of gas detectors which have been specially designed for personal monitoring use. The 1 to 4 gas detector reliably measures combustible gases and vapours, as well as O2, CO and H2S. Its ergonomic design, mobile phone dimensions and low weight make it the perfect companion in your daily work. Reliable measurement technology, long sensor life and easy operation guarantee maximum safety at extremely low cost of ownership. Features • An ergonomic instrument the size of a mobile phone • Vapour-sensitive Ex measurement • Robust and water-tight • Gas inlets on two surfaces • Long-life electrochemical sensors • A range of alarm functions

DR-8318910 X-am 2000, Ex.: O2, CO, H2S Monitor, Alkaline Battery DR-8318890 X-am 2000, Ex.: O2, H2S Monitor, Alkaline Battery DR-8318880 X-am 2000, Ex.: O2, CO Monitor, Alkaline Battery DR-8318770 X-am 2000, Ex.: O2 Monitor, Alkaline Battery DR-8318785 NiMH Power Supply Unit T4 W/ Charger Module & Power Pack

X-am 3000 Four Gas Monitor

Ideal for Confined-Space Monitoring! DR-4543721 X-am 3000, Ex.: O2, CO, H2S Confined Space Kit DR-4543718 X-am 3000; Ex.: O2, CO, H2S W/ Internal Pump

Accessories DR-4543625 Datalogger Option (Factory Installed)

Small size and light weight make this monitor ideal for confined-space entry or all-day wear. Large, easy-to-read display quickly indicates gases measured and their concentrations. Monitor features two high-intensity alarm lights, a loud audible alarm, and a vibrating alarm to alert you of hazards even in high-noise areas. Three easy-to-use buttons allow you to power unit, acknowledge alarm, and access features. Rugged, IP65rated, chemical-resistant polymer housing withstands bumps and drops associated with harsh industrial environments and confined-space entries. Approvals: UL and cUL classified intrinsically safe in Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4; CSA; ATEX; CE; MSHA

20

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

DR-4530120 PC Communication Cable DR-8314034 GasVision Software For Data Download & Data Management DR-6408515 CC-Vision Software For Instrument Configuration DR-8317719 X-am 3000 E-Cal Module All instruments above include XS µPac DrägerSensors® for O2, CO &/or H2S gases with a 2 year warranty & a CatEx2 sensor for flammable gases with a 2 year warranty; NiMH battery pack, calibration adapter, maintenance tool, battery charger with power supply, short instruction card & manual. Pump units also include internal sample pump, pump adapter, 10 ft Tygon® tubing & water stop filter. Confined space kits are packaged in a carry case with calibration accessories & include a rubber boot.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Dräger X-am 7000 Dräger Sensors XS, EC

Features • Flexibility through sensor variety = 25 different Dräger Sensors allows the detection of more than 100 gases and vapors • Intelligent and interchangeable sensors = each sensor is recognized automatically by the instrument • Intuitive software functions = functions such as TWA and STEL values, as well as, peak hold leak search functionality • Rugged & waterproof = rubber-boot protects the unit against damage from a drop of 1.5 m (5 ft) & built-in dust and splash water protection • Multiple warning systems = loud multi-tone horn & visual alarm can be seen through 360° • Information at a glance = large graphic display and the alarm auto-zoom function • Data management = logs up to 3,000 sets of values – data logging of 100 hrs when recording one set per minute • Strong built-in pump = up to 45 m/150 ft long tube • Approvals = ATEX, MED, UL, CSA, IECEx & CE-mark

DR-4552284 Custom X-am 7000 W/O Sensors (W/O Sensors, Use Installed Sensors Below) Includes Indicated Sensors, Internal Pump, Battery Pack, Charge Cradle (DR-8316487), Multinational 100 - 240 V Power Supply (DR-8315635), Calibration Adapter (DR-8317656), Pump Adapter (DR-8317639), Shoulder Strap (DR-8316878), Dust-Water Trap (DR-4523078), 5 ft Tygon® Tubing, Service Tool & Manual DR-4552282 X-am 7000 Same As Above But W/ Datalogger (W/O Sensors, Use Installed Sensors Below) Above X-am 7000 Packages Include Indicated Sensors, Internal Pump, Battery Pack & Charge Cradle

Replacement Sensors

Description

DR-4595449

DR-6810590

DR-4595450

DR-6810599

DR-4595448

DR-6810460

DR-4595446

DR-6810710

DR-4595447

DR-6810410

DR-4595451

DR-8319100

Smart IR-CO2 0 - 9,900 ppm 0 - 5 % Vol. Smart IR-CO2 HC 0 - 9,900 ppm 0 - 100 % Vol. Smart Ex-IR 0 - 9,900 ppm 0 - 100 % LEL / 0 - 100 % Vol. Smart Cat Ex 0 - 9,900 ppm 0 - 100 % LEL / 0 - 5 % Vol. Smart Cat Ex HC 0 - 9,900 ppm 0 - 100 % LEL / 0 - 100 % Vol. Smart PID Sensor, 10.6eV 0 - 2,000 ppm

AIR MONITORING

Is the innovative solution for the simultaneous and continuous detection of up to five gases. A combination of more than 25 sensors allows flexible solutions to individual monitoring tasks. The Dräger X-am 7000 can be equipped with three electrochemical, and two catalytic bead, infrared or photoionisation sensors. It is the ideal companion in a great number of applications where reliable monitoring of Oxygen, toxic and combustibles gases and vapors in the ambient air is necessary.

Installed Sensors

Dräger Sensors XS, EC Installed Sensors

Replacement Sensors

Description

DR-4595422 DR-4595407 DR-4595414

DR-6809545 DR-6809145 DR-6809175

Amines XS 0 - 100 ppm Ammonia (NH3) XS 0 - 200 ppm Carbon Dioxide (CO2) XS

DR-4595433

DR-6809105

DR-4595431

DR-6809120

DR-4595409

DR-6809165

DR-4595453

DR-6811360

DR-4595412

DR-6809135

Hydride XS 0 - 20.0 ppm

DR-4595423

DR-6809185

DR-4595452

DR-6811365

DR-4595408

DR-6809150

Hydrogen (H2) XS 0 - 2,000 ppm Hydrogen (H2) XS HC 0 - 4.0% Vol.

DR-4595434

DR-6809110

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS 0 - 100 ppm

DR-4595403

DR-6809180

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS HC 0 - 1,000 ppm

DR-4595445

DR-6810575

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS-2 SR 0 - 100 ppm

DR-4595405

DR-6809155

0 - 5.0% Vol. Carbon Monoxide (CO) XS 0 - 2,000 ppm Carbon Monoxide (CO) XS HC 0 - 10,000 ppm Chlorine (Cl2) XS 0 - 20.0 ppm Chlorine Dioxide (CIO2) XS 0 - 20.0 ppm

Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN) XS 0 - 50.0 ppm

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) XS 0 - 50.0 ppm

DR-4595404

DR-6809125

Nitric Oxide (NO) XS 0 - 200 ppm

DR-4595424

DR-6809200

Odorant XS 0 - 40.0 ppm

DR-4595410

DR-6809115

Organic Vapor (OV) XS 0 - 200 ppm

DR-4595411

DR-6809522

Organic Vapor-A (OV-A) XS

DR-4595435

DR-6809130

DR-4595443

DR-6809550

DR-4595442

DR-6808582

DR-4595413

DR-6809535

DR-4595406

DR-6809160

0 - 100 ppm

Accessories DR-8317684 Nylon Carrying Case DR-8314034 Dräger Gasvision Software For Download & Data Management DR-6408515 Dräger CC-Vision Software For Instrument Calibration & Configuration Sensors For Dräger X-am 7000

www.ereinc.com

Oxygen (O2) XS 0 - 25% Vol. Oxygen (O2) XS-100 0 - 100% Vol. Phosgene (COCl2) XS 0 - 3.00 ppm Phosphine (PH3) XS HC 0 - 1,000 ppm Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) XS 0 - 100 ppm

sales@ereinc.com

21


AIR MONITORING

Methane Elimination Capabilities LEL % & PPM Readings

Standard Confined Space Gases Hydrocarbons Oxygen (O2) Carbon Monoxide (CO) Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)

-

100% LEL 50,000 ppm 40% Vol. 500 ppm 100 ppm

Super Toxins and Other Gases Ammonia (NH3) Arsine (AsH3) Carbon Dioxide (CO2) (IR Sensor)

Eagle One to Six Gas Portable Monitor The EAGLE is a powerful, versatile instrument that does more than offer standard confined space protection. The EAGLE also provides detection combinations never before offered in a portable gas monitor featuring the industry’s widest selection of high quality, long life and field proven sensors. Rugged, weatherproof, easy to operate and maintain, the EAGLE is the industry’s answer to portable gas detection. Specifications • Alarm: Alarm levels are adjustable and can be latching or self resetting • Functions: Autocalibration, alarm silence, demand zero, peak hold and a wide variety of other features. Each channel has 2 alarm levels plus TWA and STEL alarms for toxic channels. PPM/LEL hydrocarbon detection (5 ppm resolution) and a methane elimination switch for environmental applications. • Sampling Method: Powerful, long-life pump can draw samples over 125 feet. Flow Rate approximately 2.0 SCFH. • Power: Size D batteries, 4 alkaline or Ni-Cad. The EAGLE will continuously operate for over 30 hours on alkaline batteries or 18 hours on Ni-Cads • Dimensions: 10.5" L x 5.9" x 7" Tall, 5 lbs • Accessories: Long hoses, special probes, datalogging (up to 4 gases), continuous operation adapters, remote alarms and strobes, dilution fittings, internal hydrophobic filter, etc, are available to help satisfy almost any application • Compliance: Intrinsically Safe, Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D. CSA / NTRL & UL classified (most versions)

22

0 0 0 0 0

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Chlorine (Cl2) Fluorine (F2) Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) Hydrogen Chloride (HCl) Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN) Methane (CH4) (IR Sensor) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Ozone (O3) Phosphine (PH3) Silane (SiH4) Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

-

75 ppm 1 ppm 200 ppb 5,000 ppm 10,000 ppm 5% Vol. 20% Vol. 50% Vol. 3 ppm 5 ppm 9 ppm 5 ppm 30 ppm 100% LEL 100% Vol. 15 ppm 1 ppm 1 ppm 15 ppm 30 ppm

RK-72-5101RK Eagle, LEL / PPM Hydrocarbons RK-81-5101RK-LV Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4) RK-72-5115RK-XX Eagle, CO2 (Cal Kit Determined W/ Specific Range) RK-72-5201RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2 RK-81-5201RK-LV Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2 RK-72-5301RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2, H2S RK-81-5301RK-LV Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2, H2S RK-72-5401RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2, CO, H2S RK-81-5401RK-LV Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2, CO, H2S RK-20-0640RK Eagle Carrying Case, Padded RK-33-0156RK-01 Replacement Hydrophobic Filter Element, 5/Pack RK-49-2150RK-01 Charger (115 V AC) & NiCads, added to Eagle RK-57-0012RK-01 Datalogging board (Field Or Factory Installed) RK-82-5007RK Datalogging Kit, Software & Cable (Required W/ Board) RK-75-0001RK External Methane Elimination Switch The Eagle can be provided with up to 6 gas sensors (4 toxins maximum). Please specify gas combination when ordering. Includes alkaline batteries, hose, probe, shoulder strap & instruction manual.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


New & Improved! Gases & Detectable Ranges Standard Confined Space Gases

Oxygen (O2) Carbon Monoxide (CO) Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)

0 0 0 0 0

-

100% LEL 50,000 ppm 40% Vol. 500 ppm 100 ppm

Toxics and Other Gases

EAGLE 2 Features Simultaneous detection of up to 6 different gases, over 500 gas monitoring configurations, wide range of toxic gases, PPM/LEL hydrocarbon detection, PID sensor for VOCs, IR sensors available for CO2, % LEL CH4, % volume CH4, password protection, transformer testing version available, datalogging with user friendly software, autocalibration, dual hydrophobic filters (most versions), ergonomic RFI/EMI/chemical/weather resistant enclosure, intrinsically safe design, CSA (C/US) (most versions), IRDA communications port with PC.

Enclosure Dimensions Weight Detection Principle Sensor Life Sampling Method Display Alarms Alarm Method Operating Temp. & Humidity Indication Accuracy Response Time Standard Accessories Optional Accessories Warranty

Unique EAGLE 2 features include PPM or LEL hydrocarbon detection at the push of a button; infrared sensors for CO2, methane or hydrocarbons in LEL and % volume ranges; PID sensor for detecting low ppm levels of VOC gases; methane elimination feature for environmental applications; and a long list of super toxic gases and measurable ranges. The EAGLE 2 has a strong internal pump with a low flow auto shut off and alarm, which can draw samples from up to 125 feet even with the dual hydrophobic filters in place. This allows for quick response and recovery from distant sampling locations. The EAGLE 2 will continuously operate for over 16 hours on alkaline batteries or 18 hours on Ni-MH. A variety of accessories are also available to help satisfy almost any application such as long sample hoses, special float probes for tank testing, datalogging, continuous operation adapters, remote alarms and strobes, and dilution fittings, just to name a few.

Ammonia (NH3) Arsine (AsH3) Chlorine (Cl2) HCN Phosphine (PH3) Silane (SiH4) Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

-

75 ppm 1.5 ppm 3 ppm 30 ppm 1 ppm 15 ppm 6 ppm

AIR MONITORING

Hydrocarbons (CH4, std)

IR And PID Sensors Carbon Dioxide (CO2) (IR Sensor) 0 - 10,000 ppm 0 - 5% Vol. 0 - 60% Vol. Methane (CH4) (IR Sensor) 0 - 100% LEL 0 - 100% Vol. Hydrocarbons (IR Sensor) 0 - 100% LEL 0 - 30% Vol. VOC (PID Sensor) 0 - 2,000 ppm 0 - 200 ppm

Weatherproof, chemical resistant, RFI/EMI coated high impact polycarbonate-polyester blend. Can operate in rain or set into 2.0" of water without damage. Ergonomically balanced with rugged top mounted handle. 9.5" L x 5.25" W x 5.875" H 3.8 lbs (standard 4 gas with batteries) Catalytic combustion, electrochemical cell, galvanic cell, infrared, PID & TC. 2 years under normal conditions Powerful, long-life pump (over 6,000 hours) can draw samples over 125 feet. Flow rate approximately 2.0 SCFH Backlight 128 x 64 graphics display. 4 x 20 LCD readout. Viewed through window in case top. Displays readings & status of all 6 channels simultaneously. Backlight, automatic for alarms and by demand with adjustable time 2 alarms per channel plus TWA and STEL alarms for toxics. The two alarms are fully adjustable for levels, latching or self reset and silenceable Buzzer 95 dB at 30 cm, dual high intensity and LED’s -10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F), 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing Maximum variance +/- 5% of full scale 30 Seconds to 90% (for most gases) using standard 5 ft hose Shoulder strap, alkaline batteries, hydrophobic probe, and 5 foot hose, internal hydrophobic filter (most versions) Simutaneous datalogging of up to 6 gases. Remote alarms, dilution fitting (50/50), Ni-MH batteries, battery charger, 115 V AC, 220 V AC, or 12 V DC, continuous operation adapter, 115 V AC or 12 V DC, extension hoses, large internal hydrophobic filter One year material and workmanship

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

23


AIR MONITORING

MiniRAE Lite

MiniRAE 3000 - PID

The MiniRAE Lite is a reliable hand-held volatile organic compound (VOC) monitor on the market. Its photoionization detector’s (PID) range of 0 to 5,000 ppm makes it an ideal instrument for applications ranging from environmental to construction.

The MiniRAE 3000 detects volatile organic compounds (VOC’s). Its Photoionization Detector’s (PID) extended range of 0 to 15,000 ppm makes it an ideal instrument for applications from industrial hygiene, to leak and HazMat detection.

Features • 3 second response time • Range up to 5,000 ppm • Humidity compensation • Big graphic display for easy overview of concentration • Field-interchangeable battery pack, • Integrated flashlight for better visibility in low light • Multi-language support with 12 languages encoded • Rugged housing withstands use in harsh environments • IP-65 design • Built-in sample pump draws up to 100' (30 m) horizontally or vertically

Features • A 3 second response time • Humidity compensation with integral humidity and temperature sensors • Real-time wireless data transmission with built-in RF modem or Bluetooth • Integrated Flashlight for better view in dark conditions • Multi-language support with 12 languages encoded • Rugged housing withstands use in harsh environments • IP67 Waterproof design for easy cleaning and decontamination in water • Strong protective removable rubber boot

RA-059-A110-000 MiniRAE Lite Monitor Only

RA-059-B110-000 MiniRAE 3000 Monitor Only

RA-059-A110-100 MiniRAE Lite W/ Accessories & Calibration Kit

RA-059-B110-300 MiniRAE 3000 W/ Accessories & Calibration Kit

NLB-H1055100PA 100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Steel Cylinder

NLB-H1055100PA 100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Steel Cylinder

RK-81-1050RK 0.5 LPM Regulator For 17 L & 34 L Steel Cylinders

RK-81-1050RK 0.5 LPM Regulator For 17 L & 34 L Steel Cylinders

PHOTOVAC 2020ComboPRO Portable Photoionization Detector (PID)

Rapid VOC detection in air, water and soil in the harshest environments! Stable, linear Photovac PID, ergonomic design, effortless data handling, dedicated calibration key, Dräger tubes for zero calibration, easy to use & lamp condition assessment. Specifications • Size: 9" (228.6 mm) long x 3" (76.2 mm) deep x 4.25" (107.9 mm) wide at display tapering to 2.6" (66.6 mm) at handle • Weight: 1.9 lbs (0.86 kg) • Detector: Instant on photoionization detector with standard 10.6 eV lamp, and optional 11.7 eV lamp • Keypad: Two dedicated keys (ON/OFF and CAL) and three menu keys • Datalogger Memory: 200 hours at 1 minute interval sampling • Operating Temperature Range: Operating temperature: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) / I/S Certified temperature: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) • Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) • Operating Concentration Range: 0.1 ppm to 100 ppm (isobutylene equivalent) / 100 ppm to 10,000 ppm (isobutylene equivalent) • Operating Humidity Range with Optional Humidity Pre-filter Tube: 0 to 100% relative humidity (non-condensing)

24

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

• Response Time: Less than 3 seconds, to 90% • Low Detection Limit: 0.1 ppm Isobutylene • Battery Capacity: 8 hrs • Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D, ATEX II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 (TA = 0°C to +40°C) PID Applications Fenceline & perimeter monitoring, confined space pre-entry, solvent storage and piping, transportation vessels storage tank maintenance, site characterization, ambient air monitoring, emergency response and HazMat petroleum product(s) tank entry, soil headspace screening, health and safety monitoring surveying for buried chemical waste & aircraft fuel tank entry.

PH-A1760300 2020ComboPRO Monitor Only W/ Basic Accessories PH-A1760301 2020ComboPRO W/ Field Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately) PH-A1760302 2020ComboPRO W/ VOC & Benzene Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately) NLB-H1055100PA, 100 ppm Isobutylene 34 L PH-SW760371 English & French Version NLB-H1055100PA 100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Cylinder Other languages available: Spanish, German & Italian.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


PHOTOVAC 2020ppbPRO Rapid VOC detection in air, water and soil in the harshest environments! Stable, linear PID, ergonomic design for the real world, effortless data handling, dedicated calibration key, Formaldehyde detection, Dräger tubes for zero calibration, easy to use & lamp condition assessment.

Specifications • Size: 9" (228.6 mm) long x 3" (76.2 mm) deep x 4.25" (107.9 mm) wide at display tapering to 2.6" (66.6 mm) at handle • Weight: 1.9 lbs (0.86 kg) • Detector: Instant on photoionization detector with standard high performance 10.6 eV lamp, & optional 11.7 eV lamp • Keypad: Two dedicated keys (ON/OFF and CAL) and three menu keys • Datalogger Memory: 200 hrs at 1 minute interval sampling • Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) I/S Certified temperature: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) • Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing) • Operating Humidity Range with Optional Humidity Pre-filter Tube: 0 to 100% relative humidity (non-condensing)

• Operating Concentration Range: 10 ppb to 40 ppm isobutylene equivalent (10 ppb resolution) • Response Time: Less than 3 seconds, to 90% • Low Detection Limit: 10 ppb Isobutylene • Battery Capacity: 8 hrs • Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D, ATEX II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 (TA = 0°C to +40°C)

AIR MONITORING

Applications Low detection level for very toxic VOC’s, out-gassing from building &/or construction materials, VOC residuals analysis, lab hood & clean room monitoring, site characterization, ambient air monitoring, trace sources of VOC based odors, low level soil or water headspace screening, health & safety monitoring, maintenance & cleaning supplies, breath sampling & pesticides.

PH-A1760120 2020 ppbPRO Monitor Only W/ Basic Accessories PH-A1760220 2020 ppbPRO W/ VOC Field Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately) NLB-H105510PA 10 ppm Isobutylene 34 L

PHOTOVAC MicroFID For accurate, reliable detection of VOC’s, the Photovac MicroFID is the right choice in flame ionization detection. At just 8.1 lbs (3.7 kg), the MicroFID is the smallest and lightest datalogging Flame Ionization Detector (FID) available. MicroFID Applications Leak Detection and Repair (U.S. EPA Method 21), landfill monitoring, natural gas leak detection petroleum products tank entry, emergency response, soil headspace screening, hazardous waste site delineation, solvent storage and piping, confined space preentry, underground storage tanks (UST) transportation vessels, storage tank maintenance, OSHA compliance, EPA compliance & remediation efficiency. MicroFID Detectable Compounds • Saturated Hydrocarbons: Methane, Ethane, Propane, n-Hexane • Aromatics: Benzene, Toluene, Naphthalene • Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Acetylene, Ethylene, 1,3-Butadiene • Chlorinated Hydrocarbons: Vinyl Chloride, Chloroform, Trichloroethylene, Methylene Chloride • Ketones: Acetone, Methyl Ethyl Ketone, Methyl Isobutyl Ketone • Alcohol: Methanol, Ethanol, Isopropanol, nButanol

www.ereinc.com

Specifications • Size: 43.4 cm (17.1") long, 9.8 cm (3.85") wide, 18.8 cm (7.4") high • Weight: 8.1 lbs (3.7 kg) • Keypad: 16-key, fixed function • Display: 2-line, 16-character LCD with alphanumeric readout • Hydrogen Cylinder Discharge: Greater than 12 hours • Hydrogen Cylinder Capacity: 9.2 liter • Battery Capacity: 15 hours (snap-on replacement) • Serial Output: RS – 232, 1200 - 19200 baud with no parity, for tabular and graphic print outs and connection to a Windows® compatible computer • Audio Output: On Alarm, LoBatt and NoFlm • Analog Output: 0 to 1 volt full scale • Operating Temperature Range: 41°F to 105°F (5°C to 45°C) • Operating Humidity: 0 - 100% Relative Humidity (non-condensing) • Operating Concentration Range: 0.5 ppm to 2,000 ppm methane equivalent (Low Range) 10 ppm to 50,000 ppm methane equivalent (High Range) • Detection Limit: 0.5 ppm methane • Accuracy: Methane (after calibration with zero air and 500 ppm methane gas): within ± 0.5 ppm or ± 10% of actual methane concentration (0.5 ppm to 2,000 ppm range) • Response Time: Less than 3 seconds • Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D

CENELEC Certified according to EN50021, EEx nA ll T5, Demko No. 00Y127355X

PH-MX100053 MicroFID Hand-Held Flame Ionization Detector Includes 15 Hour Rechargeable Battery Pack, 100/240 V AC Universal Battery Charger, North American Fuel Gas Refill Adapter (CGA 350 fitting), 10 Fluoropore Membrane Filters, Multi Tool, 8" (20 cm) Teflon Sample Probe, Carrying Strap & User Manual, Classified Intrinsically Safe for Use in Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D Hazardous Locations PH-MX396800 MicroFID Field Kit Includes Carrying Case (PH-MX396007), Calibration Kit (PH-MX396011) & Computer Cable (PH-MX396051) (Cal Gas Sold Separately) PH-MX396011 Extension Probe, Telescoping, 6 ft (1.8 m) PH-MX396015 Fluoropore Water / Particulate Filter for MicroFID, Replacement, 25/Pack PH-MX396016 MicroFID Exhaust Frit & Cap, Replacement Gas sold separately.

sales@ereinc.com

25


VOC Gas Sensors Model C-21

Model C-21 includes Audio Alarm, Battery Operation and Datalogger.

AIR MONITORING

Applications For paint shops, printers, dry cleaners, woodworkers, vehicle repair facilities, chemical production areas and wherever indoor air quality monitoring is required. Features • High sensitive to solvent vapors and other VOC’s • Bright green-yellow-red display clearly shows hazard level of gas or vapor • Detects down to OSHA, EPA, and other regulatory-mandated levels typically at low ppm concentrations • Has built-in rechargeable battery for portable use in tracking leaks • Rugged construction with many safety features Specifications • Range: Full scale: 50 - 100 ppm for most solvent based VOC’s • Bargraph Display: Green = Normal, Yellow = Caution, Red = Danger • Response time: Within a few seconds of the VOC gas reaching the sensor • Measurement Principle: HMOS (heated metal oxide semiconductor) sensor • Size: 85 x 35 x 60 mm (3.25" x 1.375" x 2.375") • Weight: 140 g (5 oz) • Power Requirements: 12 V DC at 300 mA AC adapters available worldwide • Battery: Self-contained NiCad or NiMH, approximately 2 hours capacity, recharged by AC adapter overnight ES-C-21 Model C-21 Includes Audio Alarm, Battery Operation & Provision For External Alarm & Data Logger

Reliable & Cost Efficient! Shirt Pocket Size Ozone Sensor The model A-21ZX Portable Ozone Sensor provides a reliable and inexpensive way of checking generators, valves, piping and general environments for ozone leaks and for estimating ozone levels.  It can be used as a permanent monitor indoors when concentrations average below 0.1 ppm.  It may be used outdoors for ozone studies in moderate temperature conditions.

ES-A-21ZX Shirt Pocket Size Ozone Sensor

The A-21ZX Features • Small size and high sensitivity due to HMOS (heated metal oxide semiconductor) sensor • Sensitivity: as low as 0.02 ppm • Range: 0 - 10 ppm • Size: 50 x 100 x 25 mm (2" x 4" x 1") • Weight: 170 g (6 oz) • "Instant On" feature

26

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

• Ease of calibration and service • Basic power requirement is 12 V DC unregulated, works from AC adapters available worldwide • Digital readout in 0.01 ppm increments • Rechargeable batteries last more than 8 hours • Very simple operation

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Lowest Cost for Ozone Sensing! Model P03 Ozone Sensor, 0.02 - 2.00 ppm, 20% accuracy

AIR MONITORING

ES-P03 Hand-Held Portable Ozone Sensor

Features • Less than one minute response time • 8 hour TWA • Data logger optional • Audio, LED and vibration alarms • Size: 66 x 35 x 14 mm (2.4" x 1.4" x .65") • Weight: 28 g (< 1 oz) • Up to 3 months battery life • Standard watch battery • Proprietary nanocell micropower sensor technology

A-22 Rugged and Versatile Ozone Sensor A general purpose sensor and monitor. Designed for rugged indoor field use, factories, pilot plants, process facilities, sensor and monitoring uses of all kinds. Features • Autoranging .030 - 1.999 ppm and 2.0 - 20.00 ppm • 10% accuracy, T and RH compensated • 12 hour (est) battery life, 8 hour charge, 4 hour fast charge available • Plug-in pre-calibrated sensor modules • Internal data logger with instant readout of high, low and average of data • Data port for external data logger such as our DL-3 • USB, 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 2 V DC outputs for loggers, computers and PLC

• • • •

Tilt stand and wall hanging hook Back light for LCD display Improved HMOS heated metal oxide sensor Size: 108 W x 222 L x 64 mm D, .71 kg (4 1/4" W x 8 3/4" L x 2 1/2" D, 1.6 lbs) • Power source: Internal rechargeable batteries or 12 - 24 V DC, 500 mA, from external adapter / charger

ES-A-22 Portable Or Fixed Ozone Sensor

Fixed Systems Single Point Stand Alone Monitor The PS-2 is an effective solution for solvent vapor monitoring around degreasers or other processes, hydrogen monitoring in battery rooms, natural gas detection in basements around landfills, and many others. Features • LEL or PPM detection ranges available for many gases • 2 alarm levels • Stand alone system • Input voltages: 115 V AC standard • Audible and visual alarms • Compact design • Simple installation • AC version equipped with power cord • Relay contacts rated 12A @ 115 V AC • Low maintenance Sensor Type: Metal Oxide Semiconductor type (MOS) Operating Temp: 35°F to 120°F (2°C to 49°C) RK-73-1021RK-01 PS-2 For LEL Detection W/ 115 V AC Power Source RK-73-1021RK-02 PS-2 For PPM Detection W/ 115 V AC Power Source The PS-2 is provided with the sensor on a 30 ft cable. 115 V AC version is supplied with a 6 ft power cord.

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

27


Highly Reliable & Competitively Priced!

AIR MONITORING

Explosion Proof Gas Sensor / Transmitter S2 Series Features • Available gases include LEL, H2S, CO, PPM H2, and CO2 • Toxic gases include Cl2, NH3, SO2, HCN, and more • Infrared sensor for combustibles and CO2 • Hydrogen-Specific not available • Patented water repellent sensor coating • 4 - 20 mA output • Explosion proof construction

RK-65-2405RK-05 S2 Series LEL Sensor (Catalytic) / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box, CSA Version RK-65-2451RK-05 S2 Series Hydrogen (H2) Specific 0 - 100% LEL Sensor / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box, CSA Version RK-65-2442RK-2000 S2 Series Hydrogen (H2) Specific 0 - 2000 ppm Sensor / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box, CSA Version RK-65-2322RK S2 Series Oxygen (O2) 0 - 25% Sensor (Capillary Type) / Transmitter, Explosion Proof W/ J-Box, CSA Version RK-65-2331RK S2 Series Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0 - 100 ppm Sensor / Transmitter, Explosion Proof W/ J-Box, CSA Version RK-65-2336RK S2 Series Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 - 300 ppm Sensor / Transmitter, Explosion Proof W/ J-Box, CSA Version RK-65-2394RK-CH4 S2 Series IR, Methane (CH4) 0 - 100% LEL Sensor / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box RK-65-2394RK-HC S2 Series IR, Hydrocarbon (HC) 0 - 100% LEL Sensor / Transmitter W/ Explosion Proof J-Box

Gas Part Number

LEL General Purpose RK-65-2405RK-05

LEL H2 Specific RK-65-2451RK-05

H2 PPM

Hydrogen RK-65-2442RK-2000

O2

Oxygen RK-65-2322RK

H2S

Hydrogen Sulfide RK-65-2331RK

CO Carbon Monoxide RK-65-2336RK

CH4

Methane RK-65-2394RK-CH4

HC Hydrocarbons RK-65-2394RK-HC

28

Measuring Range

Max. Current Draw (24 V DC)

Response Time (T-90)

0 - 100% LEL

200 mA (power wires) 25 mA (signal wires) 3 wires

30 seconds

0 - 100% LEL (H2 Specific)

200 mA (power wires) 25 mA (signal wires) 3 wires

0 - 2000 ppm

Life Expectancy

Location

Output

2 - 3 years w/ normal exposure to flammable gas

4 - 20 mA signal

20 seconds

2 - 3 years w/ normal service

4 - 20 mA signal

200 mA (power wires) 25 mA (signal wires) 3 wires

45 seconds

5 years plus w/ normal service

4 - 20 mA signal

0 - 25% Vol.

20 mA max., 2 wires

20 seconds

2 - 3 years w/ normal service

0 - 100 ppm

20 mA max., 2 wires

45 seconds

2 - 3 years w/ normal service

0 - 300 ppm

20 mA max., 2 wires

30 seconds

2 - 3 years w/ normal service

4 - 20 mA signal

0 - 100% LEL

60 mA (power wires) 25 mA (signal wires) 3 wires

30 seconds

5 years plus w/ normal service

4 - 20 mA signal

0 - 100% LEL

60 mA (power wires) 25 mA (signal wires) 3 wires

30 seconds

5 years plus w/ normal service

4 - 20 mA signal

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961

Indoor or Outdoor. Explosion proofs for Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C & D.

4 - 20 mA signal 4 - 20 mA signal


Stand Alone Explosion Proof Transmitter M2 Series

RK-65-2610RK M2 % LEL, Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version RK-65-2610RK-05 M2 % LEL, Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version RK-65-2611RK M2 % LEL, Hydrogen (H2), Specific Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version

AIR MONITORING

Features • Operates independent of a controller • Direct digital readout on backlit LCD • Available for LEL, H2S, CO, and O2 • 4 - 20 mA & digital Modbus outputs standard • 2 fully programmable alarm relays & fail relay • Non-intrusive calibration via magnetic wand • H2 specific LEL version available • Patented water repellent sensor coating • User friendly setup push buttons & LCD menus • IR Sensors available for LEL & CO2

RK-65-2611RK-05 M2 % LEL, Hydrogen (H2), Specific Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version RK-65-2613RK-05 M2 Oxygen (O2), 0 - 25% Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, Explosion Proof, CSA Version RK-65-2615RK-05 M2 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S), 0 - 100 ppm Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version RK-65-2616RK-05 M2 Carbon Monoxide (CO), 0 - 300 ppm Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version

Sensors Measuring Ranges Outputs Analog Digital Alarm Settings Alarm Indication Relays Operating Temp. Relative Humidity Location Operating Voltage Approvals Warranty

LEL

O2

H2S

CO

0 - 100% LEL

0 - 25% Vol.

0 - 100 ppm

0 - 300 ppm

4 - 20 mA signal, into 500 ohms impedance max, corresponding to 0 - full scale Modbus RTU output standard, fully configurable, 2-wire RS-485, 1200 to 19.2k baud Fully programmable alarm set points, increasing / decreasing, latching / self-resetting, on delays, off delays, normally energized or de-energized, programmable deadband, programmable smoothing filter Visual LED’s. Alarm 1, Amber; Alarm 2, Red; Fail, Red 5 amp form C contacts for alarm 1, alarm 2, and fail -4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C) 5 - 95% RH non-condensing Indoor or outdoor. Explosion proof for Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, and D.(Oxygen available in non XP version also) 19 V DC - 30 V DC IR LEL sensors: C/US approval standard Catalytic LEL sensors: UL standard, CSA optional H2S and CO sensors: CSA One year material and workmanship

Indoor Carbon Monoxide Gas Monitor Features • Compact, wall mounting design • Highly visible 3 color LED digital display • Power cable can enter from any direction • Stores alarm summary data • Built in audible and visual alarms • 115 V AC operation • Relay outputs for annunciation of alarms • Low cost plug-in electrochemical sensor Specifications Measuring Range

0 - 150 ppm (1 ppm / digit)

Display of Alarm 1st Alarm: Flashing orange LED gas display AL1 LED orange color flashing, intermitted buzzer sound 2nd Alarm: Flashing red LED gas display AL2 BED red color flashing, Intermittent buzzer sound Trouble Alarm: Red flashing display "D-**" (**shows error No), short buzzer intermittent buzzer sound

www.ereinc.com

Indoor Oxygen Monitor Model OX-500 also available. Please call for more information. Toll free:

1-888-287-3732

RK-73-1201RK Model EC-500 Controller & Detector For Carbon Monoxide (CO), 0 - 150 ppm

sales@ereinc.com

29


Wall Mount Controllers AIR MONITORING

Applications Petrochemical plants, refineries, water & wastewater treatment plants, pulp & paper mills, gas, telephone, & electric utilities, parking garages, manufacturing facilities, steel, automotive, HVAC

BEACONTM 110

BEACONTM 200

BEACONTM 800

Features • Low cost versatile solution • Compact, weatherproof, NEMA 4X enclosure • 115/220 V AC or 24 V DC operation • Long life sensors (2+ years typical) • Accepts RKI LEL/O2/H2S/CO direct connect sensors • Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter • Audible alarm with reset button • Two programmable alarm levels • Built-in trouble alarm with relay • Relay rating 10 amps, form C • Provides 4 - 20 mA output • Height: 8.5" (216 mm) • Width: 7.0" (178 mm) • Depth: 4.3" (109 mm)

Features • Simultaneous readout on 2 channels • Two alarm levels per channel • Discrete and common relays • NEMA 4X enclosure • 4 - 20 mA outputs • Proven, long-life sensors for a wide variety of gases • Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter input (24 V DC) • Easy to install, operate and expand • Height: 10.5" (267 mm) • Width: 8.5" (216 mm) • Depth: 6.3" (158 mm)

Features • Capable of up to 8 separate channels • Digital display of all 8 channels simultaneously • Compact, weatherproof, NEMA 4X enclosure • 85 - 264 V AC or 24 V DC operation • Long life sensors (2+ years typical) • Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter • Audible alarm with reset button • Two programmable alarm levels per channel • Common alarm and fail relays • Relay rating 3 amps, form C • Low cost versatile solution • Height: 12.5" (318 mm) • Width: 11.0" (279 mm) • Depth: 6.4" (163 mm)

Partial List Of Detectable Gases Ammonia (NH3) Arsine (AsH3) Boron Trichloride (BCl3) Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Carbon Monoxide (CO) Chlorine (Cl2) Chlorine Dioxide (ClO2) Chlorine Trifluoride (ClF3) Combustibles Diborane (B2H6) Fluorine (F2) Hydrogen (H2) Hydrogen Chloride (HCl) Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Nitric Oxide (NO) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) Oxygen (O2) Ozone (O3) Phosphine (PH3) Silane (SiH4) Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

30

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

- 75.0 ppm - 0.20 ppm - 15.0 ppm - 1.0% - 300 ppm - 3.0 ppm - 1.00 ppm - 1.00 ppm -100% LEL - 30.0 ppm - 6.0 ppm - 2,000 ppm - 15.0 ppm - 9.0 ppm - 100.0 ppm - 100.0 ppm - 15.0 ppm - 30.0 ppm - 25.0% - 1.0 ppm - 1.0 ppm - 15.0 ppm - 30.0 ppm

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

RK-72-2110RK BEACONTM 110 Single Channel Controller (No Sensor) RK-72-2110RK-01 BEACONTM 110 Single Channel Controller W/ Battery Charger (No Sensor) RK-72-2110RK-02 BEACONTM 110 Single Channel Controller W/ Strobe Light (No Sensor) RK-72-2110RK-03 BEACONTM 110 Single Channel Controller W/ Battery Charger & Strobe Light (No Sensor) RK-72-2102RK BEACONTM 200 Two Channel Controller 115 V AC (No Sensor) RK-72-2108RK BEACONTM 800 Eight Channel Controller (No Sensor) Refer to detector assembly S-Series, M2 Series or call for more information. Four channel wall mount controller BEACONTM 410 model also available.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Particle Counters Dust Monitors Portable Dust Monitors are used in applications that require total amount of airborne particulate matter. Output is expressed in either micrograms per cubic meter or milligrams per cubic meter. Applications include from industrial hygiene, workplace monitoring, filter testing, and dust testing.

MET-GT-321 Particle Counter One Channel MET-GT-521 Particle Counter Two Channels MET-AEROCET-531 Particle Counter & Dust Monitor

Model

GT-321

GT-521

Profiler Aerocet 531

Operation Particle Size Ranges Size Selection

Particle Counter 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 5.0 microns Keypad selectable to any of above sizes

Particle Counter Any size between 0.3 - 5.0 microns, extended Keypad selectable in 0.1 micron increments

Particle Counter/Dust Monitor Particle: 0.5 and 5.0 microns Mass: PM1, PM2.5, PM7, PM10, & TSP Keypad selectable to any of above sizes

One

Two

No

Yes

Two 0.1 micrograms/m3 to 300 micrograms/m3* Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes Yes

Yes Yes

Yes Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

# of Particle Counting Channels Mass Size Range Internal Data Logger Computer Connection Carrying Case Metal Enclosure Universal 100 V DC to 240 V DC Power Supply / Charger Included

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

AIR MONITORING

Particle counters are primarily designed for use in controlled environment applications. Particle counters detect and measure individual particles as small as 0.3 microns in diameter. Our particle counters contain various size discriminators and counting capabilities to provide hand held solutions for Clean Room Certification, Filter Testing, and Process Testing. A unique feature of all particle counters is their capability to measure particles in high concentrations. This feature is useful for a number of ambient monitoring applications.

31


Calibration Gases

The Convenient and Cost-Efficient Way to Handle Calibration Gas Mixtures!

AIR MONITORING

Nonrefillable Steel Cylinders These smaller-sized, lightweight cylinders require no deposit or monthly rental charge. They are easier to handle, less expensive to ship, and use very little space. They also eliminate overpurchasing when only small quantities are necessary. These steel cylinders are recommended for non-reactive gas mixtures and pure gases such as argon, helium and nitrogen. They combine a convenient, portable size with a wide range of capacities to handle any field calibration requirement.

17 Liter Steel Cylinder

34 Liter Steel Cylinder

103 Liter Steel Cylinder

221 Liter Steel Cylinder

Contents: 17 Liters (0.6 cu. ft) Pressure: 240 PSIG Outlet: CGA 600 Weight: 1.1 lbs Dimensions: 3" x 10 3/4" D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

58 Liter Aluminium Cylinder Contents: 58 Liters (2.0 cu. ft) Pressure: 1000 PSIG Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF) Weight: 1.5 lbs Dimensions: 3 1/4" x 8â&#x20AC;? D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Offering Mixture Stability in a Lightweight, Portable Package Bump Gas Cylinder

Used for Industrial Hygiene Bump Gas Mixtures Contents: 11 Liters (0.4 cu. ft) Pressure: 140 PSIG Outlet: Trigger-style aerosol Weight: 0.3 lbs Dimensions: 2 7/8" x 12" D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Contents: 103 Liters (3.6 cu. ft) Pressure: 1000 PSIG Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF) Weight: 2.3 lbs Dimensions: 3 1/4" x 13 2/3" D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Contents: 221 Liters (7.5 cu. ft) Pressure: 260 PSIG Outlet: CGA 165 (1/4" SAE flare 45°) Weight: 6.3 lbs Dimensions: 9" x 16 1/2" D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Portable Reactive Gas Cylinders

These compact, lightweight aluminum cylinders are recommended for gas mixtures that are not stable in steel cylinders. Typical components blended in these packages include ammonia, chlorine, hydrogen sulfide, nitric oxide, nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide. They are available in capacities from 11 liters (0.4 cu. ft) to 104 liters (3.7 cu. ft) and are conveniently transported in a carrying case or bag. They are nonrefillable, except the "3A" cylinder, which is a refillable package.

29 Liter Aluminium Cylinder Contents: 29 Liters (1.0 cu. ft) Pressure: 500 PSIG Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF) Weight: 0.8 lbs Dimensions: 2 7/8" x 11 1/2" D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC Regulator: 500 series 6000 series & 8000 series

58 Liter Aluminium Cylinder Contents: 58 Liters (2.0 cu. ft) Pressure: 500 PSIG Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF) Weight: 1.6 lbs Dimensions: 3 1/2" x 14 1/2" D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC Regulator: 500 Series 6000 Series & 8000 Series

Customize your own Gas Mixture

NLB-H10135000PN Carbon Dioxide 5,000 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H197150VN 50% Vol. Methane, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H10132000PN Carbon Dioxide 2,000 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H197150LA 50% LEL Methane, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H120815LA Hexane 15% LEL, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-J1002 0 Air, 103 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H105510PA Isobutylene 10 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-Z105325PM51 25 ppm H2S, 50 ppm CO, 50% LEL CH4, 12% O2, 58 Liter Aluminum Cylinder

NLB-H1055100PA Isobutylene 100 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

32

Contents: 34 Liters (1.2 cu. ft) Pressure: 500 PSIG Outlet: CGA 600 Weight: 1.4 lbs Dimensions: 3" x 10 3/4" D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Regulators for 17/34 L Steel Cylinders

NLB-400 Dispensing Valve No Flow Control

RK-81-1003RK Regulator No Gauge Or Knob 0.5 LPM Flow Rate

Making Sure the Regulator you Purchase Fits the Cylinder you Have AIR MONITORING

Regulators are necessary equipment used to accurately deliver calibration from a cylinder to an instrument. Each regulator is designed to fit on a set of cylinders. â&#x20AC;&#x2C6;Most of the regulators are designed for non refillable cylinders. There are two common fittings these regulators use to connect to the cylinders. One common fitting is a CGA 600 connection and fits on the 17 & 34 liter steel cylinders.

NLB-417 Regulator W/ Gauge & Knob 0.5 LPM Flow Rate

NLB-8600 Demand Flow Regulator For 17/34 Liter Cylinder

Regulators for 29 AL / 34 AL / 58 AL Aluminum & 103 L Steel The second common fitting is the 5/8 x 18 UNF fitting which connects to the 29, 34 & 58 liter aluminum cylinders and the 58 & 103 liter steel cylinders. Has a C-10 connection.

NLB-8C10 Demand Flow Regulator

NLB-517 Regulator W/ Gauge & Knob 0.5 LPM Flow Rate

RK-81-1004RK Regulator W/ Gauge & No Knob 0.5 LPM Flow Rate

Accessories

Cases & Accessories Our two, three, or four-bottle cases provide a safe and convenient method for transporting and storing your calibration standards

NLB-500A Case To Hold 4 Each 17/34 Liter Cylinders NLB-500B Case To Hold 1 Each 58/103 Liter Cylinder & 2 Each 17/34 Liter Cylinders NLB-500C Case To Hold 3 Each 58/103 Liter Cylinders NLB-500D Case To Hold 2 Each 17/34 Liter Cylinders

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

33


QUESTemp° 32 Portable Heat Stress Monitor

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Features • Real-time readings for Wet / Dry Bulb, Globe, WBGT Indoor / Outdoor, Relative Humidity and Heat Index • Optional remote sensors for up to (3) simultaneously monitored areas

Description The rugged, easy to use QUESTemp° 32 Thermal Environment Monitor quickly and accurately evaluates the potential for individuals to experience heat stress. It combines WGBT index values with Relative Humidity measurements to calculate Heat Index. For remote applications the QT° 32 can be tripod mounted with the detachable sensor tethered at a distance up to 200 ft (60 m) from the main unit. Standards / Approvals Intrinsic Safety: UL/CSA Standards for Class I, Groups A, B,C & D; Groups E, F and G; Class. Temperature Code T3 and European Standards for EEX ia IIC, T3

Specifications

QT-32

Temp. Range

-5 to 100°C (23 to 212°F)

Relative Humidity 0 to 100% Range Available Measurements

Celsius and Fahrenheit Scales; Wet Bulb; Dry Bulb; Globe; WBGT Indoor; WBGT Outdoor; Relative Humidity; Heat Index

Power Source

9 V disposable batteries (150 hrs), NiMH rechargeable option (300 hrs), AC power adapter

Inputs

RTD Temperature Sensor, Capacitive Polymer Relative Humidity Sensor

QT-32 QUESTemp° 32 Includes Standard Accessories, (1) Disposable 9 V Alkaline Battery, (1) Water Bottle, (1) Wick Kit, (1) Calibration Verification Module & Storage Case, (1) Sensor Bar Assembly, (1) Sensor Bar Containing A Wet Bulb (WB), Dry Bulb (DB), Globe Temperature (GT) & Humidity (% RH) Sensors & A 2" Globe Sensor

2100 Sound Level Meter Typical Applications • Occupational noise measurements • Noise ordinance enforcement • Community noise assessment • Fire & emergency notification alarm testing • Maintenance inspections & trouble-shooting • Environmental impact studies Features • Certified Intrinsically Safe Description The Precision the Type 2 (2100) models are enhanced basic sound level meters. Enhancements include a broader sound level measurement range, the addition of "C" weighting, and optional detachable microphones with 100 ft (30 m) cables.

2200 Sound Level Meter The 2200 offers superior noise measurement and analysis at a competitive price. The 2200 offers General Purpose Class/Type 2 accuracy. Specify the 2100R to receive the detachable microphone version allows measurements up to 100 ft (30 m) away with op-tional extension cables.

34

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Specifications

QT-2100

Outputs

AC/DC recorder output

Weighting

A, C

Response

Fast, Slow

SLM Range

30 to 140 dBA

Class/Type

Type 2

Available Measurements

SPL, Lmax

Standards/Approvals

ANSI S1.4, IEC 60651, IEC 61672-1, CE Mark, ETL Instrinsic Safety Approval, CSA Intrinsic Safety Approval

Microphone Related

Remote microphone optional

Case/Housing

RFI shielded

QT-2100 Model 2100 Sound Level Meter Includes Meter, WS-7 Windscreen, QT-56-990 Calibrator Adapter & QT-59-533 Storage Case

Features • 30 to 140 dBA measurement range • Fast, Slow, Peak and Impulse response modes • "A", "C" and "Z" (linear) weighting modes • Selectable 3 and 5 dB exchange rates • Displays SPL, Leq, Run Time, Maximum SPL Minimum SPL & % Overload • Low battery indicator • Simple one-button field calibration • Optional detachable microphone • Optional 2, 10 & 50 ft (0.6, 3 & 15 m) microphone extension cables • RFI shielded construction • AC/DC output jack for recorders • Certified Intrinsically Safe

Measurement Range 30 to 140 dBA 40 to 140 dBC 43 to 143 dBPk QT-2200R Model 2200R Remote Integrating Sound Level Meter Includes Meter, WS-7 Windscreen, QT-56-990 Calibrator Adapter & QT-59-533 Storage Case QT-2200R-10 Model 2200R Sound Level Meter Kit Includes 2200R SLM W/ Accessories, QC-10 Calibrator & QT-59-533 Storage Case QT-2200 Model 2200 Integrating Sound Level Meter Includes Meter, WS-7 Windscreen, QT-56-990 Calibrator Adapter & QT-59-533 Storage Case QT-2200-10 Model 2200 Sound Level Meter Kit Includes 2200 SLM W/ Accessories, QT-QC-10 Calibrator & QT-59-533 Storage Case

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Noisepro

QT-NP NoisePro Noise Dosimeter Includes NoisePro Dosimeter W/ Class 2 Pendant Microphone, QT-53-384 Windscreen, QT-53-884 Calibrator Adapter & QT-53-879 Storage Case

Specifications

QT-NP

RMS Range

40 to 110 dB, 70 to 140 dB

Criterion Levels

40 to 140 dB in 1 dB Increments

Threshold Options

40 to 140 dB in 1 dB Increments

Exchange Rates

3 dB, 4 dB, 5 dB, 6 dB

Peak Weighting

A, C, Z

Class / Type

Type 2

IP Rating

IP65

Size

5" x 2.7" x 1.5" (127 x 68.6 x 38.1 mm)

Weight

14 oz (369 g)

Virtual Dosimeters

2

QSP II Compatible

Yes

Standards / Approvals

ANSI S1.25-1991, ANSI S1.4-1983, IEC 651-1979, IEC 804-1985, IEC 1252-1993, UL, cUL, Ex, ATEX

Data Logging

Summary Data

Power Source

(2) 1.5 V, "AA" Alkaline Cells

QT-NP10 NoisePro Dosimeter Kit Includes NoisePro Dosimeter W/ Accessories, QT-53-857 IR To RS-232 Computer Interface Cable, QT-QC-10 Calibrator & QT-53-879 Storage Case This Kit Includes Accessories Necessary To Connect NoisePro To Computer QT-RS-232 9-pin DIN Port. Order Part Number QT-53-810 QT-RS-232 Serial to USB Adapter Separately To Connect To Computer USB Port

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Features • Up to 2 independent dosimeters in one • Optional vibrating alarm • Class/Type 2 accuracy • Programmable twice daily or (1) one time scheduled runs • Optional QuestSuite® Professional II with virtual docking station • Real-time compliance indicator • English, Spanish, German, French, and Italian languages • Optional boom microphone • Microphone removal detection • IP-65 rated, industrial grade cast aluminum case • High-Speed infrared RS-232 communications

QC-10 Calibrator The QC-10 Calibrator provides quick, precise field calibration. The calibrator generates a stable acoustic signal at a controlled frequency and amplitude to verify the accuracy of your meter in the field. The QC-10 is a general purpose calibrator that generates a constant sound pressure level of 114 dB at a fixed frequency of 1,000 Hz. QT-QC-10 Sound Calibrator W/ Single Output (114 dB at 1000 Hz) Note: Calibrator Adapter Is Provided With The Meter When Purchased. If Purchasing A Calibrator Only, The Appropriate Calibrator Adapter Needs To Be Purchased Separately

Digital Sound Level Meter Features • Analog bargraph with 50 dB range • Updates every 40 ms for viewing trends • ± 2 dB accuracy with 0.1 dB resolution • A&C weighting • AC analog output • Record Max/Min values over time • Auto Power Off and Max Hold functions • Utilizes 0.5" (12.7 mm) condenser microphone • Tripod mountable • 40 to 130 dB measuring range • Fast/Slow response time • Tripod mountable • Complete with 4 "AAA" batteries and microphone windscreen

Applications • Monitoring workplace machinery • Installing audio and alarm systems • Product noise certification and reduction Specifications

EX-407730

Display Counts

2000 count LCD

Range

40 to 130 dB

Basic Accuracy

± 2 dB

Condenser Microphone

0.5" (12.7 mm)

Analog Output

AC

Dimensions

9" x 2.2" x 1.7" (230 x 57 x 44 mm)

Weight

5.6 oz (160 g)

EX-407730 Digital Sound Level Meter EX-407730-NIST EX-407730 W/ NIST Certificate

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

35


ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Data Logging Sound Level Meter

Specifications

EX-HD600

Range

30 to 130 dB

Basic Accuracy

High accuracy datalogging of up to 20,000 records. Meets ANSI and IEC61672-1 Type 2 standards

± 1.4 dB

Weighting

"A" and "C"

Response Time

Fast / Slow

Analog Output

AC / DC

Features • Three ranges from 30 to 130 dB • Datalogging capability up to 20,000 records • Capture up to 10 readings/sec when connected to a PC • Records readings with real date and time stamp • Min/Max and Data Hold functions • Heavy duty rugged double molded housing • USB port includes software • Auto Power Off with disable capability • Includes Windows® compatible software, USB cable, wind cover, tripod, hard carrying case, AC adaptor, and 9 V battery

Data Logging

20,000 points

PC Interface

USB

Dimensions

10.9" x 3" x 2" (278 x 76 x 50 mm)

Weight

12.3 oz (350 g)

EX-HD600 Data Logging Sound Level Meter EX-HD600-NIST Data Logging Sound Level Meter W/ NIST Certificate EX-407744 94 dB Sound Calibrator For 0.5" & 1" Microphones EX-407766 94/114 dB Sound Calibrator For 0.5" & 1" Microphones

Sound Level Alert with Alarm Built-in LEDs alert user when sound level is too high or too low. LED’s can be read from 30 m (100 ft) Features • Continuous monitoring of sound level • Ideal for industrial, hospital, auditoriums, schools and other areas where there is a need for being alerted when sound level reaches set point • Meets ANSI Type 2 and EN 60651 accuracy, specs compliant to OSHA • User settable high or low limit (30 to 130 dB) indication with output to drive external relay module • Wall, desk or tripod mount • Microphone rotates 180° for desired placement. Optional 15 ft (5 m) microphone extension cable for remote monitoring • Complete with AC adaptor, microphone wind cover, wall, desk or tripod mount (optional Tripod TR100)

Specifications

EX-SL130G

Display

4.6" x 3.125" multifunction LCD

Frequency Bandwidth

31.5 Hz to 8 kHz

Microphone

0.5" Electret Condenser Microphone (remoteable)

Measurement Ranges

30 to 80 dB, 60 to 110 dB, 80 to 130 dB

EX-SL123 AC Alarm Relay Module 9 Foot Cable (3 m)

Frequency Weighting

"A" and "C" (programmable)

EX-SL124 DC Alarm Relay Module 9 Foot Cable (3 m)

Response Time

Fast (125 ms) / Slow (1 s) (programmable)

Resolution

0.1 dB

Alarm Output

3.5 mm Mono Phone Plug, Maximum: 3.4 mA @ 5 VDC

Minimum Output

Voltage: 2.5 VDC

Power

AC/DC Adaptor for full functions; 8 x "AA" batteries for monitoring function only without LED alert

CE/Warranty

CE approved / 1 year warranty

Dimensions/Weight

8.75" x 7.1" x 1.25" / 0.63 lbs (22 x 18 x 3.2 mm / 285 g)

EX-SL130G Sound Level LED Alert, 110 V AC Adaptor EX-SL130G-NIST SL130G W/ NIST Certificate EX-SL130-240 Sound Level Alert (W/ 240 V Adaptor)

EX-SL125 Remote Microphone Cable 15' EX-TR100 Tripod (For Meters With Tripod Mount Feature) EX-407766 Sound Level Calibrator, 94/114 dB

36

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Heavy Duty Light Meters Datalogging Model Available. Automatically stores up to 16,000 readings or manually store/recall up to 99 readings.

Specifications

EX-HD400

Fc Range

40, 400, 4000, 40.00 kFc

Lux Range

400, 4000, 40k, 400 kLux

Accuracy

± 5% rdg

Max Resolution

0.01 Fc / 0.1 Lux

Data Logging (EX-HD450)

16,000 continuous readings; 99 selected readings

PC Interface

USB

Dimensions

6.7" x 3.1" x 1.6" (170 x 80 x 40 mm)

Weight

13.7 oz (390 g)

EX-HD400

EX-HD450

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Features • Wide range to 40,000 Fc or 400,000 Lux • Cosine and color corrected measurements • Utilizes precision silicon photo diode and spectral response filter • Peak mode (10 μS) captures highest reading • Relative mode indicates change in light levels • Min/Max and Data Hold • Large backlit LCD display with 40-segment bar graph • Heavy Duty rugged double molded housing • Built-in USB port • Includes light sensor with 3 ft (1 m) cable and protective cover, Windows® compatible software with USB cable, hard carrying case, and 9 V battery

EX-HD400 Heavy Duty Light Meter EX-HD400-NIST Heavy Duty Light Meter W/ NIST Certificate EX-HD450 Heavy Duty Datalogging Light Meter EX-HD450-NIST Heavy Duty Datalogging Light Meter W/ NIST Certificate EX-TR100 Tripod For Meters W/ Tripod Mount Feature

FL-K1 Redesigned Swiss-made Flowmeter Kit This is a water and air flow measuring tool for professionals in the field. Measures water flow in rivers, streams, irrigation canals, ocean flows and sewage flows. Measures airflow in ventilation shafts, air conditioning conduits, chimney flues and air ducts.

Specifications

ST-FL-K1

Accuracy

± 2% fluid speed, ± 2% on axis air velocity; ± 3% off axis

Temperature

± 1°F (± 0.2°C)

Range Fluid Speed

0.2 to 40 mph (0.1 to 18 M/Sec) depending upon impeller, Temperature: -58° to 212° F (-50° to 100°C)

Resolution

0.3 km/h; 0.2 mph; 0.2 knots; 0.1 M/Sec

Temperature Modes

Minimum, maximum, current temperature, wind chill factor

Operating Modes

Current, maximum and average fluid speed

Optional Units

Knots, mph, km/h, m/s, fps, cm/s, °F or °C

Power

2 "AA" Batteries (included)

Measure Display

5.25" x 2.25" x 2.5" (62 x 32 x 120 mm), case: 25" x 13" x 3" (63 x 34 x 9 cm)

Weighs Display

8.1 oz (230 g), components plus case: 6 lbs (2.7 kg)

www.ereinc.com

Features • Measures fluid flow and temperature • Fluid speed in all measurement units (mph, km/h, m/s, knots) • Current, maximum and average fluid speed • Current, minimum and maximum temperatures; Wind chill temperature (when appropriate) • 2 meter carbon rod telescopes for easy storage • Magnetic material in the propeller conducts impulses through the cable to the head unit providing a digital readout • The end of the rod near the impeller houses a thermometer for true fluid temperature • Includes a 25 mm air impeller and 60 mm water impeller; other impellers available • Backlight • Weatherproof & water resistant • Display threaded for tri/unipod • 1 year warranty ST-FL-K1 Flowmeter Kit

sales@ereinc.com

37


ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

ST-SM-28 Skymaster Wind/Weather Meter with Barometer, Humidity, Dew Point & More Skymaster allows you to track weather in the palm of your hand! Radio / TV reports cover a large area, but Skymaster's data is specific to your location. Unlike other units, the jackknife case gives you the most accurate measurements; your hand's heat/moisture won't influence the environmental sensors. The Honeywell humidity sensor and the Swiss-made barometer can be easily re-calibrated, and the unit has a weather alert if the barometric pressure rises or falls 6 millibars over 3 hrs. Skymaster has a tripod fitting, is water resistant and floats. ST-SM-28 Skymaster Weather Meter

Specifications

ST-SM-18

Accuracy

Wind ± 3% when aligned with winds axis; Temp / Windchill ± 2° F; Relative Humidity ± 3%; Dewpoint / Heat Index ± 3° F; Barometer ± 3 hPa

Range

Wind .4 - 89 MPH; Temp +5° to +122°F; Windchill -22° to +158°F; Relative Humidity 0 - 99%; Dew Point 31.2° to +155°F; Heat Index +69° to 155°F; Barometer 400 to 1100 hPa; Altitude -900 to 9000

Response Times

Current wind 2 sec avg.; Avg wind over 5 sec; Max wind 2 sec gust; Temp/Windchill/Humidity/Dew Point 1 min; Barometer samples every 2 sec

Optional Units

Knots, MPH, KPH, Ft/Min, M/Sec, Beaufort, °F or °C in Hg (inches of Mercury) or hPa (hectopascal/millibars)

Power

CR 2032 Lithium battery (included)

Measures

5.9" x 2.1" x .85"

Weight

3.9 oz

ST-AP-22 Optional Carry-Along Case

ST-WM-350 WindMate™ Multi-function Weather Meter Features • Time and date • 48 hr history for all functions • Swiss-made impeller components and current, avg, max wind speed • USA made fluxgate compass and use as bearing compass • Digital wind direction, crosswind and head/tail wind calculations • Lifetime calibrated Swiss-made humidity sensor • Temperature, wind chill, wet bulb, dew point and delta T • Swiss-made barometer sensor, weather forecast and audio storm alarm • Altimeter to 29,000 ft and density altitude • Exclusive accuweather.com® patented comfort index & trade • Auto Shutoff can be disabled • Threaded for tripod mounting, EL backlight and water / shock resistant

Specifications

ST-WM-350

Accuracy

Wind ± 3% when aligned with winds axis; Compass ± 2; Temp/Wind chill ± 2°; Relative Humidity ± 3%; Wet bulb/Dew point ± 3.6°; Barometer ± .05 inHg; Altimeter ± 50 ft; Density Altitude ± 246 ft

Range

Wind .8 - 89 MPH; Temp -20° to 158°F; Windchill -50° to +50°F; Compass 0° to 360°; Relative humidity 5% to 95%; Wet bulb 32° to 100°F, Dew point -20° to 158°F; Barometer 8.86 to 32.48 inHg; Altimeter 6000 to 29,000 ft; Density altitude -49 to 257 ft

Response Times

Current & maximum wind 1 sec; Avg wind over 10 sec; Temp 1 minute; Windchill 1 sec; Wind direction & compass 1 sec; Cross/head/tail wind 5 sec; Relative humidity, wet bulb, delta T, dew point 1 minute; Barometer 2 sec; Altimeter 1 sec; Optional Units: Knots, MPH, KPH, FPM, M/Sec, Beaufort, InHg or hPa; °F or °C, ft or meters

Power

CR 2032 Lithium battery (included)

Measures

5.5" x 1.75" x .75" (closed), 9" x 1.75" x .75" (open)

Weight

3.6 oz (with battery)

ST-WM-350 WindMate™ ST-AP-22 Optional Carry-Along Case

Waterproof Thermometer Pocket size with Max/Min recording. Measures temperature in frozen solids and liquids.

Features • 2.75" (70 mm) stainless steel stem • °C/°F switchable ranges of -40 to 392°F (-40 to 200°C) • MAX/MIN recall of high and low temperatures • Data Hold and Auto Power Off features • Digital display with 0.1° resolution • Dimensions: 5.9" x 0.8" x 0.7" (150 x 20 x 18 mm) • Weight: 0.7 oz (20 g) • Complete with one LR44 button battery and protective cover EX-39240 Waterproof Thermometer

38

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


ST-SM-18 Skymate Wind Meter with Temperature & Wind Chill

Specifications

ST-SM-18

Accuracy

Wind ± 3% when aligned with winds axis; Temp/Windchill ± 2°

Range

Wind .4 - 89 MPH; Temp +5° to +122°F; Windchill -22° to +158°F

Response Times Current wind 2 sec avg; Avg wind

over 5 sec; Max wind 2 sec gust Temp/windchill 1 minute

Optional Units

Knots, MPH, KPH, Ft/Min, M/Sec, Beaufort °F or °C

Power

CR 2032 Lithium battery (included)

Measures

4.8" x 1.8" x .7"

Weight

2.3 oz with case

ST-SM-18 Skymate Wind Meter ST-AP-22 Optional Carry-Along Case

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Features • Current, maximum windspeed • Average wind speed over 5, 10, or 13 seconds • Current temp & wind chill • Choose any measurement unit • Reads in tenths • Replaceable 400 hour lithium battery • Data lock feature • Replaceable plastic impeller won't corrode • Easy to read LCD • Threaded for tripod mounting • Unique pocket-knife design to protect unit when not in use • Water resistant to 3 ft • High visibility case • Floats • 1 year warranty

GW-RG200 6" & GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge Features • Simple to operate and install • Rugged design for harsh weather • Mounting hardware included • UV-protected plastic or aluminum The GW-RG200 6" Rain Gauge is constructed of high impact UVprotected plastic to provide reliable, low-cost tipping bucket rainfall monitoring. The simplicity of the rain gauge design assures trouble-free operation, yet provides accurate rainfall measurements. The unit has a 6" orifice and is shipped complete with mounting brackets and 50' of twoconductor cable. The tipping bucket sensor mechanism activates a sealed reed switch that produces a contact closure for each 0.01" or 0.2 mm of rainfall. The GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge was designed by the National Weather Service to provide a low-cost, reliable, industrial, tipping bucket rain gauge. The rainfall gauge has an 8" orifice and is shipped complete with mounting brackets and 50' of two-conductor cable. The tipping bucket sensor mechanism activates a sealed reed switch that produces a contact closure for each 0.01", 0.2 mm or 1 mm of rainfall. The rain gauge sensor can be pole mounted or bolted to a level plate.

GW-RG200 6" Rain Gauge

Specifications

GW-RG200 6" Rain Gauge

GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge

Capacity

Unlimited

Unlimited

Resolution

0.01"

0.01" or 0.2 mm

Accuracy

3% up to 4"/hr

±1% at 1"/hr

Average Switch Closure Time

135 ms

135 ms

Max. Bounce Settling Time

0.75 ms

0.75 ms

Max. Switch Rating

30 V DC @ 0.2 A

30 V DC @ 0.2 A

Operating Temp.

32° to 123.8°F (0° to 51°C)

32° to +123.8°F (0° to +51°C)

GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge Specify 1 mm, 0.2 mm, Or 0.01" Per Tip At Time Of Order

Cable

40 ft (12.2 m), 2 conductors

25 ft (7.6 m), 2 conductor

Dimensions

6" x 15" (15 x 38 cm) Shipping

10 1/8" x 8" (26 x 20 cm)

GW-RG700 4 - 20 mA Converter Module Pulse To Current Converter, 32 Pulses Per Minute Equals 20 mA

Weight

3 lbs (1.4 kg)

8 lbs (3.6 kg)

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

39


ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Specifications

EX-42529

InfraRed Thermometer

Range

0 to 600°F or -20 to 320°C

Accuracy

± 2% of reading or ± 4°F / 2°C (whichever is greater)

Non-contact InfraRed Thermometer with laser pointer. Measures to 600°F without contact.

Resolution

1°F / °C

Emissivity

0.95 fixed

Display

Backlit LCD

Power

9 V battery

Field Of View (EX-42529)

6:1 (at 6" distance measure 1" target)

Dimensions

8.3" x 3.5" x 1.5" (211 x 89 x 38 mm)

Weight

6.4 oz (200 g)

Features • Large LCD display with backlighting • Built-in laser pointer to improve aim • °F / °C switchable • Fixed emissivity (0.95) covers 90% of surface applications • Narrow field of view • Audible and visible overrange indicators • Automatic Data Hold • Pocket size meter • Complete with 9 V battery and carrying case

EX-42529 InfraRed Thermometer EX-42529-NIST EX-42529 W/ NIST Certificate

Specifications

EX-42511

Laser Convergence Distance

EX-42512

12" (30.5 cm)

30" (76.2 cm)

Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometers

Range

-58 to 1100°F (-50 to 600°C)

-58 to 1832°F (-50 to 1000°C)

Repeatability

± 0.5% or 1.8°F / 1°C

± 0.5% or 1.8°F / 1°C

Basic Accuracy

± (1% of rdg +2°F / 1°C)

± (1% of rdg +2°F / 1°C)

Features • Dual laser for accurate target • White backlit dual LCD display • Fast 0.15 second response time with Max display • Adjustable emissivity increases measurement accuracy for different surface • Adjustable High / Low set points with audible alarm alerts user when temperature exceeds the programmed set points • Lock function for continuous readings • Double molded housing • Complete with carrying case and 9 V battery

Max Resolution

0.1°F / °C

0.1°F/°C

Emissivity

0.10 to 1.00 Adjustable

0.10 to 1.00 Adjustable

Field Of View (Distance To Target)

12:1

30:1

Dimensions

5.7" x 4" x 1.6" (146 x 104 x 43 mm)

5.7" x 4" x 1.6" (146 x 104 x 43 mm)

Weight

5.7 oz (163 g)

5.7 oz (163 g)

EX-42511 12" Distance Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometer EX-42512 30" Distance Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometer EX-42512-NIST 30" Distance Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometer W/ NIST Certificate

EasyView™ Hygro-Thermometers Relative Humidity, Temperature, Dew Point, and Wet Bulb measurements with choice of Datalogger model. Features • Compact and rugged design features large display and bargraph • Display any two parameters (Temperature and Humidity or Dew Point, or Wet Bulb) simultaneously • Min / Max function stores & recalls highest and lowest readings • Timer function displays the elapsed time (mins: sec and day: hour) to the minimum and maximum readings • Programmable auto power off time frame • Remote capacitance sensor with 39" (1 m) coiled cable • Switchable °C / °F temperature units • Data Hold function freezes reading on display • Auto Power Off to save battery life • Low battery and overrange indication • Complete with built-in stand, protective holster, probe and 6 "AAA" batteries Model EX-EA25 Additional Features • Datalogs up to 15,000 records plus automatic timer function ® • Built-in RS-232 PC serial interface comes complete with Windows 95/98/NT/2000/ME/XP compatible software and optically isolated RS-232 cable

40

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Applications • Monitor Relative Humidity and Temperature in factories, clean rooms, offices, and greenhouses • Produce reports of overnight or long term humidity and temperature fluctuations

Specifications

Range

Resolution

Basic Accuracy

Humidity

10% to 95%

0.1%

± 3% (30% to 95%) ± 5% (10% to 30%)

Temperature

-4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C)

0.1°

± 1.8°F (± 1°C)

Dimensions

5.9" x 2.8" x 1.4" (150 x 72 x 35 mm)

Weight

8.3 oz (235 g)

EX-EA20 EasyView Hygro-Thermometer EX-EA20-NIST EX-EA20 W/ NIST Certificate EX-EA25 EasyView Hygro-Thermometer Datalogger EX-EA25-NIST EX-EA25 W/ NIST Certificate

Fax : (514) 326 8961


HT-3000 Thermo-Hygrometer Help control the effects of temperature and humidity in the environment. The HT-3000 is the only meter available at its price point that provides Temperature, RH, Dew point and Specific Humidity.

DEL-HT-3000W/CS Thermo-Hygrometer W/ Carrying Case

Humidity and Temperature USB Datalogger Records up to 16,000 readings for each parameter. Features • Datalogs 32,000 readings (16,000 for each parameter: Humidity / Temperature) • Dew point indication via Windows® software (included) • EX-RHT10-SW optional software to calculate Grains per Pound (grams per kilogram) to 1120 GPP (160 g/kg) • Selectable data sampling rate: 2 sec, 5 sec, 10 sec, 30 sec, 1 min, 5 min ,10 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hrs, 3 hrs, 6 hrs, 12 hrs, 24 hrs

• User-programmable alarm thresholds for RH and Temperature • Status Indication via Red / Yellow LED and Green LED • Long battery life (approx. 1 year) • Complete with 3.6 V Lithium battery and Windows® 98, 2000, XP, and Vista compatible analysis software

Specifications

Range

Resolution

Accuracy (% rdg+digits)

Temperature

-40 to 158°F

0.1°F/°C

± 1.8°F (14 to 104°F) ± 3.6°F (-40 to +14 and 104 to 158°F) ± 1.0°C (-10 to 40°C) ± 2.0°C (-40 to -10 and +40 to 70°C) ± 3% RH

-40 to 70°C Humidity

0 to 100% RH

Datalogging

interval 2 seconds to 24 hours

0.1% RH

Memory Temperature

16,000 points; Relative Humidity: 16,000 points

Dimensions

5.1" x 1.1" x 0.98" (130 x 30 x 25 mm)

Weight

1 oz (20 g)

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Features • Selectable display screens • Relative humidity range: 0 - 100 % with up to ± 3% accuracy • Temperature range: -4°F to 128°F (-20°C to 70°C) with up to 1.8% accuracy • Dew point range: -40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C) • GPP (grains per pound) range: 0.55 gpp to 3868 gpp • Fast response time

• Temperature: Reaches 80% of full excursion in approximately 75 sec • Relative Humidity: Reaches 90% of full excursion in approx imately 45 sec • Data hold feature • Graphic display with contrast and backlight • Automatic power down • 9 V battery • 1 year warranty • Carrying case

EX-RHT10 Humidity & Temperature USB Datalogger EX-RHT10-SW GPP (g/kg) Software For EX-RHT10 EX-42299 3.6 V Lithium Batery, 2/Pack

Hygro-Thermometer Humidity Alert with Dew Point NIST Calibrateable and Programmable Alarms. Warning of High or Low Humidity Conditions. Specifications

EX-445815

Humidity

10 to 99%

Temperature

14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C)

Basic Accuracy

± 4% RH; ± 1.8°F / 1°C

Dimensions

4.3" x 3.9" x 0.78" (109 x 99 x 20 mm)

Weight

6 oz (169 g)

EX-445815 Humidity Alert II Hygro-Thermometer W/ Dew Point EX-445815-NIST EX-445815 W/ NIST Certificate EX-445815-NISTL Optional Limited NIST EX-RH300-CAL Optional 33% & 75% RH Calibration Standards

www.ereinc.com

Features • Large, easy-to-read triple LCD displays % Relative Humidity, Temperature and Dew Point • % RH audible and visual alarms, with adjustable set points, alert when humidity exceeds set limit • Probe clips onto meter or extends on 18" (457 mm) cable • Max/Min with Reset function • Rear calibration adjustment pot for Humidity and Temperature (available with NIST certification and optional Calibration Standards) • Complete with built-in stand, wall mount bracket, remote sensor and 2 "AAA" batteries; Optional calibration salt bottles Model EX-445580-C

sales@ereinc.com

41


ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Radio Controlled Wall Clock Hygro-Thermometer with Super Large 4.3" (109 mm) Digit Clock Display Features • Receives Time Code from NIST Radio Station WWVB (North American region) • Large LCD displays Time, % RH, Temperature, Year, Month, Date, and Day • Super large 4.3" (109 mm) digit clock display can be viewed from 150 feet (45 mm) • Signal indicator displays signal strength in 3 levels to indicate successful synchronization • Automatically adjusts for daylight savings time (DST) • Alarm clock • Built-in stand for desktop or wall-mount • Complete with built-in stand and four "AA" batteries

Soil / Compost Thermometer

Specifications

Range

Relative Humidity 20 to 90%

Basic Accuracy

± 6% RH

Temperature

23 to 122°F (-5 to 50°C) ± 2°F / 1°C

Alarm Clock

Yes

Dimensions

16.75" x 11.5" x 1.25" (425.4 x 292.1 x 31.75 mm)

Weight

2.75 lbs (1.2 kg)

EX-CTH10 Radio Controlled Wall Clock Hygro-Thermometer

Compost Thermometer is ideally suited for monitoring interior temperatures of compost piles and windrows. The clear, easy-to-read dial, with the pointer directly driven by the sensitive bi-metal helix in the bottom of the stem, gives an accurate reading every time. Used by composters everywhere for waste disposal, recycling, mushroom growing, etc. Features • Rugged all stainless construction • Hermetically sealed-will not fog • Unbreakable plastic crystal • Pointed stem for easy insertion • Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial • Very accurate (+1% of scale) • ºF, ºC, or Dual scales available • Regular 1/4" diameter stem or Heavy Duty • 5/16" diameter stem available

REO-A24PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 24" L Stem REO-A36PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 36" L Stem REO-A48PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 48" L Stem REO-A60PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 60" L Stem REO-A72PF Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 72" L Stem

REO-A24FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 24" L Stem REO-A36FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 36" L Stem REO-A48FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 48" L Stem REO-A60FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 60" L Stem REO-A72FR Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 72" L Stem

A Complete Solution for the Restoration Contractor Restoration Contractor’s Kit Use pin and pinless meters to better diagnose the amount of moisture content in buildings. Thermal Hygrometer provides fast, accurate readings of ambient room conditions and GPP calculations. Kit includes • Model EX-MO280 Pinless Moisture Meter -Select from 10 different wood types -Displays % moisture from 0 to 99% -Measurement depth to 0.75" (22 mm) below the surface • Model EX-MO220 Wood Moisture Meter -Memory contains 8 wood groups with calibrations for approximately 170 species of wood -Measures wood moisture from 6 to 99.9% -Measurements can be taken using the integral pin electrodes or a heavy duty remote probe (included)

42

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

• Model EX-RH490 Precision Hygro-Thermometer -Measures Temperature, Humidity, Dew Point, Wet Bulb, Absolute Humidity, GPP (grains per pound/grains per kilogram) -Less than 30 second RH response time with 2% RH accuracy • Model EX-RHT10 Humidity/Temperature USB Datalogger -Datalogs 16,000 RH and 16,000 Temperature readings -User-programmable sampling rate and alarm thresholds -EX-RHT10-SW software included for GPP calculations and USB interface for data download • Kit is supplied in a rugged heavy duty hard carrying case that provides protection and organization for the meters and accessories whenever they are needed

EX-MO280-RKv Restoration Contractor’s Kit

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Best Selling Moisture Meter! BD-2100 DEL-BD-2100/PKG Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 21-E Electrode DEL-BD-2100/26/PKG Includes BD-2100 W/ Deluxe Case, 26-ES Electrode, (10) 496 Pins DEL-BD-2100/26/21/PKG Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 26-ES, 21-E Electrodes, (10) 496 Pins DEL-BD-2100/EIFS/PKG Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 21-E Electrode, (2) BD-608-001 Pins, HP-1 Hole Punch

Flexible Borescope Features • High resolution image (7400 pixels) and optical system • Easy to use eyepiece and handle • Focus adjustment • Two bright LED lamps to illuminate viewed object • Glare-free close-up and wide angle field of view • 3 position switch (low-off-high) • Flexible gooseneck with min. 3" (7.62 cm) bend radius retains configured shape • Removable 90 degree side viewing adaptor rotates 360 degrees • HDPE-coated shaft can be exposed to water, diesel, gasoline, brake fluid, antifreeze, oil and other liquids • Accessory clip-on magnet will pick up approx. 0.25 lbs (113 g) • Complete with 4 "AA" batteries, Clip-on 90 degree mirror, magnetic clip, and storage case

EX-BR146 Flexible Borescope (36" cable)

Applications • Home inspection: Inspect in walls for mold, insect infestation, electrical wire or water pipe location • HVAC: Inspect inside ducts, behind motors and compressors • Automotive: View inside or around engines and transmissions • Government: Safety and security inspections • Industrial: Inspect weld integrity, process equipment, gears, molding machines • Aerospace: Aircraft inspections for contamination, debris, cracks or other damage Specifications

EX-BR146

Viewing Direction

0°; Viewing Angle 40°

Viewing Distance

0.4" (10.2 mm) to infinity

Side View Adaptor

90°, Viewing Angle 45°

Shaft Diameter

0.39" (10 mm)

Minimum Bend Radius

3" (7.62 cm)

Working Radius

36" (914 mm)

Weight

1.15 lbs (0.52 kg)

Carrying Case Dimensions

17" x 13" x 4.5" (432 x 330 x 114 mm)

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

BD-Series pin-type moisture meters - ideal meter to measure wood and other building materials, such as concrete, sheetrock, EIFS, roofing, insulation and flooring. Choose from the analog BD-10 meter or the digital BD-2100 meter. Each model offers a scale that measures % MC on wood from 6% - 40% and a reference scale used to measure non-wood materials. The BD-2100 also features the industry exclusive sheetrock scale to measure % MC in sheetrock over the range of 0.2% - 50%.

Video Borescope/Wireless Inspection Camera 3.5" Color TFT LCD Wireless Monitor with a 2 GB microSD memory card for capturing images (JPEG) or video (AVI) for viewing on your PC. Features • Captured video with date / time stamp can be played back on the wireless monitor or on any monitor with a video input jack • Video and images can also be transferred to your PC via the microSD card (with included SD adaptor) or USB cable (included) and viewed using Windows® Multimedia Player • Mini water-proof (IP67) camera for high resolution viewing • Two bright LED lamps with dimmer to illuminate viewed object • Glare-free close-up field of view • 39" (1m) flexible gooseneck retains configured shape

www.ereinc.com

Specifications

EX-BR200 Monitor

LCD Screen Type

3.5" TFT

Pixels

320 x 240

Video Output Level

0.9 to 1.3 V @ 75 Ω

Specifications

EX-BR200 Camera

Pixels

712 x 486 (NTSC)/704 x 576 (PAL)

Frame Rate

10, 15, 20, 25, 30 FPS

Transmission

Frequency 2.4 GHz

Video Resolution

960 x 240 (avi format)

Transmission Range

32 ft (10 m) unobstructed view

Image Resolution

640x 480 (jpeg format)

Viewing Direction

Viewing Angle 50°

Monitor Dimensions

3.9" x 2.7" x 1" (100 x 70 x 25 mm)

Shaft Diameter

0.66" (17 mm)

Minimum Bend Radius

2.36" (60 mm)

Operating / Charge Time

1.5 hrs / 3 hrs

Weight

4.9 oz (140 g)

Working Length

39" (1 m)

Camera Dimensions

7.3" x 5.7" x 1.6" (186 x 145 x 41 mm)

Weight

18.7 oz (530 g)

EX-BR200 Flexible Video Borescope (17 mm Diameter / 1 m Cable, 110 V Adapter)

sales@ereinc.com

43


ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Telescoping AC Current Detector Features • Non-Contact Detection of AC Current in shielded wires, wires behind walls, metal circuit breaker and junction boxes • Telescoping probe extends to reach distance of 39" (1 m) • Sensitivity from 200 mA to 1000 A (50 / 60 Hz) • Red and Green LED indicators and switch-controlled ON / OFF Audible beeper • Sensitivity adjustment increases or reduces sensor trigger threshold • Dimensions: 7.7" x 2.4" x 1.2" (195 x 62 x 30 mm) Weight: 5.2 oz (148 g) • Complete with two LR44 button batteries EX-DA50 Telescoping AC Current Detector

Industrial MultiMeters Features • Double molded for waterproof (IP67) protection • Rugged design — drop proof to 6 feet • High Resolution display: Model EX-EX520-S with 6000 count LCD display Model EX-EX530-KIT with 40,000 count LCD display • 1000 V input protection on all functions • Dual sensitivity frequency functions • Large backlit LCD with bargraph • Duty Cycle function and Diode open circuit voltage of 2.8 V DC • Auto power off with disable feature and Min / Max, Relative, and Data Hold functions • CE / UL approved; CAT IV-600 V EX-EX520-S True RMS Industrial MultiMeter Kit (6000 Count) EX-EX530-KIT True RMS Industrial MultiMeter Kit (40,000 Count)

Ideal Kit for Plant Maintenance!

Specifications

EX-EX520-S

EX-EX530-KIT

Display Counts

6000

40000

Basic Accuracy (DCV)

0.09%

0.06%

DC Voltage

0.1 mV to 1000 V

0.01 mV to 1000 V

AC Voltage

1 mV to 1000 V

0.01 mV to 1000 V

Non-Contact AC Voltage

100 V to 600 V

DC/AC Current

0.1 μA to 20 A

0.01 μA to 20 A

Resistance

0.1 Ω to 60 MΩ

0.01 Ω to 40 MΩ

Frequency (Electrical)

0.01 to 400 Hz

0.01 to 400 Hz

Frequency (Electronic)

0.001 Hz to 40 MHz

0.001 Hz to 100 MHz

Capacitance

0.01 nF to 1000 μF

0.001 nF to 40 mF

Temperature (Type K)

-50 to 1382°F

-50 to 1382°F

(-45 to 750°C)

(-45 to 750°C)

4 to 20 mA

0 to 125%

Duty Cycle

0.1 to 99.9%

0.1 to 99.90%

True RMS

Peak Hold

Diode

Continuity

Dimensions

7.25" x 3.25" x 2.25"

7.25" x 3.25" x 2.25"

Weight

12.3 oz

12.3 oz

Phase Rotation / Clamp Meter Test Kit Kit Includes • Model EX-MA640 - 600 A True RMS 6000 count AC / DC Clamp-on MultiMeter with built-in non-contact AC Voltage Detector, test leads and temperature probe; ETL approved • Model EX-480400 - 3-Phase Rotation Tester with multiline LCD display, durable double-molded housing, and easy-to-open wide-jaw alligator clips • Model EX-DV25 - Dual Range AC Voltage Detector (24 to 1000 VAC/ 100 to 1000 VAC) + Flashlight with Audible / Visual indication, doublemolded housing, and CAT IV-1000 V safety rating; UL listed • Set of double molded professional test leads • Type K thermocouple bead probe and Type K to Banana Input Adaptor • Supplied in a soft carrying case that provides protection and organization for the meters whenever they are needed • Dimensions: 9.8" x 8" x 2" (248 x 203 x 54 mm); Weight: 1.3 lbs (590 g)

EX-MA640-K Phase Rotation/Clamp Meter Test Kit

44

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Digital Mini Microscope

EX-MC108 Digital Mini Microscope

EX-EZ40: EzFlex™ Combustible Gas Detector Features • Quickly identifies and pinpoints gas leaks • 16" (406 mm) flexible gooseneck • For easy access into hard to reach locations • High sensitivity • One hand operation with thumb controlled sensitivity adjustment, to eliminate background gas levels • Visible and audible alarm at 10% (LEL) • Lower Explosive Limit for methane • Locate the smallest leaks • Complete with 3 "C" batteries Gas Detected Natural Gas, Methane, Ethane, Propane, Butane, Acetone, Alcohol, Ammonia, Steam, Carbon Monoxide (not to quantify), Gasoline, Jet Fuel, Hydrogen Sulfide, Smoke, Industrial Solvents, Lacquer Thinner, Naphtha

Desktop Indoor Air Quality CO2 Monitor Measures Carbon Dioxide Air Temperature and Humidity.

(C02),

Specifications

EX-CO200

Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

0 to 9,999 ppm

Resolution

1 ppm

Temperature

14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C)

Resolution

0.1°F / °C

Humidity

0.1 to 99.9%

Resolution

0.1%

Dimensions

4.6" x 4" x 4" (117 x 102 x 102 mm)

Weight

7.2 oz (204 g)

EX-CO200 Desktop Indoor Air Quality CO2 Monitor

www.ereinc.com

Specifications

EX-EZ40

Pump Driven Field Calibration Range

10 ppm

Sensor Type

Solid State

Alarm

Visible and Audible @ 10% LEL for Methane

Warm-Up

Approx. 1 minute

Response Time

< 2 seconds (up to 40% LEL)

Duty Cycle

Intermittent

Battery Life

8 hours continuous use typical

Dimensions

8.7" x 2.83" x 1.8" (221 x 72 x 46 mm)

Weight

18.4 oz (520 g)

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Features • 1.8" TFT Color LCD Screen with 2 MB Memory • 7x to 108x magnification range Optical Zoom: 7x to 27x Digital Zoom: 4x • Four white LEDs with adjustable brightness for object illumination • 5 Image Effect modes: Normal, Gray, Inverse, Emboss, and Dual Window View • Dual Window View simultaneously displays the magnified image next to the original image • Real-time imaging on your PC screen via USB interface and included software • Includes microscope stand for hands-free viewing • Dimensions: 4.7" x 2.2" x 0.8" (120 x 56 x 20 mm) Weight: 2.5 oz (70 g) without batteries • Complete with stand, three "AAA" Ni-MH rechargeable batteries, 100 to 240 VAC (50 / 60 Hz) adaptor / charger, Windows® compatible PC software with mini USB cable, cleaning cloth, and wrist strap

EX-EZ40 EzFlex™ Combustible Gas Detector

Features • Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO2) concentrations • Maintenance free NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor • Indoor Air Quality displayed in ppm with Good (380 to 420 ppm), Normal (<1000 ppm), Poor (>1000 ppm) indication • Visible and Audible CO2 warning alarm with relay output for ventilation control • Measurement ranges: CO2: 0 to 9,999 ppm Temperature: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C) Humidity: 0.1 to 99.9% RH • Displays Year, Month, Date, and Time • Max / Min CO2 value recall function • Automatic Baseline Calibration (minimum CO2 level over 7.5 days) or manual calibration in fresh air • Complete with Universal AC adaptor

sales@ereinc.com

45


Surface Test Kits

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

These Instant Surface Testing Swabs help to alert the user to the presence of hazardous levels of the metal so that proper precautions can be taken to avoid the harmful effects. Each swab represents a complete unit for detection. Choose From Swab: potential sources Lead Check: painted surfaces, steel structures, soil, dust, antiques, plumbing, dinnerware, food cans, waste material, etc. Mercury Check: manufacture of pharmaceuticals, dyes, embalming, wood preservation, disinfectants, dry batteries, and photographic processing Cadmium Check: glazed ceramics, pottery, decorated glassware, dust solder, and any solid surface Chromate Check: cooling towers, water plants, plating operations, tanning industry, paint pigments Nickel Check: metal plating, jewelry, nickel dust and fumes

HS-2M8l Lead Check 8 Swab Kit HS-HG8 Mercury Check 8 Swab Kit HS-5CD8 Cadmium Check 8 Swab Kit HS-7CR8 Chromate Check 8 Swab Kit HS-6NI8 Nickel Check 8 Swab Kit

RF EMF Strength Meter Features • For electromagnetic field strength measurement including mobile phones, cell phones, base stations, and microwave leakage • Non-directional (isotropic) measurement with three-channel (triaxial) measurement probe • Max Hold and Average functions • Manual store/recall up to 99 sets • Level exceed audible alarm with user selectable threshold • Complete with 9 V battery and carrying case

EX-480836 RF Electromagnetic Field Strength Meter

Magnetic Locator SCH-GA-92XTi & SCH-GA-92XTd One hand operation makes finding faster, providing both audio and visual (XTd model) indication of ferrous objects up to 16 feet underground. And the new XT follows the Schonstedt tradition of ruggedness and reliability. Detect the magnetic fields of all ferromagnetic objects property markers, manholes, septic tanks, well casings, valve boxes, cast iron pipes, steel drums, unexploded ordinance up to sixteen feet below the surface.

XTd Model with LCD gain, battery & signal strength/polarity display

46

XTi Model with LCD gain & battery display

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Specifications

EX-480836

Sensor Type

Electric Field

Frequency Range

50 MHz to 3.5 GHz

Units of Measure

mV/m, V/m, μA/m, mA/m, μW/m2, mW/m2, W/m2, μW/cm2, mW/cm2

Measuring Ranges

20 mV/m to 108.0 V/m 53 μA/m2 to 286.4 mA/m2 1 μW/m 2to 30.93 W/m 0 μW/cm to 3.093 mW/cm2

Resolution

0.1 mVm, 0.12 μA/m, 0.001 μW/m2, 0.001 μW/cm

Audible Alarm

Adjustable threshold with On/Off

Memory

Manual store/recall of 99 sets

Dimensions

9.3" x 2.4" x 2.4" (237 x 60 x 60 mm)

Weight

7 oz (200 g)

Stopwatch / Clock Features • Digital LCD Stopwatch plus Calendar and Alarm • 12 or 24 hr clock operation • Stopwatch/Chronograph mode with 1/100 sec resolution • Programmable alarm with an hourly chime • Calendar displays day, month, and date

SCH-GA-92XTD Magnetic Locator W/ LCD Display & Battery & Signal Strength

EX-365510 Digital Stopwatch/Clock

SCH-GA-92-XTI Magnetic Locator W/ LCD & Battery Display Only

EX-365510-NIST Digital Stopwatch/Clock W/ NIST Certificate

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Easy-To-Use The SCH-GA-52CX and SCH-GA-72CD locators find iron and steel objects underground. Both provide audio detection signals that peak in frequency when the locator’s tip is held directly over the target. The SCH-GA-72CD includes an easy-to-read digital and bar graph display showing signal strength and polarity.

SCH-GA-52CX

SCH-GA-72CD

Audio Output

Tone frequency varies with gradient field intensity

Tone frequency varies with gradient field intensity (*)

Visual Indicator

N/A

Digital readout and bargraph indicate polarity and relative strength of magnetic field

Analog Output

N/A

Yes

Sensitivity

5 settings

4 settings

Input Power

2 Alkaline 9 V batteries

2 Lithium 9 V batteries

Battery Life

40 hrs (intermittent usage)

60 hrs (intermittent usage)

Battery Indicator

N/A

4-segment LCD

Weight

~ 2.5 lbs (1.13 kg)

~ 2.6 lbs (1.18 kg)

Operating Temperature Overall Length

-13 to 140°F ( -25 to 60°C) -13 to 140°F ( -25 to 60°C) 42.3" (107.4 cm) 34.5" (87.6 cm)

Waterproof Length

34.5" (87.6 cm)

21" (53.3 cm)

Sensor Spacing

20" (50.8 cm)

14" (35.6 cm)

Housing Material

Aluminum

Polycarbonate / ABS Blend

(*) This is the factory default audio output. An internal switch allows the user to change it to a fixed frequency and the volume varying with the gradient field intensity.

SCH-GA-52CX Magnetic Locator W/ Case SCH-GA-72CD Metered Magnetic Locator W/ Case

All Purpose SCH-MAC-51BX Magnetic and Dual-Frequency Pipe and Cable Locator In the LO and HI modes, the receiver's audio signal provides a sharp null when its tip is directly over the target. In the MAG mode (no transmitter required) the audio signal peaks when the receiver's tip is over a ferrous target. You can trace the 571 Hz LF signal conductively applied to any continuous metal conductor up to 4000 ft.

SCH-MAC-51BX Magnetic & Pipe & Cable Locator (Includes Transmitter Built Into Carrying Case & Receiver) SCH-MAC–51BX-TX Transmitter Only (Includes Case, Conductive Clip & Stake) SCH-MAC-51BX-RX Receiver Only (Includes Carrying Case)

Specifications

SCH-MAC-51BX Transmitter

Operating Voltage

12 V (8 alkaline C-Cell batteries)

Battery Life

60 hrs (on & off usage @ 70°F)

RF Output

82.5 kHz modulated at 382 Hz, pulsed at 4.4 Hz 571 Hz Pulsed at 4.4 Hz

Audio Indicator

2.58 kHz pulsed at 4.4 Hz

Weight

Approx. 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)

Operating Temp.

-13°F to 140°F (-25°C to 60°C)

Overall Size

43.5" x 7" x 5" (110.5 x 17.8 x 12.7 cm)

Specifications

SCH-MAC-51BX Receiver

Operating Voltage

9 V (2 alkaline or 2 lithium batteries)

Battery Life

60 hrs, alkaline (on & off usage @ 70°F) 120 hrs, lithium (on & off usage @ 70°F)

Audio Output

Approx. 40 Hz idling tone from speaker frequency of pulsing tone (increases or decreases) with signal intensity

Weight

2.64 lbs (1.20 kg)

Operating Temp.

-13°F to 140°F (-25°C to 60°C)

Overall Length

42.3" (107.4 cm)

Waterproof Length

34.5" (87.6 cm)

Nominal Sensor Spacing

20" (50.8 cm)

TraceMaster II® The TraceMaster II® is the professional’s choice for locating pipe and cable, but you don’t have to be a pro to use it. So, to find telephone, cable TV, and fiber optic lines, AC power lines, water and gas pipes, keep a TraceMaster® in your kit. The TraceMaster II® is the first pipe and cable locator on the market to offer a Remote Link between the transmitter and the receiver units. This is accomplished through a radio frequency (RF) two-way communications channel, and makes it possible to change the transmitter frequency from the receiver up to 1500 ft away.

www.ereinc.com

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

SCH-GA-52CX & SCH-GA-72CD Underground Locators

Specifications

Features • Passive detection of 50 Hz or 60 Hz, sonde or cathodic frequency • One button depth measurement • Digital readout display of signal strength • LCD displays left, right and "on-target" indications, as well as battery status • 60 hrs operational life (intermittent usage) • Lightweight, easy-to-use design • Digital Signal Processing which is easily upgraded as new features are developed SCH-TMS-001-AF TraceMaster AF: All 4 Frequencies + Passive Pipe & Cable Locator W/ RF Link SCH-TMS-001-MF TraceMaster MF: Manual All 4 Frequencies + Passive Pipe & Cable Locator W/O RF Link

sales@ereinc.com

47


ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Inspector Handheld Digital Radiation Alert® Detector The Inspector Xtreme offers maximum performance in a lightweight rugged solution for using your survey meter in the field. The Inspector Xtreme is designed specifically for individuals operating in tough environments, such as 1st Responders, Mining, and HAZMAT crews. The unit is a small, handheld, microprocessor-based instrument which offers excellent sensitivity to low levels of alpha, beta, gamma, and x-rays. The digital readout is displayed with a red count light and a beeper sounds with each count detected. Other features include an adjustable timer, external calibration controls and selectable alert. Detector Internal Halogen-quenched, uncompensated GM tube with thin mica window, 1.4 - 2.0 mg/cm2 areal density. Effective diameter of window is 45 mm (1.75"). Radiation symbol on front label marks the center of the detector. Display • 4 digit liquid crystal display with indicators • Averaging Periods • Display will update every 3 sec. At low background levels, the update is the moving average for the past 30 sec time period. The timed period for the moving average decreases as the radiation level increases

Operating Range • mR/hr - .001 (1 µR) to 100; mR/hr CPM - 0 to 350,000 • µSv/hr - .01 to 1000 CPS - 0 to 5000 • Total / Timer - 1 to 9,999,000 counts Accuracy • mR/hr ± 10% typical (NIST); ± 15% max - 0 to 100 • µSv/hr ± 10% typical (NIST); ± 15% max - 01 to 1000 • CPM ± 15% max - 0 to 350,000 (Referenced to Cs-137) SE-INSPECTOR Inspector Radiation Survey Meter SE-INSPECTOR-XTR Includes Inspector W/ Xtreme Boot & Carrying Case

Gamma Sensitivity 3500 CPM/mR/hr referenced to Cs-137. Smallest detectable level for I-125 is .02 µCi at contact. Timer can set 1 minute sampling periods from 1 to 10 minutes.

SE-WTP Wipe Test Plate SE-IS Instrument Stand

Monitor 4 & 4EC Same Monitor 4. New ergonomic design. The M4 and M4EC are compact, general purpose survey meters capable of detecting alpha, beta, gamma, and x-rays over 3 selectable ranges. A red count light flashes and a beep sounds with each event detected. The Monitor 4EC offers a more linear reading for gamma and x-rays (above 40 keV). Detector • Monitor 4: Halogen - quenched uncompensated GM tube with thin mica window 1.5 to 2.0 mg/cm2 thick • Monitor 4EC: Halogen-quenched GM tube, energy compensated sidewall 2 mm tin filter. Thin mica window 1.5 to 2.0 mg/cm2 thick • Display: Analog Meter holds full scale in fields as high as 100X max reading • Operating Range: 0 to 50 mR/hr and 0 to 500, 0 to 5,000, 0 to 50,000 CPM or 0 to 500 μSv/hr Monitor 4 Energy Sensitivity • M4: Detects alpha down to 2.5 MeV; typical detection efficiency at 3.6 MeV > 80%. Detects beta at 50 keV with 35% efficiency. Detects beta at 150 keV with 75% efficiency. Detects gamma and x-rays down to 10 keV through the window, 40 keV minimum through the sidewall. Normal background is approximately 10 to 20 CPM.

48

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

• M4EC: Same as Monitor 4 except the energy response for gamma and x-rays through the detector sidewall is flat within +61% or -26% over the range of 40 keV to 100 keV, and within +35% or -17% over the range of 100 keV to 1.3 MeV. • Gamma sensitivity: 1000 CPM/mR/hr (ref. to Cs-137) • Range switch: X1, X10, X100, battery check • Accuracy: ± 15% of full scale (referenced to Cs-137) • Audio: internally mounted beeper (can be turned off for silent operation) • Power requirements: 9 V alkaline battery up to 2,000 hrs at normal background • Temperature range: -20° C to 55°C (-4°F to 131°F) Weight • M4: 223.9 g (7.2 oz) without battery • M4EC: 245.7 g (7.9 oz) without battery • Size: 8.25" x 2.75" x 1.875" (210 x 70 x 48 mm) Includes carrying case with belt clip, observer software and mini-USB cable. Accessories: SI Meter Option Warranty: 1 year limited warranty

SE-MONITOR4 Monitor 4 SE-MONITOR4USB Monitor 4 (Includes USB Cable & Observer Software) SE-MONITOR4EC Monitor 4EC SE-MONITOR4ECUSB Monitor 4ECUSB (Includes USB Cable & Observer Software) All meters above come with carrying case. Batteries not included.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Fast, Accurate & Economical!

Disposable PolyethyleneBailers

CW-B1214-24 0.75" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 250 ml, 24/Case CW-B1111-24 1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Nonweight, 350 ml, 24/Case CW-B1121-24 1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Lightweight, 350 ml, 24/Case CW-B1114-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case CW-B1124-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Lightweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case CW-B1115-24 1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Nonweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case CW-B1125-24 1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Lightweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case CW-B1414-06 3" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 4.4 L, 6/Case

EZ-FlowBailers The TITAN EZ Flowâ&#x201E;˘ Single Check Ball NonWeight Groundwater Sampling Bailer has been TESTED and CERTIFIED to provide the user with an ACCURATE representative sample - EVERY TIME, GUARANTEED! It is the ideal bailer for obtaining groundwater samples from the top portion of the well column in low to medium sediment concentration environments.

WATER SAMPLING

Polyethylene Bailers are chemically inert, natural colour, virgin, high density polyethylene material. Each bailer comes individually packaged and precleaned using Protocol A. hose & operating manual. Does not include Universal Low Flow Holder for sorbent tubes.

CW-B1314-24 0.41" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 75 ml, 24/Case

CW-EZ3-B3111-24 1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Nonweight, 350 ml, 24/Case CW-EZ3-B3113-24 1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ3-B3114-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ3-B3115-24 1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Nonweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case CW-EZ3-B3121-24 1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Lightweight, 350 ml, 24/Case CW-EZ3-B3123-24 1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Lightweight, 1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ3-B3124-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Lightweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ3-B3125-24 1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Lightweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case

EZ-FlowDoubleCheckBall Bailers-PointSource This patented bailer eliminates aerating and agitating the sample, in low to medium sediment concentration environments. The Titan series hemispheric soft coated check valves allow the operator to retrieve samples from specific depths.

EZ-Flow FreeSampleBailers New, innovative bailer design! Enlarged inner orifice retrieves a more accurate representative sample from wells containing "free product".

www.ereinc.com

CW-EZ7-B7121-24 1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Heavyweight, 350 ml, 24/Case CW-EZ7-B7123-24 1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ7-B7124-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ7-B7125-24 1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Heavyweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ8-B8113-24 1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Polypro, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ8-B8114-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Polypro, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ8-B8123-24 1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Polypro, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ8-B8124-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Polypro, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

sales@ereinc.com

49


CLEAR-VIEW® PVC DisposableBailers

ESP-CV463 0.46" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 85 ml, 24/Case

WATER SAMPLING

The Clear PVC Bailers are made of high quality, clear PVC. Because of its material, it has a fast sink rate, faster than most weighted polyethylene bailers. The bailer holds its shape when sampling, and has a virtually leak free ball and valve seat.

ESP-CV464 0.46" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 110 ml, 24/Case ESP-CV701 0.70" O.D. x 12" L, PVC, Nonweight, 67 ml, 48/Case ESP-CV703 0.70" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 200 ml, 24/Case ESP-CV704 0.70" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 270 ml, 24/Case ESP-CV151 1.5" O.D. x 12" L, PVC, Nonweight, 342 ml, 48/Case ESP-CV153 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case ESP-CV154 1.5" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case ESP-SED VOC Device (Slow), 24/Bag

VOSSPolyethyleneDisposableBailers VOSS Bailers feature a patented Dome Design top and bottom to facilitate well entry and removal.

VO-PE75S 0.75" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 260 ml, 24/Case

VO-91946L 1.5" O.D. x 83" L, Nonweight, 2.4 L, 12/Case

VO-PE75SW 0.75" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 260 ml, 24/Case

VO-91946LW 1.5" O.D. x 83" L, Weighted, 2.4 L, 12/Case

VO-PE75S83SR 0.75" O.D. x 83" L, Nonweight, 600 ml, 12/Case

VO-12451 VOC Removal Device For 1.5" Bailers, 24/Case

VO-PE75SW83R 0.75" O.D. x 83" L, Weighted, 600 ml, 12/Case

VO-PE3S 3.0" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 4 L, 9/Case

VO-PE75-VOC VOC Tips For 0.75" Bailers, 24/Case

VO-PE3SW 3.0" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 4 L, 9/Case

VO-91946S 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case

VO-PE3VOC VOC Tips For 3" Bailer, 9/Case

VO-91946SW 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 1 L, 24/Case

VOSSTeflon® Disposable Bailers The VOSS Teflon® Bailer can be used in any environment to eliminate exposing expensive, reusable bailers to high concentrations of contaminants that can cause permanent damage.  The bailers also eliminate repeated employee exposure to toxic substances during decontamination that pose a health risk due to cumulative effects in the body.

1.5"O.D.Teflon® Disposable Bailers  This bailer is ideal for sampling groundwater wells of 2" I.D. or larger.  Pre-cleaned and individually wrapped.  Constructed from chemically inert, Teflon material.  ®

50

Phone : 18882873732

VO-SST36021 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case VO-SST36021W 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Weighted Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case VO-RDT031 VOC Tips For 1.5" Teflon®, 12/Case

CW-B2111-12 1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 350 ml, 12/Case CW-B2131-12 1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Teflon®, Heavyweight Bailers, 350 ml, 12/Case CW-B2113-12 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case CW-B2133-12 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Heavyweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case

Fax : (514)3268961


VOSS1.5"O.D.Disposable PolyethylenePressurized Bailers

EZ-FlowSandCatcher DesignTripleCheckBall Specifically created to retrieve accurate, complete samples from wells containing high concentrations of sand and silt. Multiple check ball design with "sand catcher" grooves to trap sand/silt away from check valve orifices. Made of HDPE and Polypropylene material.

CLEAR-VIEWTM Hydrocarbon/LNAPL RecoveryBailers Sample or bail out hydrocarbons with simple to use hydrocarbon recovery bailers!

VO-PBHP Hand-Operated Pressure Vacuum Pump, Comes With 1/4" I.D. Clear Plastic Tubing VO-GWC.45-600 Voss 0.45 Îźm, High Capacity Groundwater Filter VO-PBVOC VOC Tips, 12/Case

WATER SAMPLING

The Pressurized Bailers provide an easy method for filtering water samples in the field. Each bailer comes complete with a barbed hose adapter for attaching the pump to the bailer, an adapter with a special notched thread that is used with any of the filters or removal devices to displace the ball and establish flow and a large barbed removal device for bottom emptying of the samples without filtering.â&#x20AC;&#x201A;

VO-PB010 Pressurized Bailers, 1.5" I.D. x 36" L, 12/Case

CW-EZ9-B9113-24 1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ9-B9114-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ9-B9133-24 1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case CW-EZ9-B9134-24 1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

ESP-CV701H 0.70" O.D. x 12" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case ESP-CV703H 0.70" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case ESP-CV151H 1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case ESP-CV153H 1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case ESP-CV154H 1.5" O.D. x 48" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case ESP-CV157H 1.5" O.D. x 84" L, Polyethylene, 9/Case ESP-CV333H 3.3" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 9/Case

OilEaters

CW-EZ-A6015-12 Oil Eater, Polypro, 1.3" O.D. x 20" L, 12/Case

Designed for the removal of the top layer of petroleum before sampling without absorbing water. Petroleum absorbing capacity of 0.5 liters per unit. Each unit is individually cleaned and ready to use.

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

51


WATER SAMPLING

CarboBailer™

PATE N

TED!

The CarboBailer™ is a single, economical way of collecting and/or sampling hydrocarbons from wells, drums, or tanks.  It works by just slowly inserting the bailer into the well and just slowly, removing it.  As it will be raised from the well, the water will drain out of the bailer while the hydrocarbons will be trapped. The hydrocarbons can be removed by either pouring out from the top or using a bottom emptying device.

ReusablePVCWhiteBailer

ER-CAR-P163 PVC 1.6" Diameter x 3' Long

Specifications Manufactured in PVC, individually wrapped and comes with a bottom-emptying device.

MO-BPWS.84X24 0.84" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer

• Designed to suit basic sampling needs • High quality threaded PVC • Easy to clean with removable bottom check valve

MO-BPWS.84X36 0.84" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer

Bailer Extensions Available ... Call for Price & Availability!

MO-BPWS2.375X24 2.375" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS1.66X24 1.66" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer MO-BPWS1.66X36 1.66" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS2.375X36 2.375" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer MO-BPWS3.50X24 3.5" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer MO-BPWS3.50X36 3.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer

ReusablePVCClearBailer • Designed to suit basic sampling needs • Clear PVC permits a visual check of the sample

MO-BPCS1.05X24 1.05" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer MO-BPCS1.05X36 1.05" O.D. x 36" L, PVC Clear Bailer MO-BPCS1.66X24 1.66" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer MO-BPCS1.66X36 1.66" O.D. x 36"L, PVC Clear Bailer MO-BPCS3.50X24 3.5" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer MO-BPCS3.50X36 3.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC Clear Bailer

Reusable WhiteTeflon® Bailer

MO-BTWS1.66X24 1.66" O.D. x 24" L, Teflon Bailer

• Have an open top design and are threaded to allow disassembly for easy decontamination.  • Suitable for sampling virtually any potential contaminant while maintaining the integrity of the collected sample. 

StainlessSteelBailer

MO-BTWS1.66X36 1.66" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon Bailer

MO-BSS.50X24 0.5" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer

• Use Stainless Steel when plastic bailers are not suitable • Type 304 stainless is used to manufacture the bailers • Easy decontamination 

MO-BSS.50X36 0.5" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer MO-BSS1.05X24 1.05" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer MO-BSS1.05X36 1.05" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer MO-BSS1.66X24 1.66" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer MO-BSS1.66X36 1.66" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer MO-BSS3.50X24 3.5" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer MO-BSS3.50X36 3.5" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer

52

Phone : 18882873732

Fax : (514)3268961


Lost your Bailer? Use the Bailer Retriever to Find It!

The Bailer Retriever has been engineered to retrieve bailers which have become separated from their retrieval line.  The product is 5 1/2" long, manufactured from stainless steel, incorporates 4 hooks, and has been designed to work in wells of 2" diameter and bigger.

BailerSuspensionCord

CO-5430 2" Bailer Retriever

ER-800NYL Nylon Twine, 1/16" (16 mm) Diameter, 800 ft Roll

WATER SAMPLING

BailerRetriever

General purpose Nylon Twine, 1/16" (16 mm) diameter, 800 ft

HydraSleeve® NoPurge Sampler Naturally weighted, larger valve opening. The HydraSleeve® is used in place of purging and low-flowing sampling methods in groundwater monitoring wells to obtain representative, real time, discrete interval sample of ALL compounds under natural groundwater flow conditions. The HydraSleeve is effective for sampling slow recharge wells, for monitoring interfaces, and for concentration profiling. Simply lower the empty sampler to the desired interval, let the well return to undisturbed conditions, and pull the sampler through the sample zone.

LufkinTapes

Pro-Series Hi-Viz® Orange Linear Fiberglass Tapes

EP-GSH-110 HydraSleeve, 1.75" x 30", 650 ml EP-GSH-220 HydraSleeve, 2.75" x 30", 1.6 L

Heavy duty fiberglass tapes offer twice the stretch resistance of ordinary tapes.

EP-GSW-305 Weight, Stainless Steel With Eyebolt EP-GSW-314 Weight, Stainless Steel Top Weight For HydraSleeve, Hollow With 2 Attachments Holes One End CO-W5440 Polyethylene Rope, 1000 ft Roll CO-3850 Teflon® Coated Stainless Steel Wire, 50 ft Roll

Features • Tape width: 1/2" • Tape increments: 1/8" • 3:1 retrieval ratio enables fast rewinding of tape

EP-FSF-105 4" Cable Tie, 100/Pack

MO-TAPE1/2X100FOR1/8 Lufkin Tape, 100' Length, 1/8" Increment

EP-FSF-110 8" Cable Tie, 100/Pack

MO-TAPE1/2X300FOR1/8 Lufkin Tape, 300' Length, 1/8" Increment

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

53


Grab a Sample! WATER SAMPLING

GrabSampleKit The ERE Grab Sample Kit makes sample collection quick and easy. The fiberglass telescopic pole is durable, strong and safe for long-time on-site use. Comes complete with: • Purcy clamp, made from a durable glass filled nylon • Eight 1000 ml wide mouth sample bottles • Sturdy carrying case • Fiberglass telescopic pole in lengths of either 6 - 12 ft, 8 - 16 ft, or 10 - 20 ft

ER-GRBKIT-12 Grab Sample Kit With 6 - 12 ft Telescopic Pole ER-GRBKIT-16 Grab Sample Kit With 8 - 16 ft Telescopic Pole ER-GRBKIT-20 Grab Sample Kit With 10 - 20 ft Telescopic Pole ER-GRBCLAMP Purcy Clamp ER-GRBPOLE12 6 - 12 ft Pole ER-GRBPOLE16 8 - 16 ft Pole ER-GRBPOLE20 10 - 20 ft Pole ER-GRBCASE Carrying Case ER-GRB1000ML 1000 ml Nalgene Bottles

SwingSampler If you need to collect a sample from a horizontal flowing stream, such as a sewer, the Swing Sampler is just what you need. Features • The end of the sampler swings, allowing collection from different angles, including 90° • The 6 ft fiberglass pole extends to 12 ft and the 8 ft pole extends to 24 ft providing a long length for any sampling situation • Unit comes with a 960 ml polyethylene bottle and cover has a vinyl liner for leak-proof protection  • The bottle is held in place with a plastic snapper ring that has an adjustable locking device NA-B01310WA 12 ft Swing Sampler, 5.50 lbs NA-B01366WA 24 ft Swing Sampler, 10 lbs NA-B01244WA 960 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.75 lbs

SamplingLineforWhirl-Pak® Bags With 25 ft of nylon cord, this unit will go a long way to collect a sample – or you can add more line if necessary. Features • The heavy urethane bag holder will submerse the bag below the surface for easy sample collection • Specially designed to hold any size bag, the holder uses a retainer ring to secure the bag firmly in place • The unit comes in a convenient carrying case with three sizes of retainer rings to hold the bags NA-B01368WA Sampling Line For Whirl-Pak® Bags, 3.50 lbs

SamplingPoleforWhirl-Pak® Bags Specially designed to hold any size bag, the holder uses a retainer ring to secure the bag firmly in place.  The fiberglass pole extends from 6 ft to 12 ft has a swinging end, and comes with three sizes of retainer rings to hold the bags. NA-B01367WA Sampling Pole For Whirl-Pak® Bags, 5.50 lbs

54

Phone : 18882873732

Fax : (514)3268961


Series6000SubSurface Samplers Features • The sampling head is manufactured from high quality chemically resistant polypropylene, and the metal parts are fabricated in stainless steel • Good for hazardous locations • Accepts a 1000 ml wide mouth jar • Optional displacement plunger available for sampling norms that require 1" space between the sample and the cap • Sampler available in 6, 12 and 18 foot lengths • Sampler supplied with one 1000 ml jar

Series7000SubSurface Samplers Features • The sampling head is manufactured from high quality chemically resistant polypropylene, and is connected to a handle assembly manufactured from telescopic aluminum poles • Accepts a 1000 ml wide mouth jar • Optional displacement plunger available for sampling norms that require 1" space between the sample and the cap

CO-6000 6' Sub Surface Sampler CO-6010 12' Sub Surface Sampler (2 Sections Of 6') CO-6020 18' Sub Surface Sampler (3 Sections Of 6') CO-6050 Plunger CO-9025 1000 ml Jar, 12/Case CO-9025C 1000 ml, Pre-Cleaned Jar, 12/Case

CO-7308 4' - 8' Sub Surface Sampler

WATER SAMPLING

Takes Liquid, Sludge & Slurry Samples from Lakes, Spillways, Rivers, Manholes, & many other Hard to Reach Locations

CO-7312 5' - 12' Sub Surface Sampler CO-7318 7' - 18' Sub Surface Sampler CO-7324 7' - 24' Sub Surface Sampler CO-6050 Plunger CO-9025 1000 ml Jar, 12/Case CO-9025C 1000 ml, Pre-Cleaned Jar, 12/Case

LiquidPumpSampler Allows quick sampling of liquids. The chance of cross contamination is greatly reduced by using new tube and bottles for each sample. • Low to medium viscosity liquids • Pharmaceutical, food, chemical and cosmetic industries • Able to pump water to a height of about 4 m SS-5020T-01 Teflon® Sampler Set Includes Hand Pump With bottle adapter, Teflon® Sampling Tube 5 m, 1 PFA Sample Bottle 180 ml, Stainless Steel Hose Weight, Sample Tube Cutter, Storage Case SS-5020P-01 Polyethylene Sampler Set Includes Hand Pump With Bottle Adapter, 10 - 100 ml PE Bottles, 10 m Polyethylene Sampling Tube, Tube Cutter, Stainless Steel Hose Weight, Storage Case SS-5020S-02 Stainless Steel Sampler Set Includes Stainless Steel Hand Pump And Bottle Adapter, 10 - 100 ml PE Bottles, 10 m Polyethylene Sampling Tube, Tube Cutter, Stainless Steel Hose Weight, Storage Case

Suitable for High & Low Viscosity Liquids & Suspensions

LiquidCupSampler Suitable for sampling liquids and suspensions. Discrete samples can be taken from known heights within the product. • Chemical, food, and cosmetics industries • 316 stainless steel • Easy to use; just insert the sampler to the required depth, squeeze handle which pushes the pot, after filling remove the sampler • 100 ml cup volume, 55 mm cup diameter SS-5030A-600 100 ml Sample Volume, 600 mm Long SS-5030A-1000 100 ml Sample Volume, 1000 mm Long SS-5030A-1500 100 ml Sample Volume, 1500 mm Long

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

55


WATER SAMPLING

Ideal for Sampling Milk, Cream, Whey, Fruit Juices, Water & Liquids in General

LiquidSampler • Nickel-plated brass cup is chemical and corrosion resistant • Per each 50 cm (19 1/4") length reaches into most drums, tanks and bottles • 50 ml cup diameter is 32 mm (1 1/4"), narrow enough to fit many carboy • Finger ring at top end actuates bottom valve on cup to quickly dispense sample BEL-H37827-0000 Liquid Sampler

Choose a Length & Beaker to Suit your Application

NA-B01263WA 16 oz / 500 ml, 3 ft Handle, 2.25 lbs

LongPolyethyleneDippers

NA-B01264WA 16 oz / 500 ml, 6 ft Handle, 3lbs NA-B01265WA 16 oz / 500 ml, 12 ft Handle, 7 lbs

High-density Polyethylene Dippers for removing samples from large tanks.  Lightweight but durable.  Available in three sizes 12 ft handle (two pieces) has a wood core.  Has two pour spouts and graduations, PVC grip handle.

NA-B01266WA 32 oz / 1000 ml, 3 ft Handle, 3 lbs NA-B01267WA 32 oz / 1000 ml, 6 ft Handle, 5 lbs NA-B01268WA 32 oz / 1000 ml, 12 ft Handle, 8 lbs

TelescopicDipper

Great for Hard to Reach Locations! DisposablePolyethyleneDippers • Specifically designed for applications where a disposable product is required • Applications include sampling of oils, sewage, contaminated water, poisons, etc. • The pre-cleaned dippers are individually pre-packaged in a poly bag

The dipper is manufactured from aluminum tubing in three lengths to fit most sampling applications, 8', 12' and 24'. The sampler is supplied with one replaceable 600 ml poly-propylene ladle. Use the swivel adapter for allowing dipping ladles to rotate almost 360 degrees. CO-5308 Telescopic Dipper 4' - 8' CO-5312 Telescopic Dipper 5' - 12' CO-5318 Telescopic Dipper 7' - 18'

56

Phone : 18882873732

CO-5300 600 ml / 18", 10/Case

CO-5324 Telescopic Dipper 7' - 24'

CO-5301 600 ml / 46", 10/Case

CO-5326 Replacement 600 ml Dipper Ladles, 10/Pack

CO-5302 600 ml / 18", Pre-Cleaned, 10/Case

CO-5325 Swivel Adapter

CO-5303 600 ml / 46", Pre-Cleaned, 10/Case

CO-5328 Replacement 600 ml Swivel Dipper Ladles, 10/Pack

Fax : (514)3268961


StainlessSteelDipper Each dipper has a 500 ml capacity stainless steel ladle which incorporates pour spouts on each side of the ladle. 

CO-5390-1 1.5' Stainless Steel Dipper CO-5390-3 3' Stainless Steel Dipper CO-5390-6 6' Stainless Steel Dipper CO-5390-8 8' Stainless Steel Dipper

TankYanks The Tank Yank is an accurate, safe and productive device to collect representative samples from any sized container. Tank Yanks were developed through the collaboration of professionals annoyed with the inefficiencies of traditional sampling techniques.  Irrespective of operator aptitude, stature and workplace controls or environmental factors, the sampling process is uniform and consistent. Sampling is simple: Just lower the sampler into the material to be sampled, engage the plunger to secure the core, and finally retrieve the plunger to transfer the material directly into a sample jar.

WATER SAMPLING

Great for Chemical, Cosmetic & Pharmaceutical Industries ER-2100N-S 250 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 0.86" I.D., 24/Case ER-2100N-J 250 ml Sample Jars, 24/Case ER-2100E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 24/Case ER-3100N-S 500 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 1.08" I.D., 12/Case ER-3100N-J 500 ml Sample Jars, 12/Case ER-3100N-E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 12/Case ER-4100N-S 1000 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 1.58" I.D., 12/Case ER-4100N-J 1000 ml Sample Jars, 12/Case ER-4100N-E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 12/Case

GlassandPlasticDrum ThiefSamplers Open-ended Drum Thief is the ideal sampler to use to sample drums, transformers and other liquid containers where small volume low cost sampling is required. Each sampler is 42” in length and manufactured from chemical resistant borosilicate glass or HDPE plastic. Both our glass and plastic samplers are easy to use. Just insert the drum thief into the drum or container to be sampled, cover the open end with your thumb, and remove the sample. Other diameters and lengths are available upon request.

CO-2410-25 12 mm (0.450") O.D., 100 ml (3 oz) Capacity Thief, HDPE, 42" Long, 25/Case CO-2440-25 16 mm (0.625") O.D., 150 ml (5 oz) Capacity Thief, HDPE, 42" Long, 25/Case CO-5520-25 7.5 mm (0.300”) O.D., 25 ml, (3/4 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case CO-5530-25 12 mm (0.450") O.D., 100 ml (3 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case CO-5540-25 18 mm (0.700") O.D., 200 ml (7 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case

GlassColiwasaSamplers • Glass Coliwasa Samplers are designed to be an economical, safe, and fast method of drum sampling  • Each 43" coliwasa sampler is manufactured by borosilicate glass

www.ereinc.com

CO-5500 200 ml Coliwasa Viton Seal, Glass, 43" Long, 12/Case CO-5503 200 ml Coliwasa Teflon Seal, Glass, 43" Long, 12/Case

sales@ereinc.com

57


PlasticColiwasaSamplers

WATER SAMPLING

• Made of HDPE, the 7/8" diameter sampler is designed to extract samples from drums, tanks, and rail cars • Just insert the sampler into the drum or tank to be sampled, pull up on the handle and the sample is locked in place

CO-5660 75 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 18" Long, 12/Case CO-5665 250 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 42" Long, 12/Case CO-5680 500 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 84" Long, 12/Case

Teflon® Coliwasa • Ideal to use when sampling liquids and semi-solid materials CO-6990 240 ml Coliwasa, Teflon®, 1" x 2' Long, 1 Unit CO-7100 480 ml Coliwasa, Teflon®, 1" x 4' Long, 1 Unit CO-7110 720 ml Coliwasa, Teflon®, 1" x 6' Long, 1 Unit CO-7120 960 ml Coliwasa, Teflon®, 1" x 8' Long, 1 Unit CO-7155 Valve Only, 1 Unit

DisposableLiquiandViscoThief Two models are available which make sampling liquids, creams and pastes very easy: • LiquiThief has a 1.5 mm opening, 21 mm outer diameter • ViscoThief has a 10 mm opening, 21 mm outer diameter • Both are designed to be very rigid • Depth at which sample is taken is known • Also available in pre-sterilised

Liquid & Cream Sampling without Costly Cleaning

SS-8050H-500 LiquiThief, 500 mm Length, 100 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., HDPE, 20/Box SS-8050H-1000 LiquiThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., HDPE, 20/Box SS-8050P-500 LiquiThief, 500 mm Length, 100 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box SS-8050P-1000 LiquiThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box SS-8055H-500 ViscoThief, 500 mm Length, 100 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., HDPE, 20/Box SS-8055H-1000 ViscoThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., HDPE, 20/Box SS-8055P-500 ViscoThief, 500 mm Length, 100 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box SS-8055P-1000 ViscoThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box

Ideal for Low Viscosity Liquids

LiquidMaster The Liquid Master is perfect for quickly sampling most liquids. • Can be quickly stripped down for cleaning • Both single point and cross sectional samples can be taken • Seal prevents sample from dripping • 25 mm diameter

SS-5035S-600 600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel SS-5035S-1000 1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel SS-5035S-1500 1500 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel SS-5035T-600 600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, Teflon® SS-5035T-1000 1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, Teflon® SS-5035T-2000 2000 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, Teflon® SS-5035P-600 600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, Polypropylene SS-5035P-1000 1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, Polypropylene SS-5035P-2000 2000 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, Polypropylene

58

Phone : 18882873732

Fax : (514)3268961


MLS-4851 32 oz, 3 1/4" Diameter, 16" H, Brass & Bronze

BaconBomb Multi-LayerSampler

MLS-4850 16 oz, 2 3/4" Diameter, 12" H, Brass & Bronze MLS-48-302 16 oz, 2 1/2" Diameter, 11" H, Stainless Steel

WATER SAMPLING

Multi-Layer Samplers function in hundreds of plants, including MLS-4850-S 16 oz, 2 1/4" Diameter, 17" H, Brass & Bronze petroleum oil refineries, varnish sugar, chemical plants and fisheries. MLS-4849 The plunger keeps the sampler closed until it strikes the bottom, 8 oz, 2 1/4" Diameter, 10" H, Brass & Bronze where the sampler fills.  When the Multi-Layer Sampler is raised, the MLS-4852 plunger automatically falls back into position, closes the sampler and 4 oz, 1 7/8" Diameter, 9" H, Brass & Bronze prevents any contamination by liquid taken at higher levels. The MLS-4852-S sampler picks up sediment or water directly off the bottom. Samples 4 oz, 1 1/8" Diameter, 15 1/2" H, Brass & Bronze can also be taken at any point above the bottom by attaching a cord MLS-EXTROD12 12" Rod, Brass & Bronze to the top of the plunger, raising it at will to fill the sampler and lowering it to close the sampler, thereby sealing the sampler and MLS-EXTRODSET Set Of 4, 1 Each 1", 2", 3", 6" Brass & Bronze holding the contents inside.                                                                                    

CompositeSampler When lowered into a tank, liquid flows into the lower end of the sampler only at the rate that air is displaced through the opening at the top. A rugged needle valve in the Composite Sampler permits exact control of flow rate. If the sampler is lowered from the top to the bottom of the liquid at a uniform rate and is not quite full when withdrawn, the liquid trapped in the sampler must be truly an average sample.

MLS-4854 Composite Sampler, Brass & Bronze 16 oz, 2 3/4" Diameter, 12" H

JT-1WaterSampler

SecchiDisk

A one-liter sampler of clear acrylic furnished with a 20 meter calibrated line and lead collar which assures rapid descent and minimal drift.  A brass messenger triggers a release mechanism to seal the sample chamber with two fitted rubber plungers at the desired sampling depth. The built-in side outlet and flexible tube allows for removal of the water sample.

Determine turbidity or degree of visibility in natural waters with this weighted 20 cm diameter disk • braided line • marked every half meter and at every meter up to 20 meters

LA-0171-CL Disk With Black & White Quadrants & Calibrated Line LA-0171 Black & White Secchi Disk Only

LA-1077 JT-1 Water Sampler

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

59


WATER SAMPLING

WaterraInertialPumps

D-32

SS-32

D-25

SS-19

D-16

SS-16

D-13 SS-13 SS-10

MicroFlowSystem

StandardFlowSystem

HighFlowSystem

Specifications Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 37.5 ft Depth Limit: 75 ft Flow: 0.4 - 0.6 gpm Well Diameter: 0.5" - 1.25" Applications • Micro wells • Sampling damaged wells • Custom installations • For use with direct push technology • Hand operation

Specifications Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 120 ft Depth Limit: 175 ft Flow: 0.9 - 2.5 gpm Well Diameter: 1.25" - 4.0" Applications • Most popular system, best cost/performance ratio • Hand operation or automatic operation

Specifications Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 175 ft Depth Limit: 225 ft Flow: 1.5 - 3.5 gpm Well Diameter: 1.5" - 6.0" Applications • Deep well sampling  • Large diameter wells • Well development • High flow rates • Sediment laden wells

WA-SS-10 Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.375" O.D. WA-3/8-HDPE-100 HDPE Tubing 3/8" O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft

WA-D-32 Delrin Footvalve 1.25" O.D.

WA-3/8-LDPE-100 LDPE Tubing 3/8" O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft

WA-SS-32 Stainless Steel Footvalve 1.25" O.D. WA-1-HDPE-100 HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 100 ft

LowFlowSystem Specifications Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 62.5 ft Depth Limit: 100 ft Flow: 0.5 - 0.7 gpm Well Diameter: 0.75" - 1.25" Applications • Sampling piezometers • Sampling damaged wells • Custom installations  • Hand operation

60

WA-D-16 Delrin Footvalve 0.625" O.D.

WA-1-HDPE-200 HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 200 ft

WA-D-25 Delrin Footvalve 1"O.D.

WA-1-HDPE-300 HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 300 ft

WA-SS-16 Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.625" O.D.

WA-1-LDPE-100 LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 100 ft

WA-SS-19 Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.75" O.D.

WA-1-LDPE-200 LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 200 ft

WA-5/8-HDPE-100 HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft

WA-1-LDPE-300 LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 300 ft

WA-5/8-HDPE-200 HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft

WA-STD-HF Nylon Tubing Connectors (5/Pack)

WA-5/8-HDPE-500 HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft WA-5/8-LDPE-100 LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft

WA-D-13 Delrin Footvalve 0.5" O.D.

WA-5/8-LDPE-200 LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft

WA-SS-13 Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.5" O.D.

WA-5/8-LDPE-500 LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft

WA-1/2-HDPE-100 HDPE Tubing 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

WA-5/8-TEF Teflon Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., (min 25 ft)

WA-1/2-LDPE-100 LDPE Tubing 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

WA-SBD-25 Surge Block Well Development Surge

WA-1/2-LDPE-500 LDPE Tubing 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 500 ft

WA-STD-STD Nylon Tubing Connectors (10/Pack)

Phone : 18882873732

Fax : (514)3268961


Best Seller!

WaterraGroundwaterFilters HighTurbidityWA-FHT-45Filter

MediumTurbidityWA-FMT-45Filter Has all the great features of the WA-FHT-45 but with a reduced surface area of 300 cm2. These filters provide an economical alternative for lower turbidity sampling, when the highest possible capacity is not required.

0.2MicronInlineFilter

Specifications Polyethersulfone 0.45 or 0.2 micron filter media with a 3/8” threaded nipple and 1/2” hose barb allowing the filter to be attached easily to a variety of pumps and tubing sizes. Applications Perfect for meeting US EPA requirements of groundwater samples collected for dissolved and suspended metals.

The new 0.2 micron filter, WA-CAP300X2 features 300 cm2 of the same high quality PES media as the other filters, providing a fast, efficient and economical option for specialized filtering requirements. WA-FHT45 0.45 Micron Rating, 600 cm2, High Turbidity WA-FMT45 0.45 Micron Rating, 300 cm2, Medium Turbidity WA-CAP300X2 0.2 Micron Rating, 300 cm2, Economical

Titan5DesignHighCapacity DisposableGroundwaterFilters • • • •

Innovative new design Accurate filtration media (5 layers) Ultra high capacity, over 790 cm2 filtration capacity "Sure Grip" casing design reduces the possibility of slippage during use • Unique NPT and barb tip combination can accommodate a wide range of tubing and fitting sizes • Choice between pressure feed model and gravity feed model • Available in 0.45, 2.0, 5.0 and 10.0 micron size

InfoZone TheWA-FHT-45,WA-FMT-45 andWA-CAP300X2canbe easilyused:

www.ereinc.com

WATER SAMPLING

Offers the user the most surface area available in capsule type filters. The unique open pleat geometry and 600 cm2 surface area provide the maximum media exposure while ensuring that even with the most turbid samples, filtration media will not be lost.

Use with the inertial pump The filter is easily connected to the Waterra Inertial Pump with either the 3/8” threaded nipple or the 1/2” hose barb. Simply press fit this connector into your tubing and operate the pump. The pump’s pressure is more than adequate for moving the sample through the filter. Once the sample has been collected, the filter can be disposed of.

CW-F2000-10 0.45 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case CW-F2001-10 0.45 Micron Rating, Gravity Feed, 10/Case CW-F3000-10 1 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case CW-F3001-10 1 Micron Rating, Gravity Feed, 10/Case CW-F4000-10 5 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case CW-F4001-10 5 Micron Rating, Gravity Feed, 10/Case CW-F5000-10 10 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case CW-F5001-10 10 Micron Rating, Gravity Feed, 10/Case

Use with Disposable Bailer A filtered sample can be collected from the bailer by cutting a short section of VOC tubing 0.25” O.D. HDPE and press fitting this tube into the inlet on the filter. The other end can then be press fit into the end of the bottom emptying spout which is provided with every Waterra Bailer. The bottom emptying spout should then be inserted onto the valve of the bailer and the sample will be drained by gravity through the filter into the sample container.

sales@ereinc.com

61


WATER SAMPLING

VOSSSingleSample® HighCapacity, DisposableGroundwaterFilterCapsule The Single Sample® High Capacity, Disposable Groundwater Filter Capsule is designed specifically for field filtering groundwater samples for metal analysis with 1/8" NPT threaded inlet and outlets with stepped hose adapter on the inlet side for in line filtering of pumped samples with up to 3/8" I.D. tubing. An optional stepped barb can be threaded on each end for use of up to 1/2" tubing. Features a true membrane element, certification for 67 metals and 2 anions, filtering capacity of 1 liter for most turbid samples and 1/8" NPT treaded ends with stepped hose adapter on inlet side.

VO-GWC.45-600 0.45 Micron Rating VO-GWC-BARB Barb Filter Fitting

DisposableTransferVessel The Disposable Transfer Vessel system is an easy to use system for transferring samples in only two steps.  First pour unfiltered sample into the transfer vessel then invert and pressurize the vessel with a hand pump.  The pressure forces the sample through the in-line filter and into a collection bottle. Specifications Constructed chemically inert poly material (pump, filter and collection bottle not included)

CW-V2844-10 Disposable Transfer Vessel System, 10/Box ER-HPUMP Hand Pump

VOCSamplingKit

LeverPump

After purging a well, approximately 7 feet of the VOC tubing is inserted inside the sampling tube leaving about one foot protruding out the end of the riser.  When pumping is stopped the sample tubing will cease to produce water, however the VOC’s tube will continue to flow operating as a siphon, drawing water down the level standing in the tubing.  This siphon action can easily be used to collect small samples for volatile analysis as the flow from the narrow tube is steady, laminar and easily directed into a glass vial.

The Lever Pump was designed to minimize the tedious task of manually pumping water by maximizing the mechanical advantage. The lever is lightweight, rugged, portable tool that allows quick sampling of wells without the need for external power sources.  It is intended for use in conditions where the wells are 30 - 100 feet when using the Standard System or 60 feet max., when using the High Flow Systems.

WA-VOC-KIT VOC Sampling Kit Contains 10 Pieces Of 8' Long x 1 1/4" Diameter VOC Sampling Tube

62

Phone : 18882873732

WA-WLP-100 Lever Pump

Fax : (514)3268961

Specifications

LeverPump

Weight

8 lbs

Dimensions

17" H x 2.5" W x 24" L

PowerSource

Manual


High Performance Automation! Hydrolift-2

WA-WHLP-II Hydrolift-2

Specifications

WATER SAMPLING

Every component in the Hydrolift-2 was designed to keep weight to an absolute minimum.â&#x20AC;&#x201A; Use of aluminum extrusions, a high performance motor and high ratio gearing have produced an extremely powerful, compact and portable actuator.

Hydrolift-2

Weight

38 lbs

Dimensions

20" H x 7" W x 15" L

Horsepower

3/4 HP

Gearing

35:1

RPM(Max)

200

PowerSource

1000 Watt Generator

Most Powerful Actuator! PowerPump2 The Power Pump 2 is an extremely rugged, powerful unit that has been proven to depths exceeding 250 feet. The unit works efficiently with either the Standard Flow or High Capacity Systems.

Specifications

PowerPump2

Weight

75 lbs

Dimensions

30" H x 12" W x 29" L

Horsepower

2.5. HP

Gearing

19:1

PowerSource

Gasoline

WA-WPP-2 Power Pump 2

Making your Job Easy! PowerPackPP1 The PowerPack PP1 is powerful enough to lift water from over 200' depth using the Standard Flow System, and is so compact that it fits onto a backpack frame. The PowerPack PP1 incorporates clamps for High Flow and Standard Flow tubing sizes (adaptors are available for smaller tubes). This motor can run for approximately 1 hour without refueling.

Specifications

PowerPackPP1

Weight

28.6 lbs

Dimensions

22.5" H x 14.5" W x 15.5" L

PowerBy

Honda GX25 (25cc Mini 4-Stroke OHC gasoline engine)

Gearing

19:1

Performance Characteristics WA-PP1 PowerPack PP1

Additional Requirements

www.ereinc.com

Generates a 4" stroke, adjustable 0 - 140 cycles/min Regular gasoline, SAE 10W-30 motor oil

sales@ereinc.com

63


FootvalveAccessories

WATER SAMPLING

Valve Wrench • Ensures that valves are securely attached to the tubing • Eliminates lost valves down the well Tube Cutter • Faster & safer than a utility knife • Rotating/rocking motion produces straight, clean cuts

Easy to Use, High Quality Solution for Purging, Sampling & Well Development Mini,SuperandMegaPurgerPumps Depth FEET 90

Mega Purger

80 70 60

Super Purger

50 40

Mini Purger

30 20 10

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

Flow GPM

Purger Comparison with 12V at Cable

• Fits down a 2" monitoring well • Pre-assembled sampling and purging kits with heavy gauge cable and alligator clips • Simply connect high density tubing to the output of the pump and attach the battery connectors to a 12 V battery • Tough plastic construction with PBT impeller • Flow rates up to 3.5 gpm • Pumping depths up to 90 ft

WA-WVW-1 Valve Wrench WA-WTC-1 Tube Cutter

WH-WP4012 Mini Purger Pump, 50 ft Cable Attached, Max. 40 ft Lift, 3.5 A Draw WH-WP6012 Super Purger Pump, 70 ft Cable Attached, Max. 60 ft Lift, 6.4 A Draw WH-WP9012 Mega Purger Pump, 90 ft Cable Attached, Max. 90 ft Lift, 8.0 A Draw

Good for Harsh Environments

Proactive12VStainlessSteelPumps Features for the Stainless Steel Monsoon and Stainless Steel MegaTyphoon • High polished stainless steel body and components assures that the pumps will not corrode or rust under normal working conditions • Can run continuously without the need for a cool down • Runs off a 12 V DC car battery or mobile battery power packs • Reliable design is suitabe for continuous sampling or purging of groundwater wells • Low Flow Sample is as low as 10 ml/min from any depth when using the Low Flow with Power Booster LCD Controller. Easy to read, glow in the dark LCD display on the controller • 1.8" diameter - good for 2" monitoring wells or larger • 3/8" I.D. or 1/2" I.D. Poly tubing can be used

64

• • • • •

Mega-Typhoon can run dry for up to one hour without motor damage Monsoon can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage 500 hour motor life Sleek outside minimizes well hang ups Simple to clean and decontaminate

WA-WSP-SS-120 Monsoon Stainless Steel, Pumps 120 ft Max. WA-PA-10670 Low Flow With Power Booster 2 LCD Controller For Stainless Steel Monsoon WA-WSP-SS-80 Mega-Typhoon, Stainless Steel, Pumps 80 ft Max. WA-PA-10660 Low Flow With Power Booster 10660 1 LCD Controller For Stainless Steel Mega Typhoon WA-1/2-LDPE-100 Low Density Polyethylene, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

LowFlowwithPower Booster1&2LCDControl

WA-WSP-SS-120

WA-WSP-SS-80

SSMONSOON

SSMEGA-TYPHOON

Pumps max. 120 ft 300 Watts Consumption, 38 Amps 7.5" Length x 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 130 ft of heavy duty PVC wire neatly rolled up on a tubular metal reel with pump holder, 2 motor modules, disposable low flow control valve and wrench

Pumps max. 80 ft 240 Watts consumption, 20 Amps 6.5" Length x 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty PVC wire neatly rolled up on a tubular metal reel with pump holder, 2 motor modules, disposable low flow control valve and wrench

Phone : 18882873732

The Proactive™ Low Flow with Power Booster 1 & 2 LCD Controller is engineered specifically for the Stainless Steel MegaTyphoon and Monsoon Pumps. Precisely controls the water discharge with the turn of a knob. Used to monitor and regulate low flow sampling as low as 40 ml/min.

Fax : (514)3268961


Simplify your Next Sampling Project!

LowFlowSampling Controller (WA-PA-10800)

StandardProactivePumps WA-WSP-12V-1 Cyclone (Single Stage), Pumps 25 ft Max. WA-WSP-24V-3M Tsunami (Three Stage) Pumps 100ft Max. WA-WSP-12V-2M Mini-Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 40 ft Max. WA-WSP-12V-2 Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 50 ft Max. WA-WSP-12V-3 Tempest (Three Stage), Pumps 60 ft Max. WA-WSP-12V-4 Mini-Monsoon (Four Stage), Pumps 70 ft Max. WA-WSP-12V-5 Tornado (Five Stage), Pumps 85 ft Max. WA-PA-10800 Low Flow Sampling Controller WA-1/2-LDPE-100 Low Density Polyethylene, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

Features • Engineered with reverse polarity and advanced thermal overload protection • Heavy duty steel weatherproof case • Constant Voltage Boosting Technology (CVBT) allows the correct voltage to reach the pump motors • 20 Amps "safety" fuse to protect electronics and user • 3 foot wire lead to battery clamps and 5 foot wire leads to pump connector • Steel handle for comfort and control

WA-WSP-12V-2M

WA-WSP-12V-2

CYCLONE(Single Stage)

MINI-TYPHOON(Two Stage)

TYPHOON(Two Stage)

Pumps max. 25 ft 40 - 50 Watts Consumption, 4 Amps 7" Length x 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 35 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

Pumps max. 40 ft 105 Watts Consumption, 7 Amps 12" Length x 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 50 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

Pumps max. 50 ft 105 Watts Consumption, 8 Amps 12" Length x 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 60 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

WA-WSP-12V-3

WA-WSP-12V-4

WA-WSP-12V-5

TEMPEST(Three Stage)

MINI-MONSOON(Four Stage)

TORNADO(Five Stage)

Pumps max. 60 ft 180 Watts Consumption, 11 Amps 17" Length x 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 70 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

Pumps max. 70 ft 105 Watts Consumption, 13 Amps 20" Length x 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 80 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

Pumps max. 85 ft 200 Watts Consumption, 15 Amps 24" Length x 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

WA-WSP-12V-1

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

WATER SAMPLING

Features for the Cyclone, Mini-Typhoon, Typhoon, Tempest, Mini-Monsoon and the Tornado • Can operate under harsh conditions and higher turbidity • Computer engineered domed bottom debris screen will separate debris from water, thus extending motor life • Constructed of PVC and Stainless Steel • 12 -15 Volts at source recommended • 1.8" diameter • 3/8" I.D. or 1/2" I.D. Poly tubing can be used • Can run continuously without the need for a cool down • Can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage • 400 hour motor life • Sleek outside minimizes well hang ups • Reliable and economical

65


WATER SAMPLING

HighPerformanceProactivePumps Features for the Mega-Typhoon, Tsunami, Super-Twister, Monsoon, Hurricane and Mega-Monsoon • Can pass sand, small rocks, and debris without getting clogged or damaging the pumps • Constructed of PVC and Stainless Steel • 12 - 15 Volts at source recommended • 1.8" diameter • 3/8" I.D. or 1/2" I.D. Poly tubing can be used • Can run continuously without the need for a cool down • Mega-Typhoon and Mega-Monsoon can run dry for up to one hour without motor damage • Tsunami, Monsoon and Hurricane can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage • 400 hour motor life • Sleek outside minimizes well hang ups • Reliable and economical • Comes ready for field use

WA-WSP-19V-2 Mega-Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 80 ft Max. WA-WSP-24V-3 Tsunami (Three Stage), Pumps 100 ft Max. WA-WSP-12V-3B Super-Twister (Three Stage), Pumps 85 ft Max. WA-WSP-24V-4 Monsoon (Four Stage), Pumps 120 ft Max. WA-WSP-24V-5 Hurricane (Five Stage), Pumps 150 ft Max. WA-WSP-24V-6 Mega-Monsoon (Six Stage), Pumps 200 ft Max. WA-PA-10600 12 - 19 V Boost, Adjustable For WA-WSP-19V-2 WA-PA-10650 0 - 19 V Boost, Low Flow Adjustable For WA-WSP-19V-2 WA-PA-10700 12 - 24 V Boost, Adjustable For WA-WSP-24V-3 (4 Or 5 Stage) WA-PA-10750 0 - 24 V Boost, Low Flow Adjustable For WA-WSP-24V -3 (4 Or 5 Stage) WA-PA-10850 0 - 24 V, Adjustable, Low Flow, High Amp For WA-WSP-24V-6 WA-1/2-LDPE-100 Low Density Polyethylene, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

WA-WSP-24V-3

WA-WSP-12V-3B

MEGA-TYPHOON(Two Stage)

TSUNAMI(Three Stage)

SUPER-TWISTER(Three Stage)

Pumps max. 80 ft 170 Watts Consumption, 18 Amps, 19 V 12" Length, 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and yellow connector

Pumps max. 100 ft 260 Watts Consumption, 22 Amps, 24 V 17" Length, 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 110 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and green connector

Compatible with Power Booster 1 (WA-PA-10600), or The Low Flow with Power Booster I Controller (WA-PA-10650).

Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).

Super-Twister is a revolutionary pump that has a Constant Voltage Booster Technology (CVBT) built in. With the new built-in booster will recognize the low voltage and the pump will start pulsating. The CVBT outputs a constant voltage to the Super-Twister Pump motors which reduces voltage due to battery drainage. Pumps max. 85 ft 18 Amps, 12 V 17" Length, 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and battery clamps

WA-WSP-24V-4

WA-WSP-24V-5

WA-WSP-19V-2

MONSOON(Four Stage) Pumps max. 120 ft 310 Watts Consumption, 30 Amps, 24 V 20" Length, 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 35 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).

66

Phone : 18882873732

WA-WSP-24V-6

HURRICANE(Five Stage)

MEGA-MONSOON(Six Stage)

Pumps max. 150 ft 360 Watts Consumption, 34 Amps, 24 V 26" Length, 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 160 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, green connector and mounted on a high impact plastic reel

Pumps max. 200 ft 480 Watts Consumption, 40 Amps, 24 V 26" Length, 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 210 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, blue connector and mounted on a high impact plastic reel

Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).

Compatible with Low Flow with Power Booster III Controller (WA-PA-10850).

Fax : (514)3268961


WATER SAMPLING

Ideal for Removing Samples from Shallow Wells or Surface Water VariableSpeedPeristalticSamplingPump Features • Easy interface with speed control for exact sample size with no spilling • Reversible motor for back flush of sampling hose • Sample at any speed up to 500 ml per minute rate at 4 foot head • Maximum lift 22 ft • Lightweight, rugged and weather resistant enclosure • 15 ft pickup hose with strainer provided • The water sampler operates using an external 12 V DC power source • The 10 ft power cord (supplied) is fitted with alligator clips for easy connection to any 12 V DC battery, such as a car battery or a small 12 V, 5AH gel cell • Sample Hoses: 15 ft nylon reinforced 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer. Hose may be extended, as required, using standard 1/4" tubing and fittings. • Expanded UV protected PVC (9" x 7.5" x 4.5"), 4.5 lbs

GW-SP200 Portable Sampling Pump Includes 15 ft Sample Hose & 10 ft Battery Cable (Bottle & Battery Not Included) GW-00-010 12 V 5 AH Rechargeable Battery GW-FE0400 Battery Charger (120 V AC to 12 V DC) GW-00-546 Pickup Hose 1/4" GW-CA0600 Pickup Strainer GW-00-744 Peristaltic Pump Tubing

WaterraSpectraField-Pro Features Spectra Field-Pro - a state of the art peristaltic pump that features a heavy-duty, all-inclusive design. This means no external cables, chargers or batteries to worry about. • Heavy duty construction - constructed with top quality components • Battery included - will run all day at full strength; outlasts competition • Built-in VOA stand - allows easily sampling without spillage • Advanced electronic flow controller - maintains a steady flow rate regardless of battery voltage; will not cut out during low flow sampling • Built-in storage compartment - for charging cables, field book, tools, well key, etc. • All cables included - to enable use of alternate (115 V AC) power source

Specifications

WaterraSpectraField-Pro

Dimensions

16.5" x 10.5" x 9"

Weight

23 lbs (10.45 kg)

CompatibleTubingSizes

Masterflex sizes 15 through 36

ApproximateFlowRate

50 - 1900 ml/min

BatteryLifeAtLowFlow

14 hrs

BatteryLifeAtHighFlow

9 hrs

Dimensions

6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

www.ereinc.com

Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) is a soft and flexible polymer with excellent physical properties, making it a good alternative for silicone tubing in peristaltic pumps. Use in the Spectra Field-Pro Peristaltic Pump.

WA-SPECTRAFIELD Easy Load ll, Analog Controls, Internal Battery & Cables WA-L/S-24 Thermoplastic Elastomer, 0.25" I.D., 25 ft Coil WA-L/S-15 Thermoplastic Elastomer, 0.19" I.D., 25 ft Coil

sales@ereinc.com

67


WATER SAMPLING

ThePortableWaterSampler The Portable Water Sampler is designed for the ultimate in portability and versatility.  Run up to 4 hours on the self-contained 12 V DC rechargeable battery, or indefinitely from any AC or 12 V DC power supply.  Internal battery can be charged from an AC power supply, or a DC voltage source of lower voltaic potential than the battery itself.

PureSample™ PortableBladderPumps

Features • Sample rate from 125 - 1100 ml/min • Suction lift up to 26 ft • IP54-rated when open or closed • Features reversible flow and prime/purge function • Variable speed operation • 16" H x 11.3" W x 10.5" D, 16.5 lbs

BN-950-1990 Portable Sampler 115 V AC-50/60 Hz BN-950-1995 Portable Sampler 230 V AC-50/60 Hz

Features • Constructed of 316 Stainless Steel – For unsurpassed durability and truly representative samples • Portable turnkey systems available – Everything you need to quickly and efficiently sample your site • Single turn release housings – No special tools or training required to service the pump • Quick-change bladder configuration – Bladders can be easily exchanged without tools by sliding back the Teflon® collars • Extra bladders are readily available – Available in Teflon® and Polyethylene (1.66" pump only) • Bonded tubing – In Polyethylene and Teflon® lined Polyethylene by the foot or by the roll • Compatible with the PureS™ Control PRO™ & PureS™ Controller 2 Logic Units

Specifications

PS-1.66P

PS-0.850P

PS-0.675P

PumpHousing

316 SS

316 SS

316 SS

PumpEnds

316 SS

316 SS

316 SS

BladderMaterial

Virgin PTFE

Virgin PTFE

Virgin PTFE

OuterDiameter

1.66"

.850"

.675”

LengthW/Screen

19"

18 5/8"

18 3/4"

Weight

3.0 lbs

1.1 lbs

.83 lbs

Volume/Cycle

124 mL

74 mL

59 mL

Min.WellI.D.

2"

1"

.75"

100 psi

100 psi

Max.OperatingPressure 100 psi Min.OperatingPressure

5 psi (ash)*

5 psi (ash)*

5 psi (ash)*

Max.SamplingDepth

200'

200'

200'

TubingSize-Air

.17" I.D. x .25" O.D.

.17" I.D. x .25" O.D. .17" I.D. x .25" O.D.

TubingSize-Discharge

.25" I.D. x .375" O.D. .17" I.D. x .25" O.D. .17" I.D. x .25" O.D.

The Portable Bladder Pumps were designed with input from field technicians who actually do the sampling! Single turn release heads and quick change bladders have been incorporated for quick in-the -field bladder changes and easy decontamination. Custom hose barbs allow the pump to be suspended without the need for tubing clamps.

PS-1.66P 1.66 Portable Bladder Pump PS-0.850P .850 Portable Bladder Pump PS-0.675P .675 Portable Bladder Pump

PureSample™DedicatedPump

Purge & Sample Water in Wells as Small as 0.75"in Diameter Specifications PumpHousing PumpEnds BladderMaterial O.D. LengthW/Screen Weight Volume/Cycle Max.Flowrate Min.WellI.D. Max.Depth

68

PS-1.66SS36D

316 SS Virgin PTFE Virgin PTFE 1.66" / 4.2 cm 38" / 96.5 cm 5 lbs / 1.9 kg 21.1 oz / 625 ml 1.25 gpm / 4.7 LPM 2" / 50 mm 1000' / 305 m

Features • True low flow capacity with minimal agitation for more representative samples • Proprietary long life PTFE bladder • Constructed of electropolished 316 SS, PVC models available • Extend bladder life with optional screened intake

PS-1.66SS18D

316 SS Virgin PTFE Virgin PTFE 1.66" / 4.2 cm 20" / 51 cm 2.5 lbs / 0.93 kg 10.5 oz / 313 ml 0.65 gpm / 2.4 LPM 2" / 50 mm 1000' / 305m

Phone : 18882873732

PS-1.66PVC36D

PVC PVC Virgin PTFE 1.66" / 4.2 cm 36" / 91.4 cm 3.6 lbs / 1.3 kg 13.8 oz / 408 ml 0.97 gpm / 3.7 LPM 2" / 50 mm 250' / 76.25 m

PS-1.66PVC18D

PVC PVC Virgin PTFE 1.66" / 4.2 cm 22" / 55.9 cm 1.8 lbs / .67 kg 6.9 oz / 204 ml 0.53 gpm / 2.0 LPM 2" / 50 mm 250' / 76.25 m

PS-0.85SS24D

316 SS Virgin PTFE Virgin PTFE 0.850" / 2.2 cm 25" / 63.5 cm 1.6 lbs / .60 kg 2.1 oz / 59.6 ml 0.10 gpm / .36 LPM 1.00" / 25 mm 250' / 76.25 m

Fax : (514)3268961

PS-0.675SS18D

316 SS 316 SS Virgin PTFE 0.675" / 1.71 cm 18" / 45.72 cm 0.83 lbs / .38 kg 1.35 oz / 38.4 ml 0.05 gpm / .19 LPM 0.75" / 19 mm 250' / 76.25 m


Control High Rate Purging & Gentle Low Flow Sampling with the PureS™ Controller 2

PureS™Controller2

PS-1.66SS36 Bladder Pump, SS, 1.66" x 38", 1.25 gpm Max. PS-1.66SS18 Bladder Pump, SS, 1.66" x 20", 0.65 gpm Max. PS-1.66PVC36 Bladder Pump, PVC, 1.66" x 36", 0.97 gpm Max. PS-1.66PVC18 Bladder Pump, PVC, 1.66" x 22", 0.53 gpm Max. PS-0.85SS24 Bladder Pump, SS, 0.85" x 25", 0.10 gpm Max. PS-0.675SS18 Bladder Pump, SS, 0.675" x 18", 0.05 gpm Max. PS-CONTROLLER2 Sampling Controller

Specifications

PureS™Controller2

OperatingDepth

0 - 690 ft

WATER SAMPLING

Features • Microprocessor controlled • Operates on 115 V AC or 12 V DC • Rugged water tight case • High pressure operation to 300 PSI • Low flow sampling • Built in pressure regulator and gauge • High accuracy timers • Adjustable fill rate control • Simple to use, can be used with any bladder pump system • Includes in line water trap

InputAirPressure up to 300 psi OnTimerRange

0.125 to 30 sec

OffTimerRange

0.125 to 30 sec

TimerResolution

0.125 sec

TimerAccuracy

0.125 sec

Temperature

0 - 70°C

Enclosure

Waterproof 7" x 16" x 12"

Weight

14 lbs

InputPower

10.5 - 13.8 V DC, 105 - 130 V AC, 15 W

The PureS Control PRO Saves you Time, Saves your Back & Saves you Money! ™

PureS™ControlPRO™ The PureS™ Control PRO™ is the newest addition to long tradition of exceptional quality controls and bladder pumps.The ultra reliable minicompressor inside allows you to sample from depths to 180 feet! No more lugging heavy, dirty, and noisy compressors into the field or those dangerous nitrogen cylinders. Specifications

PureS™ControlPRO™

Applications

Operates all bladder & air lift pumps

PowerRequirements

12 - 14 Volts DC input @ 7.5 Amps 90 - 105 Watts usage

OperatingPressure

100 psi

Max.OperatingDepth

180 ft (55 m)

Timer-DischargeTime

1.8 sec min. 60 sec max.

Timer-FillTime

1.8 sec min. 60 sec max.

Air/OutFitting

.25" OD push/pull fitting 1/8" FPT allows for connection to any fitting option

Dimensions

6.28" D x 9.50" L x 9.50" W (15.95 cm D x 24.13 cm L x 24.13 cm W)

Weight

8 lbs (3.44 kg) total

OptionalCarryingCase

21" L x 8.25" W x 14" H

www.ereinc.com

PS-CONTROLPRO PureS™ Control PRO™ W/ Compressor

sales@ereinc.com

69


Composite/Discrete WaterSamplerGW-WS700

Meets All Regulations for Sampling Requirements

WATER SAMPLING

Comes with a 2.5 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger.

Specifications

GW-WS700

OperatingTemp

0° to +70°C

Materials Enclosure Bottle PickupHose PumpTubing

Features • Ideal for wastewater, industrial and environmental sampling • Does composite, discrete or both types of sampling • Output provided for use with optional datalogger • Rugged construction for harsh environments • Timed and external flow proportional sampling • Adjustable and repeatable sample volume • Peristaltic pump prevents sample contamination • Automatic backflush clears pickup strainer and hose • Rechargeable battery or AC powered

Expanded UV protected PVC 2.5 gallon Polyethylene 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.

SamplePump FlowRate Type MaximumLift Battery CompositeInterval SampleSize SizeOfUnit

1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head Peristaltic ~20 ft Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell, with ~1 hr, continuous pumping under load 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting 22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 20 lbs

Wastewater/StormwaterSampler GW-WS750 Specifications

GW-WS750

OperatingTemperature

0° to +70°C

Materials Enclosure

Expanded UV protected PVC

Bottles

Two 1 gallon Polyethylene

PickupHose

15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer

PumpTubing

Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.

SamplePump FlowRate

1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head

Type

Peristaltic

MaximumLift

~20 ft

Battery

Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell

BatteryLife OnePumprunning

~1 hr

TwoPumpsrunning

~ 1/2 hr

Standby

3 months while still retaining enough power to run the pump to capacity

StartDelay

16 time settings from 0 to 12 hrs

GW-WS750 Wastewater/Stormwater Sampler

CompositeInterval

15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting

GW-FE0400 Battery Charger (120 V AC to 12 V DC)

SampleSize

15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting (approximate sizes at 4 foot head)

GW-SMPL-AC AC Option For Powering The Sampler

SizeOfUnit

22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 22 lbs

GW-SP101 Solar Panel (80 mA)

Comes with two 1 gallon polyethylene sample bottles for collecting composite samples, two peristaltic sampling pumps, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided are two sample pickup hoses and a battery charger. Provides a successful wastewater management or environmental monitoring program.

70

Phone : 18882873732

GW-WS700 Composite/Discrete Water Sampler

GW-SP102 Solar Panel (300 mA) GW-00419 2 Gallon Sample Bottle, Plastic For GW-WS700 GW-00418 1 Gallon Sample Bottle, Plastic For GW-WS750

Fax : (514)3268961


GW-WS700R, RefrigeratedWastewaterSampler

The Refrigerated Wastewater Sampler comes with a 2 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting refrigerated composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger. Everything you need is provided for a successful wastewater management or environmental monitoring program. GW-WS700R

OperatingTemperature

0° to +70°C

Materials Enclosure

Expanded UV protected PVC

Bottles

2.5 gallon Polyethylene

PickupHose

15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer

PumpTubing

Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.

SamplePump

Features • Ideal for refrigerated wastewater, industrial and environmental sampling • Simple to operate – no programming required • Meets federal, state and local wastewater regulations • Timed and external flow pulsed composite samples • Adjustable and repeatable sample volume • Peristaltic pump prevents sample contamination

GW-WQS,WaterQualitySamplingSystem

Specifications OperatingTemp.

FlowRate

1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head

Type

Peristaltic

MaximumLift

~20 ft

Power

Internal 12 V Rechargable Battery with AC 120 V AC adapter/charger

Standby

3 months while still retaining enough power to run the pump to capacity

StartDelay

16 time settings from 0 to 12 hrs

CompositeInterval

15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting

SampleSize

15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting (Approximate sizes at 4 foot head)

SizeOfUnit

27" H X 20" W X 20" D, 40 lbs

WATER SAMPLING

Specifications

GW-WS700R Refrigerated Wastewater Sampler

Comes with a 2 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger.

GW-WQS

0° to +70°C

Materials Enclosure

Expanded UV protected PVC

Bottles

2.5 gallon Polyethylene

PickupHose

15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer

PumpTubing

Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.

SamplePump FlowRate

1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head

Type

Peristaltic

MaximumLift

20 ft

Battery

Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell, with ~1 hr, continuous pumping under load

CompositeInterval

15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting

SampleSize

15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting

SizeOfUnit

22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 20 lbs

SensorDisplay

5 digit + decimal place, LCD

0.1% of full-scale + .005 mA + Sensor Error AnalogSensorInput 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 5 V, 0 - 1 V Jumper Selectable InputResolution 0.005 mA or 1.2 mV SensorTypes/Units Water Level (Feet/Meters), Temperature (ºF/ºC), pH (no units), Dissolved Oxygen (%), Turbidity (NTU/ppm), Conductivity (µS), Wind Speed (MPH/KPH), Wind Direction (º), Soil Moisture (%), Sensor Data Range: 0.000 to 60,000 (60,000 in the display with 4 different decimal point positions) Accuracy

www.ereinc.com

GW-WQS-STD Water Quality Sampling System (Water Quality Sensors Not Included) GW-WQ101 Temperature Sensor, -50°C to +50°C GW-WQ201 pH Sensor, 0 - 14 pH GW-WQ301 Conductivity, 0 - 5,000, 0 - 10,000, 0 - 20,000 Micro Siemens GW-WQ401 Dissolved Oxygen Sensor, 0 To 100% Saturation GW-WQ600 ORP/Redox Potential, -500 to +500 mV

sales@ereinc.com

71


WATER SAMPLING

Both High Flow Rates for Purging & Low Flow Rates for Sampling can be Achieved with the Redi-Flo 2

Head in Feet 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

0.0

1

2

3

4

5

Capacity in US.GPM

GR-1AZ06103 Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump Only GR-1A107003 30 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-1A107103 50 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-1A107203 75 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-1A107303 100 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-1A107403 125 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-1A107503 150 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump

Redi-Flo2SamplingPump The Redi-Flo 2 Pump is ideal for purging and sampling of groundwater from monitoring wells. The portable 115 V solid state converter allows adjustable flow rates from as low as 100 ml/min for sample collection to 9 gpm for purging. Flow rates are controlled with simple turn of the dial. The compact pump (11" L x 1.8" O.D.) is constructed of 316 stainless steel and virgin Teflon for sample compatibility. These chemically inert materials assure sample integrity and simplify decontamination. The Redi-Flo 2 Pump can be used as a portable sampling pump to reduce the cost of your sampling program or as a dedicated pump, thus reducing the possibility of cross contamination. Teflon coated motor leads are available from 30 to 300 ft. If higher flow rates are required for groundwater depression and pump and treat applications, please contact ERE.â&#x20AC;&#x201A;

GR-1A107603 175 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-1A107703 200 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-1A107803 250 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-1A107903 300 ft Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump GR-91126028 Redi-Flo 2 Variable Frequency Drive With Protective Case GR-125061 Impeller Assembly (Includes Two Each Of Impellers, Intermediate Guide Vanes, Wear Rings, Spacer Rings, & Wear Plates) GR-1A00028 Motor Lead Assembly (Includes Ground Motor Screw (4), Motor Lead Kit Screws, (4) Teflon Washers, (2) Brass Washers, (3) Grommet & (3) Crimped Pins) GR-1A0019 Safety Cable Braket

Did you know you can also RENT the Redi-Flo 2? TRYIT beforebuyingit!

72

Phone : 18882873732

Fax : (514)3268961

6

7

8


Swoffer Model 2100 Series & 3000 Series

Model 2100 Indicator The Model 2100 accommodates all types of open flow streams – three selectable pre-set display update times (90 second maximum). Powered by a 9 V battery, its self-calibration feature allows you to check accuracy of the instrument while in the field. Precision quartz crystal controlled electronics provides accurate, precise data in all flow conditions. Model 3000 Indicator Designed for the measurement of open channel velocities and the on-site computation of stream discharges, the Model 3000 replaces the dial-style control of the 2100 with a keypad. The Model 3000 is a datalogging version of the 2100, and records depths, widths, velocities, flow angles along with time and date (stations).  It is also capable of measuring stream discharges. The velocity sampling interval is selectable from 1 to 999 seconds. The memory is capable of holding 1000 stations in up to 100 cross sections for later upload to a PC. Simple, accurate calibration is possible in the field, and calibration ratings for 10 different sensor options are stored. Powered by four "AA" size batteries, the Model 3000 is designed to function with Price type "AA" and Pygmy meters with or without optic sensors.

Sensor The sensor uses a 2" propeller which rotates a fiber-optic bundle to create a signal from a photodiode to a photosensitive transistor. This signal is produced at a rate of four pulses per revolution and is transferred via flexible electrical cable to the indicator where it is processed to display velocity. The propeller is swivel mounted at the foot of the wand (handle). The wand carries the cable to its upper end from which the cable extends to the indicator. The sensor wands are aluminum alloy with stainless steel fasteners. The propeller is a glass impregnated nylon and all other plastic sensor parts are acetal-resin.  All models consist of the meter (2100 or 3000) and the Wand (-STDX, 14, -1514 etc.). All Meter/Wand combinations listed below are “fieldready”, i.e., the following required equipment is included: Two sets of batteries ("AA" or 9 V), two complete propeller rotor assemblies, spare propeller, hands free harness and/or neck strap, sensor and cable assembly, wand, operating instructions (on paper and floppy disk), Model 3000 also includes DB9 style serial connector /cable and software for file transfers to a PC.

WATER MONITORING

Open Stream Current Velocity Meters The Swoffer Current Velocity Meters are an easy means of measuring open stream velocities in the range of 0.1 to 25 ft/sec or 0.03 to 7.5 m/s (selectable). The sensor has a propeller-driven, photo-fiber-optic device with a 2" propeller sweep diameter. Measurements can be read in feet or meters on your choice of two digital readout indicator models, both with better than 1% accuracy.

sales@ereinc.com

73

SW-2100-STDX Meter & 2.5 ft - 9.5 ft Telescoping Wand SW-2100-LX Meter & 4.5 ft -19.5 ft Telescoping Rod SW-2100-12 Meter & 2.7 ft Top Set Wading Rod SW-2100-TSR-KIT Meter (Adapts To Your USGS Top-Set Wading Rod) SW-2100-1514 Meter & 12 ft Combination Wading Rod SW-2100-1518 Meter & 4 m Combination Wading Rod SW-2100-C140 Meter & 140 cm Top Set Wading Rod SW-2100-C80 Meter & 80 cm Top Set Wading Rod SW-3000-STDX Meter/Datalogger & 2.5 ft - 9.5 ft Telescoping Wand SW-3000-LX Meter/Datalogger & 4.5 ft - 19.5 ft Telescoping Rod SW-3000-12 Meter/Datalogger & 2.7 ft Top Set Wading Rod SW-3000-TSR-KIT Meter/Datalogger (Adapts To Your USGS Top-Set Wading Rod) SW-3000-1514 Meter/Datalogger & 12 ft Combination Wading Rod SW-3000-1518 Meter/Datalogger & 4 m Combination Wading Rod SW-3000-C140 Meter/Datalogger & 140 cm Top Set Wading Rod SW-3000-C80 Meter/Datalogger & 80 cm Top Set Wading Rod

www.ereinc.com


WATER MONITORING

Flow Probe Digital Water Velocity Meter The Flow Probe is a highly accurate water velocity instrument for measuring flows in open channels and partially filled pipes. The water velocity probe consists of a protected water turbo prop positive displacement sensor coupled with an expandable probe handle ending in a digital readout display. The water flow meter incorporates true velocity averaging for the most accurate flow measurements. The Flow Probe is ideal for storm water runoff studies, sewer flow measurements, measuring flows in rivers and streams, and monitoring velocity in ditches and canals.

Specifications

GW-FP111/FP211/FP311

Range

0.3 - 19.9 fps (0.1 - 6.1 mps) 0.1 fps True digital running average, updated once per second Protected Turbo-Prop propeller with electro-magnetic pickup 2 lbs (GW-FP111); 3 lbs (GW-FP211); 2.8 lbs (GW-FP311) GW-FP111 = 3.7' to 6' ; GW-FP211 = 5.5' to 15' ; GW-FP311 = 2.5' to 5.5' Probe: PVC and anodized aluminum with stainless steel water bearing Computer: ABS/Polycarbonate housing with polyester overlay Internal lithium battery, approx. 5 year life, non-replaceable The Flow Probe is shipped in a padded carrying case

Accuracy Averaging Sensor Type Weight Lenght Materials Power Carrying Case

Staff Gauges

GW-FP111-S Flow Probe (3.7' To 6' Handle W/Swivel) Including Carrying Case GW-FP211 Flow Probe (5.5' To 15' Handle) Including Carrying Case GW-FP311 Flow Probe (2.5' To 5.5' Handle) Including Carrying Case

ST-15424 Figure Plate #0

ST-15409 Style C Staff Gauge, 13.33 - 16.66 ft

Features • Time proven basic visual reference of water level measurement • Easy to see and read • Available in many standard sizes • Rugged and durable weather resistant design • Applications include: bodies of water, wastewater treatment plants, flumes and weirs, visual flow measurements

ST-15425 Figure Plate #1

ST-15410 Style C Staff Gauge, 16.66 - 20.00 ft

ST-15426 Figure Plate #2

ST-15411 Style C Staff Gauge, 20.0 - 23.33 ft

ST-15427 Figure Plate #3

ST-15412 Style C Staff Gauge, 23.33 - 26.66 ft

ST-15428 Figure Plate #4

ST-15413 Style C Staff Gauge, 26.66 - 30.00 ft

ST-15429 Figure Plate #5

ST-15414 Style C Staff Gauge, 30.0 - 33.33 ft

ST-15430 Figure Plate #6

ST-14509 Style C Staff Gauge, 33.33 - 36.66 ft

Style C The Style C staff gage is 2.5" wide and is available in separate lengths of 0 - 1.06 ft, 0 - 1.56 ft, 0 - 1.56 ft, 0 - 2.06 ft, 0 - 3.06 ft, 0 - 4.06 ft, and 3.06 - 5.06 ft. Style C also comes in standard 3.33 ft sections for a maximum height of 20 ft. Style C has graduations every 100th of a foot with numerical marks every foot and every tenth of a foot.

ST-15431 Figure Plate #7

ST-14510 Style C Staff Gauge, 36.66 - 40.00 ft

ST-15432 Figure Plate #8

ST-14511 Style C Staff Gauge, 40.00 - 43.33 ft

ST-15430 Figure Plate #9

ST-15423 Style M Staff Gauge, 1 Meter Section

Style M The Style M is a metric measurement staff gage that is 65 mm wide and is available in 1 meter sections. The Style M is divided into centimeters with each decimeter numbered. Separate figure plates (see below) can be fastened on a pier, wall or other surface next to the Style M staff gage to number any desired elevation. Figure Plates Separate numerical figure plates are available in 2" x 3", 3" x 4", 4" x 6" sizes. Figure plates are commonly used with Style M staff gages and are fastened to a pier or wall to mark custom elevations. Other sizes available.

74

GW-FP111 Flow Probe (3.7' To 6' Handle) Including Carrying Case

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

ST-24187 Minus Figure (-) ST-15402 Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 1.06 ft ST-15403 Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 1.56 ft ST-15404 Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 2.06 ft ST-15418 Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 3.06 ft ST-15419 Style C Staff Gauge, 3.06 - 5.06 ft ST-43082 Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 4.06 ft ST-15405 Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 3.33 ft ST-15406 Style C Staff Gauge, 3.33 - 6.66 ft ST-15407 Style C Staff Gauge, 6.66 - 10.00 ft ST-15408 Style C Staff Gauge, 10.00 - 13.33 ft

Figure Plates

Fax : (514) 326 8961

Style C

Style M


Heron DipperLog Groundwater Data Logger

Economical Way to Operate your Data Loggers WATER MONITORING

The Heron DipperLog offers a wide range of sampling intervals with pressure ranges to 400 ft (120 m) water head with temperature. The dipperLog is a low cost data logger for continuously monitoring water levels and temperature in wells, boreholes and open bodies of water. Its small size allows the dipper-log to be used in well diameters as small as 3/4 of an inch (20 mm).The dipperLog is a durable & reliable ground water data logger. It is very easy to launch and even easier to download when used in conjunction with a barLog barometric logger. No need to open separate files, the Heron designed software does it all for you. Because of the unique “grab” of the barometric pressure during set up of the dipperLog there is no requirement for elevation correction. Down in the valley or on top of a mountain it is spot on every time. Also available on a reel or a completely submersible instrument. Features • Automatic elevation adjustment with short term static barometric compensation • Long term automatic barometric compensation with the Heron barLog. • Real time reading of height of water and temperature • Rapid real time reading (10 measurements / sec) with text and graphing • Compatible with the Heron dipperWave wireless remote reading system • Easy field recalibration • Comprehensive data management system is incorporated into the program DipperWave System The dipperWave system is a state of the art local wireless remote downloading system. With the dipperWave installed you can download and change the logger parameters from as far away as as 1 km / 1000 yds without even approaching the well. There is no need to approach the well, remove well caps or connect cables. The dipperWave works in all weather and in darkness. This system will download a dipperLog with a full set of 32,000 data points in approximately five minutes ... without leaving your truck or office! Each dipperWave wellhead transmitter has a unique three digit address. Just select the address on the hand held base transmitter, wait 15 seconds for contact to be established and download the data directly onto your laptop. Logger parameters may be changed at this point. HE-DIPPERLOG DipperLog Water Level & Temperaure - Submersible HE-PESSW Polyethylene Jacketed SS Suspension Wire - Submersible HE-DRDHC Direct Read Down Hole Cable - Well Head Read Out

Specifications

HE-DIPPERLOG

HE-REEL500 Reel For Up To 500 ft / 150 m Cable - Includes Electronic Panel

Transducer

Piezoresistive Silicone 316LSS

Ranges

Min. 35 ft / 10 m, Max. 400 ft / 120 m

Overpressure

Not to exceed 2 x full scale range

Accuracy

0.05% net FS, 0.10% net FS

Resolution

0.024% net FS

Operating Temperature

-20° to +80°C

Temperature

IC Temp. Sensor

Temperature Accuracy

± 0.5%

Variable Sampling Mode

Linear real time rapid data (10 readings sec) 1 sec to 255 hrs

Max. # Of Readings

32,000 sets

Communication

USB, RS232

Barometric Compensation

Semi Automatic or barLog

Size

8.7" long x 0.75" diameter (small enough for a 1" well), 246 gr

Materials

Stainless Steel, Viton

HE-REEL1000 Reel For Over 500 ft / 150 m To 1000 ft / 300 m - Includes Electronic Panel HE-GC Graduated Cable (ft x 100th ft Only) HE-2LWC 2" Lockable Well Cap HE-SW Software W/ PC Communication Cable HE-TUFTAB v7112xT Ultra Small Mobile PC (Software Included) HE-BARLOG BarLog For Barometric Compensation HE-RS232USB RS232/USB Adapter HE-DIPPERWAVE The Wireless Remote DipperLog Control System HE-HHT Handheld Transceiver To Be Used W/ Laptop/PC - Communicates W/ 250 Loggers At One Site HE-WHT Wellhead Transceiver - 1 Per Logger Required

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

75


WATER MONITORING

Heron Dipper-T Water Level Meter

Features • Unbreakable polycarbonate reels • Durable polyester powder coated steel frame • Corrosion resistant stainless steel fittings • Soft grip vinyl frame handle • Large ergonomic brake and winding handles • Water and dust proof encapsulated electronics • Probe size of 5/8" • 5 year warranty • Strong and accurate NTS certified tape with stainless conductors • Carrying bag included HE-101-15P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 15 m (50 ft) HE-101-30P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 30 m (100 ft) HE-101-60P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 60 m (200 ft) HE-101-100P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 100 m (300 ft) HE-101-150P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 150 m (500 ft) HE-101-200P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 200 m (750 ft) HE-TEMP Temperature Option

Heron Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter

Measures the depth of narrow water in wells, boreholes and standpipes. This specialized unit is designed for narrow tubes and piezometers.

Small, low cost meter with the same features as the Dipper-T water level meter! Features • Light weight and portability • 75 ft / 22 m tape length • Slim 3/8" stainless steel and Teflon probe • 3 year warranty • Certified intrinsically safe • Carrying bag included

Features • Narrow 1/4" (6.25 mm) diameter tape and probe (not suitable for submergence) • Length options of 100 ft & 300 ft • 3 year warranty • Stand alone, sturdy steel frame is coated in Polyurethane for durability • Vinyl coated carry handle designed for comfort & easier rewinding • Tape guide and third hand well casing hanger included • Carry bag included HE-SKINNYDIPPER/100FT Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter, 100 ft

HE-LD-22P Little Dipper Water Level Meter 22 m (75 ft)

HE-SKINNYDIPPER/300FT Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter, 300 ft

Sonic Water Level Meter

Waterra Water Level Meter Features • 5/8" diameter 316 stainless steel probe • Plastic reel, slim and lightweight  • Polyethylene coated 3/8" stainless steel flat tape is available in both metric (graduated to nearest mm) and imperial graduations (graduated to nearest 1/100 of a foot)

WA-WS-1 Waterra 30 m Water Level Meter WA-WS-1L50 Waterra 50 m Water Level Meter WA-WS-1L75 Waterra 75 m Water Level Meter WA-WS-1L100 Waterra 100 m Water Level Meter WA-WS-EL200 Waterra 200 m Water Level Meter

76

Little Dipper Water Level Meter

The Sonic Water Level Meter is an innovative approach for measuring water level in seconds without the use of down-hole probes or instrumentation, all while avoiding cross contamination. Imperial and Metric Units. Specifications

GW-WL650

Measurement Range

NORMAL, 10 - 500 ft (3 - 152 m) or DEEP 200 - 1200 ft (61 - 366 m)

Sonic Measuring Duct Diameter

5/8" (16 mm)

Batteries

8 "AA" dry cell

Operating Temperature

30 - 140°F (-1 to 60°C)

Use Sound Waves to Measure Water Level in Wells

WA-WS-EL300 Waterra 300 m Water Level Meter

GW-WL650 Sonic Water Level Meter

WA-WS-EL-500 Waterra 500 m Water Level Meter

GW-WL610 Case For Sonic Water Level Meter

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Ultrasonic Water Level Meter The Ultrasonic Water Level Meter uses the latest ultrasonic distance measuring technology for accurate non-contact water level monitoring.

The DepthMate Measures the Depth of Any Body of Water! DepthMate Portable Sounder Combining accuracy and portability, measure the depth of any body of water with this portable, digital depth sounder. Available in two models, one features a built-in transducer, and the other features an external transducer on a 12' cable, good for small cruising boats with too much freeboard. Waterproof to a depth of 150' (50 m) both sounders measure depths in feet or meters in a range of 1.8' to 260' (0.6 m to 79 m). Specifications

DepthMate Portable Sounder

Frequency

200 kz (Beam angle 24 degrees)

Resolution

0.1 dB

Power

9 V battery gives 500, 10 second readings

Dimensions

1.7" x 7.8", 10 oz

GW-WL700-001 Ultrasonic Water Level Sensor, 2 - 12", Includes 10' Cable GW-WL700-003 Ultrasonic Water Level Sensor, 8 - 36", Includes 10' Cable GW-WL700-006 Ultrasonic Water Level Sensor, 10 - 72", Includes 10' Cable GW-WL700-035 Ultrasonic Water Level Sensor, 1.5 - 35', Includes 10' Cable

WATER MONITORING

Specifications • Rugged and fully encapsulated • 4 - 20 mA Transmitter • Easy installation / no programming • Operating Temperature: -40°F to 140°F • Specify water level range: 1', 3', 6' • Includes 10' cable • -40° to 185°F (-40°C to 85°C) for (1.3 & 6 ft range) • -40° to 145°F (-48°C to 62.8°C) for (35 ft range only)

Kolor Kut Water Finding Paste "The Gauger’s Friend" Upon contact with water, this golden brown colored paste turns a brilliant red, providing an accurate water gauge easily visible even under adverse lighting conditions. You can also use it to successfully gauge all petroleums and by-products for water content, plus sulfuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, ammonia, soap solutions, salt and other chloride solutions.

ST-SM5 DepthMate Portable Sounder KK-WFP Kolor Kut Water Finding Paste, 3 oz Tube

ST-SM5A DepthMate W/ External Transducer

Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste turns to a contrast of red upon contact with gasoline, diesel, naptha, kerosene, gas, oil, crude oil, jet fuels, and other hydrocarbons. KK-GGP Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste, 2.25 oz Jar

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

77


WATER MONITORING

HERON Oil / Water Interface Probe The Heron Oil/Water Meter rapidly and accurately measures depths to hydrocarbons and water in monitoring wells and tanks.  It is lightweight, battery operated, and constructed of a durable U.V. resistant engineered plastic with stainless steel fitting, quality designed to withstand years of rugged on-site use in extreme climate conditions. Best of all, it is inexpensive and very simple to use. Features • Large handles for easy use with gloved hands • Available in English or metric units in graduations of 100th ft (1 mm) • It can detect oil slicks as thin as 1/200' (1.52 mm).  • The probe is very slim 5/8" (15 mm) diameter stainless steel  • One year warranty HE-100-15KYN Interface Probe, 50' (15 m) HE-100-30KYN Interface Probe, 100' (30 m) HE-100-60KYN Interface Probe, 200' (60 m) HE-100-100KYN Interface Probe, 300' (100 m) HE-100-150KYN Interface Probe, 500' (150 m)

ORS Interface Probe The ORS Interface Probe is a lightweight, battery operated well monitoring system that measures depths to oil and water in monitoring wells and tanks.  Its exceptionally rugged design and construction let it stand up to years of tough treatment.  It is built with a heavy-duty, weatherproof aluminum housing and a chemically resistant probe and tape. It comes with a standard one year warranty. Specifications

ORS Interface Probe

Dimensions

30.48 cm x 30.48 cm x 10.16 cm

Weight

7.8 lbs

Detectors

Optical Prism (includes field replaceable spare) / Conductivity sensor

Power

9 V DC / Six Field Replaceable "AA" size batteries

Tape Lengths

100' (30.48 m) & 200' (60.96 m), engineering & metric tape graduation

Options

Lightweight rugged ABS carrying case

OR-1068017 Standard 100' (30 m) Interface Probe OR-86050004 Smaller Diameter 100' (30 m) Interface Probe

AD-20 - Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser AD-20 is a powerful water-based formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up.  Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface.  Biodegradable, Non-Flammable, Non-Combustible, Non-Caustic, Non Toxic (to OSHA and EPA), NonCorrosive

Clean your Interface Probes & Water Level Meters with AD-20! ... the Friendly Cleaner / Degreaser

AD-20

Foam Cleaner / Degreaser

78

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Waterra Interface Probe

WATER MONITORING

The Waterra Interface Probe uses sophisticated ultrasonic sensors to help define product layer. Features • Consists of ultrasonic sensor to detect the presence of hydrocarbons and conductivity sensor to detect water • 5/8" diameter, 316 stainless steel probe • Plastic reel, slim and lightweight  • Polyethylene coated 3/8" stainless steel flat tape is available in both metric (graduated to nearest mm) and imperial graduations (graduated to nearest 1/100 of a foot) • 4 "AA" batteries

Powdered Precision Cleaner

WA-HS-1 Waterra 30 m Interface Tape WA-HS-1L50 Waterra 50 m Interface Tape WA-HS-1L75 Waterra 75 m Interface Tape WA-HS-1L100 Waterra 100 m Interface Tape WA-HS-EL200 Waterra 200 m Interface Tape WA-HS-EL300 Waterra 300 m Interface Tape WA-HS-EL500 Waterra 500 m Interface Tape

Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent

Alconox

Liquinox

Concentrated, anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable results without interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5

Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5

AL-1104-1 4 lb Box

AL-1201-1 1 Gallon Plastic Bottle

AL-1104 Case 9 x 4 lb Boxes AL-1112-1 Dispenser Box (50 x 1/2 oz)

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

79


WATER MONITORING

Strips Make Checking Water Easier than Ever!

Individual Test Strips The Insta-TestÂŽ Test Strips are a great way to monitor water without having to use reagents or field kits. Test strips come in a pop-up container. Can be used in water testing applications such as drinking, food, beverage and pool.

LA-2997 Alkalinity, 0 - 180 ppm, 50 Tests LA-2999LR Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 10 ppm, 50 Tests LA-3002 Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 500 ppm, 50 Tests LA-2979 Chlorine, Total, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests LA-2981 Hardness, Low Range, 0 - 180 ppm, 50 Tests LA-2974 pH, Wide Range, 4 - 10 pH, 50 Tests LA-3000 Peracetic Acid, 0 - 160 ppm, 50 Tests LA-2984LR Peroxide, 0 - 50 ppm, 25 Tests LA-2998-12 Sodium Chloride, 1500 - 5000 ppm, 120 Tests LA-2994 Iron, 0 -5 ppm, Copper, 0 - 3 ppm, 25 Tests LA-2980 Iron, 0 - 5 ppm, pH 4 - 10, Hardness, 0 - 400 ppm, 25 Tests LA-2987 pH 4 - 10, Total Chlorine, 0 - 50 ppm, 50 Tests LA-2996 Nitrate, 0 - 50 ppm, Nitrite, 0 - 10 ppm, 50 Tests

LeadCheck Aqua LeadCheck Aqua is a complete system to screen for lead in potable water. This kit contains all of the materials required for an in-home easyto-use, sensitive and specific test for lead at 15 ppb or greater. Although the test is accurate at indicating the presence of lead, it is not intended to replace quantitative testing methods.

Detect Lead in Tap Water & Liquids Instantly!

LeadCheck Liquids LeadCheck for liquids is supplied as a complete test system for the detection of lead in antifreeze, industrial wastewater, manufacturing effluents, and groundwater at sensitivities of either 1 - 4 ppm (parts per million), or 0.25 - 0.75 ppm (parts per million). Each kit contains all of the materials required to provide on-site analysis of water samples. There are no hidden steps or additional laboratory fees. The entire test requires only 10 - 15 minutes to perform from start to finish. Based on a well established chemical test, LeadCheck for Liquids binds lead to a carrier that concentrates it onto a test strip. The strip is then tested for the presence of lead using a lead reactive dye.

HS-WT4WT2 LeadCheck Aqua, 2 Test/Kit HS-WT4WT5 LeadCheck Aqua, 5 Tests/Kit HS-WT4WTRF LeadCheck Aqua, 10 Test Refill HS-WT3LC1 LeadCheck For Liquids, 5 Test Kit (1 - 4 ppm) HS-WT3LC2 LeadCheck For Liquids, 5 Test Kit (0.25 - 0.75 ppm)

80

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Arsenic Naturally Occurring, Health Hazard for Humans WATER MONITORING

Arsenic Check Arsenic Check is designed to provide a convenient method for the detection of arsenic in water. Arsenic Check for water is not intended to provide quantitative test results, and contamination at 10 ppb and higher can be reliably detected. Use Arsenic Check for testing • Ground water or mineral water • Contamination from mining operations • Semiconductor manufacturing • Outdoor wood preservers • Pesticide applications

HS-MTL3AS6 Arsenic Check For Water, 6 Tests/Kit

Searching for Another Test Kit? Contact ERE for Help!

Hanna Individual Test Kits HA-3820 Acidity, 0 - 100 mg/l, 0 - 500 mg/L, Titration, 110 Tests

HA-3834 Total Iron, 0 - 5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests

HA-38014 Total Alkalinity, 0 - 500 gpg, Titration, 100 Tests

HA-3874 Nitrate Nitrogen, 0 - 50 mg/L, NO3--N, 100 Tests

HA-38049 Ammonia Nitrogen, Fresh Water, 0.0 - 3.0 mg/L NH3-N, Checker Disc, 100 Tests

HA-38050 Nitrate Nitrogen, Water: 0 - 50 mg/L, Soil: 0 - 60 mg/L, Checker Disc, 100 Tests

HA-38018 Chlorine (As Cl2), Free, 0.00 - 0.70 mg/L Or 0.0 - 3.5 mg/L, Checker Disc, 200 Tests

HA-3810 Dissolved Oxygen, 0.0 - 10.0 mg/L, Titration, 110 Tests

HA- 3831F Chlorine (As Cl2), Free, 0.0 - 2.5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests

HA-38054 Ozone, 0.0 - 2.3 mg/L, Checker Disc, 100 Tests

HA-38017 Chlorine (As Cl2), Free & Total, 0.00 - 0.70 mg/L or 0.0 - 3.5 mg/L, Checker Disc, 200 Tests

HA-3833 Phosphate, 0 - 5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests

HA-3831T Chlorine (As Cl2), Total, 0.0 - 2.5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests

HA-38000 Sulfate (As SO4-2), 20 - 100.0 mg/L, Turbidimetric, 100 Tests

HA-3812 Hardness (As CaCO3), Total, 0.0 - 30.0 mg/L Or 0 - 300 mg/L, Titration, 100 Tests

HA-38058 pH, 4.0 - 10.0 pH. Checker Disc, 300 Tests

HA-38035 Hardness (As CaCO3), Total & Calcium, Total: 0.0 - 20.0 gpg, Ca: 0.0 - 20.0 gpg, Titration, 100 Tests

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

81


Bacteria Test Kit

WATER MONITORING

The WaterCheck® Bacteria Test Kit is a simple to use screening tool to detect sewage contamination in water. The test determines the presence or absence of coliform and E. Coli bacteria, indicative of fecal pollution. WaterCheck® is sensitive enough to meet national drinking water standards of a single colony forming unit (CFU) per 100 ml of water. Water sample collection, mixing, incubation and observation are all done in the same sterilized plastic bag. Presence of a visible blue-green colour protects from the dangers of waterborne pathogenic micro-organisms.

BB-WATERCHECK WaterCheck® Bacteria Test Kit

ColiPlate® Test Kit Features • Reliable quantitative test for Coliforms and E. Coli • Positive colour reaction (Coliforms) and fluorescence (E. Coli) • Detects cfu’s ranging from 5 to 5000 per 100 ml without dilution • ColiPlate has become the test of choice for numerous bacterial assessment, monitoring, education and research programs BB-COLIPLATE Coliplate Bacteria Test Kit

Bug Check-BF For counting bacteria & fungi in all types of industrial fluids. Applications Bioremediation, metalworking fluids, latex emulsions, e-coating (electrocoat) paint systems, cooling water, industrial waste waters, water, contaminated turbine oils, hydraulic fluids, foundry washes, etc. BUGCHECK-BF 10 Tests/Kit

Biological Activity Reaction Test (BART)

DBI-IRB Iron Related Bacteria

The environment contains a slew of different bacteria that are all capable of causing problems ranging from slimes, plugging, discoloration, and cloudiness to corrosion and infections. The time taken for a colour change or reaction to occur gives a measure of the population size and level of activity of specific groups of organisms. BART Kits include 9 BARTS except for the N-BART which contains 7, and reaction caps, test vial, BART ball, and full instructions.

DBI-SRB Sulfate Reducing Bacteria DBI-SLYM Slime Forming Bacteria DBI-HAB Heterotrophic Aerobic Bacteria DBI-ALGE Micro-Algae DBI-FLOR Fluorescent Pseudomonas DBI-DN Denitrifying Bacteria DBI-N Nitrifying Bacteria DBI-APB Acid Producing Bacteria DBI-BOD Biological Oxygen Demand

82

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Hygiena SystemSURE Plus Meter

Ultrasnap - ATP Sample Testing Device

Most Cost-Effective ATP Hygiene Monitoring System Available

Ultrasnap is a user-friendly, all-in-one ATP sampling device used with the Hygiena SystemSURE Plus (HY-ATP200) luminometer. This pen sized sample collection device is easy-to-use, small and environmentally friendly.

HY-ATP-350

HY-ATP2020 Ultrasnap - ATP Sample Testing Device, 100/Case

HY-ATP-351

HY-ATP200

ATP hygiene monitoring provides accurate and traceable verification of the hygienic status of a surface or water, which is a key component of a good hygiene program! In conjunction with the Ultrasnap and Aquasnap testing devices, Hygiena SystemSURE Plus measures adenosine triphosphate (ATP), the universal energy molecule found in all animal, plant, bacteria, yeast and mold cells. Features • Optimizes and verifies that cleaning procedures are working • Ensures product quality and extends product shelf life • Optimizes chemical/sanitizer usage • Assists in developing and improving certain HACCP procedures • Simple to use – three step tests • Engineered for durability and intensive use • 250 programmable test points per test plan • 20 programmable test plans • Alphanumeric ID of locations • Advanced photodiode technology • Stores 2000 results • Programmable user ID’s • Self-calibration at startup • Detects down to 1 femtomole (1 x 10-16 moles) of ATP • Includes carrying case and neck strap • Includes RS-232 interface cable & Software Specifications • 7.6 x 17.8 x 3 cm, 0.57 Ib • "AA" battery powered (lasts up to 3000+ tests) • PC compatible via RS232 cable or USB HY-ATP200 SystemSURE Plus Hygiene Meter ATP Sample / Water Testing Device Sold Separately

WATER MONITORING

Features • Snap-Valve™ technology - snap & squeeze • Premoistened swab bud • Self-contained, liquid-stable reagent • Write-on swab label • Unprecedented accuracy and reproducibility • Tolerant to temperature abuse • Test wet or dry surfaces and liquid samples • Results in 15 seconds • Consistent, reliable results • Shelf Life: 12 months at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8°C) or 4 weeks at room temperature (21 to 25°C)

Aquasnap ATP Water Testing Device

Aquasnap is a user-friendly, self-contained ATP water sampling device used with the Hygiena SystemSURE Plus luminometer. This pen-sized sample collection device is easy to use, and collects 100 µl of water in the honeycomb-shaped dipper. Available for free or total ATP. Applications CIP Systems, cooling towers, water quality assessment, paper manufacturing & bioburden testing Features • Snap-Valve™ technology - snap & squeeze • Honeycomb-shaped collection tip (100 µl) • Self-contained, liquid-stable reagent • Write-on swab label • Bottle of ATP extractant • Unprecedented accuracy and reproducibility • Tolerant to temperature abuse • Collects 100 µl of sample - no pipetting • Results in seconds • Consistent, reliable results • Shelf Life: 12 month at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8ºC) or 4 weeks room temperature (21 to 25ºC)

Accessories HY-ATP-350 SystemSURE Protective Carrying Case

HY-ATP-150 Aquasnap - Total ATP Water Testing Device, 100/Case

HY-ATP-351 SystemSURE Carrying Case & Swab Cooler Bag

HY-ATP-151 Aquasnap – Free ATP Water Testing Device, 100/Case

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

83


Contamination Control Kit

Calibration Control Kit

WATER MONITORING

The Contamination Control Kit is a high-precision test for measuring total and free ATP in liquid samples.

Key Benefits • Detects microbial and nonmicrobial contamination • Uses liquid-stable reagents versus lyophilized - 4 bottles versus 20 vials • Extended shelf life - 12 months • Offers flexibility when dealing with challenging samples • Ideal solution for measuring contamination in process water, wastewater, water tanks and cooling towers • Kit includes all components plus ATP standard HY-ATP-CCK4 Contamination Control Kit - ATP Test Kit

Calibration Control Rod Kits should be used to verify calibration of Hygiena systemSURE Plus luminometers. Each kit is comprised of a Positive rod and a Negative rod. The Positive Rod emits a very low level of low-energy radiation in a plastic scintillation matrix. This matrix is configured to give constant light output, within 10% of its original value, at sufficiently high level for up to five years. The Negative Rod produces lowlight or zero (0) RLU background and is used to check that background light is not entering the instrument or ensure that the light detector is calibrating correctly. Hygiena SystemSURE Plus luminometers are designed to self-calibrate at startup, but it is recommended to verify calibration with the Calibration Control Kit. Features • Easy-to-use and quick • Good for 5 years

HY-ATP4000 Calibration Control Kit, Each

Positive Control Kit The Hygiena Positive Control Kit is intended to be used for validating the efficacy and quality of Ultrasnap (HY-ATP2020). The kit comes with 25 sealed glass vials containing approximately 5 x 10-13 moles of lyophilized Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) and sugars to provide a predictable result. It is recommended that Positive Controls be used to test devices on a random basis or whenever there is concern about the product's storage temperature or shelf life. Features & Benefits • Shelf Life: 12 months at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8ºC) • Meets GMP requirements • Validates results and equipment for audits

HY-ATP2500 Positive Control Kit, 25 Vials/Case

Did you know ERE offers a wide range of equipment for RENTAL? Ask for your FREE Rental Catalog TODAY! Toll free:

1-888-287-3732

84

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


The Professional’s Choice for All Types of Water Tracing Projects

Item # / Product Description

Application

Strong Visual (1 ppm)

Certification

Packaging

Tablets: Dissolve in 5 - 8 Minutes BD-101100

FLT Industrial Red BD-101101

Fluorescent Yellow / Green Standard Blue BD-101103

Fluorescent FWT Red BD-101105

FLT Blue

BD-101106

Fluorescent FLT Orange

1 Tablet - 60 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

200 Tablets/Bottle

Quick To Dissolve

1 Tablet - 60 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

200 Tablets/Bottle

Storm Lines

1 Tablet - 20 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

200 Tablets/Bottle

Cooling & Plumbing Systems

1 Tablet - 60 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

200 Tablets/Bottle

Plumbing Systems

1 Tablet - 20 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

200 Tablets/Bottle

Sewer Lines

1 Tablet - 35 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

200 Tablets/Bottle

Liquid BD-106000P

Industrial Red

BD-106000G

Bright Dyes™ Fluorescent Dyes Features • All colors are bright and vivid. They can be detected visually in clear, deionized water in the range of 100 parts per billion (ppb) of active ingredient, depending on local conditions. • Choice of color should be based on the contrast to the background of the water body. For instance, red offers greater contrast to heavy concentrations of green algae. • Red, orange, and yellow-green, because of their fluorescent nature may afford greater apparent contrast than non-fluorescent blue • Fluorescent dyes also may be detected visually with a simple hand-held laboratory black light (U.V.) at significantly lower levels in the range of 10 ppb in ideal conditions. • Blue is frequently used for decorative effects, evaluation of household systems, and generally where blue color may be more acceptable to public view. • Red, orange and yellow/green are sometimes used jointly in dual tracing studies - both visually and fluorometric analysis. • Some information on the final chart below (resistance to absorption on suspended matter, sunlight resistance and environmental suitability) is also relevant to visual detection at low dye usage levels.

Industrial Red

BD-106001P

Fluorescent Yellow / Green BD-106001G

Fluorescent Yellow / Green BD-106002P

Standard Blue

BD-106002G

Standard Blue

BD-106005P

FLT Blue

BD-106005G

FLT Blue

BD-106006P

Fluorescent FLT Orange BD-106006G

Fluorescent FLT Orange BD-106023P

FWT Red 25

BD-106023G

FWT Red 25

BD-106053P

FWT Red 50

BD-106053G

FWT Red 50

BD-106203P

FWT Red 200

BD-106203G

FWT Red 200

Recommended When Metering Of Input Is Required

1 Pint - 12,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Pint

Recommended When Metering Of Input Is Required

1 Pint - 12,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Gallon

Flow, Dilution, Dispersion Rate Studies

1 Pint - 12,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Pint

Flow, Dilution, Dispersion Rate Studies

1 Pint - 12,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Gallon

Pipeline Hydro Testing

1 Pint - 12,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Pint

Pipeline Hydro Testing

1 Pint - 12,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Gallon

Trace Cross Connections

1 Pint - 12,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Pint

Trace Cross Connections

1 Pint - 12,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Gallon

Detect Illegal Sewer Connections

1 Pint - 4,000 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Pint

Detect Illegal Sewer Connections

1 Pint - 4,000 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Gallon

Septic Inspections

1 Pint - 3,125 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Pint

Septic Inspections

1 Pint - 3,125 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Gallon

Detect Leaks In Sewage Systems

1 Pint - 6,250 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Pint

Detect Leaks In Sewage Systems

1 Pint - 6,250 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Gallon

Fluoremetric Dye Test

1 Pint - 25,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Pint

Fluoremetric Dye Test

1 Pint - 25,500 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

Gallon

WATER MONITORING

BD-101102

Easy To Handle

Powder BD-105000

Industrial Red BD-105001

FLT Yellow / Green

Recommended For Very Large Applications Where Liquid Is Undesirable

1 lb - 120,000 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

1 lb Plastic Container

Cooling Towers

1 lb - 120,000 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

1 lb Plastic Container

Large Closed - Loop Systems

1 lb - 120,000 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

1 lb Plastic Container

Lakes, Rivers & Ponds

1 lb - 120,000 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

1 lb Plastic Container

1 lb - 60,400 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

1 lb Plastic Container

1 lb - 60,400 Gallons

NSF - Std 60

1 lb Plastic Container

BD-105002

Non-Fluorescent Standard Blue BD-105005

Non-Fluorescent FLT Blue BD-105006

Non-Fluorescent FLT Orange BD-105403

Fluorescent FWT Red

www.ereinc.com

Power Plant Piping

sales@ereinc.com

85


Hanna, pHep®4 & pHep®5

WATER MONITORING

These testers use the exclusive replaceable pull-out cartridge pH electrode. Its exposed temperature sensor provides fast response time and its proximity to the pH electrode guarantees much more accurate temperature compensated readings.

HA-98127 pHep® 4 HA-98128 pHep® 5 HA-7061M Electrode Cleaning Solution, 230 ml Bottle

pHep®4 and pHep®5 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions. Specifications

pHep®4

Range

-2.0 to 16.0 pH -2.00 to 16.00 pH ± 0.1 pH ± 0.05 pH Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffer values

Accuracy Calibration

HA-73127 Spare Electrode For pHep® 4 & pHep® 5 HA-7004/1L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

pHep®5

Temp. Compensation

HA-7006/1L pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle HA-7007/1L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle HA-7009/1L pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

Automatic 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

Dimensions

HA-7010/1L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

Hanna ORP Tester This new micro-processor based tester provides the most advanced solution in ORP and Temperature measurement. Further, the HA-98121 provides pH measurement.

HA-73127 Spare pH Electrode HA-7020M 200/275 mV Test Solution, 230 ml Bottle HA-7091M Reducing Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-98120 and HA-98121 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions. HA-98120

HA-98121

n/a

pH Range Calibration (pH)

-2 to 16.00 pH, ± 0.05 accuracy Factory calibrated

Calibration (ORP)

n/a

Dimensions

Automatic 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

Hanna Dist® 5 & Dist® 6 EC/Temp/TDS Testers Unmatched 3-in-1 tester measuring Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.

Dist® 6

EC Range

0 to 3999 µS/cm

0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm

TDS Range

0 to 2000 ppm

0.00 to 10.00 ppt

Dimensions

86

HA-7010/1L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

Dist® 5 and Dist® 6 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

HA-73311 Spare Probe For Dist® 5 & Dist® 6

Dist® 5

Temp. Compensation

HA-7009/1L pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

HA-98312 Dist® 6

Specifications

Calibration

HA-7007/1L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

HA-98311 Dist® 5

Features • Floating waterproof casing • Dual level LCD displays • Replaceable graphite probe

Temp. Range

HA-7061M Electrode Cleaning Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-7006/1L pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

-5.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy

Temp. Range

HA-7092M Oxidizing Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-7004/1L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

± 1000 mV, ± 2 mV accuracy

ORP Range

HA-98121 ORP/pH/Temperature Tester HA-73120 Spare ORP Electrode For HA-98120

Features • Replenishable junction • Dual level LCD • Battery life percentage indication • Stability indicator • Floating and waterproof body

Specifications

HA-98120 ORP/Temperature Tester

0.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy Automatic, 1 point Automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7032L 1382 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-70038P 6.44 ppt TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack HA-70442L 1500 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Hanna Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Testers in one Unit!

HA-98129 Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester

Unmatched 4-in-1 tester measuring pH, Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.

HA-98130 Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester HA-73127 Spare pH Electrode For Combo HA-70030P 12.88 mS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack HA-70031P 1413 mS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack HA-70032P 1382 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-98129 and HA-98130 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.  

HA-70038P 6.44 ppt TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

Specifications

HA-7061M Electrode Cleaning Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-98129

HA-98130

0.00 to 14.00 pH

pH Range EC Range

0 to 3999 µS/cm

0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm

TDS Range

0 to 2000 ppm

0.00 to 10.00 ppt

Temp. Range Calibration (EC/TDS) Calibration (pH) Temp. Compensation Dimensions

0.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy Automatic, 1 point Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers pH: automatic, EC/TDS: automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

HA-70442P 1500 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70300M Electrode Storage Solution, 230 ml Bottle HA-7004/1L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle HA-7006/1L pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

WATER MONITORING

Features • Floating waterproof casing • Dual level LCD displays • Replaceable graphite probe

HA-7007/1L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle HA-7009/1L pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle HA-7010/1L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

Total Chlorine Tracer Features • Can be used to test pH and ORP with interchangeable flat surface sensors • Read Total Chlorine from 0.00 - 10 ppm • Automatic self-calibration • Memory can store up to 15 readings • Follows EPA protocol for ISE methods • Waterproof design • Automatic shut-off and Low Battery indicator; uses four 3 V CR-2032 batteries Total Chlorine Tracer includes unit, with 100 reagent tablets. LA-1740 Total Chlorine Tracer LA-7044A-J Chlorine Test Tablets LA-1746 Weighted Stand W/ Five 20 ml Sample Cups LA-1733 Interchangeable pH Sensor, 0 - 14 LA-1734 Interchangeable ORP Sensor

Dissolved Oxygen Tracer Features • Oxygen level displayed as % Saturation from 0 to 200.0% or Concentration from 0 to 20.00 ppm (mg/L) • Adjustable Altitude Compensation (0 to 20,000 ft in 1,000 ft increments) • Adjustable Salinity Compensation from 0 to 50 ppt • Memory stores up to 25 data sets with DO and temperature reading • Self-calibration on power up; data, hold, auto power off, low battery indicator • Waterproof to IP67 • Optional 3 ft (1 m) or 16 ft (5 m) extension cable • Powered by four 1.5 V CR-2032 batteries

www.ereinc.com

Total Dissolved Oxygen Tracer complete includes DO electrode, protective sensor cap, spare membrane cap, electrolyte, four 1.5 V CR-2032 batteries, and 48" neckstrap.

LA-1761 Dissolved Oxygen Tracer LA-1761M DO Membrane Kit (6 Screw-On Membranes & Solution) LA-1763 DO Extension Cable, 1 Meter LA-1764 DO Extension Cable, 5 Meters

sales@ereinc.com

87


Specifications

HA-991001

HA-991002

HA-991003

pH Range

-2.00 to 16.00 pH

-2.00 to 16.00 pH

-2.00 to 16.00 pH

pH - mV Range

-

-

± 825 mV

ORP

-

± 1999 mV

± 1999 mV

-5.0 to 105.0°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy

WATER MONITORING

Temperature Calibration (pH)

Extended Range pH Meters!

Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers

Temp. Compensation

Automatic; -5 to 105°C, for pH readings 5.9" x 3.1" x 1.4", 7.4 oz

Dimensions

HA-991001 Waterproof pH/Temperature Meter HA-991002 Waterproof pH/ORP/Temperature Meter

Hanna Instruments HA-991001, HA-991002 & HA-991003

HA-991003 Waterproof pH/pH-mV/ORP/Temperature Meter HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

These lightweight and compact units offer IP 67 waterproof protection in a compact casing. The electrode has a built-in temperature sensor and amplifier, to safe guard your measurements to noise and electrical interference. The HA-991001 reads pH and temperature, and the HA991002 measures ORP in the ± 1999 mV range as well. HA-991003 is the first pH meter that can measure pH, pH-mV (to check the electrode status), ORP and temperature with only one probe. HA-991001, HA-991002, and HA-991003 include HA-1296D pH electrode (HA-991001) or HA-1297D (HA-991002, and HA-991003), and internal temperature sensor, pH 4 and pH 7 buffer sachets, HA-700661 electrode cleaning solution (2 x 20 ml), 3 x 1.5 V "AA" batteries, rugged carrying case and instructions.

HA-7006L pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7009L pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-710007 Shockproof Rubber Boot, Blue HA-710008 Shockproof Rubber Boot, Orange

Waterproof Multi-Range EC & TDS Meters with Temperature Compensation for Field Applications HA-9033 & HA-9034 HA-9033 and HA-9034 have been proven time and again to hold up under extended use in wet, humid, dusty and muddy conditions. HA-9033 utilizes a single probe to perform all conductivity readings in four ranges.  This allows the user to measure samples from deionized water to brine without having to switch or recalibrate the probe. HA-9034 measures total dissolved solids (TDS) in three ranges to offer the highest accuracy when performing measurements in diverse applications such as HVAC, waste water treatment and reverse osmosis.  HA-9033 and HA-9034 include HA-76302W probe with internal temperature sensor and 3.3' (1 m) cable calibration screwdriver, 1 x 9 V battery, rugged carrying case and instructions. Specifications Range Resolution HA-9033 Waterproof Multirange Conductivity Meter HA-9034 Waterproof Multirange TDS Meter

88

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Accuracy

HA-9033

HA-9034

0.0 to 199.9 µS/cm; 0 to 1999 µS/cm

0.0 to 199.9 mg/L; 0 to 1999 mg/L

0.00 to 19.99 mS/cm; 0.0 to 199.9 mS/cm

0.00 to 19.9 g/L

0.1 µS/cm; 1 µS/cm; 0.01 mS/cm; 0.1 mS/cm

0.1 mg/L, 1 mg/L, 0.01 g/L

± 1% F.S. (excluding probe error)

Calibration

Manual, 1 point

Dimensions

7.7" x 3.1" x 2.4", 0.9 lbs

Fax : (514) 326 8961


HA-991300 Multiparameter Meter, (Low Range Cond. & TDS) HA-991301 Multiparameter Meter, (High Range Cond. & TDS)

WATER MONITORING

4-in-1: pH, EC, TDS & Temperature in a Waterproof Casing

HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7030L 12880 µS Calibration Soltion, 500 ml Bottle HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Calibration Soltion, 500 ml Bottle HA-7032L 1382 ppm Calibration Soltion, 500 ml Bottle HA-70442L 1500 ppm Calibration Soltion, 500 ml Bottle HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7061L Electrode Cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-991300 & HA-991301 Both instruments provide full-scale pH readings and allow the user to select the temperature readout in Centigrade or Fahrenheit. Other features include automatic calibration, automatic temperature compensation, selectable EC/TDS conversion factor, adjustable conductivity temperature coefficient, dual level LCD, stability indicator, Battery Error Prevention System and battery percentage gauge indicating battery strength.  HA-991300 and HA-991301 include HA-1288 pH/EC/TDS/°C probe with 1 m cable, 4 x 1.5 V "AAA" batteries, instruction manual and hard carrying case.

Specifications

HA-991300

HA-991301

0.00 to 14.00 pH

pH Range EC Range

0 to 3999 µS/cm

TDS Range

0 to 2000 ppm (mg/L)

0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm

pH Calibration

0.00 to 10.00 ppt (g/L) 0.0 to 60.0°C

Temp. Range

Automatic at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized standard buffers

Dimensions

HA-9124 & HA-9125 HA-9124 measures pH and °C and HA-9125 measures ion concentration and ORP in the mV range. Both meters are housed in rugged, waterproof, ABS casings that are built to last. HA-9124 and HA-9125 include HA-1230B combination double junction, gel-filled pH electrode, HA-7662 stainless steel temperature probe with 1 m (3.3”) cable, 4 x 1.2 V "AAA" batteries, pH 4.01 & 7.01 buffer solutions (20 ml sachets), 100 ml plastic beaker, HA-710044 inductive recharger with power adapter, instruction manual and rugged carrying case.

5.9" x 3.1" x 1.4", 7.4 oz

Specifications

HA-9124 & HA-9125

pH Range

-2.00 to 16.00 pH, ± 0.01 accuracy

ORP Range

± 699.9 (ISE); ± 1999 (ORP), for HA-9125

Temperature Range

20.0 to 120.0°C, ± 0.4 accuracy

Calibration

Automatic, 1 or 2 point, with 5 memorized standard buffers (pH 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18 or 10.01)

Dimensions

7.5" x 2.8" x 1.4", 15 oz

HA-9124-01 Waterproof pH, Temperature Meter, 115 V HA-9125-01 Waterproof pH, Temp. Meter, 115 V, ORP HA-7004L pH 4.01 buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7061L Electrode Cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-76405 Electrode Holder

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

89


WATER MONITORING

Model 1200 – Single Test Colorimeter Labs The 1200 Series of Single Test direct reading colorimeters incorporates design advances that enhance reliability, improve accuracy and simplify the calibration process, all in a portable, hand-held package. Each Single Test Colorimeter Lab comes complete with six sample vials with screw caps, instruction manual, and sturdy carrying case. Please see ordering information for details on number of tests.

LA-3680-01 Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 5.0 ppm LA-3672-01 Bromine, 0 - 7.0 ppm LA-3670-01 Chlorine (Free & Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm

Direct Reading On-Site Water Analysis

LA-3670-01-LI Chlorine (Free & Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm LA-3671-01 Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 7.0 ppm LA-3673-01 Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm LA-3674-01 Fluoride, 0 - 2.0 ppm LA-3681-01 Iron (Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm LA-3682-01 Manganese, 0 - 0.7 ppm / 0.01 ppm Mn LA-3676-01 Molybdenum, 0 - 30 ppm LA-3677-01 Nitrate Nitrogen, 0 - 3.0 ppm LA-3678-01 Ozone, 0 - 0.4 ppm

Specifications

Model 1200

LA-3679-01 Phosphate, 0 - 3.0 ppm

Instrument Type

Single wavelength, direct reading colorimeter

LA-3683-01 Sulfate, 0 - 100 ppm

Power

Alkaline 9 V DC battery, 3.5 mm jack for optional AC adaptor

LA-1754 Variable 100 - 240 V AC Adapter

Dimensions

6" x 3.25" x 2.5"

LA-1772 RS232 Cable

SMART2 and COD Plus Colorimeters

Ideal for Complete On-Site Water Analysis

Features • Simple menu-driven operation - with an 80+ test capacity; with 70+ preprogrammed tests in library and 10 user-entered tests • Alphabetical test selection, and self diagnostics with error/warning messages

90

Specifications

Smart2

Transmittance Range

0 to 125%

Absorbance Range

0 to 2.0 AU

Resolution

1% FS

Accuracy

2% FS

Light Source SMART2

LED/Filter setup; 430 nm, 530 nm, 570 nm, 630 nm

Light Source COD Plus

LED/Filter setup at 430 nm, 630 nm

Sample Cell

25 mm round cell, 10 mm square cuvette, 16 mm COD tubes

Datalogging

RS-232, time and date stamped

Power

AC adaptor or three rechargeable Ni-Cad batteries

Dimensions

6" x 3.25" 2.5", 11 oz

Call for a List of Other Reagents Available! SMART2 Colorimeter includes 4 sample tubes, AC adapter and manual. COD PLUS includes COD adapter, 4 sample tubes, AC adapter and manual.

LA-1919 SMART2

LA-0077-SC COD HR 0 - 15,000 W/ Mercury, 0 - 15000 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-3668-SC Iron, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-1922 COD PLUS

LA-0074-SC COD HR 0 - 15,000 W/O Mercury, 0 - 15000 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-3687-SC Silica, 0 - 50 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-1754 AC Power Adaptor (Variable 100 - 240 V AC)

LA-3700-SC pH SMART2 Reagent System, pH 6.6 - 8.4 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-3664-SC Silica, 0 - 2.5 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-1912-CD SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable

LA-3642-SC Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 4.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3655-SC Phosphate, 0 - 70 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-1919-GCS440 Large Carrying Case

LA-3640-SC Copper, 0 to 3.5 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3653-SC Phosphate, 0 - 3.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-0075-SC COD LR 0 - 150 W/ Mercury, 0 - 150 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-3646-SC Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-3688-SC Dissolved Oxygen, 0 - 12 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-0072-SC COD LR 0 - 150 W/O Mercury, 0 - 150 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-3699-02-SC Molybdenum, 0 - 15 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3647-01-SC Fluoride, 0 - 2 ppm, 50 tests

LA-0076-SC COD LR 0 - 1,500 W/ Mercury, 0 - 1500 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-4031 Lead, 0 - 5.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3662-SC Hydrogen Peroxide, 0 - 1.5 ppm, 100 Tests

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


SMART SPECTRO Spectrophotometer

SMART SPECTRO Spectrophotometer includes 6 sample cells (25 mm round), 2 sample cell holders (25 mm round and COD, 10 mm cuvettes), power supply, battery charger, and diagrammed manual.

LA-2000 SMART SPECTRO LA-1922 COD PLUS LA-2000-BP Battery Pack W/ Holder (Rechargeable) LA-1912 SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable (Specify CD Or Diskette) LA-2000-CS Carrying Case LA-3700-SC pH SMART2 Reagent System, pH 5 - 9.5 ppm, 100 Tests LA-3642-SC Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 4.0 ppm, 50 Tests

Specifications

SMART SPECTRO Spectrophotometer

LA-3640-SC Copper, 0 - 3.5 ppm, 50 Tests

Photometric Range

-0.1 to 2.5 A

Wavelength Range

350 to 1000nm

LA-3646-SC Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm, 100 Tests

Modes

Conc. %T, ABS

Power

AC adaptor or three rechargeable Ni-Cad batteries

Dimensions

13.8" x 11.0" x 6.7", 10.3 lbs

LA-3699-02-SC Molybdenum, 0 - 15 ppm, 50 Tests LA-4031 Lead, 0 - 5.0 ppm, 50 Tests LA-3668-SC Iron, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests

WATER MONITORING

Call for a List of Other Reagents Available!

Features • Over 80 pre-programmed tests and up to 25 calibrations for additional tests can be entered into the memory • Extremely high resolution and a wider wavelength range

LA-3687-SC Silica, 0 - 50 ppm, 50 Tests LA-3664-SC Silica, 0 - 2.5 ppm, 50 Tests LA-3655-SC Phosphate, 0 - 70 ppm, 50 Tests LA-3653-SC Phosphate, 0 - 3.0 ppm, 50 Tests LA-3688-SC Dissolved Oxygen, 0 - 12ppm 100 Tests LA-3647-01-SC Fluoride, 0 - 2 ppm, 50 tests LA-3662-SC Hydrogen Peroxide, 0 - 1.5 ppm, 100 Tests

Digestion Tubes for Total Nitrogen and Total Phosphorous Low and high Total Phosphorous and a Total Nitrogen test that are reacted in a heater block and are then tested using a colorimeter or spectrophotometer. This ships as Small Quantity Hazardous Materials. LA-4024 Low Total Phosphorus, 0 - 3.5 mg/L, 25/Tests LA-4025 High Total Phosphorus, 0 - 100 mg/L, 25/Tests LA-4026 Total Nitrogen, 0 - 25 mg/L, 25/Tests

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

91


WATER MONITORING

COD Heater Block

Multi-Range COD Reagent Systems

Perfect for COD, Total Phosphorus, and Total Nitrogen, testing plus other tests requiring digestion.

Chemical Oxygen Demand reagent systems used with the COD PLUS Colorimeter, SMART2 Colorimeter, or SMART Spectro Spectrophotometer are an easy and precise way to measure COD levels. Low, medium or high levels of COD can be selected using your choice of mercury (USEPA approved method) or non-mercury reagent systems. Each package contains 25 ready to use vials. This ships as Small Quantity Hazardous Materials.

Features • A digital microprocessor control • Programmable time (0 - 999 minutes) • Programmable temperature settings (30 - 200°C) • Vial capacity of 12 (16 mm) tubes

LA-0075-SC 0 - 150 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based LA-0076-SC 0 - 1500 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based LA-5-0102 COD Heater Block, 120 V

LA-0077-SC 0 - 15,000 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based

LA-5-0102-EX2 COD Heater Block, 230 V

LA-0072-SC 1 - 150 ppm, Mercury-Free LA-0073-SC 0 - 1500 ppm, Mecury-Free

TC-3000 Tri-Meters Features • Ideal for testing low-level drinking water applications as well as monitoring high turbidity in the field • Supports six languages: English, French, Spanish, Japanese, Portuguese and Italian • Datalogging up to 4000 points with a date and time stamp - stored tests can be viewed on the meter or downloaded to a PC • Easy menu-driven operation, less than 5 seconds response time • Available in either USEPA 180.1 Standard or ISO 7027 compliant versions TC-3000 includes 0, 1 and 10 NTU standards, sample bottle, 4 sample tubes, DPD tablets and an extra battery.

LA-0074-SC 0 - 15,000 ppm, Mercury-Free

LA-1964-EPA TC-3000 Kit, EPA Version LA-1964-ISO TC-3000 Kit, ISO Version LA-1754 AC Power Adaptor (Variable 100 - 240 V AC) LA-1912-CD SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable (Specify CD Or Diskette) LA-0641 Vial Ring, 2/Pack LA-1480 0 NTU Standard (EPA & ISO), 60 ml LA-1484 (1) 1 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO) LA-1485 (2) 10 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO) LA-1486 (3) 100 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO) LA-6195-H Formazin Standard Solution, 4000 NTU, 60 ml LA-4140 DPD Chlorine Secondary Standards Kit LA-3176-01 FAS-DPD Titration Kit For Chlorine Titration

92

Specifications

TC-3000 Tri-Meters

LA-6973-H Standard Chlorine Solution, 250 ppm, 60 ml

Turbidity Range

0 to 4000, with units of measure of NTU, FNU, FAU, ASBC, EBC

Chlorine Range

0 to 10 ppm

LA-3858-H Permanganate Solution, 1000 ppm, 60 ml

Color Range

0 to 500 cu

Power

9 V battery

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

LA-6903A-J Chlorine DPD #1 Instrument Grade Tablets (100/Box) LA-6197A-J Chlorine DPD #3 Instrument Grade Tablets, (100/Box)

Fax : (514) 326 8961


HA-96711C

Total chlorine is equal to the sum of free chlorine plus combined chlorine: free chlorine combines with nitrogen to form chloroamine. Chloroamine harms aquatic life and water treatment plants. Chloroamine concentration is dependent on pH, temperature, the initial ratio of chlorine versus amine, chlorine demand and time of reaction. HA-96711C includes 2 sample cuvets with caps, 3 Cal Check cuvets, 20 reagent powder packets, cuvet cleaning cloth, 9V battery, scissors and instruction manual in a hard carrying case.

Specifications

HA-96711C

Free Chlorine Range

0.00 to 5.00 mg/L

Total Chlorine Range

0.00 to 5.00 mg/L

Precision

± 0.02 mg/L to 1.00 mg/L

Light Source

Tungsten lamp with narrow band interference filter 525 nm

Light Detection

Silicon Photocell

Dimensions

8.5" X 3.3" X 2.5", 0.9 lb

WATER MONITORING

Free & Total Chlorine

HA-96711C Portable Free & Total Chlorine Photometer Kit HA-93701-01 Powder Reagents For 100 Tests (Free Chlorine) HA-93711-01 Powder Reagents For 100 Tests (Total Chlorine) HA-95701-11 Cal CheckTM Standard Cuvets For Free Chlorine HA-95711-11 Cal CheckTM Standard Cuvets For Total Chlorine

Chlorine & Turbidity in One Meter Useful for Potable Water & Municipalities Hanna, HA-93414 The new HA-93414 meets the requirements of USEPA and Standard Methods for Turbidity and Colorimetric Chlorine Measurements. The instrument features the all new Tag Identification System which allows users to record time and place at unlimited specific measurement locations. Logged data can be downloaded through USB or RS 232. Includes exclusive Cal Check system and ready-made NIST traceable standards. HA-93414 includes portable chlorine and turbidity meter, supplied complete with five sample cuvets and caps, three calibration cuvets for turbidimeter, two calibration cuvets for colorimeter, reagent powder packets for free and total chlorine, silicone oil, five tag holders with tags, scissors, batteries (4), AC adapter, rugged carrying case, instruction manual, quick reference guide and instrument quality certificate. Specifications

HA-93414 Portable Free & Total Chlorine & Turbidity Photometer HA-93701-01 Powder Reagents For 100 Tests (Free Chlorine) HA-93711-01 Powder Reagents For 100 Tests (Total Chlorine)

www.ereinc.com

HA-93414

Free Chlorine Range

0.00 to 5.00 mg/L, ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L accuracy

Total Chlorine Range

0.00 to 5.00 mg/L, ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L accuracy

Turbidity / Resolution Range

0.00 to 9.99 (0.01); 10.0 to 99.9 (0.1) and 100 to 1000 (1) NTU, ± 2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU accuracy

Calibration

One-point calibration for Chlorine. Two, three or four-point calibration for Turbidity

Light Detector

Silicon Photocell

Dimensions

8.8" x 3.4" x 3.0", 18 oz

sales@ereinc.com

93


Portable Turbidity Meter Capable of Delivering Lab-Grade Accuracy WATER MONITORING

HANNA, HA-98703 EPA Compliant Turbidity Meter The new HA-98703 uses EPA compliant tungsten light source and state-of-the art optical system that allow consistently reliable and accurate measurements of turbidity. The instrument features the all new Tag Identification System which allows users to record time and place at unlimited specific measurement locations. Logged data can be downloaded through USB or RS 232. Includes exclusive Cal Check system and ready-made NIST traceable standards. HA-98701-01 (115 V) includes (5) sample cuvets and caps, HA-98703-11 calibration cuvets, HA-93703-58 silicone oil, cuvet wiping tissue, (4) batteries, AC adapter, instruction manual and rugged carrying case.

! W O W

Specifications

HA-98703

Range (Res)

0.00 to 9.99 (0.01); 10.00 to 99.9 (0.1) and 100 to 1000 NTU (1)

Accuracy

± 2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU

Calibration

Two, three or four-point calibration

Light Detector

Silicon Photocell

Dimensions

8.8" x 3.4" x 3.0", 18 oz

HA-98703 Portable Turbidity Meter Kit HA-98703-11 Packet Of 4 Turbidity Calibration Standards HA-93703-50 Cuvet Cleaning Solution, 250 ml Bottle HA-731318 Tissue For Wiping Cuvet (4) HA-731331 Glass Cuvets (4) HA-92000 Windows Compatible Application Software HA-920011 5 To 9 Pin RS232 Connection Cable HA-920013 USB Cable For PC Connection

Two GREAT instruments for your applications

2020e Portable Turbidity Meter Specifications

The 2020e sets a new standard for laboratory accuracy in an extremely compact, portable instrument for turbidity measurement. Features • Six user selected languages • 4000 point data log - results can be downloaded to a PC • MSP430 Microcontroller - most advanced controller on the market for hand held applications 2020e Turbidity Meter Kit includes AC adaptor, four optically selected sample vials with screw caps, standardization package consisting of 1.0 NTU and 10.0 NTU standards, an extra battery, instruction manual and sturdy carrying case. (AC Power adapter is optional) Meter Kit with Calibrator includes all of the above with BNC calibration cable.

94

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

2020e Portable Turbidity Meter

Unit Of Measure

NTU, FNU, FAU, ASBC, EBC

Range

0 to 4000 NTU

Resolution

0.01 on 0 to 10.99 range, 0.1 on 11 to 109.9 range, 1 on 110 to 4000 range

Power

9 V battery operation

LA-1979-EPA Portable Turbidity Meter, Meets USEPA Design Criteria LA-1480 0 NTU Standard, 60 ml LA-1484 1 NTU Standard, 60 ml LA-1485 10 NTU Standard, 60 ml LA-1486 100 NTU Standard, 60 ml LA-1754 AC Power Adapter LA-1772 RS-232 Cable

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Turbidity Sensor (GW-WQ720) & Turbidity Meter (GW-WQ770-B) The Turbidity Sensor is an accurate submersible sensor for in-situ environmental or process monitoring.  Applications include, rivers, streams, reservoirs, groundwater, water treatment, wastewater treatment, effluent, and industrial control.  The Turbidity Meter combines the sensor with an LED light display, 4-button control, and internal battery.

GW-WQ720 & GW-WQ770-B

Range

0 to 50 NTU & 0 to 1000 NTU

Accuracy

± 1% of full scale

Pressure

0 to 30 psi

Size

Body = 1.1" D x 8.5" L / Sensor Shield = 1.5" x 2" Overall Length = 9"

Power Required

10 to 36 V DC @ 40 MS (Sensor); Internal 9 V DC Battery (Meter)

Outputs

4 - 20 mA (Sensor, both ranges), LED screen (Meter)

Warm-Up Time

5 seconds

Dimensions

1.5" x 8.5", 2 lbs

WATER MONITORING

Specifications

GW-WQ720 Turbidity Sensor, 25' Cable Length GW-WQ770-b Turbidity Meter, Includes Sensor On 25' Cable Length

Portable DO Meter for Field Applications

Hanna, HA-9146-04 & HA-9146-10 Water resistant, micro-processor based dissolved oxygen meter with automatic calibration and temperature compensation. DO measurements can be displayed in ppm or in % saturation. HA-9146-04 and HA-9146-10 include HA-76407/4F probe with 4 m (13') cable for HA-9146-04 and HA-76407/10F 10 m (33') for HA-9146-10, protective cap, 2 spare membranes, HA-7041S electrolyte solution (30 ml), 4 x 1.5 V batteries, hard carrying case and instructions.

Specifications

HA-9146-04

0.00 to 45.00 mg/L, ± 1.5% F.S. accuracy

O2 Range

0.0 to 300.0% ± 1.5% F.S. accuracy

% Saturation O2 Range

0.0 to 50.0°C ± 0.5°C accuracy

Temperature Range

automatic, in air, at 100%

Calibration Probe

HA-9146-10

with 4 m (13’) cable

with 10 m (33’) cable

7.7" x 3.1" x 2.4", 1.1 lbs

Dimensions

HA-9146-04 Portable Dissolved Oxygen Meter, 4 m Cable HA-9146-10 Portable Dissolved Oxygen Meter, 10 m Cable HA-7041S Electrolyte Solution For DO Probe, 30 ml HA-710005 115 V AC / 12 V DC Power Adaptor HA-710006 230 V AC / 12 V DC Power Adaptor HA-76407A/P Spare Membrane (5 Pieces)

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

95


Choose your electrode: WATER MONITORING

Ammonia, Bromide, Cadmium, Calcium, Carbon Dioxide, Chloride, Cupric, Fluoride, Iodide, Lead, Nitrate, Potassium, Silver, Sulfate and Sulfide

HA-98185 Portable pH, ORP and ISE Ease of use and high-end features come together in this new family of instruments. For use in the field, these instruments can be easily operated with one hand and are housed in a rugged waterproof casing. The meter also includes direct ion concentration determination with ISE’s. The HA-98185 allows a choice of measurement units (ppm, ppt, g/L, mg/L, ppb, ug/L mg/mL, M, mol/L, mmol/L % w/v, user) and electrode selection type. Up to 5 point calibration with 6 standard solutions. Users are guided through the calibration procedure with step-by-step on-screen instructions. The LCD of the instrument also displays electrode type used, current temperature, remaining battery life and time. HA-98185 includes combined pH/Temperature electrode, pH 4.01 and pH 7.01 buffer solutions, (4) 1.2 V "AA", 1300 mAh rechargeable batteries, inductive battery charger with power adapter, rugged carrying case with instructions.

HA-98185-01 Portable pH/ORP/ISE W/ Temperature Meter HA-4101 Ammonia ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M, 17000 To 0.02 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable HA-4102 Bromide ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M, 79910 To 0.08 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable HA-4103 Cadmium ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-7M, 11200 To 0.01 ppm, 0 to 80°C, 1 m Cable HA-4104 Calcium ISE Electrode, 1M To 3 x 10-6, 40080 to 0.12 ppm, 0 to 40°C, 1 m Cable HA-4105 Carbon Dioxide ISE Electrode, 1M x 10-2 To 1 x 10-4M, 440 To 4.4 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable HA-4107 Chloride ISE Electrode, 1M To 5 x 10-5M, 35000 To 1.8 ppm, 0 to 80°C, 1 m Cable HA-4108 Cupric ISE Electrode, 0.1M To 1 x 10-6M, 6354 To 0.06 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable HA-4109 Cyanide ISE Electrode, 10-2 M To 1 x 10-6M, 260 To 0.02 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable HA-4110 Fluoride ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M, Sat To 0.02 ppm, 0 to 80°C, 1 m Cable HA-4111 Iodide ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-7M, 127000 To 0.01 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable HA-4112 Lead/Sulfate ISE Electrode, 0.1M To 1 x 10-6M, 20700 To 0.21 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable HA-4113 Nitrate ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-5M, 6200 To 0.62 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable HA-4114 Potassium ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M , 39100 To 0.039 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable HA-4115 Silver/Sulfide ISE Electrode, Silver: 1.0M To 1 x 10-6M, 107900 To 0.11 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable Sulfide: 1.0M To 1 x 10-7M, 32100 To 0.003 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable

96

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Specifications

HA-98185

pH / Resolution Range

-2.0 to 20.0 (0.1); -2.00 to 20.00 (0.01); -2.000 to 20.000 (0.001) pH, ± 0.01; ± 0.002 pH accuracy

mV / Resolution Range

± 2000 mV (0.1 mV), ± 0.2 mV accuracy

ISE Range

From 1.00 x 10-7 to 9.99 x 1010 concentration (choice of units)

Temp. Range

-20.0 to 120.0 °C

Temp. Compensation (pH)

Manual or automatic from -20.0 to 120.0°C

Dimensions

8.9" x 3.75" x 2", 18.5 oz

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Monitors up to 14 Different Water Quality Parameters! pH • pH/mV • ORP • % Saturation DO • mg/L DO • EC • Resistivity • TDS • Salinity • Seawater Specific Gravity • Atmospheric Pressure • Temperature

GPS also available

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter

pH Range

0.00 to 14.00 pH

mV Of pH Input Range

± 600.0 mV

ORP Range

± 2000.0 mV

Dissolved O2 Range

0.0 to 500.0% / 0.00 to 50.0 mg/L

Conductivity Range

0.000 to 200.00 mS/cm (actual EC up to 400 mS/cm)

Resistivity Range

0 to 999999 Ω cm, 0 to 1000.0 k Ω cm, 0 to 1.0000 M Ω cm

TDS Range

0 to 400000 mg/L or ppm (maximum value depends on the TDS factor)

Salinity Range

0.00 to 70.00 PSU (extended Practical Salinity Scale)

Seawater Specific Gravity Range

0.0 to 50.0 σt, σ0, σ15

Atmospheric Pressure Range Temp. Range

WATER MONITORING

Specifications

450 to 850 mmHg, 17.72 to 33.46 inHg, 600.0 to 1133.2 mbar, 8.702 to 16.436 psi, 0.5921 to 1.1184, 60.00 to 113.32 kPa -5.00 to 55.00°C

HA-9828-25 Quick Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter

Without GPS

HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828/4-01 Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 4 m Cable

HA-7021L ORP Test Solution @ 240 mV, 500 ml Bottle

Features • Displays up to 12 parameters • Graphic LCD with backlight • Meter features IP67 and probe features IP68 waterproof protection • Tag identification system simplifies test logging • Quick calibration feature calibrates all sensors with one solution • Log-on demand and automatic logging (up to 60,000 samples) • Can display logged data as graphs • USB for PC connectivity • Rugged probe with stainless steel tip has a diameter under 2” for wells and pipes

HA-9828/10-01 Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 10 m Cable

HA-7022L ORP Test Solution @ 470 mV, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828/20-01 Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 20 m Cable

HA-7040L Zero Oxygen Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828/30-01 Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 30 m Cable

HA-7042S Electrolyte Solution, 30 ml Bottle

HA-9828/50-01 Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 50 m Cable

HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828/70-01 Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 70 m Cable

HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828/100 Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 100 m Cable

HA-7033L 84 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

With GPS

HA-7034L 80000 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-982804-1 GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 4 m Cable

HA-7035L 111800 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828010-1 GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 10 m Cable

HA-7039L 5000 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828020-1 GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 20 m Cable

HA-7032L 1382 ppm (mg/L) Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828030-1 GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 30 m Cable

HA-7036L 12.41 ppt (g/L) Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828050-1 GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 50 m Cable

HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828070-1 GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 70 m Cable

HA-7061L Electrode cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-9828090-1 GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 90 m Cable

HA-76409A/P DO Membrane (5 Pieces)

HA-9828-01 includes HA-769828 DO/EC/Temp probe, HA-9828 quick calibration standard solution (500 ml), probe maintenance kit, 4 rechargeable c size, Ni-MH batteries, power adaptor and cable, car 12 V adaptor; HA -7698281 USB interface cable; HA-920000 Windows compatible software and instruction manual in a rugged carrying case.

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

97


WATER MONITORING

Calibration & Maintenance Solutions

pH Solutions (Cont.)

Turbidity Solutions

HA-50004-02 4.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-93102-0 AMCO-AEPA At 0 NTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-70004P 4.01 Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-93102-20 AMCO-AEPA At 20 NTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-50007-01 7.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 10/Pack

HA-93703-0 AMCO-AEPA At 0 FTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-50007-02 7.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-93703-05 AMCO-AEPA At 500 FTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-70007P 7.01 Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-93703-10 AMCO-AEPA At 10 FTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-50010-01 10.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 10/Pack HA-50010-02 10.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack HA-70010P 10.01Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

ORP Solutions Conductivity Solutions HA-6033 84 µS/cm Certified, 500 ml Bottle HA-7033L 84 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

pH Solutions

HA-6031 1413 µS/cm Certified, 500 ml Bottle HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-5004 4.01 Certified, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7039L 5000 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-5004-R 4.01 Certified RED, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7004L 4.01 Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7034L 80000 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-5007 7.01 Certified, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7035L 111800 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-5007-G 7.01 Certified GREEN, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7031/1G 1413 µS/cm Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-7007L 7.01 Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7030/1G 12880 µS/cm Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-5010 10.01 Certified, 500 ml Bottle

HA-70033C 84 µS/cm Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-5010-V 10.01 Certified VIOLET, 500 ml Bottle

HA-70033P 84 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-7010L 10.01 Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-70031C 1413 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-5004-01 4.01 Certified, 1 L Bottle

HA-70031P 1413 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-7004/1L 4.01 Standard,1 L Bottle

HA-70039P 5000 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-5007-01 7.01 Certified, 1 L Bottle

HA-70030P 12880 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-7007/1L 7.01 Standard, 1 L Bottle

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Solutions

HA-5010-01 10.01 Certified, 1 L Bottle HA-7010/1L 10.01 Standard, 1 L Bottle

98

HA-5004-R08 4.01 Certified RED, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-6032 1382 ppm (mg/L) Certified, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7004/1G 4.01 Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-7032L 1382 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-5007-G08 7.01 Certified GREEN, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-70442L 1500 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7007/1G 7.01 Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-7036L 12.41 ppt (g/L) Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-5010-V08 10.01 Certified VIOLET, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-70032C 1382 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-7010/1G 10.01 Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-70032P 1382 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-50004-01 4.01 Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 10/Pack

HA-70442P 1500 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

HA-7020L 200/275 mV, 500 ml Bottle HA-7021L 240 mV, 500 ml Bottle HA-7022L 470 mV, 500 ml Bottle HA-7091L Reducing Pretreatment, 500 ml Bottle HA-7092L Oxidizing Pretreatment, 500 ml Bottle

Dissolved Oxygen Solutions HA-7040L Zero Oxygen, 500 ml Bottle

Electrode Storage Solutions HA-70300L Electrode Storage, 500 ml Bottle

Electrode Cleaning Solutions for General Use HA-7061L General Purpose, 500 ml Bottle HA-7073L Proteins, 500 ml Bottle HA-7074L Inorganic Substances, 500 ml Bottle HA-7077L Oil & Fats, 500 ml Bottle

Sample Preparation Solutions HA-7051L Soil Sample Preparation, 500 ml Bottle

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Fixed Water Quality Instrumentation WATER MONITORING

Microtol OnLine Turbidimeter Specifications The Microtol OnLine Turbidimeter is specifically designed for measuring turbidity continuously in filtered water, raw water, waste water final effluent and industrial applications. The Optional HF OnLine software allows graphical trending, alarms and filter analysis for multiple networked turbidimeters. The optional Auto Clean Ultrasonic cleaning system automatically cleans the optical chamber for Finished or Raw water applications. Features • One-piece design eliminates the need to mount more than one module per turbidimeter • Fast response time and inexpensive calibration due to low (30 ml) sample volume • Modular design reduces overall costs • Removeable sample cuvettes allow for easy cleaning and calibrating • Optics are not in contact with the sample which reduces the chance of false low readings • Convenient reusable primary calibration standards Light Source White light is recommended for use in turbidimeters reporting results under US EPA (US standard) jurisdiction. Infrared light is recommended for use in turbidimeters reporting results under ISO 7027 (European standard) jurisdiction. Infrared light is also recommended for waste water final effluent and industrial applications where color is present in the sample stream. Specifications

Microtol OnLine Turbidimeter

Range

0 - 1000 NTU

Measurement Principle

Nephelometry (90 degrees) 5% of reading above 40 NTU

Accuracy

2% of reading or ± 0.02 below 40 NTU

Resolution

0.0001 Selectable

Response Time

Adjustable (5 to 500 seconds) (0 - 1000 NTU)

Input Pressure

1 - 200 psi (built in regulator set at 15 psi)

Standard Outputs

4 - 20 ma Galvanic Isolated or RS-485

RS-485 Protocols

Modbus, HF Simplebus, HF Online Interface

Light Source

White Light - 7 year life, Infrared Light (850 nm LED) - 10 year life

User Alarms

2 High / Low Alarms

Alarm Contacts

FORMC 250 V AC 2A

Display

Multiline Custom Backlight LCD

Security Code

Prevents unauthorized access

Built in Diagnostics

Yes

Storage Temperature

-4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)

Operating Temperature

32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)

Wetted Surfaces

Nylon, Borosilicate Glass, Silicon, Polypropylene, Stainless Steel

Enclosure

Designed to meet NEMA 4X, IP66

Outdoor Installation

32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)

Certifications

USEPA, ISO 7027, CE Approved, ETL Listed to UL 3111-1 & ETL Certified to CSA 22.2 No. 1010-1-92

Dimensions

14" x 12" x 12" (35 x 30 x 30 cm)

Shipping Weight

5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)

www.ereinc.com

HF-20053 Model: #2 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, USEPA Method 180.1 HF-20054 Model: #2 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, ISO 7027 HF-20055 Model: #3 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 100, Ultrasonic Autoclean, USEPA Method 180.1 HF-20056 Model: #3 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 100, Ultrasonic Autoclean, ISO 7027 HF-20063 Model: #4 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, Ultrasonic Autoclean, USEPA Method 180.1 HF-20064 Model: #4 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, Ultrasonic Autoclean, ISO 7027

Accessories HF-19783 OnLine Windows Software For Data Collection & Reporting HF-19609 Remote Display For An Additional Digital Readout HF-29953 Primary Calibration Kit, .02 & 10 & 100 NTU HF-29957 Primary Calibration Kit, Full Range, .02, 10 & 1000 NTU HF-21555R Desiccant Refill HF-20779S Power Cord - 120 V AC / 240 V AC

sales@ereinc.com

99


WATER MONITORING

HA-504 Advanced pH / ORP Controller A simple-to-operate 34-level program menu offers standard features such as password protection, control relay enabling/disabling, high/low set point and adjustable hysteresis for custom control. The pH 500 series controllers have a 4 - 20 mA output with a zoom function to allow better resolution on any two points between 0 and 14 pH. The fullyprogrammable microprocessor comes complete with a 3 month back-up power supply to maintain all set points and parameters during power interruptions. Easy 1 or 2 point calibration using pH buffers 4.01, 7.01 or 10.01 ensure accuracy or reliability. An additional standard feature of the HA-504 is a differential circuit which eliminates ground loops from the process being monitored and significantly extends the life of the electrode. HA-504 Order Information

Each model is supplied complete with mounting brackets and instructions. 1 = single setpoint 2 = dual setpoint 8 = single setpoint and Advanced Cleaning 9 = dual setpoint and Advanced Cleaning

-0= 24 Vdc/ac power supply -1= 115 Vac power supply -2= 230 Vac power supply -3= 100 Vac power supply

0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1°C (above -10 °C); 1°C (below -10°C)

Resolution Accuracy (@ 20°C/68°F)

±0.02 pH; ±2 mV; ±0.5°C (-9.9 to 130.0°C); ±1°C (-30 to -10°C) 1012 Ohm

Input Impedance Digital Output

isolated output; contact closed upon Hold mode

Analog Output

1 or 2 independent outputs (configuring as 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA)

Dosing and Alarm Relay

Example:

electromechanical relay SPDT contact output; 5A - 250 Vac, 5A - 30 Vdc (resistive load) fuse protected: 5A, 250V “Quick Blow” fuse automatic or manual, -30 to 130°C

Temperature Compensation

HA-504

HA-504922-2 pH/ORP controller with dual setpoint, Advanced Cleaning, ON/OFF and PID controls, single analog output and 230 Vac power supply.

Pt100/Pt1000 sensor (with automatic recognition and damage test)

Power Supply

24 Vdc/ac, 115 Vac ±10%, 230 Vac ±10%, 100 Vac ±10%; 50/60 Hz

Environment

0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 85% non-condensing

Accessories HA-6101405 Amplified Flat-Tip Combination pH Electrode W/ Matching Pin, 5 m (16.5') Cable, & BNC Connector

IP54 (front panel)

Casing Dimensions / Weight

2= single analog output 4= dual analog output

-2.00 to 16.00 pH; -2000 to 2000 mV; -30 to 130.0°C

Range

Temperature Probe

1= ON/OFF control 2= ON/OFF and PID controls

HA-504

Specifications

panel cutout:140 x 140 mm, instrument: 144 x 144 x 170 mm / 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)

HA-1002/5 Combination pH Electrode W/ 16.5' (5 m) cable HA-1003/5 Combination pH Electrode W/ Matching Pin (For Grounding) W/ 16.5' (5 m) Cable

ERE offers a wide range of Calibration Solutions Choose the RIGHT ONE for YOU!

100

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


HA-710 Advanced Conductivity & TDS Controller

μS

Specifications Range

0.0 to 199.9/0 to 1999

mS

WATER MONITORING

The HA-710 conductivity and TDS controller offers state-of-the-art technology for your process control. The HA-710 can be configured for ON/OFF, Proportional, PI or PID control. Thanks to Hanna’s exclusive technology, they can be customized to best fit your application. A menudriven display aids the user throughout the operations with running messages and clear prompts. All relevant parameters can be simply adjusted and will remain memorized until overwritten. Bright LED lights show the current status even from a distance. With self-diagnostic features and extractable terminals, installation and maintenance are rapid and simple. Password protection guarantees that the calibration and predetermined parameters cannot be altered unnecessarily. The controllers can operate with 4-ring probe or 4 - 20 mA signal. They accept probes with or without a built-in Pt100 temperature sensor. HA-710 monitors and controls both conductivity and TDS. If you only need conductivity or TDS, then order HA-700 or HA-705, respectively.

ppm

0.00 to 19.99/0.0 to 199.9

0.0 to 100.0/0 to 1000

ppt

0.00 to 10.00/0.0 to 100.0

°C

-10.0 to 100.0

0.1/1 0.01/0.1 0.1/1 0.01/0.1 0.1

Resolution

± 0.5% F.S. (EC & TDS); ± 0.5°C (0 to 70°C); ± 1°C (outside)

Accuracy (@ 20°C/68°F) Typical EMC Deviation

± 2% F.S. (EC & TDS); ± 0.5°C

Calibration

Automatic or manual single point Automatic (with Pt100) or manual from -10 to 100°C with coeff. from 0.00 to 10.00% /°C

Temp. Compensation

Adjustable from 0.00 to 1.00

TDS Ratio

Dual-level LCD with graphic symbols & messages

Display

Analog: isolated 0 to 1 mA, 0 to 20 mA, and 4 to 20 mA (max. resistive load 1 K); 0 to 5 V DC, 1 to 5 V DC and 0 to 10 V DC (min. resistive load 1K)

Output

4 to 20 mA

Analog Input

2 SPDT 5A-250 V AC contact outputs, 5A-30 V DC (resistive load)

Set Relay Alarm Relay

SPDT 5A-250 V AC contact outputs, 5A-30 V DC (resistive load)

Environment

32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C); max. RH 95% non-condensing

Power Supply

115 V ± 10% or 230 V ± 10% V AC; 50/60 Hz

Dimensions

1/2 DIN 5.7" x 5.7" x 6.7" (144 x 144 x 170 mm) 5.5" x 5.5" (140 x 140 mm)

Panel Cutout

3.5 lbs (1.6 kg)

Weight

HA-710 EC & TDS Controller, Dual Set Point, On/Off & PID Control, Analog Output

Accessories

For Orders, Rentals, Service & Tech Support contact ERE:

HA-3011 Flow-Thru, 4-Ring Conductivity Probe W/ Platinum Sensor & 10' (3 m) Cable

1-888-287-3732

HA-7639 Conductivity / TDS Pt100 Probe & 10' (3 m) Cable

or e-mail us:

HA-5001/5 Stainless Steel Pt100 Probe

sales@ereinc.com www.ereinc.com

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

101


LABORATORY

Hanna pHep®4 & pHep®5

Hanna ORP Tester

These testers use the exclusive replaceable pull-out cartridge pH electrode. Its exposed temperature sensor provides fast response time and its proximity to the pH electrode guarantees much more accurate temperature compensated readings.

This new micro-processor based tester provides the most advanced solution in ORP and Temperature measurement. Further, the HA-98121 provides pH measurement.

pHep®4, pHep®5 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

Specifications

pHep®4

Range

-2.0 to 16.0 pH -2.00 to 16.00 pH ± 0.1 pH ± 0.05 pH Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffer values

Accuracy Calibration Temp. Compensation Dimensions

pHep®5

Features • Replenishable junction • Dual level LCD • Battery life percentage indication • Stability indicator • Floating and waterproof body HA-98120 & HA-98121 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions. Specifications

HA-98120

± 1000 mV, ± 2 mV accuracy

ORP Range

-5.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy

Temp. Range

n/a

pH Range

Automatic 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

HA-98121

-2 to 16.00 pH, ± 0.05 accuracy Factory calibrated

Calibration (ORP) Calibration (pH)

n/a

Automatic 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

Dimensions

Hanna Dist® 5 & Dist® 6 EC/Temp/TDS Testers

Hanna Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Testers in One Unit!

Unmatched 3-in-1 tester measuring Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.

Unmatched 4-in-1 tester measuring pH, Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.

Features • Floating waterproof casing • Dual level LCD displays • Replaceable graphite probe Dist® 5 & Dist® 6 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

Features • Floating waterproof casing • Dual level LCD displays • Replaceable pH probe HA-98129 & HA-98130 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.  

Specifications EC Range TDS Range

Dist® 5

Dist® 6

Specifications

0 to 3999 µS/cm

0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm

pH Range

0 to 2000 ppm

0.00 to 10.00 ppt

EC Range

0.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy

Temp. Range

Automatic, 1 point

Calibration Temp. Compensation

Automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

Dimensions

HA-98129

0.00 to 14.00 pH

TDS Range

0 to 3999 µS/cm

0.00 to 20.00 mS/cm

0 to 2000 ppm

0.00 to 10.00 ppt

Temp. Range

0.0 to 60°C, ± 0.5°C accuracy

Calibration (EC/TDS) Calibration (pH) Temp. Compensation

HA-98127 pHep® 4

HA-98130

Dimensions

Automatic, 1 point Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers pH: automatic, EC/TDS: automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

HA-98128 pHep® 5

102

HA-98120 ORP/Temperature Tester

HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-98121 ORP/pH/Temperature Tester

HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-98311 Dist® 5

HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-98312 Dist® 6

HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-98129 Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester

HA-7032L 1382 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-98130 Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester

HA-7021L 240 mV Test Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7061L Electrode Cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7091L Reducing Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7092L Oxidizing Solution, 500 ml Bottle

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Research Grade Combination Meters

HA-4522-01 & HA-4521-01 Are Supplied W/ 4-Ring EC Probe, Glass Body pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, Power Adapter, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Solutions, Electrode Refilling Solution, Electrode Holder & Instructions (115 V) HA-4222-01 & HA-4221-01 Are Supplied W/ Glass Body pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, Power Adapter, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Solutions, Electrode Refilling Solution, Electrode Holder & Instructions (115 V) (230 V Also Available) Specifications

HA-4522

pH

Range Resolution Accuracy Range Resolution Accuracy Range Resolution Accuracy Conductivity

Range

Resolution Accuracy Resistivity

Range

Resolution Accuracy TDS

Range Resolution Accuracy Factor Salinity

Range Practical Salinity Percent Resolution Accuracy

± 2000 mV 0.1 mV ± 0.2 mV 1 x 10-7 to 9.99 x 1010 concentration 1; 0.1; 0.01 concentration ± 0.5% (monovalent ions); ± 1%

Conductivity Salinity Temperature Relative mV Offset Range Input Channel(s) Calibration Check Temperature Compensation Log-On-Demand PC Connection Power Dimensions / Weight

1 x 10-7 to 9.99 x 1010 concentration 1; 0.1; 0.01 concentration ± 0.5% (monovalent ions); ± 1%

1.00 to 99.99 Ohm•cm; 100.0 to 999.9 Ohm•cm; 1.000 to 9.999 kOhm•cm; 10.00 to 99.99 kOhm•cm; 100.0 to 999.9 kOhm•cm; 1.00 to 9.99 MOhm•cm; 10.0 to 100.0 MOhm•cm 0.01 Ohm•cm; 0.1 Ohm•cm; 0.001 kOhm•cm; 0.01 kOhm•cm; 0.1 N/A kOhm•cm; 0.01 MOhm•cm; 0.1 MOhm•cm ± 2% of reading (± 1 Ohm•cm) 0.000 to 9.999 ppm; 10.00 to 99.99 ppm; 100.0 to 999.9 ppm; 1.000 to 9.999 ppt; 10.00 to 99.99 ppt; 100.0 to 400.0 ppt 0.001 ppm; 0.01 ppm; 0.1 ppm; 0.001 ppt; 0.01 ppt; 0.1 ppt ± 1% of reading (± 0.01 ppm) 0.40 to 1.00 0.00 to 42.00; Natural seawater: 0.00 to 80.00 ppt; 0.0 to 400.0% 0.01 for practical salinity/natural sea water; 0.1% for percent scale ± 1% of reading

Range Resolution Accuracy pH ISE

N/A N/A N/A

0.000 to 9.999 μS/cm; 10.00 to 99.99 μS/cm; 100.0 to 999.9 μS/cm; N/A N/A 1.000 to 9.999 mS/cm; 10.0 0 to 99.99 mS/cm; 100.0 to 999.9 mS/cm; 1000 mS/cm 0.001 μS/cm; 0.01 μS/cm; 0.1 μS/cm; 0.001 mS/cm; N/A 0.01 mS/cm; 0.1 mS/cm; 1 mS/cm ± 1% of reading (± 0.01 μS/cm) N/A

Temperature

Calibration

HA-4221

-2.0 to 20.0; -2.00 to 20.00; -2.000 to 20.000 pH 0.1 pH; 0.01 pH; 0.001 pH ± 0.1 pH; ± 0.01 pH; ± 0.002 pH

mV

ISE

HA-4222

HA-4521

LABORATORY

Features • 240 x 320 Dot Matrix Color Display • Logging and graphing capabilities • USB and RS232 for computer compatibility • Auto recognition of probe type (2 or 4 ring, and nominal cell con stant) • Stages 1, 2 and 3 USP mode • 3 salinity scales: Practical Salinity, Natural Sea Water, Percent • Linear and natural water temperature compensation • Exclusive HANNA Calibration Check™

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A N/A N/A

N/A

N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A

-20.0 to 120°C; -4.0 to 248.0°F; 253.15 to 393.15K 0.1°C; 0.1°F; 0.1K ± 0.2°C; ± 0.4°F; ± 0.2K Automatic up to 5 points with 8 memorized values (pH 1.68, 3.00, 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01, 12.45) + 5 custom buffers Automatic, up to 5 points with 6 standard N/A Automatic, up to 5 points with 6 standard + 5 custom values + 5 custom values Auto standard recognition, custom calibration solution/4 point calibrationN/A Percent scale—1 point (with HA-7037 buffer) N/A 3 points ± 2000 mV 1 pH/mV/ISE + 1 EC 1 pH/mV + 1 EC 2 pH/mV/ISE 1 pH/mV pH electrode and buffer condition pH: Automatic or manual from -20.0 to 120.0°C (-4.0 to 248.0°F) EC: Linear and non-linear (natural water) 10 Lots, 5000 samples per lot Opto-isolated USB and RS232 12 V DC adapter (included) 159 x 230 x 93 mm (6.3" x 9.1" x 3.7"), 800 g (1.8 lbs)

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

N/A N/A N/A

103


LABORATORY

Laboratory pH Meters with Backlit, Graphic LCD HA-3220 • HA-3221 • HA-3222

Features • Single (HA-3220 & HA-3221) or dual (HA-3222) input channels • Backlit, graphic LCD • Exclusive Calibration Check™, electrode diagnostics • Prompts and messages on the graphic LCD • Stability, interval and log-on-demand logging • 5 point calibration with 7 standard and 5 custom buffers • Relative mV measurements

Specifications

HA-3220

Range

pH mV ISE

N/A

Temperature Resolution

pH mV ISE Temperature

HA-3221

HA-3222

HA-3220-01, HA-3221-01 & HA-3222-01 Are All Supplied W/ HA-1131B pH Electrode W/ BNC Connector & 1 m Cable, HA-7662-T Stainless Steel Temperature Probe, pH 4 & 7 Buffer Solutions, Cleaning Solution, Electrolyte Solution, Electrode Holder, 12 V DC Power Adapter & Instructions (115 V) (230 V Also Available)

-2.0 to 20.0; -2.00 to 20.00; -2.000 to 20.000 pH ± 2000 mV From 1.00 x 10-3 to 1.00 x 105 ppm From 1.00 x 10-7 to 9.99 x 1010 concentration (choice of units) -20.0 to 120.0°C (-4.0 to 248.0°F)

HA-740157 Plastic Refilling Pipette (20) HA-92000CD4 Windows® Compatible Software

0.1; 0.01; 0.001 pH 0.1 mV N/A 3 digits 0.01; 0.1; 1; 10 concentration 0.1°C (0.1°F)

Accuracy

pH mV ISE Temperature

HA-73114 USB Cable For PC Connection All Electrodes Part Numbers Ending In "B" Are Supplied W/ A BNC Connector & 1 m (3.3') Cable, As Shown Below

± 0.01; ± 0.002 pH ± 0.2 mV N/A± 0.5% of reading (monovalent ions), ± 1% of reading (divalent ions) ± 0.2°C (± 0.4°F) (excluding probe error)

Calibration

pH

ISE Slope Temperature Compensation (pH) Probes Logging Lot Logging PC Connectivity Input Impedance Power Supply Environment Dimensions / Weight

• Up to 400 samples memory capacity • Auto HOLD to freeze readings on the display • GLP to view last calibration data for pH, Rel mV or ISE • User selectable “Outside Calibration Range” warning • User-selectable “Calibration Timeout” to remind when a new calibration is necesary • PC compatible via USB

HA-1043B Use: Strong Acid / Alkalis; Glassbody, Double Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode

Up to 5 point calibration, 7 standard buffers available (1.68, 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01, 12.45) + 5 Custom Buffers N/A Up to 2 point calibration, Up to 5 point calibration, 6 Standard 6 standard solutions solutions (in units selected) (0.1, 1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000 ppm) From 80 to 110% Manual or automatic from -20.0 to 120.0°C (-4.0 to 248.0°F) HA-1131B pH with BNC connector and HA-7662-T stainless steel temperature probe (included) Log-on-demand 200 samples Log-on-demand 300 samples Log-on-demand 400 samples 5, 10, 30 sec 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 120, 180 min (max 600 samples) Opto-isolated USB (with HA-92000 software) 1012 Ohms 12 V DC 0-50°C (32 to 122°F) Max. RH 55% non-condensing 235 x 207 x 110 mm (9.2" x 8.14" x 4.33"), 1.8 kg (4.1 lbs)

HA-1053B Use: Emulsions; Glass-Body, Triple Ceramic, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode HA-1083B Use: Biotechnology; Glass-Body, Open Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode HA-1131B Use: General Purpose; Glass-Body, Single Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode HA-3230B Use: General Purpose; Plastic-Body, Gel-Filled, Combination Platinum ORP Electrode HA-7662-T Stainless Steel Temperature Probe

pH Meters with Large LCD HA-2210 • HA-2211 Features • New benchtop design • Extra wide LCD (6.25" x 1.5") • Automatic calibration

• 5 standard buffers • Simultaneous display of pH and Temperature • Automatic Temperature Compensation • Extended mV range (HA-2211) Specifications

HA-2210

Range HA-2210-01 & HA-2211-01 Are Supplied W/ HA-1131B Glass-Body Combination pH Electrode W/ 1 m (3.3') Cable, HA-7662 Temperature Probe, Electrode Holder, pH 4.01 & 7.01 Buffer Solutions (20 mL Each.), HA-7071 Electrolyte Solution, 12 V DC Power Adapter & Instruction Manual (115 V) (230 V Also Available) HA-5004 pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml

pH mV Temperature

pH mV Temperature pH Calibration

HA-5010 pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml HA-54710 pH 4.01, pH 7.01 & pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Each HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml HA-50XX Buffers Are Technical Buffers W/ ± .01 Accuracy & Are Provided With Certificate HA-931001 pH/mV Electrode Simulator W/ Display

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

N/A

Resolution

Accuracy (@20°C)

HA-5007 pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml

104

pH mV Temperature

Temperature Compensation pH Electrode Temperature Probe Input Impedance Power Supply Environment Dimensions / Weight

N/A

HA-2210

-2.00 to 16.00 pH -9.9 to 120.0°C 0.01 pH 0.1°C

± 399.9 mV ; ± 2000 mV

0.1 mV; 1 mV

± 0.01 pH N/A ± 0.2 mV (± 399.9 mV); ± 1 mV (± 2000 mV) ± 0.5°C (0.0 to 100.0°C); ± 1°C (outside) (excluding probe error) Automatic, 1 or 2 points with 5 automatically recognized buffers (pH 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01) Automatic (with HA-7669/2W probe) or manual from -9.9 to 120°C HA-1131B, glass-body, single junction, refillable, BNC connector, 1 m cable (included) HA-7662 with 1 m (3.3') cable (included) 1012 Ohm 12 V DC adapter (included) 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 95% 240 x 182 x 74 mm (9.4" x 7.1" x 2.9"), 1.1 kg (2.5 lbs); kit with holder 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs)

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Dissolved Oxygen & BOD Meter with Graphic, Color LCD Display

BOD gives an indication of the biodegradable organic material present in a sample of water. The dissolved oxygen concentration is measured before and after an incubation period of 5 days and the BOD is calculated in mg per liter from the difference.

Specifications Range

Features • Extended range up to 90 ppm and 600% saturation • True barometric atmospheric pressure compensation • Automatic or user calibration • Auto-hold to freeze LCD readings • AutoEnd mode for DO • Flexible logging with 3 modes • BOD (biochemical oxygen demand), OUR (oxygen uptake rate) and SOUR (specific oxygen uptake rate) • GLP • Two selectable alarm limits • Up to 100 logging lots, 200 OUR and SOUR reports and up to 200 BOD method entries

Dissolved Oxygen Barometric Pressure Salinity Compensation Temperature Resolution

Dissolved Oxygen Barometric Pressure Temperature Accuracy

Dissolved Oxygen Barometric Pressure Temperature Measurement Modes Calibration

Dissolved Oxygen Barometric Pressure Temperature Compensation Probe (Included)

HA-4421

0.00 to 90.00 ppm; 0.0 to 600.0% saturation 450 to 850 mmHg; 560 to 1133 mBar 0 to 45 ppt (g/L) -20.0 to 120.0°C; -4.0 to 248°F; 253.1 to 393.1K 0.01 ppm; 0.1% saturation 1 mm Hg 0.1°C/°F/K

LABORATORY

OUR and SOUR are used to determine the oxygen consumption or respiration rate. OUR is measured in mg of oxygen consumed per liter per hour, and SOUR is measured in mg of oxygen consumed per gram of volatile suspended solids per hour.

± 1.5% of reading ± 1 digit ± 3 mm Hg + 1 least significant digit ± 0.2°C/K/°F Direct DO; BOD (biochemical oxygen demand); OUR (oxygen uptake rate); SOUR (specific oxygen uptake rate) Automatic/user standard, 1 or 2 points Single point 0.0 to 50.0°C; 32.0 to 122.0°F; 237.1 to 323.1 K Polarographic with built-in temperature sensor

Logging HA-4421-01 Supplied W/ HA-76408 DO Probe, HA-7041S Electrolyte Solution (30 ml), HA-76407A/P Membrane Caps (2), HA-76404N Electrode Holder, Power Adapter & Instruction Manual (115 V)

HA-76407A/P Replacement Membrane (5 Pieces)

HA-76408 DO Probe For Laboratory Use, W/ 1 m (3.3') Cable

HA-920010 Serial Cable For PC Connection

HA-7040L Zero Oxygen Solution, 500 ml

HA-73114 USB Cable For PC Connection

HA-92000CD4 Windows® Compatible Software

Record Samples Logging Interval GLP Alarm PC Connection Display Power Supply Dimensions / Weight

HA-7041S Electrolyte Solution, 30 ml

Up to 100 lots; 10000 samples/lot for automatic logging; 5000 samples/lot for manual logging from 1 second and up Last calibration data, calibration info (DO, BOD, OUR, SOUR) Inside and outside limits Opto-isolated USB and RS232 240 x 320 dot-matrix color LCD with on-screen help, graphing, language selection and custom configuration 12 V DC adapter (included) 159 x 230 x 93 mm (6.3" x 9.1" x 3.7"), 800 g (1.8 lbs)

Precision Turbidity & Free/Total Chlorine Meters HA-83414 • HA-88703 Specifications Turbidity

Range - Non Ratio Mode Resolution - Non Ratio Mode Range - Ratio Mode

Features • HA-83414 features 4 measuring ranges: Ratio Turbidity; Non-Ratio Turbidity; Free Chlorine; Total Chlorine • HA-88703 features 2 measuring ranges: Ratio Turbidity; Non-Ratio Turbidity • Meets USEPA requirements • Exclusive chlorine CAL CHECK™ calibration validation for HA-83414 • Good laboratory practice capabilities • 2, 3, 4 or 5 point turbidity calibration • USB PC connectivity • Backlit LCD • On-screen tutorial modes • Log and recall up to 200 measurements • Contextual help menus • Auto shut-off

www.ereinc.com

Resolution - Ratio Mode Range Selection Accuracy Repeatability Stray Light Light Detector Method Measuring Mode Turbidity Standards Calibration Free & Total Chlorine

Range Resolution Accuracy Detector Method Standards Calibration

HA-83414

HA-88703

0.00 to 9.99; 10.0 to 40.0 NTU / 0.0 to 99.9; 100 to 268 Nephelos / 0.00 to 9.80 EBC 0.01; 0.1 NTU / 0.1; 1 Nephelos / 0.01 EBC 0.00 to 9.99; 10.0 to 99.9; 100 to 4000 NTU / 0.0 to 99.9; 100 to 26800 Nephelos / 0.00 to 9.99; 10.0 to 99.9; 100 to 980 EBC 0.01; 0.1; 1 NTU / 0.1; 1 Nephelos / 0.01; 0.1, 1 EBC Automatic ± 2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC) ± 5% of reading above 1000 NTU (6700 Nephelos; 245 EBC) ± 1% of reading or 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC) whichever is greater < 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC) Silicon Photocell Nephelometric method (90°) or Ratio Nephelometric Method (90° & 180°), Adaptation of the USEPA Method 108.1 and Standard Method 2130 B. Normal, Average, Continuous <0.1, 15, 100, 750 and 2000 NTU Two, three, four or five-point calibration Free: Cl2: 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L / Total: Cl2: 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L 0.01 mg/L from 0.00 to 3.50 mg/L; 0.10 above 3.50 mg/L ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L Silicon photocell with 525 nm narrow band interference filters Adaptation of the USEPA Method 330.5 and Standard Method 4500-Cl G. 1 mg/L free chlorine, 1 mg/L total chlorine One-point calibration

HA-88703-01 supplied with (5) sample cuvets and caps, calibration cuvets, silicone oil (HA-93703-58), tissue for wiping cuvets, power cord and instruction manual.

HA-83414-01 supplied with (5) sample cuvets and caps, calibration cuvets for turbidimeter and colorimeter (HA-83414-11), silicone oil (HA-93703-58), tissue for wiping cuvets, scissors, power cord and instruction manual

sales@ereinc.com

105


HA-83200, 2008 Series

2008 Series is a multiparameter bench colorimeter dedicated for laboratory analysis. It can measure up to 45 methods using specific liquid or powder reagents. The amount of reagent is precisely dosed to ensure maximum repeatability.

LABORATORY 106

Easy Lab Analysis Features • Log and recall data at a push of a button • Light blocking cuvet holder • Backlit LCD • Battery Error Prevention System (BEPS) • PC compatible via USB • On-screen tutorial and context sensitive help screens • Powered by rechargeable batteries or 12 VDC

HA-83200-01 2008 Series Supplied W/ A Rugged Carrying Case, Cuvettes (4), Bottle For DO Tests, Scissors, Cuvette Cleaning Cloths (4), 12 V DC Adapter, & An Instruction Manual (115 V) (Test, Range & Method)

HA-93746-01** Iron LR, 0 To 400 μg/L, TPTZ

HA-93712-01 Aluminum, 0.00 To 1.00 mg/L, Aluminon

HA-93709-01 Manganese, HR 0.0 To 20.0 mg/L, Periodate Oxidation

HA-93755-01 Alkalinity, 0 To 500 mg/L, Colorimetric

HA-93748-01** Manganese LR, 0 To 300 μg/L, PAN

HA-93715-01 Ammonia, MR 0.00 To 10.00 mg/L, Nessler

HA-93730-01 Molybdenum, 0.0 To 40.0 mg/L, Mercaptoacetic Acid

HA-93700-01 Ammonia, LR 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L, Nessler

HA-93726-01 Nickel HR, 0.00 To 7.00 g/L, Photometric

HA-93716-01 Bromine, 0.00 To 8.00 mg/L, DPD

HA-93740-01** Nickel LR, 0.000 mg/L To 1.000 mg/L, PAN

HA-937521-01** Calcium, 0 To 400 mg/L, Oxalate

HA-93728-01 Nitrate, 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L, Cadmium Reduction

HA-93738-01 Chlorine Dioxide, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Chlorophenol Red

HA-93708-01 Nitrite HR, 0 To 150 mg/L, Ferrous Sulfate

HA-93701-01 Chlorine*, Free 0.00 To 2.50 mg/L DPD

HA-93707-01 Nitrite LR, 0.00 To 0.35 mg/L, Diazotization

HA-93711-01 Chlorine*, Total 0.00 To 3.50 mg/L, DPD

HA-93732-01 Oxygen, Dissolved (DO), 0.0 To 10.0 mg/L, Winkler

HA-93723-01 Chromium, VI HR 0 To 1000 μg/L, Diphenylcarbohydrazide

HA-93757-01 Ozone, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, DPD

HA-93749-01 Chromium, VI LR 0 To 300 μg/L, Diphenylcarbohydrazide

HA-93710-01 pH, 6.5 To 8.5 pH, Phenol Red

N/A Color, 0 To 500 PCU, Colorimetric Platinum Cobalt

HA-93717-01 Phosphate HR, 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L, Amino Acid

HA-93702-01 Copper, HR 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L, Bicinchoninate

HA-93713-01 Phosphate LR, 0.00 To 2.50 mg/L, Ascorbic Acid

HA-95747-01 Copper, LR 0 To 1000 μg/L, Bicinchoninate

HA-93706-01 Phosphorus, 0.0 To 15.0 mg/L, Amino Acid

HA-93714-01 Cyanide, 0.000 To 0.200 mg/L, Pyridine-Pyrazalone

HA-93750-01 Potassium HR, 20 To 200 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate

HA-93722-01 Cyanuric Acid, 0 To 80 mg/L, Turbidimetric

HA-93750-01 Potassium MR, 10 To 100 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate

HA-93729-01 Fluoride, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, SPADNS

HA-93750-01 Potassium LR, 0.0 To 20.0 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate

HA-93720-01 Hardness (Calcium), 0.00 To 2.70 mg/L, Colorimetric

HA-93705-01 Silica, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Heteropoly Blue

HA-93719-01 Hardness (Magnesium), 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Colorimetric

HA-93737-01** Silver, 0.000 To 1.000 mg/L, PAN

HA-93704-01 Hydrazine, 0 To 400 μg/L, p-Dimethylaminobenzaldehyde

HA-93751-01 Sulfate, 0 To 150 mg/L, Turbidimetric

HA-93718-01 Iodine, 0.0 To 12.5 mg/L, DPD

HA-93731-01 Zinc, 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L, Zincon

HA-93721-01 Iron HR, 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L, Phenantroline

All reagents with -01 final code are for 100 tests unless noted otherwise.

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

HA-937520-01** Magnesium, 0 To 150 mg/L, Calmagite

* For chlorine, liquid reagents are available ** Reagents for 50 tests

Fax : (514) 326 8961


A Complete Lab for Wastewater Analysis HA-94764A-25 Ammonia LR Range: 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L Method: Nessler, 25 Tests HA-94764B-25 Ammonia HR Range: 0 To 100 mg/L Method: Nessler, 25 Tests

HA-83224 Multiparameter Photometer With Bar Code Recognition of Sample Vials Features • Measures Ammonia, Chlorine, COD, Nitrate, Nitrogen and Phosphorus • Bar code reader detects the method and range automatically • Three operation modes: Automatic, Semi-Automatic and Manual • Bar coded pre-dosed reagent vials • On-screen step-by-step tutorial • Logs up to 200 samples • Context sensitive help screen at a touch of a button • Selection of languages • USB connection • Graphic LCD Specifications

HA-83224

Light Source

Tungsten lamps with narrow-band interference filters

Light Detector

Silicon photocells

Data Logging

Up to 200 samples

Power Supply

230 V AC or 115 V AC power adapter

Dimensions / Weight

235 x 212 x 143 mm (9.2" x 8.34" x 5.62"), 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs)

COD Test Tube Heater

HA-93701-01 Chlorine, Free Range: 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L Method: DPD, 100 Tests HA-93711-01 Chlorine, Total Range: 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L Method: DPD, 100 Tests

LABORATORY

HA-83224-01 Supplied W/ Sample Vials (10), Vial Cleaning Cloths (4), Scissors & Instruction Manual. (115 V)

HA-94754A-25 Chemical Oxygen Demand LR Range: 0 To 150 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests HA-94754B-25 Chemical Oxygen Demand MR Range: 0 To 1500 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests HA-94754C-25 Chemical Oxygen Demand HR Range: 0 To 15000 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests HA-94766-50 Nitrate Range: 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L (As NO3-N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests HA-94767A-50 Nitrogen, Total LR Range: 0.0 To 25.0 mg/L (As N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests HA-94767B-50 Nitrogen, Total HR Range: 10 To 150 mg/L (As N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests HA-94758B-50 Phosphorus, Acid Hydrolyzable Range: 0.00 To 1.60 mg/L (As P) Method: Ascorbic Acid, 50 Tests HA-94758A-50 Phosphorus, Reactive Range: 0.00 To 1.60 mg/L (As P) Method: Ascorbic Acid, 50 Tests HA-94763A-50 Phosphorus, Reactive HR Range: 0.0 To 32.6 mg/L (As P) Method: Vanadomolybdophosphoric Acid , 50 Tests HA-94758C-50 Phosphorus, Total Range: 0.00 To 1.15 mg/L (As P) Method: Ascorbic Acid, 50 Tests HA-94763B-50 Phosphorus, Total HR Range: 0.0 To 32.6 mg/L (As P) Method: Vanadomolybdophosphoric Acid, 50 Tests

Accuracy & Safety!

Features • The HA-839800 thermo-reactor is constructed of durable materials with a vial capacity to perform up to 25 digestions simultaneously. • The reactor is equipped with a user-selectable temperature setting to allow COD and total phosphorus reactions at 150°C and also 105°C for total nitrogen analysis. • To ensure the highest accuracy of digestion, a timer up to 120 minutes is incorporated. • An audible alarm indicates when the incubating period is completed.

HA-839800 COD Test Tube Heater HA-740216 Test Tube Cooling Rack (25 Tube Capacity) HA-740217 Laboratory Bench Safety Shield HA-151-00 Electronic Thermometer For Reactor (°C) HA-151-01 Electronic Thermometer For Reactor (°F)

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

107


Klett™ Colorimeters

LABORATORY

Use for colorimetric and turbidimetric determinations including: color, concentration, haze and density measurements and microbiology growth curves. These photometric colorimeters use specific light filters to give readings on a unique KlettTM scale. The readings are directly proportional to the concentration or optical density of a solution, in accordance with Beers Law. Two matched photocells and a suspension galvanometer give the instrument a broad range of measurement making it light and ambient temperature independent. A fully compensated and carefully balanced electrical circuit provides accuracy and consistency in readings while using simple and rugged equipment. The precision galvanometer has an illuminated logarithmic scale, graduated from 1 to 1000 KlettTM and the scale is graduated in units proportional to the optical density. Repeatability is ± .33% of the full scale. Two units are available. The Industrial Model accepts rectangular solution cells, which can be used in either of two directions. Measurements can then be taken at depths of 10 mm, 20 mm, or 40 mm. A reduction plate is available to minimize solution depth to 2.5 mm. An adapter is available which permits the use of test tubes. The Clinical Model uses standard 14.25 x 125 mm test tubes. Calibrated or uncalibrated tubes are available. In addition, micro test tubes can be used for samples as small as 2.5 ml. Both models are supplied with the two most commonly used filters, blue for 400-450 nm and green for 520-580 nm. Additional filters are available to permit measurements over the complete visual range. Each unit has detailed instructions, standards and guides for a wide range of tests.

Durable Construction for Long Service Life Filters For Both Clinical & Industrial Models BEL-T37012-0000 KlettTM Colorimeter, Model 800-3, 115 V AC Clinical Model

BEL-T37014-0040 KS-40 Color Filter, Range: 380-430

BEL-T37012-0001 KlettTM Colorimeter, Model 800-3, 220 V AC Clinical Model

BEL-T37014-0042 KS-42 Color Filter, Blue Range: 400-450

BEL-T37013-0000 KlettTM Colorimeter, Model 900-3, 110 V AC Industrial Model

BEL-T37014-0044 KS-44 Color Filter, Range: 410-480

BEL-T37013-0001 KlettTM Colorimeter, Model 900-3, 220 V AC Industrial Model

BEL-T37014-0047 KS-47 Color Filter, Range: 445-505 *

For Klett™ Colorimeter, Clinical Model BEL-T37012-0000 BEL-T37012-0010 KlettTM 801 Test Tubes, Uncalibrated 12/Pack BEL-T37012-0020 KlettTM 802 Test Tubes, Calibrated 12/Pack BEL-T37012-1020 KlettTM Test Kit, Calibrated, Each Includes Three Test Tubes # 0,1, & 2, Test Filter & Instructions

BEL-T37014-0050 KS-50 Color Filter, Range: 470-530 * BEL-T37014-0052 KS-52 Color Filter, Range: 485-550 * BEL-T37014-0054 KS-54 Color Filter, Green Range: 520-580 BEL-T37014-0055 KS-55 Color Filter, Range: 520-600 * BEL-T37014-0056 KS-56 Color Filter, Range: 540-590

For Klett™ Colorimeter, Industrial Model BEL-T37013-0000

BEL-T37014-0059 KS-59 Color Filter, Range: 565-630

BEL-T37013-0010 KlettTM 901 Solution Cell, 20/40 mm

BEL-T37014-0060 KS-60 Color Filter, Range: 580-640 *

BEL-T37013-0015 KlettTM Fused Solution Cell, 20/40 mm

BEL-T37014-0062 KS-62 Color Filter, Range: 590-660 *

BEL-T37013-0020 KlettTM 902 Solution Cell, 10 mm

BEL-T37014-0064 KS-64 Color Filter, Range: 620-680 *

BEL-T37013-0030 KlettTM 903 Reduction Plate

BEL-T37014-0066 KS-66 Color Filter, Red Range: 640-700

BEL-T37013-0041 KlettTM 904M Special Test Tube Adaptor

BEL-T37014-0069 KS-69 Color Filter, Range: 660-740

BEL-T37013-1015 KlettTM Test Kit, Industrial, Each Includes Three Test Tubes # 0,1, & 2, Test Filter, Test Tube Adapter & Instructions

BEL-T37014-0070 KS-6225T Color Filter, Range: 590-660 * *Special Order

108

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


pH & ORP Electrodes Designed & Manufactured by HANNA

Accuracy at its Best!

Includes electrode with 1 m (3.3') coaxial cable with BNC connection (some models are available with a screw cap or BNC + PIN connection)

LABORATORY

HA-1043B

HA-1053B

HA-1131B

HA-1144B

HA-1230B

HA-3131B

HA-FC200

HA-FC210

HA-1332B

HA-3230B

Part Number

Recommended Use

Description

Range

Length & Dia.

Reference Cell

HA-1043B

Hydrocarbon, Paints, Solvents, Sea Water, Strong Acid & Base, High Conductivity Samples, Tris Buffer

Refillable, Combination pH Electrode With Double Junction

pH: 0 To 14 T: 0 To 100°C (32 to 212°F)

120 x 12 mm

Double, Ag/AgCl

HA-1053B

Fats & Creams, Soil Samples, Refillable, Combination pH Potable Water, Semi Solid Products Electrode With Conical Bulb Low Conductivity Solutions, Emulsions

pH: 0 To 12 T: -5 To 100°C

120 x 12 mm

Single, Ag/AgCl

HA-1131B

Laboratory General Purpose, Beer

Refillable, Combination pH Electrode

pH: 0 To 13 T: -5 To 100°C (23 To 212°F)

120 x 12 mm

Single, Ag/AgCl

HA-1144B

Tris Buffer

Refillable, Combination pH Electrode With Calomel References

pH: 0 To 14 T: 0 To 60°C (32 To 140°F)

120 x 12 mm

Single, Hg/Hg2Cl2

HA-1230B

Field Applications

Combination pH Electrode

pH: 0 To 13 T: 0 To 80°C (32 To 176°F)

120 x 12 mm

Double, Ag/AgCl

HA-3131B

Laboratory General Use, ORP Titrations

Refillable Combination ORP Electrode

ORP T: -5 To 100°C (23 To 212°F)

150 x 12 mm

Single, Ag/AgCl

HA-FC200

Milk, Yogurt, Dairy Products, Semi Solid Foods

pH Electrode

pH: 0 To 12 T: 0 To 50°C (32 To 122°F)

75 x 10 mm

Single, Ag/AgCl

HA-FC210

Milk, Yogurt, Creams

pH Electrode

pH: 0 To 12 0 To 50°C

120 x 12 mm

Double, Ag/AgCl

(23 To 212°F)

(32 To 122°F) HA-1332B

Chemicals, Field Applications, Quality Control

pH Electrode

pH: 0 To 13 T: 0 To 80°C (32 To 176°F)

120 x 12 mm

Double, Ag/AgCl

HA-3230B

Municipal Water, Quality Control

ORP Electrode

ORP: ±2000 mV T: 0 To 80°C (32 To 176°F)

120 x 12 mm

Single, Ag/AgCl

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

109


Ion Selective Electrodes

The New Generation!

LABORATORY

HANNA’s Ion Selective Electrodes can be grouped into three general categories based upon construction: • Solid state electrodes • Liquid membrane electrodes • Gas sensors Includes BNC Connection, 12 mm O.D., 120 mm length & 1 m coxial cable

HA-4101

HA-4004

HA-4104

HA-4007

HA-4107

HA-4010

Part Number

Ion Selective

Application

Type

Range

ph & Temp.

HA-4101

Ammonia

Determination Of Ammonium, Ammonia In Wine, Beer, Water, Waste Water & Soil

Gas-Sensing; Combination (Delrin)

1M To 1X 10-6M 17000 To 0.02 ppm

>11 0 To 40°C

HA-4004

Calcium

Determination Of Free Calcium In Beverages, Water & Seawater

Polymer Membrane; Half-Cell (PVC)

1M To 3X 10-6M 40080 To 0.12 ppm

4 To 10 0 To 40°C

HA-4104

Calcium

Determination Of Free Calcium In Beverages, Water & Seawater

Polymer Membrane; Combination (PEI/PVC)

1M To 3X 10-6M 40080 To 0.12 ppm

4 To 10 0 To 40°C

HA-4007

Chloride

Determination Of Free Chloride Ions In Emulsified Food Products, Beverages, Plants, Soils & As An Indicator For Titration

Solid-State; Half-Cell (Epoxy)

1M To 5X 10-5M 35000 To 1.8 ppm

2 To 11 0 To 80°C

HA-4107

Chloride

Determination Of Free Chloride Ions In Emulsified Food Products, Beverages, Plants, Soils & As An Indicator For Titration

Solid-State; Combination (PEI)

1M To 5X 10-5M 35000 To 1.8 ppm

2 To 11 0 To 80°C

HA-4010

Fluoride

Determination Of Free Fluoride In Potable Water, Soft Drinks, Wine, Plants, Emulsified Food Products, Plating & Pickling Acids

Solid-State; Half-Cell (Epoxy)

1M To 1X 10-6M Sat. To 0.02 ppm

5 To 8 0 To 80°C

HA-4110

Fluoride

Determination Of Free Fluoride In Potable Water, Soft Drinks, Wine, Plants, Emulsified Food Products, Plating & Pickling Acids

Solid-State; Combination (PEI/Epoxy)

1M To 1X 10-6M Sat. To 0.02 ppm

5 To 8 0 To 80°C

HA-5315

Reference

To Complete The Electrical Circuit & To Provide A Stable Reference Voltage For ISE Half-Cells

PEI

0 To 80°C

Other ion selective electrodes available upon request: Bromide • Cadmium • Carbon Dioxide • Cupric • Cyanide • Iodide • Lead/Sulfate • Nitrate • Potassium • Silver/Sulfide • Sodium

110

HA-4110

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961

HA-5315


pH Technical Calibration Solutions

ISE Standards ISE Standards are required for direct and incremental measurement techniques and are available with a Certificate of Analysis.

LABORATORY

Features • (± 0.01 pH) for each point of the pH scale • pH Value @ 25°C • Available in sachets, liters and gallons upon request

HA-4001-01 0.1 M Ammonia Std., 500 ml HA-5001 1.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-5007-01 7.01 pH, 1 L

HA-4001-02 100 ppm Ammonia Std. (As N), 500 ml

HA-5016 1.68 pH, 500 ml

HA-5007-G 7.01 pH, Green, 500 ml

HA-4001-03 1000 ppm Ammonia Std. (As N), 500 ml

HA-5002 2.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-5074 7.41 pH, 500 ml

HA-4004-01 0.1 M Calcium Std., 500 ml

HA-5003 3.00 pH, 1 L

HA-5008 8.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-4007-01 0.1 M Chloride Std., 500 ml

HA-5037 3.79 pH, 500 ml

HA-5009 9.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-4007-02 100 ppm Chloride Std., 500 ml

HA-5004 4.01 pH, 500 ml

HA-5091 9.18 pH, 500 ml

HA-4007-03 1000 ppm Chloride Std., 500 ml

HA-5004-01 4.01 pH, 1 L

HA-5010 10.01 pH, 500 ml

HA-4010-01 0.1 M Fluoride Std., 500 ml

HA-5004-R 4.01 pH, Red, 500 ml

HA-5010-01 10.01 pH, 1 L

HA-4010-02 100 ppm Fluoride Std., 500 ml

HA-5046 4.63 pH, 500 ml

HA-5010-V 10.01 pH, Violet, 500 ml

HA-4010-03 1000 ppm Fluoride Std., 500 ml

HA-5005 5.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-5011 11.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-4010-10 10 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml

HA-5006 6.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-5012 12.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-4010-11 1 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml

HA-5068 6.86 pH, 500 ml

HA-5124 12.45 pH, 500 ml

HA-4010-12 2 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml

HA-5007 7.01 pH, 500 ml

HA-5013 13.00 pH, 500 ml

HA-4010-30 (4) 1, (4) 10 ppm Fluoride Std. W/ (4) TISAB II, 500 ml Other ISE solutions available upon request.

pH Millesimal Calibration Solutions with ± 0.002 pH Accuracy Features • HA-60XX has been prepared to meet the increasing need for assured accuracy in pH measurements. Each bottle of the series HA-60XX is provided with a certificate of analysis, prepared by comparison with NIST standards.

www.ereinc.com

• pH Value @ 25°C • Also available in 1 Liter bottles add -01 to the end of the part number HA-6001 1.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6007 7.010 pH, 500 ml

HA-6016 1.679 pH, 500 ml

HA-6074 7.413 pH, 500 ml

HA-6002 2.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-008 8.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6003 3.000 pH, 500 mL

HA-6009 9.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6037 3.788 pH, 500 ml

HA-6091 9.177 pH, 500 ml

HA-6004 4.010 pH, 500 ml

HA-6010 10.010 pH, 500 ml

HA-6046 4.630 pH, 500 ml

HA-6011 11.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6005 5.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6012 12.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6006 6.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6124 12.450 pH, 500 ml

HA-6068 6.862 pH, 500 ml

HA-6013 13.000 pH, 500 ml

sales@ereinc.com

111


LABORATORY

pH, Conductivity, TDS, ORP, Turbidity, Storage, Cleaning & Sample Preperation Solutions Features • Excellent quality • Complete range of solutions and sizes • Certificates of analysis available upon request • FDA approved bottles available upon request • Temperature reference chart on each solution

Numerous Solutions to Choose From ... Which One is Best for You? pH 4.01 Buffer Solutions HA-70004P 4.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

Continuation Of Conductivity Standards

HA-7004L 4.01, 500 ml HA-7004/1L 4.01, 1 Liter HA-7004/1G 4.01, 1 US Gallon

Cleaning Solutions For General Use

HA-70030P 12880 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet 25/Box

HA-7061L General Purpose, 500 ml

HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml

HA-7073L Proteins, 500 ml

pH 7.01 Buffer Solutions

TDS Standards

HA-70007P 7.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-70080P 800 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7007L 7.01, 500 ml

HA-70032P 1382 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7007/1L 7.01, 1 Liter

HA-7032L 1382 ppm (mg/L), 460 ml

HA-7007/1G 7.01, 1 US Gallon

HA-70442P 1500 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7074L Inorganic Substances, 500 ml HA-7077L Oil & Fats, 500 ml HA-8061L General Purpose, FDA, 500 ml HA-8073L Proteins, FDA, 500 ml HA-8077L Oil & Fats, FDA, 500 ml

HA-70442L 1500 ppm (mg/L), 460 ml

Specific Application Cleaning Solutions

HA-70038P 6.44 ppt (g/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-70620L Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Skin Residuals (Cosmetic Industry), 500 ml

HA-7010L 10.01, 500 ml

Turbidity Standard Solutions

HA-7010/1L 10.01, 1 Liter

HA-93102-0 AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 0 NTU, 30 ml

HA-70621L Cleaning Solution For Skin Grease & Sebum (Cosmetic Industry), 500 ml

HA-7010/1G 10.01, 1 US Gallon

HA-93102-20 AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 20 NTU, 30 ml

pH 10.01 Buffer Solutions HA-70010P 10.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

ORP Test & Pretreatment Solutions HA-7020L ORP Test Solution At 200/275 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml HA-7021L ORP Test Solution At 240 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml

112

HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml

HA-70630L Acid Cleaning Solution For Meat Grease & Fats (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-93703-0 AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 0 FTU, 30 ml

HA-70631L Alkaline Cleaning Solution For Meat Grease & Fats (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-93703-05 AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 500 FTU, 30 ml

HA-70640L Cleaning Solution For Milk Deposits (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-93703-10 AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 10 FTU, 30 ml

HA-70641L Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Dairy Products (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-7022L ORP Test Solution At 470 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml

Electrode Storage Solutions

HA-70642L Cleaning Solution For Cheese Deposits (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-7091L Reducing Pretreatment Solution, 500 ml

HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml

HA-70663L Cleaning Solution For Soil Deposits (Agriculture), 500 ml

HA-7092L Oxidizing Pretreatment Solution, 500 ml

HA-80300L Electrode Storage Solution, FDA, 500 ml

HA-70664L Cleaning Solution For Humus Deposits (Agriculture), 500 ml

Conductivity Standards

Sample Preparation Solutions

HA-70033P 84 S/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7051M Soil Sample Preparation Solution, 250 ml

HA-70671L Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Algae, Fungi & Bacteria (Industrial Processes), 500 ml

HA-7033L 84 S/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml

HA-7051L Soil Sample Preparation Solution, 500 ml

HA-70680L Cleaning Solution For Cellulose Deposits, 500 ml

HA-70031P 1413 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-70960 Preparation Solution for Solid Or Semi Solid Samples, 30 ml

HA-70681L Cleaning Solution For Ink Stains, 500 ml

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

HA-70670L Cleaning Solution For Salt Deposits (Industrial Processes), 500 ml

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Distinctive, Compact Magnetic Mini-Stirrers HA-180

LABORATORY

The HA-180 series is compact, lightweight, low-cost and designed in a special round shape without any sharp corners. Lack of laboratory bench space is no longer a concern. These stirrers incorporate electronic controls that allow the user to regulate the speed with greater precision. In addition to speed control, a Speedsafe mechanism will assure that the maximum speed will never be exceeded. Often, in the lab, a sample is removed from the stirrer before reducing the speed. This would cause the motor to accelerate until it is destroyed. Available in nine colors, light yellow, light sea-green, light blue, yellow, green, dark blue, red, grey and ivory, several HA-180 stirrers can be placed on a laboratory bench with their colors helping to identify the different samples.

HA-180A-1 Light Yellow Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC HA-180B-1 Light Sea-Green Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC HA-180C-1 Light Blue Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC HA-180D-1 Yellow Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC HA-180E-1 Green Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC Specifications

HA-180

Maximum Stirring Capacity Speed Range Min. Speed Range Max. Power Supply Cover Material Environment Dimensions Weight

1 Liter 100 rpm 1000 rpm 110/115 V AC or 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz ABS plastic 0 to 50째C (32 to 122째F) RH max 95% 137 mm (Dia.) x 51 mm (H) 640 g (1.4 lbs)

HA-180F-1 Blue Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC HA-180G-1 Red Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC HA-180H-1 Grey Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC HA-180I-1 Ivory Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC HA-731319 Micro Stir Bar (10 Pieces) Add -2 instead of -1 to the part number for a 230/240 V AC. All models are supplied complete with micro stir bar and instructions.

Magnetic Mini-Stirrers HA-190M-1 and HA-190M-0 come supplied with an ABS cover that will resist the harmful effects of chemicals that are accidentally spilled. HA-200M is supplied with an AISI 316 stainless steel cover. This model is ideal for applications that create exothermic reactions. HA-190M-0

Specifications

HA-190M-1

Max. Stirring Capacity

1 Liter (0.26 Gal) 100 rpm 1000 rpm 110/115 V AC 12 V DC 110/115 V AC II ABS plastic ABS plastic AISI 316 Stainless Steel 0 to 50째C (32 to 122째F); RH max 95% 120 x 120 x 45 mm (4.8" x 4.8" x 1.8") 640 g (1.4 lbs) 610 g (1.3 lbs) 710 g (1.6 lbs)

Speed Range Min. Speed Range Max. Power Supply Installation Category Cover Material Environment Dimensions Weight

HA-200

HA-190M-1, HA-190M-0 & HA-200M Are Supplied Complete W/ Micro Stir Bar & Instructions HA-190M-1 Mini-Stirrer W/ ABS Cover, 110/115 V AC (Add -2 Instead Of -1 For The 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Version) HA-190M-0 Mini-Stirrer W/ ABS Cover, 12 V DC HA-200M-1 Stainless Steel Cover, 100/115 V AC (Add -2 Instead Of -1 For The 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Version)

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

113


LABORATORY

Auto-Reverse Magnetic Stirrers with Tachometer

When stirring a solution, to work with a constant speed (Revolutions Per Minute) is an important factor in ensuring that the best repeatability in tests and processes is achieved. Without a tachometer, there is no way of knowing the RPM’s. HA-304N is a heavy-duty stirrer with a built-in tachometer. It is often desirable to stir in two directions in order to achieve maximum homogeneity. An advanced circuit allows HA-304N to reverse the direction of the stir at a user selected interval. The interval can be adjusted from 30 seconds up to 3 minutes. In addition to precision speed control, a limiter will also assure that the maximum speed will never be exceeded (Speedsafe). Specifications

HA-304N

Max. Stirring Capacity Speed Range Tachometer Reverse Interval Installation Category Cover Material Environment Dimensions / Weight

2.5 Liters Low 100 rpm / High 800 to 1000 rpm 4-digit LCD from 30 seconds to 3 minutes II AISI 316 Stainless Steel 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 95% 180 x 180 x 70 mm (7.1″ x 7.1″ x 2.8″), 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs)

HA-304N-1 (100/115 V AC) HA-304N-2 (220/240 V AC) Magnetic Stirrer, Stainless Steel Cover, Micro Stir Bar & Instructions

Air-Operated Turbine Magnetic Stirrer Low pressure air supply drives the magnetic stirrer. Eliminates sparking hazard from electrical sources. Ideal for use where potentially explosive solvent vapors are present. This compact, small-footprint stirrer only uses 3 to 8 psi (21-55kPa) air pressure and is ideal for stirring vessels up to 1 liter. Tubing is supplied to connect to an air supply. All parts are made from high impact polystyrene to ensure long life and easy clean up in case of spills. Dimensions: 102 mm (4") diameter x 19 mm (3/4") high. BEL-F37002-0000 Air-Operated Turbine Magnetic Stirrer

Info Center Why use a Magnetic Stirrer versus a Motorized Stirrer? 1. They are quieter 2. More efficient 3. No moving external parts that can break 4. A stirring bar is easy to clean 5. No lubricants are required

Pick up your Magnetic Stirrer & Bars TODAY!

114

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Octagon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars Teflon® PTFE with Molded-On Pivot Ring. Sold Individually.

BEL-F37110-1128E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 9.5 mm (1 1/2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-1238E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 12.7 x 9.5 mm (1/2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-1122E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 12.7 mm (1 1/2" x 1/2")

BEL-F37110-5838E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 15.9 x 9.5 mm (5/8" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0158E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 41.3 x 8 mm (1 5/8" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0078E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 22.2 x 8 mm (7/8" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0178E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 47.6 x 9.5 mm (1 7/8" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-7838E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 22.2 x 9.5 mm (7/8" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0002E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 50.8 x 8 mm (2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0001E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 25.4 x 8 mm (1" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0238E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 50.8 x 9.5 mm (2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0138E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 25.4 x 9.5 mm (1" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0212E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 63.5 x 8 mm (2 1/2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0118E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 28.6 x 8 mm (1 1/8" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-2128E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 63.5 x 9.5 mm (2 1/2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0112E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 8 mm (1 1/2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0003E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 76.2 x 12.7 mm (3" x 1/2")

LABORATORY

BEL-F37110-1218E* Magnetic Stirring Bar, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")

*No pivot ring on this size.

Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars Teflon® PTFE Sold Individually.

BEL-F37120-0012E Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16") BEL-F37120-0112E Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 38.1 x 9.5 mm (1 1/2" x 3/8") BEL-F37120-0030E Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 30 x 8 mm (1 3/16" x 5/16") BEL-F37120-0050E Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 50 x 8 mm (2" x 5/16")

Octagon Shaped Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars Color-Coded Teflon® PTFE

BEL-F37109-0034E* Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8") BEL-F37109-0035E* Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8") BEL-F37109-0036E* Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8") BEL-F37109-0001E Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16") BEL-F37109-0002E Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16") BEL-F37109-0003E Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16") BEL-F37109-0004E Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16") BEL-F37109-0005E Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16")

All PTFE coded Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars are available in red, yellow or blue. Sold Individually.

www.ereinc.com

BEL-F37109-0006E Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16") *No pivot ring on this size.

sales@ereinc.com

115


Analyze: fruits, energy drinks, puddings, soy milk, juices, jam, marmalade honey, soups, jelly, tofu, condiments.

LABORATORY

Sugar Refractometers

Sugar Refractometers meet the requirements of the food industry. The HA-96801 Sucrose, HA-96802 Fructose, HA-96803 Glucose and HA96804 Invert Sugar Digital Refractometers are rugged, portable and water resistant for measurements in the lab or field. Each instrument offers a specific analysis to determine accurate sugar concentration. The actual measurement of refractive index is simple and quick and provides the operator a standard accepted method for sugar content analysis. Samples are measured after a simple user calibration with deionized or distilled water. Within seconds these instruments measure the refractive index of the sample and convert it to % by weight concentration units (or % Brix for HA-96801). These digital refractometers eliminate the uncertainity associated with mechanical refractometers and are easily portable for measurements in the field. HA-96801, HA-96802, HA-96803 & HA-96804 Are Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual

Specifications

Range

Sugar Content Temperature Resolution

Sugar Content Temperature Accuracy (@ 20°C)

Sugar Content Temperature Temperature Compensation Measurement Time Minimum Sample Volume Light Source Sample Cell Auto-Off Enclosure Rating Battery Type / Battery Life Dimensions / Weight

HA-96801

HA-96802

0 to 85% Brix

0 to 85% (by weight)

± 0.1% Brix

± 0.1

± 0.2% Brix

± 0.2%

HA-96803

0 to 80°C (32 to 176°F)

± 0.1°C (0.1°F)

HA-96804

0 to 85% (by weight)

0 to 85% (by weight)

± 0.1

± 0.1

± 0.2% ± 0.3°C (0.5°F) Automatic between 10 and 40°C (50 to 104°F) Approximately 1.5 seconds 100 μL (to cover prism totally) Yellow LED Stainless Steel ring and flint glass prism After 3 a of non-use IP 65 9 V / Approx. 5000 readings 192 x 102 x 67 mm (7.6" x 4" x 2.6"), 420 g

± 0.2%

Sodium Chloride Refractometer Analyze: salad dressings, cheeses, pickles, canned foods, jarred foods, condiments, energy drinks, milk, juices, soups, brines, whey.

Specifications Range

g/100 g & g/100 mL Specific Gravity °Baumé Temperature Resolution

g/100 g & g/100 mL Specific Gravity °Baumé Temperature Accuracy (@ 20°C)

HA-96821 Digital Sodium Chloride Refractometer meets the requirements of the food industry. This optical instrument employs the measurement of the refractive index to determine sodium chloride concentration in aqueous solutions used in food preparation. It is not intended for sea water salinity measurements. The measurement of refractive index is simple and quick and provides the user an accepted method for NaCl analysis. Samples are measured after a simple user calibration with deionized or distilled water. Within seconds the instrument measures the refractive index of the solution. The digital refractometer eliminates the uncertainty associated with mechanical refractometers and is easily portable for measurements where you need them.

116

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

g/100 g & g/100 mL Specific Gravity °Baumé Temperature Temperature Compensation Measurement Time Minimum Sample Volume Light Source Sample Cell Enclosure Rating Battery Type / Battery Life Dimensions / Weight

HA-96821

0 to 28 & 0 to 34 1.000 to 1.216 0 to 26 0 to 80°C (32 to 176°F) 0.1 & 0.1 0.001 0.1 ± 0.1°C (0.1°F) ± 0.2 & ± 0.2 ± 0.002 ± 0.2 ± 0.3°C (0.5°F) Automatic between 10 and 40°C (50 to 104°F) Approximately 1.5 seconds 100 μL (to cover prism totally) Yellow LED Stainless Steel ring and flint glass prism IP 65 9 V / Approx. 5000 readings 192 x 102 x 67 mm (7.6" x 4" x 2.6"), 420 g

HA-96821 Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Seawater Refractometer HA-96822 Digital Seawater Refractometer is a rugged portable, water resistant device that utilizes the measurement of the refractive index to determine the salinity of natural and artificial seawater, ocean water or brackish intermediates. Within seconds, the refractive index and temperature are measured and converted into one of 3 popular measurement units: Practical Salinity Units (PSU), Salinity In Parts Per Thousand (ppt), or Specific Gravity (S.G. (20/20)). All conversion algorithms are based upon respected scientific publications using the physical properties of seawater (not sodium chloride). Specifications

PSU ppt Specific Gravity (20/20) Temperature Resolution

PSU ppt Specific Gravity (20/20) Temperature Accuracy (@ 20°C)

PSU ppt Specific Gravity (20/20) Temperature Temperature Compensation Measurement Time Minimum Sample Volume Light Source Sample Cell Auto-Off Enclosure Rating Battery Type / Battery Life Dimensions / Weight

HA-96822 Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual

0 to 50 0 to 150 1.000 to 1.114 0 to 80°C (32 to 176°F) 1 1 0.001 ± 0.1°C (0.1°F)

LABORATORY

Range

HA-96822

±2 ±2 ± 0.002 ± 0.3°C (0.5°F) Automatic between 10 and 40°C (50 to 104°F) Approximately 1.5 seconds 100 μL (to cover prism totally) Yellow LED Stainless Steel ring and flint glass prism After 3 minutes of non-use IP 65 9 V / Approx. 5000 readings 192 x 102 x 67 mm (7.6" x 4" x 2.6"), 420 g

Portable Refractometers Measure the concentration of sugar, salt, lubricants, antifreeze, cutting fluids & more. Available with or without Automatic Temperature Compensation. Features • Easy to operate, provides accurate and repeatable measurements on easy to read scales • Requires only 2 or 3 drops of solution • The prism and lens with a simple focus adjustment provides repeatable results • Complete with case, calibration screwdriver, and calibration solution Type

Ranges

EX-RF20

Sucrose Sucrose (ATC) Lubricants/Cutting Fluids Lubricants/Cutting Fluids (ATC) Sucrose Sucrose (ATC) Salt (ATC)

EX-RF40

Coolant (ATC)

0 To 10% Brix 0 To 10% (10 To 30°C) 0 To 18% Brix 0 To 18% Brix (10 To 30°C) 0 To 32% Brix 0 To 32% Brix (10 To 30°C) 0 To 100 ppt (10 To 30°C) 1.000 To 1.070 Refractive Index -60 To 32°F Propylene Glycol Freeze Point -60 To 25°F Ethylene Glycol Freeze Point 1.15 To 1.30 Specific Gravity Of Battery Acid -50 To 0°C Propylene Glycol Freeze Point 50 To 0°C Ethylene Glycol Freeze Point 1.15 To 1.30 Specific Gravity Of Battery Acid 0 To 41% Brix 42 To 71% Brix 72 To 90% Brix

Part Number EX-RF16 EX-RF11 EX-RF18 EX-RF12 EX-RF10 EX-RF15

EX-RF41

EX-RF30

Coolant (ATC)

Triple Range General Service

www.ereinc.com

Resolution

Accuracy

0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.001

± 0.1% ± 0.1% ± 0.2% ± 0.2% ± 0.2% ± 0.2% ± 0.1%

2°F

± 2%

2°F

± 2%

0.01

EX-RF16 0 To 10% Brix Refractometer EX-RF11 0 To 10% Brix Refractometer W/ ATC EX-RF18 0 To 18% Brix Refractometer EX-RF12 0 To 18% Brix Refractometer W/ ATC EX-RF10 0 To 32% Brix Refractometer

1°C

± 2%

EX-RF15 0 To 32% Brix Refractometer W/ ATC

1°C

± 2%

EX-RF20 Salinity Refractometer W/ ATC EX-RF40 Battery Coolant/Glycol Refractometer W/ ATC (°F)

0.01 0.2 0.2 0.2

± 0.2% ± 0.2% ± 0.2%

EX-RF41 Battery Coolant/Glycol Refractometer W/ ATC (°C) EX-RF30 Triple Range General Service Brix Refractometer

sales@ereinc.com

117


LABORATORY

Laboratory Water Purification System Features • Exceeds Type I water standards • Uses large media cartridges for low operating costs • Need for storage eliminated • Ideal for universities, hospitals, and research The unit takes feed water supply through three disposable cartridges and a 0.2 micron final filter to supply high purity water meeting or exceeding Type I water requirements. A quiet recirculation pump ensures consistent water purity. A built-in timer cycles the unit on and off to prevent extra wear on components and eliminates heat build up. Resistivity is temperature compensated and monitored on a digital display. Adjustable set point for notification of cartridge change out is provided. Disposable VP Series cartridges are spring loaded into position without the use of tools. Unit can be free standing or wall mounted. Direct Feed option will have a secondary port to feed auxiliary lab equipment for on-demand Type I water. Includes: a built in pressure regulator & 0.2 micron final filter. For pyrogen free water, use a 0.05 micron ultrafilter. Media cartridges not included. When feeding from a central DI, RO, or distilled water source, (3) mixed bed cartridges are recommended. Recommended feed water influent: DI, RO or Distilled. Specifications

ARIES-1102

Max. Flow Rate

2.0 lpm (0.5 gpm)

ARIES-1102 Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter

HPA-001 Dispensing Gun & Tubing Kit

Max. Inlet Pressure

60 psi

ARIES-1102D Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter / Direct Feed

Min. Inlet Pressure

20 psi

VPK-3805 Cartridge Kit (3 Included Per Kit) VP Series Tap Feed Kit - (1) Pretreatment & (2) High Purity

Max. Inlet Temperature

100°F

Inlet Connection

3/8" Tube

Outlet Connection

1/4" FNPT

Bacteria Filter

0.2 micron capsule

Weight

32 lbs (dry) / 38 lbs (operating)

Dimensions

25" H x 23" W x 8.5" D

ARIES-1105 Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron UF Filter ARIES-1105D Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron Filter / Direct Feed System Accessories HPA-002 UV Combination For Bacteria & TOC

VPK-4010 VP Series RO/DI Feed Kit - (3) High Purity Filter Replacements PF-00-6402 0.2 Micron Capsule Filter (1/4" MNPT x Hose Barb) PF-00-6505 0.05 Micron Capsule Ultrafilter (1/4" MNPT x Hose Barb)

Gemini Water System Ultrapure Water Purification

The Gemini Ultra High Purity System provides up to 3.7 lpm of 18.2 megohm, 0.2 micron filtered water. The multi-pass ultraviolet system irradiates the water at three separate passes in the recirculation loop. The dispensing port is continuously exposed to UV for complete sterility at the outlet. System meets and exceeds ASTM & NCCLS Type I water and ASTM Biomedical grade specifications. Volumetric dispensing is controlled by a soft touch key pad and the unit can be programmed to dispense four different set points. An integral drain basin accommodates filling large containers and controls drips and spills. Standard unit includes (2) Low TOC high purity and (1) 0.2 micron cartridges. Options available are UV TOC destruct, ultrafiltration, RO pretreatment, recirculating dispensing gun, and basinless Gemini-MB version. Recommended feed water influent: DI, RO or Distilled.

118

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Features • Exceeds Type I water standards • Highest flow rate of 3.7 lpm • Multi-pass UV with sterile dispensing port • Programmable up to four separate volumes • Ideal for reagent preparation, carboy filling, life science, and analytical systems GEMINI-1102 Gemini High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter. Counter Top Unit GEMINI-110U Gemini High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron Ultrafilter. Counter Top Unit Specifications

GEMINI-1102

Max. Flow Rate

3.7 lpm (1.0 gpm)

Max. Inlet Pressure

90 psi

Min. Inlet Pressure

20 psi

Max. Inlet Temperature

100°F

Inlet Connection

3/8" Tube

Outlet Connection

0.2" FNPT

Bacteria Filter

0.2 micron capsule

Weight

50 lbs (dry) / 55 lbs (operating)

Dimensions

24" H x 28" W x 19" D

GMB-100 Gemini-MB High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter. Wall Mounted Unit GMB-100UF Gemini-MB High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron Ultrafilter System Accessories. Wall Mounted Unit HPA-002 UV Combination For Bacteria & TOC HPA-001 Dispensing Gun & Tubing Kit AFK-006 GEMINI-1102 Or GMB-100 Replacement Kit (2) Low TOC High Purity & (1) 0.2 Micron Cartridges AFK-007 GEMINI-110U Or GMB-100UF Replacement Kit (3) Low TOC High Purity & (1) 0.05 Micron Ultrafilter

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Made in Japan

EMZ-8TR TRINOCULAR ZOOM STEREO BODY

Features • Binocular zoom body with crisp, high resolution, precision optics provide an excellent, erect, unreversed stereoscopic image • Rugged all metal body designed to last a lifetime • Zoom Range: 0.7X to 4.5X • Zoom Ratio: 6.5:1 • Ergonomically positioned bilateral zoom controls • Binocular eyetubes inclined at 45° for fatigue free viewing • Total magnification range available with auxiliary lenses and eyepieces: 2.1X to 270X • Dual dioptric adjustments (± 5 diopters) allows the specimen to remain in focus throughout the entire zoom magnification range • Interpupillary distance adjustment from 54 mm to 75 mm • Binocular body can be rotated a full 360° and locked in any position • Standard working distance: 93 mm • Working distance with optional auxiliary lenses: 34 mm to 251 mm

Features • Trinocular zoom body for use in photographic and video applications. When the beamsplitter is engaged, 100% of the light from the left optical path is directed to the phototube. The image can still be viewed through the right eyetube. • Crisp, high resolution, precision optics provide an excellent, erect, unreversed stereoscopic image • Rugged all metal body designed to last a lifetime • Zoom Range: 0.7X to 4.5X • Zoom Ratio: 6.5:1 • Ergonomically positioned bilateral zoom controls • Binocular eyetubes inclined at 45° for fatigue free viewing • Total magnification range available with auxiliary lenses and eyepieces: 2.45X to 202.5X • Dual dioptric adjustments (± 5 diopters) allows the specimen to remain in focus throughout the entire zoom magnification range • Interpupillary distance adjustment from 54 mm to 75 mm • Binocular body can be rotated a full 360° and locked in any position • Standard working distance: 104 mm • Working distance with optional auxiliary lenses: 57 mm to 250 mm

MT-EMZ-5 Binocular Zoom Stereo Body, 0.7X to 4.5X, W.D. 93 mm MT-MA502 10X Super Wide Field Eyepiece MT-P-STAND Basic Pole Stand W/ "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On A Plain Base MT-PK-STAND An Extended Working Distance Ergonomic Pole Stand W/ 250 mm Pole & "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On An Ergo Base

LABORATORY

EMZ-5 BINOCULAR ZOOM STEREO BODY

MT-PKL2-STAND An Ergonomic Pole Type Stand W/ Dual LED Illumination System MT-PBH-STAND Pole Type Stand W/ Focusing Holder & W/ Dual Halogen Illumination System

P Stand

Basic pole stand with "F" focusing holder mounted on a plain base. Supplied with one 94.5 mm diameter reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. (8.35" / 212 mm pillar)

PK Stand

An extended working distance ergonomic pole stand with 250 mm pole and "F" focusing holder mounted on a ergo base. Supplied with one 94.5 mm diameter reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. The PK can be accessorized with an optional 20 watt halogen incident illuminator with stand alone power supply. Base Dimensions: 330 mm (12.99") wide x 280 mm (11") deep.

PKL-2 Stand

An ergonomic pole type stand with transmitted and incident LED illumination system, coarse focusing holder, 5 watt LED incident llumination, dual variable intensity control, removable glass stage plate, two stage clips, and power cord. Transmitted light base features an extremely bright multiple LED array with milk white diffusion plate and clear glass stage plate. Automatic voltage(100 V to 240 V) sensing power supply. Optional accessories include analyzer/polarizer for transmitted light pol work, white/black stage plate, 4" pole extension, and mechanical stages. Base Dimensions: 330 mm (12.99") wide x 280 mm (11") deep

PBH Stand

Illuminated pole stand with "F" focusing holder. Provides both transmitted and incident halogen illumination with variable intensity control. Supplied with 94.5 mm diameter clear glass stage plate, reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. Illuminators may be operated independently or simultaneously. Total Height: 280 mm (11.02"). Pillar Height: 212 mm (8.35"). Base Dimensions: 160 mm (6.30") wide by 240 mm (9.44") deep.

www.ereinc.com

MT-EMZ-8TR Trinocular Zoom Stereo Body, 0.7X to 4.5X, W.D. 104 mm MT-EMZ-13TR Trinocular Zoom Stereo Body, 1X to 7X, W.D. 90 mm MT-MA502 10X Super Wide Field Eyepiece MT-P-STAND Basic Pole Stand W/ "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On A Plain Base MT-PK-STAND An Extended Working Distance Ergonomic Pole Stand W/ 250 mm Pole & "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On An Ergo Base MT-PKL2-STAND An Ergonomic Pole Type Stand W/ Dual Led Illumination System MT-PBH-STAND Pole Type Stand W/ Focusing Holder & W/ Dual Halogen Illumination System

sales@ereinc.com

119


LABORATORY

RZ SERIES RZ Series CMO Stereo Microscopes are advanced, high-performance, modular, stereo microscopes specifically designed with today's demanding microscopy applications in mind. Engineered around a common main objective and parallel optical paths, the RZ Series offers crisp, distortion-free, high-resolution images at magnifications ranging from 3.75X to 300X. Browse the optical components, photo/video accessories, and stands to configure a system to meet your needs. The RZ features a 10:1 zoom ratio with built-in variable dual-iris diaphragms and 12 positive click stops through the zoom range. Two perpendicular columns of eight zoom lenses in four groups move in smooth motion controlled by ergonomically sized and positioned zoom knobs. A magnification indicator is conveniently located on the zoom control. Exterior components are painted with special anti-static finish which is especially useful when working in sensitive environments. Two types of viewing heads are available.

The body is the heart of the modular zoom stereo microscope design. It contains the objectives and prisms that capture the image of the specimen, magnify it, and direct it to the eyetubes. The body by itself cannot be used to view an object; it also needs eyepieces that further magnify the image and allow the viewer to see, and it must be mounted on a stand that has a focus mechanism for raising and lowering the body.

MT-RZ-B Zoom Body & Focus Block, 1:10 Zoom Ratio W/ Built-In Iris Diaphragm & Click Stops * MT-748 Binocular Head, 45째 Incline MT-749 Ergonomic Binocular Head, Inclination Adjustable Vertically From 10째 To 150째 * MT-730 UWF 10X Eyepiece, High Eyepoint, Focusable, Fn 24 (Each), Receives 25 mm O.D. (Reticule) * MT-742 Plan Objective, 1.0X For The MT-RZ-B, W.D. 76 mm * MT-RZP-STAND Plain Stand W/ Black Plastic Stage Plate, 12.79" (325 mm) Tall Pillar MT-RZT-STAND Transmitted Light Stand For Brightfield Illumination, 12.79" (325 mm) Tall Pillar * MT-MA-964 LED Ring Illuminator W/ Transformer, 115 V - Mounts Directly To RZ Series Objective W/O Adapter MT-MA-751 Photo / Video Attachment * As shown on picture.

Zoom stereo microscope bodies are the most flexible because they offer a wider range of magnification than turret (EMT) or fixed (EMF) bodies. Much like the zoom lens on a camera, zoom objectives increase and decrease magnification progressively, causing the specimen to grow or shrink smoothly in the eyes of the viewer.

Meiji Techno offers EM Series zoom stereo microscope bodies with a wide range of magnifications and working distances. All EM bodies come with dust covers and rubber eyeshields. Eyepieces are sold separately and we have a wide selection to offer.

Compound Biological Microscope MT4000 The Meiji MT4000 Series Biological Laboratory Microscopes include the advanced Infinity Corrected Optical System. The MT4000 series includes: Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Plan brightfield 4X, 10X, s40X and s100X oil mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece. Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30째 with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.) Eyepieces: 10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepieces F.N.20 are standard with a 19 mm reticle mount. 15X and 20X eyepieces are available as an option. Also avilable - Widefield High Eyepoint 10X focusable eyepiece that accept 25 mm reticles. Total Magnification: 40X, 100X, 400X and 1000X Specimen Stage: Ceramic coated right-handed (left-handed avilable upon request), flat top stage measures 171 mm x 115 mm and travels 78 mm(X) x 52 mm(Y). Ergonomically positioned coaxial drop down controls. Illumination: Powerful white LED or 30 watt halogen illumination provides enhanced image quality and brightness for the observation of specimens and photomicroscopy. Light Focusing: Abbe 1.25 NA Condenser in quick change dovetail mount. Size & Weight: Binocular - 390 mm (15.4") D x 410 mm (16.1") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 8 kg (17.6 lbs) Trinocular - 390 mm (15.4") D x 465 mm (18.3") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 8.7 kg (19.2 lbs)

120

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

MT-4200L Binocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ LED Illuminator MT-4200H Binocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ 30 W Halogen MT-4300L Trinocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ LED Illuminator MT-4300H Trinocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ 30 W Halogen

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Made in Japan

Metallurgical MT7000

LABORATORY

The MT7000 Metallurgical Reflected Light Microscope includes: Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Plan Epi 5X, 10X, 20X and 50X mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece. Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30° with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.) 30 mm I.D. eyetube. Eyepieces: SWH10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepieces F.N.22 are standard with a 25 mm reticle mount. 15X and 20X eyepieces are available as an option. Also avilable - Widefield High Eyepoint 10X focusable eyepiece that accept 25 mm reticles. Total Magnification: 50X, 100X, 200X and 500X Specimen Stage: Ceramic-coated flat-top stage 191 mm x 126 mm, with 100 mm x 100 mm of travel. Equipped with precision ball bearing guides and low position drop down coaxial controls for X-Y movement. Illumination: Vertical illuminator with full Koehler design equipped with high intensity 6 V, 30 Watt halogen light source, field iris, aperture iris and filter slots. Capable of brightfield or simple reflected light polarization techniques. Includes blue clear, green clear, polarizing and neutral density (ND 50) filters in mounts. Automatic voltage (100 V~240 V) sensing power supply and variable rheostat control are built into the microscope base. Focusing: Ergonomically low positioned coaxial focusing controls allow the operator to work with their forearms relaxed on the working surface. Range of travel is 23 mm. Rotation of fine focus is 0.2 mm per revolution. Size & Weight: Binocular - MT7000 424.5 mm (16.7") D x 471 mm (18.5") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 8.5 kg (18.7 lbs) Trinocular - MT7100 424.5 mm (16.7") D x 526 mm (20.7") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 9.2 kg (20.3 lbs)

MT-7000 Binocular Metallurgical Microscope MT-7100 Trinocular Metallurgical Microscope

Asbestos Combo PLM - PCM Microscopes The MT6800 Series Combo PLM - PCM (Polarized Light and Phase Contrast) Microscopes for Asbestos fiber identification applications are manufactured pursuant to NIOSH 9002 Reference methods and NIOSH 7400 and OSHA ID 160 Reference methods. Each model comes with Strain free Plan DIN brightfield POL objectives, rotatable stage with 360 degree graduations, POL / PHASE / Dispersion Staining Abbe condenser and builtin Koehler illuminator as standard equipment. Viewing Heads: Model MA952 is the Siedentopf-type binocular head and Model MA953 is the trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the 23.2 mm eyetubes inclined at 30 degrees with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. Each head has the new integrated reticle angle compensation system. When the IP distance or number is changed, the crossline reticle remains perpendicular in the FOV. Eyepieces: 10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepiece F.N.20, 10X Widefield High Eyepoint

www.ereinc.com

focusable eyepiece that has a 21 mm crossline reticule and guide pin, and 10X Widefield High Eyepoint Compensating Focusing eyepiece, F.N.20 with Walton & Beckett reticle are standard.

Objective Changer: The smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quadruple nosepiece provides effortless objective changes. Objectives: Assortment of U. Planachromat Phase and S. Planachromat Polarizing Infinity Corrected objectives are available. Stage: Ceramic coated 360 degree rotatable fully indexed stage with vernier and stage clips. Condenser: Strain free Abbe condenser, N.A. 1.25 with centerable annuli for 10X, 20X, 40X phase or 10X, 20X, 40X dispersion staining objectives in sliding mount, with iris diaphragm and dovetail mount. Illumination: Powerful 30 watt transmitted light Koehler halogen illumination provides enhanced image quality and brightness for the observation of specimens. Accessories: All MT6800 series models come with a first order red compensating plate (also called gypsum or sensitive tint plate), an analyzer in sliding mount, bertrand lens, blue clear and green interference filters, centering telescope, and stage micrometer. MT-6820 Binocular PLM-PCM Microscope MT-6830 Trinocular PLM-PCM Microscope

sales@ereinc.com

121


MT-9900

LABORATORY

The MT9900 series incident and transmitted light polarizing microscopes include the following: Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Strain Free Plan 4X, 10X and s40X mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece. Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30° with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.) Eyepieces: One KHW10X Focusing eyepiece with guide pin and crossline reticle and one widefield compensating eyepiece F.N.20 are standard with a 21 mm reticle mount. Tube O.D. 23.2 mm. Total Magnification: 40X, 100X, 400X Specimen Stage: Ceramic-coated 360 degree rotatable fully indexed stage with vernier and stage clips. Stage is 175 mm in diameter. Illumination: Transmitted Koehler 6V, 30W halogen illumination and reflected 6 V, 30 W Koehler halogen illumination. Condenser: Strain Free Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with iris in dovetail mount with swing-out top lens for lower power objectives Focusing: Ergonomically low positioned coaxial focusing controls allow the operator to work with their forearms relaxed on the working surface. Range of travel is 23 mm. Rotation of fine focus is 0.2 mm per revolution. Included: MT-9900 series incident and transmitted brightfield models with focusable bertrand lens, rotatable analyzer, and 3-position slider with 1st order red, 1/4 wave plate, brightfield position.

Plain Microscope Slides

MT-9920 MT-9930

Note: C-mount adapter and digital camera are optional items and are not included in the price below. MT-9920 Binocular Polarizing Microscope W/ Incident & Transmitted Illumination MT-9930 Trinocular Polarizing Microscope W/ Incident & Transmitted Illumination

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides Slides have a raised printed writing surface that eliminates the need for tedious relabeling of slides. The unique opaque coating provides a bright background for excellent contrast and smooth surface makes it easier to write on. The durable, opaque tab is inert to common laboratory, chemicals and reagents.

Features • Autoclavable • Durable, opaque tab • Available in an array of tab colors

Made from the highest purity, corrosion-resistant glass. Slides are packed in airtight wrapper to keep out dust and moisture that can cause sticking.

TF-4951 Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, White, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides) TF-5951 Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Blue, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides) TF-6951 Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Green, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides) TF-7951 Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Pink, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides) TF-8951 Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Yellow, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides) TF-9951A Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Aqua, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides) TF-9951L Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Lilac, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

122

TF-2950 Plain Microscope Slides, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-9951T Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Tan, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-2954 Plain Microscope Slides, 25 x 75 mm, 1.2 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-9951BO Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Orange, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Coverglass

Superslip Cover Glass

Made of the finest optical borosilicate glass. The coverglass is corrosion resistant, and ready for use. Manufactured of glass which is stickresistant. It is available in squares, circles and rectangles. Packed in 1 oz plastic boxes with custom-molded bases for easy one-at-a-time dispensing. Available in all standard and non-standard sizes.

Superslip® Cover Glass is uniquely manufactured to eliminate sticking and reduce waste. Our processing techniques result in superior quality. This product combines specialized production methods and moisture resistant packaging to prevent sticking. Superslip Cover Glass is the product you need to make your coverslipper run smoothly.

LABORATORY

TF-22X22-1 Coverglass, 22 x 22 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz TF-24X40-1 Coverglass, 24 x 40 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X40-1WYO 24 x 40 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X50-1 Coverglass, 24 x 50 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X50-1WYO 24 x 50 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X60-1 Coverglass, 24 x 60 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X60-1WYO 24 x 60 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-12CIR-1 Coverglass, 12 mm, Circular, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X50-1.5WYO 24 x 50 mm, No. 1.5 Thickness, 1 oz

For Microtubes & Strip Tubes or Slides

Spectrafuge™ Mini Centrifuges and Slide Spinner Compact in design and personal sized, the Spectrafuge™ Mini is ideal for microfiltration and quick spin downs from the walls and caps of microcentrifuge tubes while the Slide Spinner is designed for drying microarray slides before scanning. The Spectrafuge™ Mini is supplied with rotors and adapters to accommodate 1.5 ml, 0.5 ml and 0.4 ml tubes as well as 0.2 ml strips and individual tubes. The rotors are easily interchanged. The Slide Spinner dries two slides in as little as 10 seconds for quality imaging and screening results. The slides are placed into cassettes that catch all liquid without splashing. Cassettes are reuseable. Both centrifgues feature a translucent lid that pivots on a durable stainless steel hinge pin. A switch on the side of the centrifuge starts and stops operation. Alternatively, with the switch in the "on" position, the centrifuge can be started and stopped by closing and opening the lid. The Spectrafuge™ Mini is available in five different lid colors: gray, blue, teal, purple and red.

www.ereinc.com

Specifications

Spectrafuge™ Mini

Maximum Speed/RCF

6,000 rpm / 2,000 x g

Maximum Capacity

2 x 0.2 ml strips or 6 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml

2 standard slides

Dimensions (W x D x H)

5.9" x 5.9" x 4.6" (15 x 15 x 11.7 cm)

5.9" x 5.9" x 4.6" (15 x 15 x 11.7 cm)

Weight

1 lb (0.45 kg)

1 lb (0.45 kg)

Electrical

230 V-, 50 Hz or 120 V-, 60 Hz

230 V-, 50 Hz or 120 V-, 60 Hz

1

Slide Spinner

4,800 rpm

LAB-C1301-120V Spectrafuge™ Mini Complete W/ 1.5 / 2.0 ml Rotor, Strip Tube Rotor, 0.5 ml & 0.4 ml Adapters, Smoke Gray Lid, 120 V LAB-C1300-RT Replacement Rotor For 6 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml Tubes LAB-C1300-RTS Replacement Rotor For 0.2 ml Strip Tubes Or Individual 0.2 ml Tubes LAB-C1205 Individual Adapters For 0.5 / 0.6 ml Tubes, 6/Pack LAB-C1206 Individual Adapters For 0.4 / 0.25 ml Tubes, 6/Pack LAB-C1222 Individual Adapters For 0.2 ml Thermal Cycling Tubes, 6/Pack LAB-C1303-T-120V Slide Spinner W/ Two Slide Drying Cassettes, 120 V LAB-C1303-SC Extra Cassettes For Slide Spinner Centrifuge, 2/Pack 230 V also available upon reques. Color preference add letter to the end of the part number. (B = Blue, T = Teal, P = Purple, R = Red)

sales@ereinc.com

123


LABORATORY

Spectrafuge™ 24D The Spectrafuge™ 24D combines innovations such as a unique, easy access rotor, exclusive multi-flow air cooling system and high performance drive with a digital microprocessor that precisely regulates operation. Parameters are selected with two "smart" knobs and values are shown on large, easy to read, LED displays. Speed can be set and displayed in rpm or g-force while runs may be timed, continuous or momentary. The unique design of the 24-place rotor allows easy access to the tops of the tubes. An optional StripSpin™ adapter fits onto the rotor for spinning 0.2 ml tubes and strips. A powerful, brushless motor quickly accelerates the rotor to set speed. Air enters the centrifuge through vents on the back of the housing and is circulated in multiple directions to maximize cooling. The result is a cool running microcentrifuge that keeps samples close to ambient temperature, even during extended runs at maximum speed. For samples that require below ambient temperatures, the Spectrafuge™ 24D may be used in a cold room.

Specifications

Spectrafuge™ 24D

Speed Range

500 rpm to 13,300 rpm

Maximum RCF

16,300 x g

Maximum Capacity

24 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml

LAB-C1205 Individual Adapters For 0.5 / 0.6 ml Tubes, 6/Pack

Timer

1 to 30 minutes or continuous "Quick" button for momentary operation

LAB-C1206 Individual Adapters For 0.4 / 0.25 ml Tubes, 6/Pack

Ambient Operating Range

4° to 35°C

Dimensions (W x D x H)

9.25" x 11.5" x 8.5" (23.5 x 29.3 x 21.6 cm)

Weight

18 lbs (8.1 kg)

Electrical

230 V-, 50 Hz or 120 V-, 60 Hz

LAB-C2400-120V Spectrafuge™ 24D Digital Microcentrifuge, Standard Gray, 120 V LAB-C2400-SS StripSpin™ Adapter For 0.2 ml Tubes & Strips, Fits Onto Standard Rotor

LAB-C1222 Individual Adapters For 0.2 ml Thermal Cycling Tubes, 6/Pack 230 V also available upon request. Color preference add letter to the end of the part number. (B = Blue, T = Teal, P = Purple, R = Red)

Spectrafuge™ 6C The Spectrafuge™ 6C has been designed for quick production of PPP (platelet poor plasma) and PRP (platelet rich plasma) as well as other applications in the clinical or research laboratory. The included 6 place rotor is capable of running round or conical bottom 15 ml or 10 ml tubes. Adapters for smaller tube sizes are available separately. The control panel of the centrifuge features easy turn knobs and large digital displays for time and speed. Time can be set as low as 30 seconds and to the "On" position for a continuous run. The Spectrafuge™ 6C is the smallest centrifuge in its class. The 8" x 9" footprint makes it ideal for almost any laboratory and it can easily be transported from lab to lab.

Specifications

Spectrafuge™ 6C

Maximum Speed

6,500 rpm

Maximum RCF

4,000 x g

Maximum Capacity

6 x 15 ml

Timer

30 seconds to 30 minutes with continuous and hold features

Accel. /Decel.

14 / 27 seconds

LAB-C0060-120V Spectrafuge™ 6C Centrifuge W/ 6 x 15 ml Angle Rotor, 120 V

Dimensions ( W x D x H)

8.25" x 9.5" x 7" (21 x 24 x 18 cm)

Rotor Angle

30°

LAB-C0200-17A Adapters for 5 ml (12 x 75 mm) & 7 ml (13 x 100 mm) Tubes, 6/Pack

Electrical

120 V or 230 V, 50-60 Hz

230 V also available upon request.

124

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Z 300 and Refrigerated Z 300 K, Medium Capacity Centrifuges Universal Laboratory Centrifuges

Z 300

Z 300 K

250 rpm to 13,500 rpm 17,310 x g

Maximum RCF

4 x 100 ml

Maximum Capacity Timer

1 to 60 minutes or continuous "Quick" button for momentary operation (Z 300 K) -10° to +40°C

Temperaure Range Weight

LABORATORY

Specifications Speed Range

The Z 300 and Z 300 K are the most economical of the universal microprocessor controlled units in the Hermle line. These centrifuges accommodate microplates and tubes up to 100 ml in swing-out and fixed angle rotors. A broad speed range and high g-force make them ideal for applications from clinical to molecular biology. A digital microprocessor controls all operating parameters including speed and time. Overspeed conditions are eliminated by the rotor recognition program which automatically identifies each rotor and limits it to the maximum rated speed. Improperly loaded rotors trigger the safety imbalance detection system which stops operation of the centrifuge. The powerful, induction drive in the Z 300 centrifuges quickly accelerates rotors to the preset speed. Two acceleration and deceleration rates can be chosen to protect fragile samples. Operation of the centrifuge may be timed, continuous or momentary Ambient air circulates throughout the chamber of the Z 300 preventing significant rises in sample temperature. The refrigeration system in the Z 300 K maintains all rotors at the set temperature regardless of rotor speed.

Z 300 88 lbs (40 kg)

Z 300 K 167.2 lbs (76 kg)

120 V~, -60 Hz

Electrical*

LAB-C0300 Z 300 Universal Centrifuge LAB-C0300-K Z 300 K Refrigerated Universal Centrifuge

*Other voltages available upon request.

Tubes Can Be Used with Spectrafuge™

1.5 ml Non-Sterile, SelfStanding Polypropylene (PP) Microtube

0.5 ml Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Click-Seal Snap Cap

1.5 ml Graduated Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Snap Cap Features • Maximum rpm: 26,000 • Autoclavable at 130°C • Suitable for Spectrafuge™ 24D

Note: Order caps separately. Features • Suitable for Spectrafuge™ 24D

GS-110550 0.5 ml (500 uL) Microcentrifuge Tube, 1000/Bag

GS-111722 1.5 ml Microtube, 1000/Case

GS-111558-C Natural, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag GS-111558-B Blue, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag GS-111558-P Pink, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag GS-111558-Y Yellow, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag

www.ereinc.com

1.5 ml Graduated Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube Without Cap, Natural GS-111642 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tube, 1000/Bag

sales@ereinc.com

125


LABORATORY

0.5 ml Non-Graduated Polyethylene (PE) Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Plug Cap Features • Beckman Type • Not autoclavable • Dimensions: 6 x 47 mm

Tubes Can Be Used with Tubes Can Be Used with Spectrafuge™ Z 300 & Z 300 K 6C & Z 300 & Z 300 K 15 ml Clinical Grade Polypropylene (PP) Centrifuge Tube

50 ml Clinical Grade Polypropylene (PP) Centrifuge Tube

Features • Blue screwcap • Black printed graduations • White printed writing space • Spin rate: 8,500 rpm • Autoclavable (without cap) • Temperature range: -40°C to +80°C • Cap: High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)

Features • Blue Screwcap • Black printed graduations • White printed writing space • Spin rate: 8,500 rpm • Autoclavable (without cap) • Temperature range: -40°C to +80°C • Cap: High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)

GS-6284 15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case

GS-6287 50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case

GS-6285 15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

GS-6288 50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

15 ml Centrifuge Tube Acrylic (AC) with Red Screwcap (HDPE) & Printed Graduations

50 ml Polypropylene (PP) Centrifuge Tube with Red Screwcap (HDPE) & Printed Graduations

Acrylic is a stronger, scratch resistant material that offers equivalent chemical resistance to polystyrene, while providing exceptional clarity. Acrylic offers a greater spin rate which is 5,000 rpm (6,160 x g) compared to polystyrene, which has a limited spin rate of 1,700 rpm (3,000 x g).

Features • Autoclavable (without screwcap) • Tubes are Rnase/Dnase free, non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic • Spin rate: 10,000 rpm (12,320 x g) • White graduation marks and writing area • Temperature range: Tube: -196°C to +121°C Cap: -50°C to +100°C

GS-110540 0.5 ml (400 uL) Microcentrifuge Tube, 1000/Bag

Tubes Can Be Used with Spectrafuge™ 24D 2 ml Graduated Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Snap Cap Features • Spin Rate: 25,000 x g.

Features • Spin rate: 5,000 rpm (6,160 x g) • Tubes are Rnase/Dnase free, non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic • White graduation marks and writing area • Temperature range: Tube: -40°C to +70°C Cap: -50°C to +100°C

GS-6244 50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case

GS-111568 2 ml Microcentrifuge Tube W/ Snap Cap, 1000/Bag

126

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

GS-6267 15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case

GS-6240 50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

GS-6270 15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

GS-6241 50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Mini Incubator

LABORATORY

The Mini Incubator is compact and economically priced, yet offers features not typically found in a basic incubator. The housing is all metal, as is the door frame. A plexi-glass window in the door offers full visibility to the interior. One shelf is included, and can be adjusted to three different levels - additional shelves can be purchased to increase storage capacity. The heating elements in the Mini Incubator are incorporated into the bottom and sides of the housing. This provides better temperature stability and uniformity than other incubators in it's class. A grommet hole in the top of the unit can hold a thermometer for accurate temperature setting. In addition, the Mini Incubator has a port in the rear of the chamber which allows for an electrical cord to be routed out the back. The Mini LabRoller is a perfect fit and can be used in the Incubator with any of the available rotisseries. A combo package is available which includes the Mini Incubator and Labroller, along with the accessory rotisseries. Specifications

Mini Incubator

Ext. Dimensions (W x D x H)

11.2" x 11" x 13.2" (28.5 x 28 x 33.5 cm)

Int. Dimensions

9" x 7.9" x 7.9" (23 x 20 x 20 cm)

Weight

18.4 lbs (8.3 kg)

Capacity

0.375 cu ft (9.2 L)

Temperature Range Ambient

LAB-I-5110 Mini Incubator, Compact General Purpose, 120 V

+5° to 60°C

Controls

analog

LAB-I-5110-SHELF Additional Shelf, 22 x 18 cm

Stability

± 0.6°C at 37°C (N.I.S.T. traceable thermometer)

Uniformity

0.65°C at 37°C

Electrical

120 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.6 A; 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.3 A

LAB-W0020-110C Non-Toxic, Teflon Coated Thermometer For -20° To 110°C, W/ 1°C Resolution, 305 mm Long, 76 mm Immersion LAB-I-5110-MLR Mini Incubator W/ Mini Labroller (H5500) Combo 230 V also available upon request.

211DS Shaking Incubator A small footprint, compact, stackable design and expanded temperature range make the 211DS Incubators ideal for molecular biology and general use. Its integral orbital shaker makes it highly versatile. The exclusive SmartChek temperature control system guarantees precise temperature control. Mechanical convection maintains a stable temperature environment and provides quick recovery after opening the door. A safety thermostat is located on the back of the unit. The insulated door has a large, double glass observation panel and opens nearly 180° for easy access. Two full and one half shelf are supplied with each incubator. A flat platform and predrilled flask platform (clamps sold separately) are available for the 211DS. Internal electrical outlet allows using small equipment such as GyroMini or Mini LabRoller Rotator inside the chamber of the 211DS. Specifications

211DS Shaking Incubator

Chamber Volume

1.7 cu ft

Temperature Range/Display

Ambient + 5° to 80°C in 0.1° increments/digital

Temp. Uniformity/Accuracy

± 0.25°C / ± 0.1°C

Shaker Speed/Orbit (DS)

Variable, 20 to 400 rpm/19 mm

Flask Capacity (DS)

4 x 1 L, 5 x 500 ml, 9 x 250 ml, 16 x 125 ml

Construction

interior - mirrored stainless, exterior - cold rolled steel

Chamber (W x D x H)

13.5" x 14.75" x 15" (34.3 x 37.5 x 38.1 cm)

Exterior (W x D x H)

16.75" x 21.75" x 23" (42.5 x 55 x 58 cm)

Weight

D - 73 lbs (32.2 kg), DH - 83 lbs (37.7 kg), DHS - 85 lbs (38.2 kg)

Electrical

120 V~, 60 Hz

www.ereinc.com

LAB-I-5211-DS Digital Incubator / Shaker, Model 211DS LAB-I-5211-SA Stacking Adapter, Required When Stacking Incubators LAB-I-5230 Flask Clamp Platform, Predrilled, Fits 211DS, 211DHS LAB-I-5231 Flat Platform W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat, Fits 211DS, 211DHS

LAB-I-5231-D Double Flat Platform W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat, Fits 211DS, 211DHS LAB-S2040-85 Flask Clamp, 125 ml (Max. 15) LAB-S2040-99 Flask Clamp, 250 ml (Max. 9) LAB-S2040-09 Flask Clamp, 500 ml (Max. 5) LAB-S2040-01 Flask Clamp, 1000 ml (Max. 4)

sales@ereinc.com

127


Digital Performance at Analog Prices!

LAB-D1200 Digital Dry Bath, Dual Block Capacity

LABORATORY

Digital Dry Baths A broad temperature range, to 150ºC, makes Digital Dry Baths useful for a variety of applications in molecular biology, histology, clinical, environmental and industrial laboratories. Although the price of these baths is comparable to analog models, they feature microprocessor control and digital setting/display of temperature. Digital performance at analog prices. Microprocessor control. A microprocessor regulates the high wattage heaters in the baths to provide precise, accurate control. The exact desired temperature is easily set using the arrow keys on the sloped control panel while values are shown on the large digital display. No checking of a thermometer and readjusting temperature is necessary. The user calibration feature allows for easy calibration to in house standards when required. Additionally, there an RS232 port for recording block temperature activity. An available data-logging software package is used to link the unit to a computer. Stainless steel block chamber. The block chamber of the Digital Dry Baths is constructed of stainless steel, which acts as a heat sink and provides a uniform transfer of heat from the heating elements to the interchangeable blocks. The resulting block uniformity is excellent, ensuring that all samples receive the same temperature treatment, regardless of their position in the block. Single and dual block models Two Digital Dry Bath models are available. The single block unit will accept all of the standard blocks. For increased capacity, the dual block unit accepts two standard blocks or one specially designed dual block. Each Dry Bath is supplied with a block lifter. Blocks sold separately.

LAB-D1100 Digital Dry Bath, Single Block Capacity

LAB-D1101 Solid Block For Machining (No Holes) LAB-D1102 Block, 48 x 0.2 ml PCR Tubes Or 6 x 0.2 ml LAB-D1102A Block, 20 x 2.0 ml Tubes LAB-D1105 Block, 24 x 0.5 ml Tubes LAB-D1105A Block, 24 x 1.5 ml Tubes LAB-D1106 Block, 35 x 6 mm Tubes LAB-D1110 Block, 20 x 10 mm Tubes LAB-D1112 Block, 20 x 12 mm Tubes LAB-D1113 Block, 20 x 13 mm Tubes Specifications

Digital Dry Baths

Temperature Range

Ambient + 5º to 150ºC

Temp. Resolution

0.1ºC

LAB-D1116 Block, 12 x 15 or 16 mm Tubes

Temp. Uniformity

± 0.2ºC

LAB-D1125 Block, 6 x 25 mm Tubes

Temp. Accuracy

± 0.3ºC

Block Chamber

Stainless Steel

LAB-D1150-TALL Block, 5 x 50 ml Conical Tubes

LAB-D1115-TALL Block, 12 x 15 ml Conical Tubes

LAB-D1196-PCR Single Block, 96 Well PCR Plate, Skirted Or Nonskirted (For Single Block Unit Only

Block Capacity Single Block Unit

One standard block

Dual Block Unit

Two standard blocks or one dual block

Dimensions (W x D x H)

7.9" x 10.4" x 3.3" (20 x 26.5 x 8.3 cm)

Weight

5.5 lbs (2.2 kg)

LAB-D12384 Block, 384 Well PCR Plate. Block Fits LAB-D1200 Only & Holds One Plate

Electrical

120 V~, 50/60 Hz (also available in 230 V)

LAB-D1100-RS232 Software & Cable Package For PC Connection

Dry Bath Blocks

LAB-D1296 Dual Block, 96 Well Micro Plate Or 4 Slides (For Dual Block Unit Only) LAB-D1296-PCR Dual Block, 96 Well Pcr Plate, Skirted Or Nonskirted (For Dual Block Unit Only)

Construction

High grade, nonporous aluminum with anodized surface

Thermometer Well

Yes (not in plate or slide blocks), required only for calibration purposes

LAB-D1100-PS Pop-Stopper For LAB-D1102, LAB-D1102-A, LAB-D1105, LAB-D1105-A Blocks LAB-D1105A-RACK AccuRack Tube Rack For 20 x 1.5 ml Tubes. Compatible W/ The LAB-D1105A Block, 3/Pack

Orbit™ 300 Multipurpose Vortexer Three interchangeable platforms (available separately) accommodate a variety of sample containers to make the Orbit™ 300 a truly multipurpose shaker. The flat platform, covered with a nonslip rubber mat, holds plates, dishes, boxes, etc. The microplate platform will accommodate up to four microplates. The remaining platform has spring loaded retaining bars that adjust to hold flasks, bottles, racks and other containers in place Time and speed are set and displayed digitally. Values are shown on the large, three digit LED. The broad speed range allows the Orbit™ 300 to be used for gentle mixing as well as vigorous agitation. The shaker housing is constructed of heavy gauge, coated steel to reduce motor noise and lend stability to the unit. This compact shaker can be used in temperature controlled environments making it ideal for cold room or incubator use. LAB-S2030-300 Orbit™ 300 Digital Multipurpose Shaker, Base Only LAB-S2030-10 Platform For Four Microplates LAB-S2030-12 Flat Platform (30 x 30 cm) W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat LAB-S2030-13 Spring Loaded Platform For Flasks, Bottles, Etc.

128

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Features • Three versatile platform options • Shaking, mixing, agitating or vortexing • Heavy-duty construction • Safe for cold room or incubator use

Specifications

Orbit™ 300 Multipurpose Vortexer

Speed Range

100 - 1200 rpm

Timer

0 to 99 minutes or continuous

Motion/Orbit Size

Horizontally circular, 3 mm

Maximum Load

12.3 lbs (5.6 kg)

Ambient Operating Range

+ 4° to 65°C

Dimensions (W x D x H)

10.1" x 12.5" x 5" (25.6 x 31.7 x 12.7 cm)

Weight

16 lbs (7.3 kg)

Electrical*

120 V~, 60 Hz

*Other voltages available upon request.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Orbit™ LS Low Speed Shaker

Specifications

Orbit™ LS Low Speed Shaker

Speed Range

3 - 60 rpm

Timer

20 - 120 min (10 min inc.) or continuous

Motion

Circular, 19 mm

Maximum Load

11 lbs (5 kg)

Ambient Operating Range

+4° to 70°C

Dimensions (W x D x H)

10" x 12.6" x 6.3" (25.5 x 32 x 16 cm)

Weight

14.5 lbs (6.6 kg)

Electrical

120 V~, 60 Hz or 230 V~, 50 Hz

LABORATORY

The Orbit™ LS Low Speed Shaker is a high quality, general purpose shaker with economical analog control. Styled after the other models in the line, the Orbit™ LS features a streamlined, compact design with easy-access control panel. Electronic controls are utilized for setting speed and time. The knobs used for selecting parameters turn easily and are clearly marked with corresponding values. A large orbit and low speed make the Orbit™ LS useful for staining and destaining gels, washing blots and general mixing. The shaker is supplied with a 30 x 30 cm stainles steel flat platform and non-slip rubber mat to keep plates, dishes and other sample containers in place.

LAB-S2030-LS Orbit™ LS Low Speed Orbital Shaker W/ Flat Platform LAB-S2031-12D Stacked Double Flat Platform W/ Rubber Mat

GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3-D Shaker The three dimensional shaking motion of the GyroTwister™ GX-1000 is extremely efficient, yet gentle, making this shaker ideal for general mixing as well as staining gels, hybridization and other applications. Shaking speed is continuously adjustable across a broad range. A nonslip rubber mat and elastic tie-downs hold samples in place during operation. A dimpled mat is included for holding tubes in place. Larger platforms and a stacked standard platform configuration are available to increase shaker capacity. Permanently lubricated ball bearings on moving parts provide quiet, maintenance-free operation. The sturdy base lends stability to the unit. The GyroTwister™ is safe for use in temperature controlled environments, up to 65°C. Standard 30 x 30 cm platform and tube mat are supplied with the shaker.

LAB-S1000 GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3D Shaker W/ 30 x 30 cm Nonslip Platform & Dimpled Tube Mat LAB-S1000-30 Stacking Platform, 30 x 30 cm, W/ Hardware LAB-S1000-40 Large Platform 40 x 40 cm, W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat LAB-S1000-50 Extra Large Platform, 50 x 50 cm, W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat LAB-S1000-M Dimpled Mat, 30 x 30 cm, For Holding Tubes LAB-S1000-A GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3D Shaker W/ 30 x 30 cm Nonslip Platform & Dimpled Tube Mat, Adjustable Tilt Angle

www.ereinc.com

Specifications

GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3-D Shaker

Speed Range

6 - 60 rpm

Timer

0 to 180 minutes or continuous

Motion

Three dimensional, fixed ± 7° pitch

Maximum Load

11 lbs (5 kg)

Ambient Operating Range

+4° to 65°C

Dimensions (W x D x H)

13" x 13.9" x 8.3" (33 x 35 x 21 cm)

Weight

14.3 lbs (6.6 kg)

Electrical*

120 V~, 60 Hz

*Other voltages available upon request.

sales@ereinc.com

129


PW Analytical Balances

LABORATORY

Ideal for Pharmaceutical & Laboratory Work

3 Year Warranty! PGW Precision Balances

3 Year Warranty!

Features • 16+ weighing units (including one custom unit) • Selectable digital filtering for animal / dynamic weighing • Adjustable filters • Simple user-friendly operation • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Date and time • Multilingual display • Large backlit display with dual text prompts • Capacity tracker • Large stainless steel pan • Force restoration mechanism • Solid metal housing • Non-slip adjustable leveling feet • Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable • Dual tare keys • Color coded, sealed keypad • Splashproof to protect from accidental spills • RS-232 bi-directional interface • GLP print outs • Internal calibration • External calibration • AC adapter

• • • • • • • • •

Color coded, sealed keypad Dual tare keys Splashproof to protect from accidental spills Windshield supplied as standard with models with 0.001g readability RS-232 bi-directional interface GLP print outs External calibration Internal calibration optional AC adapter

AD-PGW153E PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 150 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm AD-PGW253E PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 250 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm

Features • 18+ weighing units (including one custom unit) • Selectable digital filtering for animal / dynamic weighing • Adjustable filters • User friendly • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Date and time • Multilingual display • Large backlit display with dual text prompts • Capacity tracker • Large stainless steel pan • Modern low profile design • Force restoration mechanism • Solid metal housing • Non-slip adjustable leveling feet • Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock

130

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

AD-PGW453E PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 450 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm AD-PGW753E PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 750 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm AD-PGW1502E PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 1500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGW2502E PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 2500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGW3502E PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 3500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGW4502E PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 4500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGW153I PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 150 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm

Applications The PW Analytical Balances are ideal for weighing, net/total, check weighing, percentage weighing, weight accumulation, parts counting, animal / dynamic weighing, density determination and below pan weighing. AD-PW124 PW Analytical Balance, Capacity: 120 g, Readability: 0.0001 g, Pan Size: 3.5" / 90 mm AD-PW184 PW Analytical Balance, Capacity: 180 g, Readability: 0.0001 g, Pan Size: 3.5" / 90 mm AD-PW254 PW Analytical Balance, Capacity: 250 g, Readability: 0.0001 g, Pan Size: 3.5" / 90 mm Accessories AD-8023 Adam Printer AD-8036 Anti-Vibration Table AD-7452 Density Determination Kit AD-7995 Below Balance Hanger AD-9028 RS-232 Cable AD-9061 AdamDU - Data Collection Program AD-9066 USB To RS-232 Interface Cable

AD-PGW253I PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 250 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm AD-PGW453I PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 450 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm AD-PGW753I PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 750 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.5" x 5.5" / 140 mm x 140 mm AD-PGW1502I PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 1500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGW2502I PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 2500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGW3502I PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 3500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGW4502I PGW Precision Balance, Capacity: 4500 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm Accessories AD-8023 Adam Printer AD-7453 Density Kit (0.001 g Models Only) AD-8036 Anti-Vibration Table AD-7995 Below Balance Hanger AD-9028 RS-232 Cable AD-9061 AdamDU - Data Collection Program AD-9066 USB To RS-232 Interface Cable

Fax : (514) 326 8961


PGL Precision Balances Great for material testing applications and laboratory. Ideal for field applications with a battery!

AD-PGL203 PGL Precision Balance, Capacity: 200 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 5.7" x 4.9" / 145 mm x 125 mm

3 Year Warranty!

AD-PGL2002 PGL Precision Balance, Capacity: 2000 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGL4001 PGL Precision Balance, Capacity: 4000 g, Readability: 0.1 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGL6001 PGL Precision Balance, Capacity: 6000 g, Readability: 0.1 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGL8001 PGL Precision Balance, Capacity: 8000 g, Readability: 0.1 g, Pan Size: 7.6" x 7.6" / 192 mm x 192 mm AD-PGL10001 PGL Precision Balance, Capacity: 10 kg, Readability: 0.1 g, Pan Size: 15.7" x 11.8" / 400 mm x 300 mm

LABORATORY

Features • 9 weighing units • Date and time • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Multilingual display • Large backlit display with dual text prompts • Capacity tracker • Large stainless steel pan • Solid metal housing • Overload protection

• Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable • Non-slip adjustable leveling feet • Color coded, sealed keypad • Dual tare keys • Windshield supplied as standard with models with 0.001 g readability • Modern low profile design • RS-232 bi-directional interface • GLP print outs • External calibration • Rechargeable battery • AC adapter • Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

AD-PGL20001 PGL Precision Balance, Capacity: 20 kg, Readability: 0.1 g, Pan Size: 15.7" x 11.8"/ 400 mm x 300 mm Accessories AD-8023 Adam Printer AD-9061 AdamDU - Data Collection Program AD-9028 RS-232 Cable AD-7995 Below Balance Hanger AD-9066 USB To RS-232 Interface Cable

Applications PGL Precision Balances are ideal for weighing, parts counting, percentage weighing, check weighing, density determination and below pan weigh.

Highland™ Portable Precision Balances Ideal for quick readings in the laboratory, university and field work!

AD-HCB123 Highland™ Portable Precision Balance, Capacity: 120 g, Readability: 0.001 g, Pan Size: 4.7" / 120 mm AD-HCB153 Highland™ Portable Precision Balance, Capacity: 150 g, Readability: 0.005 g, Pan Size: 4.7" / 120 mm

2 Year Warranty! Features • 15 weighing units • Zero tracking • Backlit LCD display • Capacity tracker • ShockProtect™ overload three - point protection • Can be stacked for storage (120 mm pan size only) • Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock • Removable anti-static draft shield (120 mm pan size only) • Stainless steel pan

• • • • • • • • • • • •

Non-slip adjustable leveling feet Below balance weighing with hanger Easy access to the rechargeable battery Color coded, sealed keypad Dual tare keys RS-232 and USB interface Handical™ manual internal calibration with built-in mass External calibration Auto power off Full range tare Low battery indication AC adapter

Applications Highland™ Portable Precision Balances are ideal for weighing, percentage weighing, parts counting, below pan weighing and weight accumulation.

www.ereinc.com

AD-HCB302 Highland™ Portable Precision Balance, Capacity: 300 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 4.7" / 120 mm AD-HCB602H Highland™ Portable Precision Balance, Capacity: 600 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 4.7" / 120 mm AD-HCB602 Highland™ Portable Precision Balance, Capacity: 600 g, Readability: 0.02 g, Pan Size: 4.7" / 120 mm AD-HCB1002 Highland™ Portable Precision Balance, Capacity: 1000 g, Readability: 0.01 g, Pan Size: 4.7" / 120 mm AD-HCB1502 Highland™ Portable Precision Balance, Capacity: 1500 g, Readability: 0.05 g, Pan Size: 4.7" / 120 mm AD-HCB3001 Highland™ Portable Precision Balance, Capacity: 3000 g, Readability: 0.1 g, Pan Size: 4.7" / 120 mm Accessories AD-9307 Hard Carry Case W/ Lock AD-8030 Security Lock & Cable AD-8023 Adam Printer AD-9061 AdamDU - Data Collection Program

sales@ereinc.com

131


LBK Weighing Scales

1 Year Warranty!

LABORATORY

Applications LBK Weighing Scales are ideal for weighing, parts counting and percentage weighing. Features • 5 weigh ing units (kg, g, lb, oz, lbs:oz) • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Simple user-friendly operation • Large backlit LCD display • Non-slip adjustable leveling feet • Overload protection • Color coded, sealed keypad • Large stainless steel pan • Modern low profile design • Precision load cell technology • Splashproof to protect from accidental spills • External calibration • Rechargeable battery up to 150 hours operation

• Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life • Low battery indication • AC adapter

1 Year Warranty!

Applications CPWplus Bench Scales are ideal for weighing and animal / dynamic weighing.

AD-LBK12A LBK Weighing Scale, Capacity: 12 lbs / 6000 g, Readability: 0.002 lbs / 1 g, Pan Size: 9.8" x 7.1" / 250 mm x 180 mm AD-LBK25A LBK Weighing Scale, Capacity: 25 lbs / 12 kg, Readability: 0.005 lbs / 2 g, Pan Size: 9.8" x 7.1" / 250 mm x 180 mm AD-LBK65A LBK Weighing Scale, Capacity: 65 lbs / 30 kg, Readability: 0.01 lbs / 5 g, Pan Size: 9.8" x 7.1" / 250 mm x 180 mm Accessory AD-9664 In-Use Cover

CPWplus Bench Scales Ideal for shipping / receiving, materials and sample testing in the field!

AD-LBK6A LBK Weighing Scale, Capacity: 6 lbs / 3000 g, Readability: 0.001 lbs / 0.5 g, Pan Size: 9.8" x 7.1" / 250 mm x 180 mm

Features • 4 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz) • Simple 4 button operation • Hold function • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Large backlit LCD display • Wall mount bracket • Large stainless steel pan • Modern low profile design • Splashproof to protect from accidental spills • Precision load cell technology • Color coded, sealed keypad • RS-232 bi-directional interface • Low battery indication • Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life • Battery power (6 x "AA" batteries) • AC adapter

AD-CPWPLUS6 CPWplus Bench Scale, Capacity: 13 lbs / 6000 g, Readability: 0.005 lbs / 2 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS15 CPWplus Bench Scale, Capacity: 33 lbs / 15 kg, Readability: 0.01 lbs / 5 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS35 CPWplus Bench Scale, Capacity: 75 lbs / 35 kg, Readability: 0.02 lbs / 10 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS75 CPWplus Bench Scale, Capacity: 165 lbs / 75 kg, Readability: 0.05 lbs / 20 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS150 CPWplus Bench Scale, Capacity: 330 lbs / 150 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS200 CPWplus Bench Scale, Capacity: 440 lbs / 200 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm Accessory AD-7954 Hard Carry Case W/ Lock

CBCa Bench Counting Scales Features • Internal counting resolution 1:400,000 • Preset tare function • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Memory accumulation • Adjustable filters • Pre-set counting with alarm • Date and time • Large backlit LCD display • Simple user-friendly operation • Precision load cell technology • Splashproof to protect from accidental spills • Full color coded keypad with numeric entry • Large stainless steel pan • Non-slip adjustable feet • Overload protection • Easy access to the rechargeable battery • RS-232 bi-directional interface • External calibration • Rechargeable battery up to 90 hours operation • Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

132

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

• Low battery indication • AC adapter

2 Year Warranty!

Applications CBCa Bench Counting Scales are ideal for weighing, weight accumulation, parts counting check counting and for count accumulation.

AD-CBC8A CBCa Bench Counting Scale, Capacity: 8 lbs / 4000 g, Readability: 0.0002 lbs / 0.1 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm AD-CBC16A CBCa Bench Counting Scale, Capacity: 16 lbs / 8000 g, Readability: 0.0005 lbs / 0.2 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm AD-CBC35A CBCa Bench Counting Scale, Capacity: 35 lbs / 16 kg, Readability: 0.001 lbs / 0.5 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm AD-CBC70A CBCa Bench Counting Scale, Capacity: 70 lbs / 32 kg, Readability: 0.002 lbs / 1 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm AD-CBC100A CBCa Bench Counting Scale, Capacity: 100 lbs/48 kg, Readability: 0.005 lbs / 2 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm

Accessories AD-5006 In-Use Cover AD-5006-10 In-Use Cover, 10/Pack

Fax : (514) 326 8961


CBK Bench Scales

2 Year Warranty!

AD-CBK8A CBK Bench Scale, Capacity: 8 lbs / 4000 g, Readability: 0.0002 lbs / 0.1 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm

AD-CBK16A CBK Bench Scale, Capacity: 16 lbs / 8000 g, Readability: 0.0005 lbs / 0.2 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm AD-CBK35A CBK Bench Scale, Capacity: 35 lbs / 16 kg, Readability: 0.001 lbs / 0.5 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm AD-CBK70A CBK Bench Scale, Capacity: 70 lbs / 32 kg, Readability: 0.002 lbs / 1 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm

Features • 5 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz, lbs:oz) • Adjustable filters • Memory accumulation • Date and time • Full range tare • Pre-set weighing with alarm • Check-weighing with low and high limits • Check weighing LED bar graph • Large backlit LCD display • Capacity tracker • Non-slip adjustable leveling feet • Overload protection • Large stainless steel pan • Color coded, sealed keypad

• • • • • • • • •

Full color coded keypad with numeric entry Simple user-friendly operation Splashproof to protect from accidental spills Precision load cell technology Internal counting resolution 1:400,000 Easy access to the rechargeable battery RS-232 bi-directional interface External calibration Rechargeable battery up to 90 hours operation • Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life • Low battery indication • AC adapter

LABORATORY

AD-CBK16AH CBK Bench Scale, Capacity: 16 lbs / 8000 g, Readability: 0.0002 lbs / 0.1 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm

AD-CBK100A CBK Bench Scale, Capacity: 100 lbs / 48 kg, Readability: 0.005 lbs / 2 g, Pan Size: 8.9" x 10.8" / 225 mm x 275 mm

Accessories AD-8023 Adam Printer AD-6081 Weigh Below Hanger (Factory Fitted) AD-9028 RS-232 Cable AD-9066 USB To RS-232 Interface Cable AD-9061 AdamDU - Data Collection Program

CPWplus P Bench Scales

Ideal for Shipping / Receiving, Materials & Sample Testing in the Field! Features • 4 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz) • Large backlit LCD display • Simple 4 button operation • Hold function • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Wall mount bracket • Large stainless steel platform • Modern low profile design • Splashproof to protect from accidental spills • Precision load cell technology • Color coded, sealed keypad • Pillar display standard on P versions • RS-232 bi-directional interface • External calibration • Low battery indication • Battery power (6 x AA batteries) • Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life • AC adapter

www.ereinc.com

1 Year Warranty! AD-CPWPLUS6P CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 13 lbs / 6000 g, Readability: 0.005 lbs / 2 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS15P CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 33 lbs / 15 kg, Readability: 0.01 lbs / 5 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS35P CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 75 lbs / 35 kg, Readability: 0.02 lbs / 10 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS75P CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 165 lbs / 75 kg, Readability: 0.05 lbs / 20 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS150P CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 330 lbs / 150 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm AD-CPWPLUS200P CPWplus P Bench Scale, Capacity: 440 lbs / 200 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 11.8" x 11.8" / 300 mm x 300 mm

sales@ereinc.com

133


LABORATORY

CPWplus W Weighing Scales

Ideal for Shipping / Receiving, Materials & Sample Testing in the Field! Applications CPWplus W Weighing Scales are ideal for weighing and animal / dynamic weighing.

Features • 4 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz) • Hold function • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Simple 4 button operation • External calibration • Large backlit LCD display • Large stainless steel platform • Handlebar frame and wheeled base for mobility • Splashproof to protect from accidental spills • Non-slip adjustable leveling feet • Four load cell construction • Color coded keys • Modern low profile design • RS-232 bi-directional interface • Rechargeable battery • Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life • Low battery indication • AC adapter

1 Year Warranty! AD-CPWPLUS35W CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 75 lbs / 35 kg, Readability: 0.02 lbs / 10 g, Pan Size: 19.7" x 19.7" / 500 mm x 500 mm AD-CPWPLUS75W CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 165 lbs / 75 kg, Readability: 0.05 lbs / 20 g, Pan Size: 19.7" x 19.7" / 500 mm x 500 mm AD-CPWPLUS150W CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 330 lbs / 150 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 19.7" x 19.7" / 500 mm x 500 mm AD-CPWPLUS200W CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 440 lbs / 200 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 19.7" x 19.7" / 500 mm x 500 mm

Ideal for Water Treatment & Testing

PMB Moisture Analyzers Features • Built-in memories for storing products and settings • 3 settings for heating samples • Automatic test start setting for when the lid is closed • Date and time • Full range tare • Zero tracking • Quick and easy to configure through the keypad • Multilingual display • Large backlit display with dual text prompts • Capacity tracker • Non-slip adjustable leveling feet • Color coded, sealed keypad • Large stainless steel pan • Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable • Overload protection • Precision load cell technology • Splashproof to protect from accidental spills • Spirit level • Single halogen lamp 400 W • RS-232 and USB interface • GLP print outs • Calibration facilities for temperature and weight • Power Cord • Pan lifter to easily remove samples

134

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Application PMB Moisture Analyzers are ideal for moisture determination.

3 Year Warranty!

Accessories

AD-PMB53 PMB Moisture Analyzer, Capacity: 50 g, Readability: 0.001 g / 0.01%, Pan Size: 3.5" / 90 mm AD-PMB202 PMB Moisture Analyzer, Capacity: 200 g, Readability: 0.01 g / 0.01%, Pan Size: 3.5" / 90 mm

AD-9028 RS-232 Cable AD-9304 USB Cable AD-8023 Adam Printer AD-7996 Disposable Aluminum Sample Pans, 250/Pack

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Digital Moisture Balance

Features • Flexibility Simplifies sample preparation and loading, no limitations on sample size (0-100 g), measures moisture or solids from 0.0% to 100.0% • Versatile Allows fine tuning to individual testing needs with multiple testing modes, wide selection of heat settings and readout in either solids or moisture • Accuracy Increases precision and is adaptable to critical moisture and solids testing. Readable to 0.1% moisture and solids • Durability Withstands the hard knocks of day-to-day use with rugged cast aluminum construction and enclosed sample chamber

LABORATORY

The Digital Moisture Balance is specifically designed to be used in a production environment by non-technical personnel. Can be successfully used in the laboratory and in the production area where test results are needed on the spot. With its RS-232 interface capability, the custom printer will print a hard copy of the test data with a time and date stamp, confirmation of the test parameters used, and a message of ‘operator interrupt’ should a test be stopped prematurely. All accomplished automatically; load a sample, press a button and walk away. Rapid, no hassle results in just minutes.

Applications The Digital Moisture Balance is ideal for use of snack foods, dairy products, cereals, grains and baked goods, sand, cement, ceramics, gypsum, fiberboard, adhesives, pharmaceuticals, chemicals, sludge and slurries.

CS-26900EMB Digital Moisture Balance (110 V)

Cenco Mechanical Moisture Balance The Cenco Mechanical Moisture Balance has become world renowned for fast and accurate readings of the percent moisture content in a variety of substances. The wide selection of heat ranges allows optimum drying of diverse materials without sample damage. The Mechanical Moisture Balance eliminates error while providing direct readings of moisture content. There is no calculation or special training needed to use this dependable equipment. The Mechanical Moisture Balance is the best cost performance moisture measurement method for most materials. Its portability makes it convenient to be used in the lab, on the production line or even in the field. The Mechanical Moisture Balance rapidly determines the percentage moisture of materials ranging from food products to chemicals, plastics, and ceramics!

Features • Direct % Reading No calculation needed No special training needed • Efficient Simultaneous weighing & drying - saves time • Flexibility Wide selection of heat ranges allows optimum drying of diverse materials without sample damage • Versatility Allows fine tuning to individual testing needs. Multiple testing modes and temperature settings • Accuracy Increases precision and is adaptable to critical moisture and solids testing. Readable to 0.1% moisture and solids

CS-26900EMB Digital Moisture Balance (110 V)

ERE

Where your Opinion Matters!

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

135


Recommended for Quality Assurance! LABORATORY

Bostwick Consistometer

The Bostwick Consistometer is the preferred choice for measuring consistency, flow rate and viscosity in a variety of products. You can use the Bostwick on any viscous material like sauces, salad dressings, paints, chemicals or cosmetics where you want to measure the distance a material flows in a given time interval. The Bostwick complies to Mill Spec R81294D and ASTM F1080-93 and is made of stainless steel construction. Features • Durable Stainless Steel Construction, resists corrosion, suitable for laboratory and plant use • Convenient Size Uses little bench space, requires only 75 mL of sample 14" L x 3 1/2" W x 5 1/2" H • Spring Loading Gate Instantaneous gate release, prevents premature flowing of sample

• Reproductivity 2 leveling screws and spirit levels, precise positioning of flow angle • Precision Engraved graduations of 0.5 cm divisions, assures accurate results, wear & smear resistant Uses • Food Processing Tomato sauces + others, preserves, fillings, soups, baby foods, salad dressings & suggested by USDA • Manufacturing Epoxy removers, polyurethane paint, adhesives, coatings & mil spec R-81294B • Cosmetics Formulations Lotions, shampoos & flow base creams • Chemical Production Selected solvents, viscous liquids, slurries & emulsions

CS-24925000 Bostwick Consistometer

Features • Rapid Measurement Ring method allows readings to be made in 15-30 seconds (Ideal for colloidal suspensions which exhibit rapid changes in surface tension) • Direct Reading Circular scale is graduated in dynes/cm eliminating the need for mathematical calculations • Reproducible Results Improved technique allows accurate readings to be reproduced within ± 0.05 dyne/cm • Portability Compact unit comes with carrying case for easy transport • Stability Unit is mounted on a cast tripod support with convenient leveling screws

Precision & Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer

Measure surface tension and interfacial tension quickly and accurately in oils, detergents, serums, colloidal suspensions, chromium solutions, etc. to better control your process and your product quality. The DuNouy Tensiometer is easy-to-use, accurate, portable and gives surface tension results reproducible to within ± 0.05 dyne/cm.

CS-70535000 Precision DuNouy Tensiometer CS-70545000 Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer

The DuNouy Tensiometer is available in two models • Precision DuNouy Tensiometer (upward direction) This model tensiometer provides precise readings of upward interfacial and surface tensions by the ring method to values reproducible within +/0.05 dyne/cm. This instrument is specified for determining interfacial tension of oil against water by the ring method in ASTM Method D971 and solutions of surface-active agents in ASTM Method D1331. It is also specified for testing synthetic rubber lattices in ASTM D1417 and determining the surface tension of industrial water and industrial wastewater in ASTM Method D1590.

zero and a double vernier is provided. The two scales and corresponding verniers have graduations and figures of different colors to indicate whether the measured force is upward or downward. • Both instruments can be quickly adjusted and calibrated. They are supplied completely assembled and are furnished with three extra torsion wires, a 6 cm platinum-iridium ring and carrying case.

Quality surface tension testing and the DuNouy Tensiometer has become an indispensable asset to a variety of industries including paints, coatings and inks; chrome, nickel, and brass plating; soap; surfactants; emulsions; • Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer (dual direction) Where the Precision Tesiometer measures only the upward pull on the crude and transformer oils and many more. The CSC DuNouy ring, the Interfacial Tensiometer is designed to measure both upward and Tensiometer is also being used in many universities and technical centers downward forces on the ring. Graduated dial reads in both directions from as an important instrument for scientific studies.

136

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Sieves

Mesh Certified Test Sieves (MCTS) 3", 8" Brass Frame & Stainless Steel Mesh

Also Available In: 12", 18", 100 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm & 450 mm Diameter Frame Stainless Steel Frames Both Certified & Mid-Point Seives Are Also Available In Half-Height Frame Depth Other Mesh Sizes Are Available, Along With Receiving Pans & Lids

Many Different Options to Choose From

Part Number 3"

Part Number 8"

Opening

N/A

CSC-008BAW106.0

106.0 mm or 4.24"

N/A

CSC-008BAW100.0

100.0 mm or 4"

N/A

CSC-008BAW90.0

90.0 mm or 3 1/2"

N/A

CSC-008BAW75.0

75.0 mm or 3"

N/A

CSC-008BAW63.0

63.0 mm or 2 1/2"

CSC-003BAW37.5

CSC-008BAW37.5

37.5 mm or 1 1/2"

CSC-003BAW31.5

CSC-008BAW31.5

31.5 mm or 1 1/4"

CSC-003BAW26.5

CSC-008BAW26.5

26.5 mm or 1.06"

CSC-003BAW25.0

CSC-008BAW25.0

25.0 mm or 1"

CSC-003BAW22.4

CSC-008BAW22.4

22.4 mm or 7/8"

CSC-003BAW19.0

CSC-008BAW19.0

19.0 mm or 3/4"

CSC-003BAW16.0

CSC-008BAW16.0

16.0 mm or 5/8"

CSC-003BAW13.2

CSC-008BAW13.2

13.2 mm or 0.530"

CSC-003BAW12.5

CSC-008BAW12.5

12.5 mm or 1/2"

CSC-003BAW11.2

CSC-008BAW11.2

11.2 mm or 7/16"

CSC-003BAW9.50

CSC-008BAW9.50

9.5 mm or 3/8"

CSC-003BAW8.00

CSC-008BAW8.00

8.0 mm or 5/16"

CSC-003BAW6.70

CSC-008BAW6.70

6.7 mm or 0.265"

CSC-003BAW6.30

CSC-008BAW6.30

6.3 mm or 1/4"

CSC-003BAW5.60

CSC-008BAW5.60

5.6 mm or 3 1/2"

CSC-003BAW4.75

CSC-008BAW4.75

4.75 mm or No.4

CSC-003BAW4.00

CSC-008BAW4.00

4.0 mm or No.5

CSC-003BAW3.35

CSC-008BAW3.35

3.35 mm or No.6

CSC-003BAW2.80

CSC-008BAW2.80

2.8 mm or No.7

CSC-003BAW2.36

CSC-008BAW2.36

2.36 mm or No.8

CSC-003BAW2.00

CSC-008BAW2.00

2.0 mm or No.10

CSC-003BAW1.70

CSC-008BAW1.70

1.7 mm or No.12

CSC-003BAW1.40

CSC-008BAW1.40

1.4 mm or No.14

CSC-003BAW1.18

CSC-008BAW1.18

1.18 mm or No.16

CSC-003BAW1.00

CSC-008BAW1.00

1.0 mm or No.18

CSC-003BAW.850

CSC-008BAW.850

850 microns or No.20

CSC-003BAW.710

CSC-008BAW.710

710 microns or No.25

CSC-003BAW.600

CSC-008BAW.600

600 microns or No.30

CSC-003BAW.500

CSC-008BAW.500

500 microns or No.35

CSC-003BAW.425

CSC-008BAW.425

425 microns or No.40

CSC-003BAW.355

CSC-008BAW.355

355 microns or No.45

CSC-003BAW.300

CSC-008BAW.300

300 microns or No.50

CSC-003BAW.250

CSC-008BAW.250

250 microns or No.60

CSC-003BAW.212

CSC-008BAW.212

212 microns or No.70

CSC-003BAW.180

CSC-008BAW.180

180 microns or No.80

CSC-003BAW.150

CSC-008BAW.150

150 microns or No.100

CSC-003BAW.125

CSC-008BAW.125

125 microns or No.120

CSC-003BAW.106

CSC-008BAW.106

106 microns or No.140

CSC-003BAW.090

CSC-008BAW.090

90 microns or No.170

CSC-003BAW.075

CSC-008BAW.075

75 microns or No.200

CSC-003BAW.063

CSC-008BAW.063

63 microns or No.230

Working Sieves do not require special inspection but need to conform to the basic standards of ASTM E-11. The Working Sieves are available in brass frames with brass or stainless steel mesh. We also supply stainless steel frames with stainless steel mesh. Working Sieves are available with 8" and 12" diameter frames. The frames are full height and one half height depths. These sieves are constructed using ASTM standard wire cloth (mesh) and are supplied with a Certificate of Conformance. The mesh has not been individually inspected. Each sieve has a serial number which is related to a lot number. Working Sieves are used in a diverse range of industries that include construction, mining, food, soil testing and pharmaceuticals. They can be checked against master stacks, master samples or calibration spheres (beads) to test for wear or mesh damage.

CSC-003BAW.053

CSC-008BAW.053

53 microns or No.270

Calibration Samples Also Available

www.ereinc.com

LABORATORY

The Mesh Certified Test Sieves include a serial number that ties down the traceability to each sieve. One of the special benefits of the sieve construction is a fillet. The fillet covers the solder connection between the mesh to the frame. This keeps particles from being caught in the crevices and makes cleaning easier. Supplied with Certificate of Compliance. Inspection Certificate states the average aperture values. Full traceability is achieved with an individual serial number on each sieve. They meet ASTM - E11, BS, and ISO Standards.

Also available:

Mid-Point Sieves

A Mid-Point Sieve has had the mesh inspected. The sieve is then selected as a mid-point if the results give tolerances that are in the middle of the ASTM Standard. One of the special benefits of the sieve construction is a fillet. The fillet covers the solder connection between the the mesh to the frame. This keeps particles from being caught in the crevices and makes cleaning easier. Used for everyday testing of supercritical processes. When a process requires a high level of repeatability, Mid-Point Sieves can be used on all sieve tests. However, the predominant application for the Mid-Point Sieves is master stacks. A master stack is used to check and recalibrate sieves used in everyday testing.

Working Sieves

sales@ereinc.com

137


Meinzer II Sieve Shaker

LABORATORY

The Meinzer II Sieve Shaker separates different size components in ground, granular or particulate mixtures by rapid machine sieving. The newly developed clamping system is very easy to use. The Meinzer II accepts up to 10 full-height 8" sieves or 21 half-height sieves, plus a lid and receiver. Applications The Meinzer II is ideal for use on aggregates, cements, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, grains, seeds, coal, soils, tobacco blends, or any dry material requiring size analysis. Features • Quiet Operation Acceptable noise level for the plant or lab • Compact Size Only 10" diameter footprint • Two Way Sieving Action Simultaneous vertical and horizontal motion

• Built-In Timer Adjustable 60 minute timer with automatic shutoff • Portable Light-weight, 36 lbs • Maintenance-Free No internal moving parts CS-18480100 Meinzer II Sieve Shaker (110 V)

Is this Sieve Shaker the right one for you? ERE is just a phone call away

1-888-287-3732

EFL 2000/2 Sieve Shaker The EFL 2000/2 is a rugged no nonsense shaker ideal for on-site and heavy-duty applications. It is equipped with a dynamic power source to ensure the sieves and sample are provided the right vibration for fast, accurate, and reproducible tests, time after time. Vertical movement is fixed to ensure samples spend a maximum amount of time seeking apertures, instead of being suspended mid-air. Applications The EFL 2000/2 is perfect for use in the field or in the production area. Features • Rugged Designed specifically for large, cumbersome samples like concrete, rock, sand and asphalt

• Easy to Use 60 minute timer and unique clamping system allows user to set up sieve tests in seconds • Maintenance-Free Non-corrodible, non-metallic springs, and a durable motor offers maintenance free testing • Flexibility Low noise level makes shaker ideal for onsite, production, and laboratory testing • Capacity 8" Sieves - 12 full height or 24 half height 12" Sieves - 6 full height or 12 half height

CS-18490012 EFL 2000/2 Sieve Shaker

Powermatic Sieve Shaker The Powermatic Sieve Shaker is rugged nononsense shaker, ideal for heavy-duty applications. It is equipped with two maintenance free sealed motors to transmit the exact vibrations and movement to the sample for optimum performance. The low voltage removable control unit allows the unit to be controlled from a bench wall, or other convenient locations. Applications The Powermatic is perfect for use in the field or production area. Features • Quiet Virtually silent in operation, ideal for on-site, production, or lab testing

138

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

• Maintenance-Free Two sealed motors offset at strategic angles transmitting the exact vibration frequency and movement for optimum performance • Easy to Use 60-minute timer and uniquely designed clamping system allows user to change sieve stacks in seconds • Flexibility Detachable control unit for convenient use Now available: Screening sieves for continuous small scale screening operations • Capacity 18" Sieves - 5 full height sieves CS-18490018 Powermatic Sieve Shaker

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker

Applications The Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker provides precise particle size analysis for laboratory or on-site use. Features • Whisper-Quiet Ideal noise level for use in the plant, lab, or even at your desk

• Maintenance-Free Powered by electromagnets, offering no moving parts to replace • Easy to Use Digital controller allows user to control time, amplitude and continuous or intermittent vibrations • Flexibility Uniquely designed clamping system allows user to change sieve stacks in seconds • Capacity 3" Sieves - 12 full height or 24 half height 8" Sieves - 8 full height or 18 half height • Accurate Exacting horizontal and vertical sieving motion created offers paicles maximum time seeking apertures

LABORATORY

The Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker provides precise particle size analysis, all within safe and acceptable sound limits. Digital controls – time, vibration, and amplitude - allow you to duplicate test results from your current shaker with ease, from 3" to 20 um. The unit is powered by an electromagnetic drive that has no rotating parts, eliminating maintenance and virtually all noise. The rapid vertical and side to side motion created prevents apertures from blinding and offers accurate, repeatable results test after test.

CS-18490000 Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker

5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner Cleaning your sieves using the 5510 Ultrasonic is a faster, more thorough, and safer method than any other. Tiny, microscopic bubbles are created by ultrasonic sound waves that move through a specially formulated cleaning solution, removing the most stubborn dirt and contaminates. A builtin heater and degas feature help the whole process work even better. The 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner makes a scrubbing action powerful enough to eliminate blinding and thoroughly clean your sieves. Features • Fast Cleans sieves in less than 5 minutes • Affordable Save money by extending the lifetime of your sieves • Safe Removes the toughest grime without damaging expensive sieves • Capacity 1 - full height 8" sieve 2 - half height sieves

CS-18510000 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner Accessories CS-18510001 Tray For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner CS-1851000260 Cleaning Solution For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner CS-18510003 Cover For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner

An Item Worth Having! Sieve Cleaning Brushes Sieve cleaning brushes are ideal to keep your sieves working optimally. They are simple to use and are shaped to make cleaning fast and spotless.

CS-1810000NB Nylon Sieve Brush CS-1810000BB Brass Sieve Brush CS-1810000B Nylon Sieve Brush Double Ended

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

139


Scienceware® "SPACE SAVER" Vacuum Desiccators

LARGE INTERIOR VOLUME The space saving design of the desiccator dome provides maximum interior clearances. They offer an average of 13% greater interior volume than standard hemispherical domes.

LABORATORY

EXTRA HEAVY WALLS Clear polycarbonate top and choice of white polypropylene or polycarbonate bottom. This strong, shatterproof desiccator will hold a full vacuum (29.9" Hg 759 mm) at room temperature for 24 hours and will remain airtight even if not under vacuum. Use at room temperature only. Features • A polypropylene stopcock with a Teflon® TFE plug which turns, allowing a slow, gentle entrance of air, preventing unnecessary Flange O.D.

Part Number

• • •

turbulence and crucible damage. The stopcock handle is a highly visible red and has a port which accepts 6.4 mm (1/4") I.D. tubing. A large ribbed knob at the top center for easy lifting. A neoprene O-ring seal which does not require grease, but is not harmed if grease is used. A polypropylene plate 3.2 mm (1/8") thick with 3.2 mm (1/8") diameter perforations for air transfer. The plate rests on the retaining ledge of the bottom section and has a center hole for easy removal. Choice of bottom section: Polypropylene provides excellent chemical resistance and permits the use of incandescent crucibles with standard size porcelain plates. All-clear polycarbonate bottoms are available in the same sizes.

I.D.

Plate

149 mm (5 7/8") 197 mm (7 3/4") 240 mm (9 7/16")

140 mm No. 3 190 mm No. 4 230 mm No. 5

206 mm (8 1/8") 260 mm (10 1/4") 311 mm (12 1/8")

121 mm (4 3/4") 157 mm (6 3/16") 197 mm (7 3/4")

149 mm (5 7/8") 197 mm (7 3/4") 240 mm (9 7/16")

140 mm No. 3 190 mm No. 4 230 mm No.5

206 mm (8 1/8") 260 mm (10 1/4") 311 mm (12 1/8")

121 mm (4 3/4") 157 mm (6 3/16") 197 mm (7 3/4")

Overall Height

Overall Height

With Polypropylene Bottom BEL-F42010-0000 BEL-F42020-0000 BEL-F42025-0000

171 mm (6 3/4") 230 mm (9 1/16") 273 mm (10 3/4")

With Clear Polycarbonate Bottom BEL-F42012-0000 BEL-F42022-0000 BEL-F42027-0000

171 mm (6 3/4") 230 mm (9 1/16") 273 mm (10 3/4")

Secador® Auto-Desiccator Cabinets

Dry-Keeper™

Protecting valuable humidity sensitive items such as reagents or electronics is easy and totally automatic with Secador® Auto-Desiccator Cabinets. A patented electronic dehumidification system is designed to reduce the relative humidity inside the cabinet from 75 to 25% and circulate dry air automatically, freeing users from monitoring or changing chemical desiccant. All contents are easily viewed through a large clear door that seals with positive latches and can be secured closed with tamper evident seals or padlock. A dial hygrometer in the door allows for easy monitoring of relative humidity.

Secador® 3.0 AutoDesiccator Cabinets The built-in Auto-Desiccator module regenerates desiccant and circulates dry air to assure safe storage of moisture sensitive products. The Secador® 3.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet has 1.58 cu. ft internal volume with overall dimensions of 41.7 H x 34. 1 W x 41.4 cm D (16.4" H x 13.4" W x 16.3" D). Three perforated shelves can be removed for different contents. The door opening is 31.2 H x 22.5 cm W (12.3" H x 8.9" W) and includes 2 latches and loops for lock or tamper evident seal. Includes three shelves. Shipping weight 10 kg (22 lbs).

BEL-F42073-1115 Secador® 3.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet Clear, 120 V AC BEL-F42073-1220 Secador® 3.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet Clear, 230 V AC

140

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Desiccator vertical cabinet Non-vacuum with dial hygrometer in door Made of methyl-methacrylate, this desiccator cabinet provides a clear view of contents. Shelf cleats permit 15 height adjustments. Includes three shelves with vent holes and three sets of shelf rails. The gasketed door has two metal hinges, two door latches and a metal handle. A desiccant tray is also included. The door opening is 25 x 45 cm (10" x 17 7/8").

BEL-H42056-0001 Dry-Keeper™ 32 L x 39 D x 51 cm H (12 1/2" L x 15 1/2" D x 20" H)

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Secador® 4.0

BEL-F42074-1115 Secador® 4.0 Clear, 120 V AC BEL-F42074-1116 Secador® 4.0 Clear / Blue End Caps, 120 V AC (Not Shown)

LABORATORY

Includes three shelves The built-in Auto-Desiccator module regenerates desiccant and circulates dry air to assure safe storage of moisture sensitive products. The Secador® 4.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet has 1.9 cu. ft internal volume with overall dimensions of 51.8 H x 34.1 W x 41.4 cm D (20.4" H x 13.4" W x 16.3" D). Three perforated shelves can be removed for different contents. The door opening is 41.7 H x 22.5 cm W (16.4" H x 8.9" W) and includes 2 latches and loops for lock or tamper evident seal. Shipping weight 10.9 kg (23.9 lbs).

BEL-F42074-1117 Secador® 4.0 Blue / Clear Door, 120 V AC (Not Shown) BEL-F42074-1220 Secador® 4.0 Clear, 230 V AC BEL-F42074-1226 Secador® 4.0 Clear / Blue End Caps, 230 V AC (Not Shown) BEL-F42074-1227 Secador® 4.0 Blue / Clear Door, 230 V AC (Not Shown)

Colony Counter System

Hand Held Electronic Colony Counter

Let our Customer Service help you find the right products for you! Toll free:

1-888-287-3732

Smallest, Most Economical Unit Available! This system combines the pen-style colony counter (BEL-F37862-0000), the minimagnifier (BEL-F37865-0000), the mini light box II (BEL-F37864-2000) with an AC line current adapter (BEL-H37864-0301) and a counting grid (BEL-F37864-0100). Available as a system or each item may be purchased separately.

In a single motion this colony counter marks, counts and confirms with a beep. The lightweight 42.5 gm (1.2 oz) pen-style colony counter features a four-digit LED display that shows cumulative count. A selector switch allows for counting up or down to correct errors, or to check the count by counting backwards. Powered by a 3 V battery. The long life felt-tip marker works on plastic or glass and is oil and water resistant, but ink is removable with ethyl alcohol. Comes with red and black markers. Dimensions: 152.4 x 19 x 19 mm (6" x 3/4" x 3/4"). BEL-F37862-0000 Colony Counter BEL-H37862-0100 Replacement Black Tip BEL-H37862-0150 Replacement Red Tip

BEL-F37863-2000 Colony Counter System

BEL-F37862-0200 Replacement 3 V Battery

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

141


Diamond Pipettors Diamond Pipettors are a cost-effective alternative to high priced name-brand pipettors. Manufactured for high accuracy and precision, the Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and a full one year warranty. They are calibrated in an ISO 17025 facility.

LABORATORY

Adjustable Volume with Tip Ejector

Features • High accuracy and precision guaranteed • Autoclavable tip cone and lower section assembly • Streamlined tip ejector designed for access to narrow-necked tubes and containers • Ergonomic, lightweight and soft plunger movement provides added comfort and minimizes fatigue • Two step plunger operation allows you to use both forward and reverse pipetting techniques depending on the nature of the liquid • Color coded for easy identification

GS-3301-10 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 0.5 - 10 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3302-25 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 25 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-20 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 2 - 20 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3302-30 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 30 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-50 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 5 - 50 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-40 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 40 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-100 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 10 - 100 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-50 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 50 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-200 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 20 - 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-100 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 100 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-1000 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 100 - 1000 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3302-200 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-5000 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 1000 - 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3302-250 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 250 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

Fixed Volume with Tip Ejector

GS-3302-500 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 500 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3302-5 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 5 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-1000 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 1000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3302-10 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 10 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-2000 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 2000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3302-15 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 15 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-3000 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 3000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3302-20 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 20 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-5000 Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

Diamond Pro The Diamond Pro research pipettor includes all of the features of the Diamond pipettor with the addition of a super-soft elastomer grip that minimizes fatigue of hands and fingers. The unique padding not only reduces thumb stress, but also minimizes the transfer of body heat to the pipette, resulting in consistent accuracy. All Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and full one year warranty. They are calibrated in an ISO 17025 facility.

142

Adjustable Volume with Tip Ejector

Fixed Volume with Tip Ejector

GS-3311-10 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 0.5 - 10 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3312-5 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 5 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3311-20 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 2 - 20 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3312-10 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 10 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3311-50 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 5 - 50 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-15 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 15 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3311-100 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 10 - 100 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-20 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 20 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3311-200 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 20 - 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-25 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 25 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3311-1000 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 100 - 1000 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3312-50 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 50 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-500 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 500 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3311-5000 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 1000 - 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3312-100 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 100 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-1000 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 1000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3312-200 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-2000 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 2000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3312-250 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 250 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3312-5000 Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Multi-Channel with Tip Ejector

Diamond Jr. Pipettors These fixed volume pipettors are accurate, economical and half the size of a standard pipettor. They are fully autoclavable and are perfect for kits, schools and single use applications where precision pipetting is required.

GS-3322-5 Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 5 μl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3305 GS-3322-10 Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 10 μl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305 GS-3322-20 Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 20 μl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3306 GS-3322-25 Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 25 μl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

LABORATORY

Globe’s 8-channel Diamond PRO pipettors feature a 360° rotating manifold which provides universal right or left hand use. Utilizing our super-soft elastomer grips, fatigue of the hands and fingers is minimized. The unique padding not only reduces thumb stress, but also minimizes the transfer of body heat to the pipette, resulting in consistant accuracy. All Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and a full one year warranty.

GS-3322-35 Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 35 μl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306 GS-3322-50 Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 50 μl, Color: Purple, Pipette Tip No.: 3306 GS-3322-100 Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 100 μl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3303-10 8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 0.5 - 10 μl, Color: Red GS-3303-50 8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 5 - 50 μl, Color: Yellow

RV-Pette™ Repeat Volume Pipettor

GS-3303-300 8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 30 - 300 μl, Color: Orange

Pipette Tips Diamond Pipette Tips are molded using premium grade plastic and offer consistent accuracy when used with Diamond pipettors.

GS-3305 0.1 - 20 μl, Natural, 1000/Pack GS-3305R 0.1 - 20 μl, Natural, 96/Rack, 10 Racks/Case GS-3306 1 - 200 μl, Yellow, 1000/Pack GS-3306R 1 - 200 μl, Yellow, 1000/Rack GS-3307 100 - 1000 μl, Blue, 1000/Pack

The RV-Pette™ Pipette provides accurate and reproducible repetitive pipetting from the single filling of a disposable tip. Use of the RV-Pette™ saves time and reduces the fatigue associated with repetitive pipetting using a standard pipettor. Twenty-nine different volumes between 1 μl and 5000 μl may be dispensed with this pipette. As many as forty-eight pipetting steps may be carried out without refilling the reservoir tip. Samples can be dispensed at intervals as fast as 1 second without compromising accuracy or reproducibility. The slender body of the RVPette™ fits comfortably in the natural contour of your hand. The plunger is located on the top of the unit, like that of a standard pipette, for easy access and reduction of hand strain. The RV-Pette™ performs best when used with Globe’s dispenser syringe tips.

Racks The Diamond Acrylic Pipettor Stand offers safe and convenient storage for pipettors.

Features • Convenient tip selection chart located on the body of the pipette • Maintenance free • Use with Globe dispenser syringe tips • Comes with a certificate of calibration and one year warranty

GS-3307R 100 - 1000 μl, Blue, 1000/Rack

GS-3310-4 Holds 4 Pipettors

GS-3308B 1000 - 5000 μl, Natural, 250/Pack

GS-3250 RV-Pette™ Repeat Volume Pipettor

www.ereinc.com

GS-3310-6 Holds 6 Pipettors

sales@ereinc.com

143


Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettors

LABORATORY

Features Rapid Release Valve for One-Handed Operation

A

B

Designed for fast and efficient single -handed operation with glass or plastic pipettes. Pipettes are easily inserted into a unique collar with stabilizing fingers to hold pipette securely. Rotating the knurled thumb wheel draws liquid to the desired volume. To empty rapidly, apply light pressure to the fast release lever. For gradual dispensing, rotate the thumb wheel. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Sizes are color coded. Sold Individually.

A. Transpette™ 8 Channel Transfer Pipettor Economical and Disposable Now you can perform plate washing, feeding and supernatant collection with one of the most unique pipetting devices available. The Transpette™ pipettor is an inexpensive, disposable, 8-channel transfer pipettor which can deliver and remove liquids from your microwell plates without the use of pipettors and pipette tips. To avoid radiation contamination of your expensive liquid handling devices, discard the Transpette™ transfer pipettor after "hot" radioactive uses. Molded of translucent plastic, the Transpette™ pipetting device holds 600 μl per channel. Available sterile or non-sterilized. Cannot be autoclaved.

BEL-F37911-1002 Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 2 ml, Blue BEL-F37911-1010 Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 10 ml, Green BEL-F37911-1025 Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 25 ml, Red

Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device The Vaccu-Pette/96™ pipetting device is a 96-channel pipetting device that can aspirate or dispense 96 wells in less than 10 seconds. It speeds up repetitive washing, dispensing or aspirating all wells simultaneously. Simply connect a disposable plastic syringe to the Vaccu Pette/96™ pipetting device and withdraw the plunger to transfer liquid. Use the Vaccu Pette/96™ pipetting device to remove spent medium from cultures in preparation for feeding. Molded of transparent plastics materials, it is 127 x 86 x 37 mm high (5" x 3 3⁄8" x 1 7⁄16") and has a vacuum outlet at one end. A short length of 3.2 mm I.D. (1⁄8") tubing is supplied for syringe connection. Requires a 30 ml or larger disposable sterile syringe (not included). Individually packed, sterile and disposable.

Disposable Gloves RONCO SILKTEX Latex Examination Gloves 5 mil thickness

144

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

B. Disposable Pipetting Reservoir The pipetting reservoir has a 100 ml capacity for extended multi-channel pipetting into microwell plates, Mini-Tubes, Scienceware® Cube 2ube® Tubes and deep well blocks. This design allows ample clearance for all types of pipettors. BEL-F37873-0000 Transpette™ Pipettor, Non-Sterile, 25/Bag BEL-F37876-0000E Sterile, Disposable Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device, Each

BEL-F37877-0000 Disposable Pipetting Reservoir Bulk Packed, Non-Sterile, 50/Box

BEL-37876-0001E Autoclavable, Reusable Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device, Each

BEL-F37877-0001 Individually Packed, Radiation Sterilized, 50/Box

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

RO-819 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-519 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-829 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-529 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-839 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-539 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-849 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-549 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-859 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-559 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor The Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor is a simple suction device with a soft tapered chuck to fit pipettes from 6 to 8 mm in diameter. The flexible vinyl bulb is 5 cm diameter x 7 cm long (2" x 2 3/4"). After filling your pipette, remove the bulb and quickly cover the top of the pipette with a finger to hold fluid or release it as needed.

Transfer Pipettes General Purpose

GS-137035-500

GS-137030-500

LABORATORY

These Transfer Pipettes are offered in a variety of sizes and styles. Choose from our standard graduated and non-graduated transfer pipettes, fine tip transfer pipettes, mini transfer pipettes and extra large 12" transfer pipettes. We have the right pipette for your requirements. Produced from flexible polyethylene (PE), these pipettes are perfect for all liquid transfer applications.

GS-135030-500

Standard Pipettes-Graduated GS-137035-500 3 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 1 ml, Length: 140 mm, 21 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box GS-137030-500 5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 1 ml, Length: 145 mm, 24 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

BEL-F37887-0000B Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor, 2/Bag

GS-135030-500 7 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 3 ml, Length: 155 mm, 23 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes Ideal for dispensing small volumes, loading hemocytometers and transferring liquid to and from multi-well plates.

Also available in larger quantities. Also available sterile.

GS-134010-500

GS-134020-400

GS-134070-250

GS-138060-500

GS-136030-500

GS-139020-500

GS-134050-500

GS-134050-S20

GS-134090-400

GS-138080-500

GS-138030-400

GS-139040-250

Fine Tip Pipettes, Non-Graduated GS-134010-500 1.3 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 51 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

Standard Pipettes, Non-Graduated

GS-134020-400 1.5 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 104 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box

GS-138060-500 4 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Blood Bank Style, Length: 130 mm, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134070-250 3.3 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 153 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 250/Dispenser Box

GS-136030-500 4.5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length: 155 mm, 25 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134050-500 5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 147 mm, 55 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-139020-500 6.5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length: 155 mm, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134050-S20 5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 147 mm, 60 Drops/ml, Sterile, 20/Bag, 20 Bags/Case, 400/Case

GS-138080-500 7 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 155 mm, 23 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134060-500 5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 157 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-138030-400 8 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Large Bulb, Length: 157 mm, 20 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box

GS-134090-400 8.7 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 147 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box

GS-139040-250 15 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Large Bulb, Length: 155 mm, Non-Sterile, 250/Dispenser Box

Also available in larger quantities.

Also available in larger quantities.

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

145


Mini Transfer Pipettes

Mini Pipettes, Graduated & Non-Graduated GS-138040-500 1.2 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 65 mm, 26 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

Ideal for use in diagnostic test kits and where small volume samples are required.

GS-134010-500 1.3 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Fine Tip, Length: 51 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

LABORATORY

GS-134020-400 1.5 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Fine Tip, Length: 104 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box GS-136036-500 1.5 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 0.3 ml, Length: 115 mm, 21 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box GS-138020-500 1.7 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 87 mm, 27 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box GS-136020-500 4 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length :85 mml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-138040-500

GS-134010-500

GS-134020-400

GS-136036-500

Also available in larger quantities.

Extra Long Transfer Pipettes Available in 9" and 12" lengths, these pipettes are ideal for reaching into large bottles, 24 hour urine containers, cylinders and jars.

GS-139030-500*

GS-139050

GS-138020-500

GS-136020-500

Extra Long Pipettes, Non-Graduated GS-139030-500* 6 ml Extra Long Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 225 mm, 28 Drops/ml, 500/Dispenser Box GS-139050 23 ml Extra Long Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 300 mm, 100/Dispenser Box

Paddle Transfer Pipettes

Also available in larger quantities.

These dual-purpose pipettes are used for small volume transfers and feature an integrated rigid paddle used for mixing, spreading and smearing.

Bellows Transfer Pipettes The accordian-shaped, high capacity bulb of the Bellows Pipette acts as a reservoir for filling and expelling liquids. The bulb provides strong suction for use with viscous liquids.

GS-136080-500

Bellows Pipettes

Transfer Pipettes with Paddle, Non-Graduated

GS-138002 7 ml Bellows Pipettes, Graduated To 1.5 ml, Excellent For Food And Cosmetic Applications, 100/Bag, 20 Bags/Case, 2000/Case, SPECIAL ORDER ITEM

GS-136080-500 0.8 ml Transfer Pipettes W/ Paddle, Non-Graduated, Length: 124 mm, 50 uL Drop Size, 500/Dispenser Box, Features A Paddle At One End To Facilitate The Spreading Of Substances

GS-138005 15 ml Bellows Pipettes, Graduated To 5 ml, Excellent For Food And Cosmetic Applications, 100/Bag, 12 Bags/Case, 1200/Case, SPECIAL ORDER ITEM

GS-136070-500 1 ml Transfer Pipettes W/ Paddle, Non-Graduated, Narrow Tip, Length: 130 mm, 30 uL Drop Size, 500/Dispenser Box, Features A Paddle At One End To Facilitate The Spreading Of Substances Also available in larger quantities.

Also available in larger quantities.

146

GS-136070-500

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Monoject 60 cc Syringes

Monoject 140 cc Piston Syringes

Specimen Containers - Leak Resistant

LABORATORY

Features • Bold dual graduations 60 cc in 5 cc increments and 2 oz in 1/4" oz increments • Autoclavable in rigid pack • Oriented, compact package • Sterile Part Number

Syringe Tip

TY-8881560224

Regular Luer

TY-8881560182 TY-8881560141

Qty.

Features • Bold dual graduations 140 cc in 5 cc increments and 5 oz in 1/4 oz increments • Autoclavable

Syringe Tip

Qty.

TY-8881114014

Regular Luer

20

TY-8881114030

Luer Lock

20

100

TY-8881114055

Catheter (Irrigation)

20

100

Sterile Luer Lock

20

Part Number

100

Non-Sterile

Eccentric Luer

100

Catheter (Irrigation)

100

TY-8881560125

Luer Lock

TY-8881560265

Toomey Type (Irrigation)

TY-8881114063

Automatic Burettes Self Zeroing Glass Burettes These burettes have easy to read blue graduations against a white background. The delivery end is fitted into a plastic push button stopcock which permits drop by drop delivery. A small screw clamp adjusts drop speed as needed for titration. A polyethylene filling tube extends from the top of the burette into the bottle reservoir. Bottle, screw cap, and round base are polyethylene. Graduation accuracy is Class B. Sold Individually

BEL-H37918-0109E Automatic Burette, 10 ml, 0.05 ml Graduations, 500 ml Reservoir BEL-H37918-0110E Automatic Burette, 15 ml, 0.10 ml Graduations, 500 ml Reservoir BEL-H37918-0111E Automatic Burette, 25 ml, 0.10 ml Graduations, 1000 ml reservoir BEL-H37918-0112E Automatic Burette, 50 ml, 0.10 ml Graduations, 1000 ml Reservoir

www.ereinc.com

These Tite-Rite™ containers are the ultimate in leak-tight storage and transport of liquids. An expanded inner liner in the screwcap is designed to compress against the uppermost walls and top rim of the container thereby providing an air-tight seal. Technical information • Container = Polypropylene (PP) Cap = Polyethylene (PE) • Molded graduation marks • Ideal for hospital pneumatic tube systems

GS-6518 Tite-Rite™ Containers W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 20 ml (0.66 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 1 1/2" (35 mm), Height: 1 3/4", 1000/Case GS-6520 Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 40 ml (1.33 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 1 5/8", 600/Case GS-6522 Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 60 ml (2 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 2 3/8", 500/Case GS-6524 Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 90 ml (3 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 3", 400/Case GS-6525 Tite-Rite™ Wide Mouth Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 90 ml (3 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2 1/4" (53 mm), Height: 2 1/2", 300/Case GS-6527 Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 120 ml (4 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2 1/4" (53 mm), Height: 3 1/8", 300/Case GS-6540 Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 250 ml (8 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 3 1/2", Height: 2 1/4", 100/Case GS-6542 Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 500 ml (16 oz), Container Dimensions: Diameter: 3 1/2", Height: 4 3/8", 100/Case GS-6545 Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 1000 ml (33 oz), Container Dimensions: 4 3/8", Height: 5 3/8", 100/Case

sales@ereinc.com

147


LABORATORY

4 oz (120 ml) Specimen Containers with Screw Cap Our unique 4 oz Specimen Container features the EZ-Turn 1/4 turning screw cap which is designed to assist in the prevention of carpal tunnel syndrome. The lid opens and closes with one smooth movement, which minimizes the usage of the operator’s hand and lower arm area, and reduces the stress placed on the wrist.

Non-Sterile Containers: Graduated to 100 ml & frosted writing area Sterile Containers: Graduated to 100 ml, individually wrapped & trilingual patient ID label (English, Spanish & French) Container = Polypropylene (PP) Cap = Polyethylene (PE)

GS-5912 4 oz Specimen Container W/ Label, Individually Wrapped, Sterile, 100/Box GS-5910 4 oz Specimen Container W/ Label, Individually Wrapped, Sterile, 200/Box GS-5915 4 oz Specimen Container, Non-Sterile, 500/Box GS-5914 4 oz Specimen Container, Non-Sterile, 100/Box GS-5916 4 oz Specimen Container W/ Affixed Thermometer & Screw Cap, Non-Sterile, 500/Box

Sample Tubes These Sample Tubes have been designed for the storage and transport of biological material. They are manufactured of non-toxic polypropylene (PP) and offer a high degree of strength and clarity. The tubes come with external threads resulting in a smooth, uniform inner surface thereby reducing the risk of contamination.

Features • Tubes withstand a temperature range of -196°C to +121°C • Round bottom tubes can be centrifuged up to 17,000 x g • Autoclavable (121°C) in an upright position with caps loosened

Sample tubes are available in the following two types:

The screw caps for the sample tubes are made of polypropylene (PP) and are available either with or without an O-Ring.

148

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Non-Graduated

Graduated with White Writing Area

GS-6030 1.2 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6050 1.2 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6031 2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6051 2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6032 2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6052 2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6033 3.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6053 3.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6034 4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6054 4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6035 4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6055 4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6038 5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6058 5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6039 5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6059 5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

Screw Cap with O-Ring

Screw Cap without O-Ring

GS-6137C Screw Cap, Natural, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6136C Screw Cap, Natural, 1000/Box

GS-6137B Screw Cap, Blue, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6136B Scre Cap, Blue, 1000/Box

GS-6137G Screw Cap, Green, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6136G Screw Cap, Green, 1000/Box

GS-6137P Screw Cap, Pink, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6136P Screw Cap, Pink, 1000/Box

GS-6137R Screw Cap, Red, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6136R Screw Cap, Red, 1000/Box

GS-6137W Screw Cap, White, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6136W Screw Cap, White, 1000/Box

GS-6137Y Screw Cap, Yellow, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6136Y Screw Cap, Yellow, 1000/Box

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Glass Facts

LABORATORY

Features • Maximum visibility • Impervious to permeation of gases • Shapes and volumes do not change under vacuum pressure or when handled • Recyclable • Amber glass provides UV light protection • Chemically inert • Autoclavable Cap Styles Also Available Upon Request: Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl, Black Phenolic Polyseal™, Black Phenolic Rubber & Bottle Only Bulk packages also available

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

Amber Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style QOR-7918

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-7919

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-7920

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-7922

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-7923

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Amber Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

Ready To Clean Glass Containers Ready to Clean Bottles are designed for users who prefer to use their own cleaning process. Ready to Clean bottles are fully assembled with polypropylene caps and a friction fit .015" Teflon® disc. Both cap and liner can be washed, heated or autoclaved depending upon your application. The Teflon® disc is chemically inert, and will not interfere with your test results.

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-GLC-09083

15 (.50)

28 - 400

48

QOR-7930

30 (1)

28 - 400

24

QOR-7931

60 (2)

33 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0005

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-7933

120 (4)

38 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0007

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-7934

250 (8.5)

45 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0060

960 (32)

33 - 400

30

QOR-7935

500 (16)

53 - 400

12

QOR-7938

950 (32)

53 - 400

12

Amber Wide Mouths Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style

QOR-7937

1,250 (42)

70 - 400

6

QOR-7936

2,500 (84)

70 - 400

12

Clear Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

Amber Boston Rounds Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style

QOR-GLC-06773

15 (.50)

28 - 400

48

QOR-GLC-05984

30 (1)

28 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0016

60 (2)

33 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0017

120 (4)

38 - 400

12

QOR-7909

30 (1)

20 - 400

48

QOR-0100-0018

250 (8.5)

45 - 400

12

QOR-7910

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0019

500 (16)

53 - 400

12

QOR-7912

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

Clear Boston Rounds Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style

QOR-7913

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-07282

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-7914

80 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0001

240 (8)

24 - 400

12

QOR-7917

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0002

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0003

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Clear Standard Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

Clear Standard Wide Mouths Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style

QOR-7967

120 (4)

48 - 400

24

QOR-7968

240 (8)

58 - 400

24

QOR-2W04QEDC

120 (4)

48 - 400

24

QOR-7970

480 (16)

63 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0077

240 (8)

58 - 400

24

QOR-7972

960 (32)

70 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0078

480 (16)

63 - 400

24

QOR-7973

1,920 (64)

83 - 400

6

QOR-0100-0079

960 (32)

70 - 400

12

QOR-7974

3,785 (128)

89 - 400

4

QOR-0100-0024

1920 (64)

83 - 400

6

QOR-0100-0087

3785 (128)

89 - 400

4

Clear Straight Sided Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

Clear Straight Sided Rounds Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style

QOR-7939

30 (1)

43 - 400

48

QOR-7940

60 (2)

53 - 400

24

QOR-2S01QEDC

30 (1)

43 - 400

48

QOR-7943

120 (4)

58 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0011

60 (2)

53 - 400

24

QOR-7945

180 (6)

63 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0012

120 (4)

58 - 400

24

QOR-7946

240 (8)

70 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0022

240 (8)

58 - 400

24

QOR-7947

480 (16)

89 - 400

12

QOR-2S08QEDC

240 (8)

70 - 400

24

QOR-7950

960 (32)

89 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0023

480 (16)

63 - 400

12

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

149


Precleaned by Vacuum & Ionization

Borosilicate Sample Vials

Contaminants such as loose dirt, carton lint, aerosols, and fine glass particles are removed by the Vacuum and Ionization process.

LABORATORY

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

Clear Sample Vials are packed in Blue Plastic Corrugate to reduce carton dust.

Vacuum & Ionized Amber Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style QOR-2A02QGTV

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-2A04QGTV

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-2A08QGTV

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-2A16QGTV

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-2A32QGTV

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl Cap Style QOR-2A02QPVV

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-2A04QPVV

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-2A08QPVV

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-2A16QPVV

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-2A32QPVV

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Vacuum & Ionized Amber Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style QOR-2P01QGTV

30 (1)

28 - 400

24

QOR-2P02QGTV

60 (2)

33 - 400

24

QOR-2P04QGTV

120 (40)

38 - 400

24

QOR-2P08QGTV

250 (8.5)

45 - 400

24

QOR-2P16QGTV

500 (16)

53 - 400

12

QOR-2P32QGTV

950 (32)

53 - 400

12

QOR-GLC-07007

1250 (42)

70 - 400

6

QOR-GLC-07354

2500 (84)

70 - 400

12

Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl Cap Style

Capacity ml (oz)

Dimensions

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

Amber Borosilicate Sample Vials Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

QOR-2P01QPVV

30 (1)

28 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06786

1.85 (.50)

12 x 35

8 - 425

QOR-2P02QPVV

60 (2)

33 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06787

4 (1)

15 x 45

13 - 425

144

QOR-2P04QPVV

120 (40)

38 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06788

7.5 (2)

17 x 60

15 - 425

144

QOR-2P08QPVV

250 (8.5)

45 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06789

15 (4)

21 x 70

18 - 400

144

QOR-2P16QPVV

500 (16)

53 - 400

12

QOR-2V22MGTC

20 (5)

27.75 x 57

24 - 400

144

QOR-2P32QPVV

950 (32)

53 - 400

12

QOR-7589T/144

40 (10)

27.50 x 95

24 - 400

144

Vacuum & Ionized Clear Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

144

Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE/Silicone Septa Cap style QOR-2V22MHSC

20 (5)

27.75 x 57

24 - 400

144

QOR-2518T/144

40 (10)

27.50 x 95

24 - 400

144

12 x 35

8 - 425

144

15 x 45

13 - 425

144

17 x 60

15 - 425

144

QOR-2B01QGTV

30 (1)

20 - 400

48

QOR-2B02QGTV

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-2B04QGTV

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

Clear Borosilicate Sample Vials Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

QOR-2B08QGTV

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-2501T

1.85 (.50 )

QOR-2B16QGTV

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-2502T

4 (1)

QOR-2B32QGTV

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

QOR-2503T

7.5 (2)

QOR-2504T

11 (3)

19 x 65

15 - 425

144

QOR-2B01QPVV

30 (1)

20 - 400

48

QOR-2505T

15 (4)

21 x 70

18 - 400

144

QOR-2B02QPVV

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-2508T

20 (5)

27.25 x 57.5

24 - 400

72

QOR-2B04QPVV

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06064*

20 (5)

27.25 x 57.5

24 - 400

144

QOR-2B08QPVV

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-2506T

22 (6)

23 x 85

20 - 400

144

QOR-2B16QPVV

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-2509T

22 (6)

27.25 x 70

24 - 400

72

QOR-2B32QPVV

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

QOR-2507T

30 (8)

25 x 95

22 - 400

144

QOR-7587T/144*

40 (10)

29.25 x 81

24 - 400

144

QOR-7588T/144*

40 (10)

27.75 x 95

24 - 414

144

QOR-GLC-07876*

60 (15)

27.5 x 140

24 - 400

72

Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl Cap Style

Vacuum & Ionized Clear Standard Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

150

Part Number

QOR-2W04QGTV

120 (4)

48 - 400

24

QOR-2W08QGTV

240 (8)

58 - 400

24

QOR-2W16QGTV

480 (16)

63 - 400

24

QOR-2W32QGTV

960 (32)

70 - 400

12

QOR-2W64QGTV

1920 (64)

83 - 400

6

QOR-2W99QGTV

3785 (128)

89 - 400

4

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE/Silicone Septa Cap Style QOR-2V20MHSC*

20 (5)

27.25 x 57.5

24 - 400

144

QOR-2517T*

40 (10)

27.75 x 95

24 - 414

144

QOR-GLC-07863*

60 (15)

27.5 x 140

24 - 400

72

*Indicates item is not available in blue plastic corrugate.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Amber & Clear Round Dropper Bottles With black polypropylene hole cap with glass dropper assembly.

LABORATORY

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle The dropper pulls out leaving the polypropylene stopper to protect the neck of the glass bottle. All parts disassemble to clean. Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

Amber Round Dropper Bottles QOR-GLC-05725

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-05727

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

Clear Round Dropper Bottles QOR-GLC-05723

30 (1)

20 - 400

48

QOR-GLC-05724

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-05726

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

Natural Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

BEL-F11604-0030 Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 30 ml, Each BEL-F11604-0060 Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 50 ml, Each BEL-F11604-0125 Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 125 ml, Each

White Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-3820

30 (1)

43 - 400

72

QOR-3821

60 (2)

53 - 400

48

QOR-3822

120 (4)

58 - 400

36

QOR-3823

240 (8)

89 - 400

36

QOR-3824

480 (16)

89 - 400

24

QOR-3825

960 (32)

120 - 400

24

www.ereinc.com

Features • Soft vinyl bulb • Ground standard taper neck in bottle • "Bumper" opening protects the tip of the glass dropper

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-PLC-07184

30 (1)

43 - 400

72

QOR-PLC-07185

60 (2)

53 - 400

48

QOR-PLC-07186

120 (4)

58 - 400

36

QOR-PLC-07187

240 (8)

70 - 400

36

QOR-PLC-07188

480 (16)

89 - 400

24

QOR-PLC-07189

960 (32)

120 - 400

24

sales@ereinc.com

151


Clear Polystyrene Snap Cap Vials

LABORATORY

Clear Polystyrene Jars with White PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style

Part Number

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-3811

60 (2)

53 - 400

48

QOR-3891

120 (4)

58 - 400

36

QOR-3812

240 (8)

89 - 400

36

QOR-3892

480 (16)

89 - 400

24

QOR-3813

960 (32)

120 - 400

24

Capacity ml (oz)

Dimensions

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-3075

18.5 (5)

25 x 50

24 mm

144

QOR-3076

26 (7)

29 x 50

28 mm

144

QOR-3078

45 (13)

33.5 x 71.5

38 mm

144

QOR-3079

60 (15)

36 x 62

43 mm

144

HDPE Hedpaks® Natural PP Gasket Lined Cap Style

Natural HDPE Wide Mouth Rounds White PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Dimensions

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-PLA-05975

2.5 Gallon

51 - 400

3H1/Y1.2/100

104

QOR-7221

5 Gallon

70 - 400

N/A

1

Wide Mouth Natural HDPE Lab Style Bottles Part Number

152

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-7352G

30 (1)

28 - 400

48

QOR-7307G

60 (2)

33 - 400

48

QOR-7354G

120 (4)

38 - 400

48

QOR-7355G

250 (8.5)

53 - 400

48

Natural PP Linerless Cap Style Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

QOR-3522

30 (1)

28 - 415

72

60 (2)

28 - 415

72

Part Number

Qty./Case

QOR-7356G

500 (16)

53 - 400

24

QOR-3523

QOR-7357G

950 (32)

53 - 400

12

QOR-3524

120 (4)

38 - 415

72

QOR-7358G

2,000 (68)

89 - 400

6

QOR-3525

240 (8)

43 - 415

72

QOR-7359G

3,000 (100)

89 - 400

4

QOR-3526

480 (16)

53 - 415

48

QOR-7320G

3,840 (128)

89 - 400 †

4

QOR-3527

960 (32)

63 - 415

24

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles

Eliminates Dangerous Drips

A unique, patented, 2-piece valve prevents pressure build-up of solvents within the wash bottle. The volatiles are vented eliminating solvent drips. Patented value allows dispensing with bottle upright or inverted. Wash bottles are labeled with six of the most commonly used solvent names. Bottles are low-density polyethylene, closures and venting assembly are polypropylene. Note: Use only with solvents compatible with LDPE.

BEL-F11642-0622B Acetone, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11642-0637B Ethanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0624B Isopropanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11642-0638B LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11642-0623B Methanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11642-0611B Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11643-0222B Acetone, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

LABORATORY

BEL-F11642-0612B Ethyl Acetate, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0237B Ethanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11643-0224B Isopropanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11643-0238B LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11643-0223B Methanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

Write-On™ Bottles

Fluoropolymer Bottles with Rounded Bottoms

Simplify Labeling! Large dedicated labeling areas help to standardize the way bottle contents are identified. A separate area is provided for name and a larger area allows for detail of contents or safety information and includes a defined space for date information. Bottles are molded of rugged HDPE in 500 and 1000 ml (16 & 32 oz) sizes and are available as narrow or wide mouth with leak proof polypropylene cap. Ideal for storing and transporting liquids or dry material.

Sold Individually.

FEP Wash Bottles Fluoropolymer Wash Bottles, FEP Bottles; Tefzel ETFE closure/stem and draw tube. The most chemical-resistant wash bottle. Onepiece stem and closure for leak proof service. Provides contamination-free dispensing useful for trace element work. Packaged Individually.

JIP-BTP5009-0030N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 30 ml JIP-BTP5009-0060N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 60 ml JIP-BTP5009-0125N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 125 ml JIP-BTP5009-0250N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 250 ml JIP-BTP5009-0500N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 500 ml JIP-BTP5009-1000N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 1000 ml JIP-BTF5009-0030N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 30 ml JIP-BTF5009-0060N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 60 ml JIP-BTF5009-0125N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml JIP-BTF5009-0125W Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml JIP-BTF5009-0250N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml JIP-BTF5009-0250W Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml

BEL-F10660-0500B Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz), Narrow Mouth, 12/Bag BEL-F10660-1000B Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz), Narrow Mouth, 6/Bag BEL-F10662-0500B Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Wide Mouth, 12/bag BEL-F10662-1000B Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Wide Mouth, 6/Bag

www.ereinc.com

JIP-BTF5009-0500N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml JIP-WBT5008-125F FEP Wash Bottle, 125 ml, Each JIP-WBT5008-250F FEP Wash Bottles, 250 ml, Each JIP-WBT5008-500F FEP Wash Bottles, 500 ml, Each JIP-WBT5008-1000F FEP Wash Bottles,1000 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0500W Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml JIP-BTF5009-1000N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml JIP-GBF5009-1000W Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml JIP-BTF5009-2000N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 2000 ml

sales@ereinc.com

153


LABORATORY

Fluoropolymer Vials

PTFE Vials

PFA Vials with threaded closures designed primarily for storage of samples. Available with flat, conical and rounded inner style configurations. Some vials are molded with solid outside bottoms for use on hot plates. All vials also available in packs of 10 with tray. For vials with tray, add the letter "T" to the end of each catalog number for this configuration.

Features • Storage/shipping of valuable or aggressive materials • For small reactions at lowpressure • Thick wall construction • Tapered inner walls for easy contents removal

All Plain Closure (Non-Septum) PFA vials available with PTFE liner inside closure. Add the letter "L" to the end of each catalog number for this configuration.

JIP-014-125 PTFE Vial, 25 ml, 33 mm O.D., 78 mm Height, Each JIP-014-150 PTFE Vial, 50 ml, 43 mm O.D., 78 mm Height, Each

Clavies® Autoclavable Bags

Safe, Convenient Biohazard Disposal For maximum protection and convenience when disposing of biohazardous wastes, Clavies® transparent, autoclave bags are made of .05 mm (.002") thick polypropylene. Fill the bag with used Petri dishes, membrane filters, culture plates, pipettes, etc., then autoclave and discard. The three largest sizes hold 65, 200 and 240 standard Petri dishes respectively. Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). 100/Box, 10 Boxes/Case

JIP-VIA5007-3VR 3 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 23 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-5VSN 5 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 24 mm, Snap-On Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-6VRHD 6 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 23 mm, Plain Threaded, Heavy Duty Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-7VR 7 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 24 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-15VR 15 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-15VC 15 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Conical, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-22VF 22 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-30VR 30 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-30VC 30 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Conical, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-60VF 60 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-5SVC 5 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Fin-Type, Inner Style: Conical, 24 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-7SVR 7 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 24 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each JIP-VIA5007-30SVF 30 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Threaded Septum Closure Each JIP-VIA5007-60SVF 60 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style:Flat, 33 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each

154

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

BEL-H13182-0810C Clavies® Autoclavable Bags, 20 x 25 cm (8" x 10"), 1000/Case BEL-H13182-0812C Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 20 x 30 cm (8" x 12"), 1000/Case BEL-H13182-0815C Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 20 x 38 cm (8" x 15"), 1000/Case BEL-H13182-1010C Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 25 cm (10" x 10"), 1000/Case BEL-H13182-1012C Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 30 cm (10" x 12"), 1000/Case BEL-H13182-1015C Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 38 cm (10" x 15"), 1000/Case

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire/tape and bend wire to seal.

NA-B01067WA Capacity: 29 ml (1 oz), Size: 2.5" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

Sampling Bags without White Labeling Area Qty.: 500

NA-B01064WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B01009WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L,Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B01062WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B00679WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B01065WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B00992WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3 .75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01297WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01018WA Capacity: 384 ml (13 oz), Size: 5.25" W x 7.5 " L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01196WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B00736WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01195WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B01063WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil NA-B00990WA Capacity: 798 ml (27 oz), Size: 5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

LABORATORY

Features • Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use • Sampling bags are available without or with a white labeling area • Guaranteed sterile • Reduced storage space • Easy identification • Leakproof closure

Sampling Bags with White Labeling Area Qty.: 500

Stand-Up Sampling Bags Qty.: 500

NA-B00994WA Capacity: 1,065 ml (36 oz), Size: 5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01364WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01027WA Capacity: 1,242 ml (42 oz), Size: 6" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01365WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

"Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contain a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and non-inhibitory; with write labeling area. The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself. The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years. Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender. Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Tray for Shaking Incubation NA-B01432WA Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags NA-B01433WA Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags

Filter Bags (Contains Filter Layer) Qty.: 250

NA-B01434WA Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags

NA-B01385WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3.75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil NA-B01348WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thicknes s: 4.0 mil NA-B01318WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil NA-B01416WA Capacity: 2.041 ml (69 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

"Speci-Sponge" Bags for Environmental Surface Sampling Qty.: 100 NA-B01245WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil NA-B01299WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

Sampling Bag Accessories Carrying Racks NA-B00677WA Double Grid 21 Compartment

Sampling Bag Accessories Playmate® Cooler

NA-B00678WA Double Grid 15 Compartment

NA-B00772WA Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler

NA-B00750WA Double Grid 30 Compartment

NA-B01109WA Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler

NA-B00751WA Double Grid 12 Compartment Long-Term Retention Sampling Bags Qty.: 500

NA-B01048WA Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use)

Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Handle

NA-B01300WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01023WA Single Grid 18 Compartment

NA-B01309WA Rack Handle

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

155


LABORATORY

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders Roll-Proof and Easy to Read These Single Scale Graduated Cylinders have a single scale with raised numerals for easy reading. Flared top rims and large spouts facilitate pouring, and octagon-shaped bases provide stability. The "nonwetting" polypropylene surface eliminates concave meniscus and makes reading easier and more accurate. Chemically resistant and autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.

BEL-F28452-0000E Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 10 ml, Subdivision: 0.2 ml, Each BEL-F28453-0000E Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 25 ml, Subdivision: 0.5 ml, Each BEL-F28454-0000E Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 50 ml, Subdivision: 1.0 ml, Each BEL-F28455-0000E Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 100 ml, Subdivision: 1.0 ml, Each BEL-F28456-0000E Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 250 ml, Subdivision: 2.0 ml, Each BEL-F28457-0000E Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 500 ml, Subdivision: 5.0 ml, Each BEL-F28458-0000E Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 1000 ml, Subdivision: 10.0 ml, Each BEL-F28459-0000E Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 2000 ml, Subdivision: 20.0 ml, Each

Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders

"No-Drip" Spout for Easy Pouring Graduated Beakers Griffin Low Form Polypropylene Beakers are translucent, chemical resistant and will stack without sticking together. Raised numeric graduations show approximate volume (± 5%). All sizes are steam autoclavable at 121ºC (250ºF).

BEL-F26210-0000B Graduated Beakers, 50 ml, 12/Bag

BEL-F26215-0000B Graduated Beakers, 600 ml, 4/Bag

BEL-F26211-0000B Graduated Beakers, 100 ml, 12/Bag

BEL-F26216-0000B Graduated Beakers, 1000 ml, 3/Bag

BEL-F26212-0000B Graduated Beakers, 150 ml 12/Bag

BEL-F26217-0000B Graduated Beakers, 2000 ml, 1/Bag

BEL-F26213-0000B Graduated Beakers, 250 ml, 6/Bag

BEL-F26219-0000B Graduated Beakers, 4000 ml, 1/Bag

BEL-F26214-0000B Graduated Beakers, 400 ml, 6/Bag

Large Volume Beakers 5 & 10 Liter Capacity Ideal for Pilot Plant Work These non-graduated beakers feature flared rims as well as spouts for quick, easy pouring when large volumes are handled. Made of polypropylene, they offer good chemical resistance and are steam autoclavable at 121ºC (250ºF).

Grip Handle for Steady Pouring The handle on a Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinder provides a secure, solid grip for superior control. The result is safer, more convenient pouring. The one-piece polypropylene cylinder will not create a meniscus. The "Total Contained, Total Delivered" double scale is accurate and easy to read, and the hexagonal base prevents tipping and rolling. The hand opening is 89 x 29 mm (3" x 1 1/8"). Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F).

BEL-F28461-1000E Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders, 1000 ml, Each BEL-F28461-2000E Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders, 2000 ml, Each

156

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

BEL-F26219-0005E Large Volume Beaker, 5 Liter, Bottom O.D.: 16.5 cm (6 1/2"), Top O.D.: 21 cm (8 1/4"), Height: 26 cm (10 1⁄4"), Each BEL-F26219-0010E Large Volume Beaker, 10 Liter, Bottom O.D.: 22.2 cm (8 3/4"), Top O.D.: 26.6 cm (10 1/4"), Height: 31.1 cm (12 1/4"), Each

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Sterilizing Trays

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers

Lightweight and Corrosion Proof Molded polypropylene trays have rounded corners and smooth, tapered sides for nesting. Ideal for sterilizing instruments and cleaning glassware. Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.

Features • Isostatically molded in pure, FDA approved, PTFE • Machined base for good heat transfer • Molded-in pouring spout • Totally chemically resistant and inert

JIP-BEA5001-1 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 1 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-5 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 5 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-10 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 10 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-25 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 25 ml, Each

LABORATORY

JIP-BEA5001-50 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 50 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-100 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 100 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-150 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 150 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-250 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 250 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-400 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 400 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-500 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 500 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-600 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 600 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-1000 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 1000 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-2000 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 2000 ml, Each JIP-BEA5001-5000 PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 5000 ml, Each

BEL-H16260-0000E Sterilizing Tray, 30 x 20 x 13 mm (12" x 7 3/4" x 5 1/8"), Each BEL-H16262-0000E Sterilizing Tray, 48 x 27 x 13 mm (19" x 10 1/2" x 5 1/8"), Each BEL-H16264-0000E Sterilizing Tray, 51 x 39 x 13 mm (20 1/4" x 15 1/2" x 5 1/8"), Each

Small Pails These 7.6 Liter (8 qt) pails have an airtight lid, removable plated steel support ring and bail handle. The height is 25 cm (10") and the top I.D. is 20 cm (8"). The Scienceware® BEL-F16775-0000 pail and cover are steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Packed Per Each.

Stainless Steel Storage Containers / Beakers Features • Highly non-corrosive stainless steel can be safely heated • Smooth finish provides for easy cleaning

No Pour Spout! Part Number

BEL-F16771-0000E (Non-Autoclavable) White Polyethylene, Each BEL-F16775-0000E (Autoclavable) Natural Polypropylene, Each

www.ereinc.com

Description

Dimensions (Dia. x H)

Fits Opening (IN)

Unit / Case

PW-1Y

1 1/4 Quart Bain Marie Pot

4 9/16" x 5 3/4"

4 1/4"

PW-2Y

2 1/6 Quart Bain Marie Pot

5 3/8" x 6 5/8"

5"

6

PW-3Y

3 Quart Bain Marie Pot

6 1/2" x 7"

6 1/16"

6

PW-4Y

4 3/4 Quart Bain Marie Pot

7 3/8" x 7 7/8"

6 13/16"

6

PW-6Y

6 1/8 Quart Bain Marie Pot

8" x 8 3/4"

7 3/8"

6

PW-8Y

8 1/4 Quart Bain Marie Pot

8 3/4" x 9 5/8"

8 1/8"

6

PW-12Y

12 1/8 Quart Bain Marie Pot

9 5/8" x 11"

9 1/8"

PW-1Y-2

Solid Bain Marie Covers

Cover Fits 1Y Pot

6

PW-2Y-2

Solid Bain Marie Covers

Cover Fits 2Y Pot

6

PW-3Y-2

Solid Bain Marie Covers

Cover Fits 3Y Pot

6

PW-4Y-2

Solid Bain Marie Covers

Cover Fits 4Y Pot

6

PW-6Y-2

Solid Bain Marie Covers

Cover Fits 6Y Pot

6

PW-8Y-2

Solid Bain Marie Covers

Cover Fits 8Y Pot

6

PW-12Y-2

Solid Bain Marie Covers

Cover Fits 12Y Pot

4

sales@ereinc.com

6

4

157


LABORATORY

Stainless Steel Graduated Measures

Stainless Steel Griffin Style Beakers Features • Seamless construction allows for safe transfer to liquids • Capacity full mark near top of beaker assures accurate measuring

Features • Graduated in ounces and cc's, measures have easy grip handles and large, smooth pouring spouts

Part Number

Description

Dimensions (Dia.xH)

Unit/Case

PW-T1062

16 oz Graduated Measure

3 3/4" x 4 5/8"

12

PW-T1063

32 oz Graduated Measure

4 3/4" x 5 1/4"

12

PW-T1064

64 oz Graduated Measure

5 1/2" x 6 1/2"

PW-T1065

169 oz Graduated Measure

7" x 8 1/4"

Part Number

Description

12

PW-125B

125 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle

2 1/8" x 2 5/8"

12

1

PW-250B

250 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle

2 5/8" x 3 1/4"

12

PW-600B

600 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle

3 3/8" x 4 5/8"

6

PW-1200B

1200 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle

4 1/8" x 6 1/16"

6

PW-2000B

2000 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle

4 7/8" x 7 1/8"

6

PW-3000B

3000 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle

5 1/2" x 8 1/4"

6

PW-4000B

4000 ml Griffin Style Beaker Without Handle

6 1/8" x 8 7/8"

4

PW-2W*

2000 ml Beaker With Closed Handle

5 1/16" x 6 5/8"

4

PW-3W*

3000 ml Beaker With Closed Handle

6 1/16" x 7"

4

PW-4W*

4000 ml Beaker With Closed Handle

6 7/8" x 8 7/8"

4

Stainless Steel Funnels Features • With Hanging Hook & Vented Stem • Attached hang rings allow for convenient storage • Liquid flows smoothly through vented stem

Dimensions (Dia.xH) Unit / Case

*No capacity mark

Stainless Steel Lab / Utility Scoops Features • Heavy duty scoop has seamless body and strong, tubular handle for easy handling and cleaning

Part Number Description Dimensions (Dia.xH) Fits Opening (IN) Unit / Case PW-T1803F

2 3/8 oz Utility Funnel 3" x 3 3/4"

1/2" Dia. x 1 1/2" Long

6

PW-T1804F

6 3/8 oz Utility Funnel 4 1/8" x 4 7/8"

1/2" Dia. x 1 1/2" Long

6

PW-T1805F

13 oz Utility Funnel

5 1/8" x 5 5/8"

1/2" Dia. x 1 1/2" Long

6

PW-T1806F

22 1/4 oz Utility Funnel 6 1/4" x 6 5/8"

1/2" Dia. x 1 1/2" Long

6

PW-T1807F

32 oz Utility Funnel

7" x 8 3/8"

7/8" Dia. x 2 5/8" Long

6

PW-T1808F

64 oz Utility Funnel

8 3/8" x 9 1/2"

7/8" Dia. x 2 5/8" Long

3 Part Number

Stainless Steel Solution Pails

Features • Pails are tapered for easy pouring. "Ears" for handles are an integral part of pail, resisting breakoff and allowing for easy cleaning

Description

Dimensions (Dia.xH) Unit / Case

PW-T7009

5oz 304 Stainless Steel Ice Scoop dim.

5" x 2 1/2"

1

PW-T7010

40 oz 304 Stainless Steel Utility Scoop

5" x 7 1/2"

1

Stainless Steel Iodine / Oil Cups Features • Easily held during procedures

158

Part Number

Description

PW-12N

13 Quart Bucket

11 5/8" x 9 1/4"

3

PW-16N

16 Quart Bucket

11 3/4" x 10 1/8"

3

PW-T20N

20 Quart Bucket

13 3/4" x 11 13/16"

3

Dimensions (Dia.xH)

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Unit / Case

Part Number

Description

PW-6G

6 oz 304 Stainless Steel Iodine Cup 3-7/16" x 2"

1

PW-14G

14 oz 304 Stainless Steel Iodine Cup4-3/8" x 2 5/8"

1

Fax : (514) 326 8961

Dimensions (Dia.xH)

Unit / Case


No-Wire™ Autoclavable Test Tube Racks

White

Red

Blue

BEL-F18745-0000E

BEL-F18746-0000E

BEL-F18747-0000E

13 mm

90

6 x 15

BEL-F18745-0001E

BEL-F18746-0001E

BEL-F18747-0001E

16 mm

60

5 x 12

BEL-F18745-0002E

BEL-F18746-0002E

BEL-F18747-0002E

20 mm

40

4 x 10

BEL-F18745-0003E

BEL-F18746-0003E

BEL-F18747-0003E

25 mm

24

3x8

BEL-F18745-0004E

BEL-F18746-0004E

BEL-F18747-0004E

30 mm

21

3x7

Poxygrid® Labware Drain Stand Three rows of hairpin-loop supports (14 in all) hold labware with 18 mm I.D. necks or larger. The top row has 12 straight pins 102 mm (4") long to accommodate smaller items. A polystyrene tray at the bottom catches water as labware drains. The legs of the stand have rubber tipped feet for non-skid use on a tabletop, or the stand may be wall mounted using wire loops on the back. 43 x 17 x 48 cm H (16 3/4" x 6 1/2" x 19" H). Shipping weight 2 kg (4 1/2 lbs).

Hold Tubes

2-Way and 3-Way Connections With a removable leak-proof plug made of chemical-resistant, non-stick Teflon® PTFE, these Polypropylene Stopcocks have serrated tubulations that accept 6.4 mm to 9.5 mm (1/4" to 3/8") I.D. tubing. 3-way models allow connection of any two or all three arms. Pressure rating is 240 KPa (35 psi). Sold Individually.

BEL-H18386-0000 Vibrasorb® Vibration, 45 x 56 cm (18" x 22"), 39 kg (87 lbs) BEL-H18386-0001 Vibrasorb® Vibration, 35 x 35 cm (13 3/4" x 13 3/4"), 19 kg (42 lbs)

Cleanware™ Aqua-Clear™

BEL-F30891-0000E Stopcock, 2-Way, Bore Size: 4 mm, Each BEL-F30894-0000E Stopcock, 3-Way, Bore Size: 2 mm, Each BEL-F30895-0000E Stopcock, 3-Way, Bore Size: 4 mm, Each

www.ereinc.com

Rows

Stopcocks

BEL-F30890-0000E Stopcock, 2-Way, Bore Size: 2 mm, Each

BEL-H18805-0000 Poxygrid® Labware Drain Stand

Places

Vibrasorb® Damping Mounts isolate sensitive analytical balances and other instruments from vibrations caused by nearby equipment such as pumps, stirrers, and blenders. Molded of dense black & white terrazzo, these 64 mm (2 1/2") thick platforms are supported on four VibroAbsorber™ cushions and neoprene feet and support up to 16 kg (35 lbs). The larger size Damping Mount will absorb vibrations down to 13 Hz. The smaller size Damping Mount will absorb vibrations down to 16 Hz with a 16 kg (35 lbs) load. With lighter loads, the minimum frequency of damping will increase to a value between 16 Hz and 25 Hz. A polished surface resists scratches and chemical attack. Overall height is 76 mm (3"). Available in two sizes.

LABORATORY

A great alternative to wire racks, with price and space saving advantages over other plastic racks currently available. These submersible racks are molded of a special blend of autoclavable polypropylene. They will sink in a water bath and maintain their stability even in agitated water. No-Wire™ racks are also perfect for use outside the water bath, and meet the exacting needs of daily usage in the lab. Supplied in numerous hole sizes, the racks are available in three colors for safety and identification in the lab. Each rack features end plates for labeling as well as numbered and lettered rows for tube identification. Interlocking feet allow stacking of racks for storage. The grid form base has holes 2.16 mm (.085") square. Assembly takes only seconds with fold up sides and end bars that lock into rack tops. Outside dimensions are all the same at 246 x 104 x 64 mm high (9.7" x 4.1" x 2.5"). Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.

Vibrasorb® Vibration Damping Mounts

Water Conditioner Aqua-Clear™ Water Conditioner stabilizes water in water baths and other water systems. Just 2 ml per liter of water provides long lasting protection against the growth of algae, bacteria and molds which often contaminate standing water. It also protects pumps and thermostats and helps prevent tubing from clogging. In addition, it may be added to water used in developer for color or X-ray films. It will not harm the film and permits longer use of the same solution. Aqua-Clear™ Water Conditioner adds a blue tint to the water which will fade after about 3 months reminding you to change the water and add new conditioner. 100 ml polyethylene bottle with cap. BEL-F17093-0000E Cleanware™ Aqua-Clear™, Each

sales@ereinc.com

159


Biohazard Disposal Bags

LABORATORY

For an economical solution to biohazard waste disposal, use Scienceware® Biohazard Disposal Bags. Made of High Molecular Weight, High-Density (HMHD) polyethylene, these translucent bags can be used for the safe disposal of used pipettes, Petri dishes, culture plates, membrane filters and more. Biohazard Disposal Bags can be autoclaved at a maximum of 121°C (250°F) and discarded. The bags are .03 mm (.0012") thick and are made from material which meets or exceeds the dartimpact test requirement of 165 grams per ASTM D1709-98. With Biohazard Warning Label; Look for the Sterilization Indicator Patch. Biohazard Disposal Bags are available with a printed sterilization patch that darkens when subjected to steam sterilization. The bags are printed with the standard biohazard warning symbol and precautionary procedures in four languages: English, French, German, and Spanish. Printed with Sterilization Indicator Patch BEL-F13160-0009 Biohazard Disposal Bags W/ Label, Size: 30 x 61 cm (12" x 24"), 1/2 to 1 Gallon, 100/Box BEL-F13161-0009 Biohazard Disposal Bags W/ Label, Size: 61 x 76 cm (24" x 30"), 10 to 12 Gallons, 100/Box BEL-F13162-0009 Biohazard Disposal Bags W/ Label, Size: 61 x 91 cm (24" x 36"), 15 to 20 Gallons, 100/Box

Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags Disposable waste bags with an adhesive strip across the top free bench or hood space when hung from walls, cabinets or virtually anywhere. Simply peel off the backing and hang close to your work area. The back panel is longer than the front for easy opening. White bags are made of High Molecular Weight High Density (HMHD) polyethylene which is steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Maximum weight of contents should not exceed 1.36 kg (3 lbs).

Biohazard Disposal Bags - Orange-Red Orange-Red Biohazard Bags feature a printed sterilization patch that darkens when subjected to steam sterilization. A large black biohazard symbol and precautionary procedures printed in four languages are clearly visible for added safety. Made of High Molecular Weight, High-Density (HMHD) polyethylene and steam autoclavable to 121°C (250°F).

BEL-F13164-1419 Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 36 x 48 cm (14" x 19"), 2 to 4 Gallons, 200/Box BEL-F13164-1923 Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 48 x 58 cm (19" x 23"), 6 to 9 Gallons, 200/Box BEL-F13164-2535 Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 64 x 89 cm (25" x 35"), 10 to 12 Gallons, 200/Box BEL-F13164-3138 Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0381 mm, Size: 79 x 97 cm (31" x 38"), 20 to 30 Gallons, 200/Box

Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags Extra Strength, High Impact, High Temperature Bags Reduce Autoclave Time Protect against dangerous tears and leaks with extra strong, high impact biohazard disposal bags. The orange-red bags are printed with the standard biohazard warning symbol and precautionary procedures in four languages: English, French, German and Spanish. Extra heavyduty bags are .05 mm (.002") thick blended polymer, autoclavable to 138°C (280°F) and feature a sterilization indicator patch that darkens when exposed to steam sterilization. Extra large sizes available, ask for a quotation. BEL-F13165-1419 Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags, Size: 36 x 48 cm, (14" x 19"), 2 to 4 Gallons, 200/Box BEL-F13174-1008 Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags, Size: 203 x 254 mm (8" x 10"), 50/Bag BEL-F13174-1012 Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags, Size: 305 x 406 mm (12" x 16"), 50/Bag

160

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

BEL-F13165-1923 Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags, Size: 48 x 58 cm, (19" x 23"), 6 to 9 Gallons, 200/Box BEL-F13165-2535 Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags, Size: 64 x 89 cm, (25" x 35"), 10 to 12 Gallons, 200/Box BEL-F13165-3138 Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags, Size: 79 x 96 cm, (31" x 38"), 20 to 30 Gallons, 200/Box

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Write-On™ Label Tapes

Broken Glass Disposal Boxes

Color Code with 6 Vivid Colors Easy as 1-2-3! Write on It! Write-On™ Label Tape adheres to any clean surface, including Teflon® fluoropolymer resin coated materials, and peels off without leaving a sticky residue. Pencil, ball-point pen or solvent ink marker remain legible under the most demanding laboratory conditions. The tape consists of colored Kraft paper with rubber resin adhesive that resists moisture and most solvents. The tape will withstand a maximum temperature of 257°C (492°F) for 30 minutes or 80°C (176°F) for 24 hours and can be used down to -73°C (-68°F). All rolls fit on standard 76 mm (3") cores. Excellent for use with Scienceware® Write-On™ Label Tape Dispensers.

LABORATORY

Maintain a safe lab with this sturdy corrugated cardboard receptacle. The box is supplied with a 2 mil thick polyethylene bag to contain broken glass fragments and spilled liquids. When the box is full, the safety cap is pulled into place and the entire unit is ready for disposal. The Broken Glass Disposal Box is printed with eye-catching graphics in four languages (English, German, French, Spanish). It is packaged flat to save space and shipping costs and is quickly assembled. Available in two sizes. The floor model holds 18 kg (40 lbs) of waste. The benchtop model holds 5.5 kg (12 lbs). Does not qualify as a DOT container.

BEL-F24653-0001 Model: Floor, 30 L x 30 W x 69 cm H (12" L x 12" W x 27" H), 6.8 kg (15 lbs), 6/Pack BEL-F24653-0002 Model: Benchtop, 20 L x 20 W x 25 cm H (8" L x 8" W x 10" H), 3.2 kg (7 lbs), 6/Pack

Sold Individually & 24 Rolls/Case Add the letter "E" for Each & the letter "C" for Case at the end of the part number.

Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes

Virgin TFE Lab Tape

This Tape Stays Put!

Features • Made from 100% Virgin Teflon PTFE • Use where non-contamination standards are high, including environmental, water, oil, chemical, medical and food processing applications • No pigments or additives • Excellent thread seal tape • Density = .4 • 3 mil thick • Temperature range of - 450°F to + 550°F • Meets or exceeds Mil Spec. T-27730A • Conveniently packaged 3 rolls/bag

Go ahead, freeze it, autoclave it, even spill acids, alkalies and organic solvents on it. This tape stays put! It is resistant to chemicals and moisture. Provides great versatility for heavy-duty lab use. Test results prove that it remains securely affixed with no discoloration after being autoclaved for 40 minutes at 125°C (258°F), as well as after one week in liquid nitrogen at 196°C (-384°F). Clear polyester tapes are 1 mil (.001"), (.025 mm) thick with 1mil of acrylic adhesive. Rolls are 32.9 meters (36 yards) long.

BEL-F13463-0175 Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 60, Color: White BEL-F13463-0110 Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 60, Color: White BEL-F13463-1075 Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Red BEL-F13463-1010 Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Red BEL-F13463-2075 Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Yellow BEL-F13463-2010 Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Yellow BEL-F13463-3075 Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Green BEL-F13463-3010 Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Green BEL-F13463-4075 Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Blue BEL-F13463-4010 Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Blue BEL-F13463-5075 Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Orange BEL-F13463-5010 Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Orange

www.ereinc.com

BEL-F13453-0010C Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 25 mm (1") Wide, (2 Rolls Required For 1000, 38 mm (1 1/2") Long Labels), 36/Case BEL-F13453-0015C Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 38 mm (1 1/2") Wide, (3 Rolls Required For 1000, 76 mm (3") Long Labels), 24/Case BEL-F13453-0020C Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 51 mm (2") Wide, (3 Rolls Required For 1000, 76 mm (3") Long Labels), 24/Case

JIP-TAP5075-25-5203 Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1/4" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack JIP-TAP5075-05-5203 Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1/2" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack JIP-TAP5075-75-5203 Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 3/4" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack JIPTAP5075-1-5203 Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack

sales@ereinc.com

161


Clamp Your Tube In Place!

LABORATORY

A. Screw Clamp

This tubing clamp offers on/off and fine control so accurate that it replaces stopcocks in many applications. It may be put in place without disconnecting tubing or interrupting your operation. Molded of DelrinÂŽ plastic, the clamp is autoclavable and resistant to acids, alkalies and organic solvents. Accepts flexible tubing up to 14 mm (1/2") O.D.

B. Spring Tubing Clamps

Perfect for all flexible tubing, this positiveaction, self-closing clamp opens by squeezing the handles together. Made of chemical and stain-resistant DelrinÂŽ plastic and stainless steel.

C. Tubing Clamp

Strong acetal plastic clamp with serrated jaws provides secure closure on tubing with a wall of .82 mm (1/32") or thinner. The open clamp slides over tubing for easy installation at any point and may be left clipped in an open position for convenient storage without constricting flow. It locks when closed and springs open when the locking tab is released. Jaws are 27 mm (1 1/16") long; total length is 59 mm (2 5/16") long.

BEL-F18212-0000B A. Screw Clamp, 3/Bag BEL-H18213-0000B B. Spring Tubing Clamps Fits Tubing O.D. Up To 8 mm (5/16"), 3/Bag BEL-H18214-0000B B. Spring Tubing Clamps Fits Tubing O.D. Up To 12 mm (15/32"), 3/Bag BEL-F18218-0000B C. Tubing Clamp, 12/Bag

Disposable Gloves RONCO SILKTEX

Portable Glove Box System Economical Containment Barrier Unit Ideal for Isolating Material to be Processed. The operator and the ambient environment are protected with this lightweight, self-contained portable isolation cabinet. A large acrylic window with glove ports permits safe viewing of operations, and the 8" diameter side port allows easy insertion of material and equipment. Included large size neoprene gloves provide good protection against gas, liquid or solid penetration and are secured to the glove box with clamping rings. Body molded from LDPE with round corners throughout for easy cleaning. Overall dimensions 68.5 W x 33 D x 55 cm H (27" W x 13" D x 22" H).Shipping weight 38 lbs. BEL-H50028-2000 Glove Box System Fully Assembled W/ 1 Pair Of Gloves & 2 Clamping Rings, Ready To Use BEL-H50028-0000 Glove Box Only BEL-H50029-0000 Neoprene Gloves Replacement (Size Large), For BEL-H50028 Only BEL-H50029-0200 Clamping Rings Replacement For BEL-H50028 Only

162

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Latex Examination Gloves 5 mil thickness

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

RO-819 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-519 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-829 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-529 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-839 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-539 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-849 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-549 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-859 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-559 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Fax : (514) 326 8961


FEP Bench/Surface Protector

JIP-PROT18-2515 General Purpose Type PROT18 Surface Protector, Vinyl Backed FEP Material, 25’’ Wide x 15 ft JIP-PROT12-2515 High Temp Foil Surface Protector - Standard Roll, Backed FEP, 25’’ Wide x 15 ft

Labmat™ Liner & Sheets White or Biohazard Safety Orange Disposable Labmat™ Bench Liner speeds clean-up and safeguards work surfaces from stains, spills and wear. The highly absorbent upper surface traps water, dyes, corrosive chemicals and radioactive solutions. The flexible polyethylene film backing is non-skid and prevents soak-through of most solutions. The entire sheet can be rolled up and discarded after contamination.

LABORATORY

Features • Corrosion resistant • Self-adhesive • Easy to apply • Easy to clean • Impact absorbing • Attractive

Labmat™ Liner is 50.8 cm (20") wide and is packed in 15.2 m (50 ft) rolls, each in a handy dispenser carton. Required footage is easily cut off with scissors while the roll is retained in the dispenser. 6 Rolls (In Dispenser Cartons)/Case Cut sheets package 100/Box BEL-F24675-0000C White, 50 ft Roll, 6 Rolls/Case BEL-F24675-1000C Safety Orange For Biohazard Designated Use, 50 ft Roll, 6 Rolls/Case BEL-F24675-0020C Cut Sheets, White Only, 50.8 x 61 cm (20" x 24"), 100/Box

Polyurethane Sleeves

Shoe Covers

Features 100% Polyurethane, length: 19.5", colour: white, blue or yellow, thickness: 5.5 mil, heavy duty strength, easy to clean, resistant to wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols

Features • 100% polypropylene • Colour: blue • Anti-slip strips • Durable

RO-39-368W White Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

RO-1991S Shoe Covers, Small, 1000/Case

RO-39-368B Blue Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

RO-1991 Shoe Covers, Regular, 1000/Case

RO-39-368Y Yellow Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

RO-1991XL Shoe Covers, X-Large, 1000/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Cova-Cap Pleated Bouffant Features 100% non-woven polypropylene, pleated, latex free, diameter: 21" or 24", colour: blue, green, pink, white or yellow, soft elastic headband for maximum protection and hair retention, fluid resistant, lightweight and breathable, ideal for department colour coding

21" RO-771 White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case RO-773 Yellow Cova-Cap, 1000/Case RO-775 Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case RO-777 Pink Cova-Cap, 1000/Case RO-779 Green Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

24" RO-781 White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case RO-785 Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

163


LABORATORY

Biodegradable, Concentrated & Residue Free! ALCONOX

Powdered Precision Cleaner Concentrated, anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable results without interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5. AL-1104-1 4 Pound Box AL-1112-1 Dispenser Box, (50 x 1/2 oz)

TERGAZYME

Enzyme Active Powdered Detergent Concentrated, anionic detergent with protease enzyme for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Excellent for removal of proteinaceous soils, tissue, blood, and body fluids from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass with no interfering residues. Ideal as a cleaning agent in Reverse Osmosis and UltraFiltration Systems. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.

Low Foaming Critical Detergent Low foaming, heavy-duty alkaline detergent for use in labware washers, parts washers, powerspray systems, and ultrasonic cleaning systems. Concentrated, highly emulsifying and penetrating formula is free rinsing, and leaves no interfering residues. Protects interior working parts of washers. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 13. AL-1632-1 1 Quart (Plastic Bottle) AL-1601-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

TERGAJET

Low Foaming Phosphate Free Powdered Detergent Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free powdered cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 11.5. AL-2204-1 4 Pound Box

LIQUINOX

Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5. AL-1232-1 1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)

AL-1304-1 4 Pound Box

AL-1201-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

CITRAJET

Low Foaming Liquid Acid Cleaner Low foaming, phosphate-free, concentrated, liquid cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems and manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibit-ed and free rinsing leaving no interfering residues. Ideal for acid washing and rinsing. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5. AL-2001-1 1 Gallon

CITRANOX

Liquid Acid Cleaner and Detergent Phosphate free, concentrated cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited and free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Ideal for trace metal analysis. USDA authorized. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5. AL-1801-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

ALCOJET

SOLUJET

AL-1404-1 4 Pound Box

AL-2101-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

Low Foaming Powdered Detergent Nonionic, low foaming cleaner for use in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:200. pH 12.

164

DETOJET

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Low Foaming Phosphate Free Detergent Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free liquid cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 12.4.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Detergent Selection Guide Articles Cleaned/ Soil Removed

Cleaning Method

Recommended Powder

Cleaner Liquid

Healthcare/Veterinary Effective preparation for sterilization, longer instrument life. Reduce waste.

Surgical, anaesthetic, and examining instruments and equipment. Catheters and tubes. Blood, body fluids, tissue on instruments.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, sani-sterilizer Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

ALCONOX ALCOJET TERGAZYME

LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET

Pharmaceutical/Medical Device/Biotechnology Passing cleaning validation for FDA good manufacturing practices. For stainless steel, glass, plastic, elastomer cleaning.

Titanium dioxide, petrolatum, oils, emulsions, ointments, carbopols, lacquers, zinc oxides, proteins, steroids, alcohols, sugars, and Eudragit* (L/S/L30/D55/NE30D) polymers.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash, CIP

ALCONOX ALCOJET TERGAJET (p-free)

Inorganic residues, salts, metallics, pigments. Eudragit* (E/RL/RS/E100) polymers, amphoterics, coatings, amines, ethers, starches, alkaloids.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash, CIP

Protein/ferment residues. R/O, U/F membranes.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

TERGAZYME

SOLUJET (p-free)

Glass, metal, plastic labware, ceramics, tissue culture, porcelain, clean rooms, animal cages, bioreactors, tubing, benches, safety equipment.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine, power spray, labware washer, washer-sterilizer, cage-washers

ALCONOX ALCOJET TERGAJET (p-free)

LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET SOLUJET (p-free)

Tubes, reusable pipets.

Siphon-type washer-rinsers

Microbiology, water lab, and environmental sampling. Phosphate-sensitive labware. EPA procedures. (Acid for water rinse cycle.)

Field, Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, labware washer

TERGAJET (p-free) TERGAJET

LIQUINOX (p-free) SOLUJET-base CITRAJET-acid

Radioactive equipment/contaminants. Stopcock grease.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, warewasher

ALCONOX ALCOJET

LIQUINOX SOLUJET

Trace metals, metal oxides, scale, salts, starches, amines.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, warewasher

Proteinaceous soils, bio-wastes, tissue, blood and other body fluids, fermentation residues.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Glassware washer

TERGAZYME ALCOJET

Glass, ceramic, porcelain, stainless steel, plastic, rubber. Oils, chemicals, particulates.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash

Aluminum, brass, copper, and other soft metal parts. Oils, chemicals, particulates (acid for oxides, salts, buffing compound).

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

Inorganics, metallic complexes, trace metals and oxides, scale, salts, metal brightening.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Parts washer, power wash

ALCONOX ALCOJET TERGAJET (p-free) ALCONOX TERGAJET (p-free) ALCOJET TERGAJET (p-free)

LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET SOLUJET (p-free) LIQUI-NOX-base CITRANOX-acid SOLUJET-base CITRAJET-acid CITRANOX CITRAJET

Silicone oils, mold-release agents, buffing compounds.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Parts washer, pressure spray

ALCONOX ALCOJET

CITRANOX SOLUJET (p-free)

Delicate substrates/neutral for waste.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure spray

LUMINOX (Neutral pH)

Circuit boards, assemblies, screens, parts, conductive residues, resins, rosins, fluxes, particulates, salts.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power spray board and screen washers

DETERGENT 8

Ceramic insulators and components.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Parts washers

ALCONOX ALCOJET

LIQUINOX (p-base) SOLUJET

Stainless steel, food-contact equipment.

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure wash, CIP Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure wash, CIP Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

ALCONOX ALCOJET

LIQUINOX DETOJET CITRANOX CITRAJET

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

ALCONOX

LIQUI-NOX-base CITRANOX-acid

Parts washers, power spray

ALCOJET

SOLUJET-base CITRAJET-acid

Laboratory/Environmental Reproducible results, no interfering residues, extending equipment life. Keep laboratory accreditation. Laboratory safety.

Metalworking, Precision Manufacturing, and Optics Clean parts, avoid volatile solvents, strong acids, and other hazardous chemicals.

Electronics Avoid conductive residues, avoid CFCs, pass cleaning criteria.

Food and Dairy Avoid interfering residues on food-contact equipment.

Oxides, scale, trace metals, salts, milkstone. Filter membranes. Proteins/biofouling.

Cosmetics Avoid crosscontamination.

Nuclear Avoid waste interference

Product contact surfaces (acids for pigments and salts).

Reactor cavities, pipes, tools, protective equip

p-free=phosphate-free

Parts washer, power wash

LIQUINOX (p-free) SOLUJET (p-free) CITRANOX CITRAJET

LABORATORY

Application Key Concerns

ALCOTABS (tablets)

CITRANOX CITRAJET

TERGAZYME

Manual, Soak, Spray

SOLUJET

DETERGENT 8

More Detergent Cleaners Available ... Call for Your Free Sample! www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

165


HYDROCARBON SAMPLING & RECOVERY

We Love Oil!

HydroPhobe Passive SkimmerTM

Oilwick Skimmer Oilwick Skimmer recovers spilled oil and denser (less than bunker) mixed hydrocarbon cocktails from groundwater. Subsurface spill clean-up requires spilled gasoline recovery, spilled diesel recovery, spilled oil recovery from groundwater, and mixed hydrocarbon spill remediation.

The Hydrophobe Passive SkimmerTM is manufactured with our latest technology membrane removing hydrocarbons from water. The skimmers are designed to float on the interface, allowing fluids to enter without water. Just insert the skimmer into the well and allow it to skim water-free products - withdraw when ready.

®

Features • 10' lifting chain • pvc / polypropylene collection cartridge • 100 mm vertical capillary collection element pulls hydrocarbon into reservoir • can be rejuvenated on site • stainless steel base with brass drain valve.

Specifications Fabricated in PVC. Consists of a stainless steel bottom-emptying device. Three sizes are available.

ER-0717S 0.7 Liters Capacity, 55" L x 1.7" D

ER-OILWICK-2 0.3 Liters Capacity, 25" L x 1.7" D

ER-2124S 2.25 Liters Capacity, 68" L x 2.4" D

ER-OILWICK-4 2 Liters Capacity, 30" L x 3.5" D

ER-4536S 4.75 Liters Capacity, 68" L x 3.6" D

CarboBailerTM

PATE N

TED!

Oil Eaters Designed for the removal of the top layer of petroleum before sampling without absorbing water. Petroleum absorbing capacity of 0.5 liters per unit. Each unit is individually cleaned and ready to use.

CW-EZ-A6015-12 Oil Eater, Polypro, 1.3" O.D. x 20" L, 12/Case

The CarboBailerTM is a single, economical way of collecting and/or sampling hydrocarbons from wells, drums, or tanks. It works by just slowly inserting the bailer into the well and just slowly, removing it. As it will be raised from the well, the water will drain out of the bailer while the hydrocarbons will be trapped. The hydrocarbons can be removed by either pouring out from the top or using a bottomemptying device.

Specifications Manufactured in PVC, individually wrapped. Comes with a bottom-emptying device. The 1.5" model comes in a PVC carrying case. ER-CAR-P163 PVC, 1.6" Dia. x 3' L

Fluid Transfer Pump The Fluid Transfer Pump provides a clean, quick, no-hassle method of transferring or evacuating virtually any non-volatile fluid including engine oil, coolants, transmission fluid, brake fluid, or power steering fluid. Use it to drain engine oil or transmission fluid directly through the dipstick tube. The pump is small and lightweight, so it fits easily in a toolbox or the trunk of a car, making it convenient to store where you use it the most. It includes accessories required for fluid transfer/evacuation or inflation.

166

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Use it on cars, boats, motorcycles, ATVs, lawn & garden equipment, etc. It works great around the house too! Use it to inflate toys, water or air mattresses, sports balls, or bicycle tires.

MY-07241 Fluid Transfer Pump

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Portable Skimming Product

Oil Only Sorbents

Spill Buddy

These sump skimmers remove oil from water.  Simply tie a rope to the skimmer and lower it into your sump, pit, tank, well or bilge. They help prevent odor by eliminating a breeding area for bacteria.

Skimming Socks

SB-50 Spill Buddy System Includes Portable Unit With Water Interface Detectors, Product Pump/Probe With 50 ft Of Tubing, 10 ft Of Discharge Tubing With Clamp, Rechargeable Battery, Wall Mount Battery Charger, 18.5" x 14.25" x 8.25”, 19 lbs, 0.7 gpm

NP-SKM401 1.5" Dia. x 18" L Absorbs 500 ml/Sock, 30 Socks NP-SKM404 3" Dia. x 18" L Absorbs 1.4 L/Sock, 25 Socks

Pads, Rolls & Booms Pure melt blown fibers are the most costeffective absorption technology today. Fastwicking fibers absorb 25 times their weight in hydrocarbon.

Specifications Three sizes available. The 1.5" sock lifts surface oil from monitoring wells. The 3" diameter Sump Skimmer is great for small sumps and bilges, and the 8" diameter is perfect for large tanks and pits.

NP-SKM403 8" Dia. x 18" L Absorbs 6.8 L/Sock, 12 Socks

CANSORB Granular

SPEEDIKLEEN Granulars

Cansorb is a fast acting 100% Organic Oil Absorbent. Picks-up 8 - 12 times its weight in hydrocar-bons on land and water. An approved sorbent for leaks and spills in chemical, automotive, and steel facilities, as well as pulp & paper and food processors. Used by professional responders for over 30 years.

SpeediKleen Premium Oil Absorbent is an all-purpose absorbent designed for the quick cleanup of water, oil and grease. Made from diatomaceous earth, a naturally occurring mineral with superior absorption ability, this high quality product delivers 50% more absorbency per pound than clay alternatives. SpeediKleen premium Oil Absorbent is available in a leak-resistant, moisture-proof polybag.

HYDROCARBON SAMPLING & RECOVERY

Features • Portable pump with water interface detector for product only recovery • For use in 2-inch and larger wells - standard unit goes 50 feet deep • Operated by self contained rechargeable battery for easy portability • Pumpable fluids includes water and most hydrocarbons, LNPALs and DNAPLs, viscosities from 0 - 10 cp • 12 V (DC), 5 amps-hrs sealed lead acid battery provides 1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge • Wall transformer included • Pumps 1 foot of product in a 2" well in 14 seconds at a 50 foot depth • Pumps 1 foot of product in a 4" well in 54 seconds at a 50 foot depth • 0.7 gpm pumping rate • 1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge • Operating temperature range 0°F - 130°F (-18°C - 55°C)

SPK-P100 Pads, 15" x 18", Heavy, 100/Case SPK-P200 Pads, 15" x 18", Light, 200/Case SPK-EP100 Pads, 15" x 18", Medium, 100/Case SPK-R144 Rolls, 30" x 150', Heavy, 1/Case SPK-SR144S Rolls, 15" x 150', Heavy, 1/Case SPK-B510 Booms, 5" x 10', 4/Case SPK-B810 Booms, 8" x 10', 4/Case SPK-MOPO3048 Socks, 3" x 48", 30/Case SPK-MOPO10120 Socks, 3" x 120", 10/Case SPK-SP818-20 Pillow, 8" x 18", 20/Case SPK-SP1818-10 Pillow, 18" x 18", 10/Case

SPK-CB20 20 lbs/Bag

SPK-SAKPIL10 Pillow, 4" x 20", 10/Case

SPK-LFB5 5 lbs/Bag

www.ereinc.com

SPK-HD2205 20 lbs/Bag

sales@ereinc.com

167


HYDROCARBON SAMPLING & RECOVERY

Hanby TPH Water & Soil Test Kit The Hanby method provides accurate and fast qualitative and quantitative results while in the field. Hanby products enable our customers to quickly detect petroleum contaminanted zones or monitor locations to ensure continued compliance within approved guidelines. The Hanby system is a field portable method that provides rapid analyses down to parts-perbillion for aromatic compounds, including gasoline, diesel, PCB's and many others. The procedure extracts the aromatic compounds from the sample and provides immediate colorimetric identification of the concentration and type of contaminants present. The color of the reacted extract solution indicates the type of compound, and the intensity of the color indicates the concentration. The results of the test compare consistently from sample to sample over a wide range of concentrations in soil, fresh water and salt water.

Petroleum Detection Specifications Petroleum Substance Unleaded Gasoline Diesel Fuel Crude Oil Heating Oil PCB's Jet Fuel Fuel Oil Motor Oil Waste Oil Transformer Oil Lubricating Oil

Soil (ppm) 1 1 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1

Water Test Kit Includes 15 15 15 6 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1

Ampoules Extraction Reagent Vials Of Color Development Reagent Screw Top Test Tubes W/ Scribed Measurement Screw Top Test Tubes Wooden Test Tube Rack Photo Chart Depicting Various Petroleum Concentrations 500 ml Separatory Funnel W/ Ring Stand Waste Bottle Graduated Cylinder Pairs Of Safety Gloves Pair Of Safety Glasses Safety Manual Procedure Manual Instructional Video Case W/ Foam Inserts

Water Instructions

1. Measure 500 ml of liquid sample to be analyzed 2. Pour sample into separatory funnel 3. Add solvent to sample 4. Shake sample and solvent to form an extract 5. Drain extract into test tube 6. Add catalyst to test tube 7. Shake test tube 8. Compare test tube to color ID chart

168

Water (ppm) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

First, Fast & Accurate Non-Instrument Testing Device for Detecting TPH in Water HAN-WTK Water Test Kit HAN-STK Soil Test Kit

Soil Test Kit Includes 15 15 15 6 1 10 6 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1

Ampoules Extraction Reagent Vials Of Color Development Reagent Screw Top Test Tubes W/ Scribed Measurement Screw Top Test Tubes Wooden Test Tube Rack Photo ID Cards Depicting Various Petroleum Concentrations Beakers Electronic Balance Waste Bottle Graduated Cylinder Pairs Of Safety Gloves Pair Of Safety Glasses Safety Manual Procedure Manual Instructional Video Case W/ Foam Inserts

Soil Instructions

1. Weigh 5 grams of soil sample to be analyzed 2. Place sample into beaker 3. Add solvent to sample in beaker 4. Stir or mix sample and solvent to form an extract 5. Pour extract into test tube 6. Add catalyst to test tube 7. Shake test tube 8. Compare test tube to color ID card

Fax : (514) 326 8961


SLUDGE & SEDIMENT SAMPLING

Sludge Judge®

The Sludge Judge® Ultra

This sampling device enables you to take accurate readings of settled solids in a variety of liquids, to any depth.  The Sludge Judge® is ideal for sewage treatment plants, chemical plants, food processing facilities - anywhere that accurate sample levels of settled solids in noncaustic materials are needed.  The unit holds approximately 3 oz per foot. The Sludge Judge® comes in 5 ft sections of 3⁄4" plastic pipe with screw-type fittings. The top section includes a nylon line for raising and lowering the sampler. A convenient cotton canvas carrying case that holds four sections, a cleaning brush, cleaning rod and cotton strips are available. Individual sections can be combined as required.

For maximum strength and rigidity - use the Sludge Judge® Ultra! Constructed of extremely strong polycarbonate and treated with an ultraviolet stabilizer to help reduce deterioration from the sun’s harmful rays. Durable in cold temperatures; can withstand heat up to 280°F.  The 3⁄4" dia. sampler is marked with blue tape to designate 1 ft measurements on the tubing. The unit is made up of three 5 ft sections. 

The Sludge Judge® II The Sludge Judge® II is made from a 1 1⁄4" outside dia. plastic tubing resulting in double the capacity and a very rigid unit when assembled. It holds 6 oz/ft and can be assembled according to the requirements of the job. Add or subtract sections as needed, and the 1 ft markers on the tubing will help identify the amount of sludge in the tank. NA-B01355WA Sludge Judge® II, 3.38 lbs NA-C09249WA Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs NA-B01361WA 6 ft Cleaning Brush NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs NA-B01414WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.56 lbs

NA-C09247WA 15 ft Sludge Judge®, 3.13 lbs NA-C09249WA Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs

NA-B01386WA 15 ft Sludge Judge® Ultra, 3.13 lbs

NA-B01358WA 5 ft Top Section, 1.38 lbs

NA-B01291WA 6 ft Spiral Cleaning Brush, 0.75 lbs

NA-C09249WA Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs

NA-B01357WA 5 ft Extension Section, 1.25 lbs

NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs

NA-B01291WA 6 ft Spiral Cleaning Brush, 0.75 lbs

NA-B01356WA 5 ft Bottom Section, 1.25 lbs

NA-B01413WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.44 lbs

NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod 0.94 lbs

NA-C09252WA 5 ft Top Section With Rope, 1.25 lbs

NA-B01413WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.44 lbs

NA-C14516WA 2.5 ft Top Section With Rope, 0.50 lbs

NA-B01387WA 5 ft Top Section, 1.25 lbs

NA-C09251WA 5 ft Extension Section, 1.38 lbs

NA-B01388WA 5 ft Extension Section, 1.38 lbs

NA-C09250WA 5 ft Bottom Section With Valve, 1.38 lbs

NA-B01389WA 5 ft Bottom Section, 1.38 lbs

www.ereinc.com

Choose the Sludge Judge that’s RIGHT for YOU!

sales@ereinc.com

169


SLUDGE & SEDIMENT SAMPLING

Sludge Nabber

Grease Trap Sampler

The Sludge Nabber makes sample collection of liquid material fast and easy. The Sludge Nabber is an adjustable extension unit that allows easy access to the source or the sampling point.  The aluminum pole extends from 4 ft to 6 1⁄2 ft. Bottles of various sizes are held in position by a plastic snapper ring. Unit comes with a 500 ml polyethylene bottle.

For measuring the grease level in a holding tank, the Grease Trap Sampler is designed for sampling liquid grease and oils. It will not work with solid or semi-hardened materials. The inside diameter measures 1 3/8" (3.5 cm) allowing small food particles to easily pass through the valve opening during sample collection. The clear tubing is easy to see through and the 1 ft (0.31 m) red markers show the amount of grease accumulated in the tank. To use, slowly lower the sampler to the bottom of the tank – the valve opens and the liquid fills the tube. Lift the sampler up which closes the valve, holding the sample inside, showing the grease level. To empty, touch the plastic tip on a hard surface, and the liquid will flow out. The unit is made of two 4 ft (1.22 m) sections that screw together.

NA-B01229WA Sludge Nabber, 2.88 lbs NA-B01219WA Small Snapper Holds 500 ml Bottles, 0.06 lbs NA-B01220WA Large Snapper Holds 960 ml Bottles, 0.13 lbs NA-B01243WA 500 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.06 lbs NA-B01244WA 960 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.63 lbs

NA-B01322WA Grease Trap Sampler, 3 lbs NA-B01479WA Top Section Only, 1.5 lbs NA-B01349WA 4 ft Extension Section, 1.5 lbs NA-B01480WA Bottom Section Only, 1.5 lbs NA-B01346WA 4 1/2 ft Cleaning Brush, 0.63 lbs NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs NA-B01415WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.94 lbs

Sludge Sampler Specifically designed to retain non-cohesive sludge samples. Similar in design to the soil core sampler, this sampler comes with core and auger tips that have been fitted with valves for the retention of high quality soil core samplers in non-cohesive, saturated materials. Versatile and easy to use for collection of either cored or augered samples of noncohesive saturated materials in a liner, the sampler is made from stainless steel in two diameters, 2 1/4" or 3 1/4" and lengths up to 12". One-way valves are installed in the sampler tips. Includes solid cap, valved core tip, valved auger tip, universal slip wrench, plastic end caps, sludge cylinder body and plastic liner. AM-428.11 2 1⁄4" x 8" Sludge Sampler, 5.93 lbs AM-428.12 2 1⁄4" x 10" Sludge Sampler, 6.29 lbs AM-428.13 3 1⁄4" x 10" Sludge Sampler, 9.19 lbs AM-428.01 3 1⁄4" x 12" Sludge Sampler, 9.82 lbs Accessories AM-406.04 5/8" Threaded Rubber Coated 18" Cross Handle, 1.25 lbs AM-408.02 5/8" Threaded 3' Extension, 1.63 lbs AM-408.03 5/8" Threaded 4' Extension, 2.29 lbs AM-400.99 5/8" Threaded Slide Hammer, 10.22 lbs

170

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Sand Sludge Sediment Probe The Soil Probe is equipped with a 1" core catcher which ensures full sample recovery in the proper soil conditions. Probe includes 1" x 24" probe body, 10" comfortably gripped cross handle, replaceable tip, 1" core catcher, 1" x 24" plastic liner, and two 1" plastic end caps and a spanner wrench.

AM-424.37 Replaceable Tip Sand Sludge Sediment Probe AM-401.26 10" Cross Handle W/Grips

SLUDGE & SEDIMENT SAMPLING

Easily Collect Sediment or Sludge with a Technically Enhanced Core Tip & Cap

Multi-Stage Sludge Sampler The "valved core tip" meets the challenge of adequately filling a sampler without losing the sample upon retrieval. The sampler uses a disposable plastic soil catcher that fits on the end of a 2" x 12" plastic liner. The core tip has been technically enhanced to allow the plastic soil core catcher and a liner to fit snuggly over the machined lip of the core tip. Once the soil core catcher and liner are placed on the core tip they are loaded into a standard multi-stage base section and screwed together. The last piece of the sampler is the flap check cap. During deployment, the flap cap opens and allows excess air and water to escape through the top of the sampler. The sediment enters and fills the liner because the venting action eliminates pressure buildup. When the sampler is lifted, the rubber flap cap closes and creates suction to assist the soil core catcher in retaining the sample. Up to 4 optional 12" sections can be added. Includes multi-stage flap check cap, multi-stage sludge core tip, 12" multistage SCS base, 2" x 12" plastic liner, plastic end caps, 2" soil core catcher and universal slip wrench.

AM-403.31 Mutli-Stage Sludge Sampler, 9.65 lbs AM-404.90 2" Soil Core Catcher, 0.02 lbs AM-405.10 2" x 12" Plastic Liner, 0.21 lbs AM-418.10 2" Plastic End Cap-2 Colors, 0.02 lbs AM-403.23 12" MS Section, 3.90 lbs

Multi-Stage Sludge / Sediment Sampler Kit Includes multi-stage sludge sampler, multi-stage sludge core tip, 12" multi-stage SCS base, three 12" multi-stage SCS sections, three 4' extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, 2" soil core catcher, universal slip wrench, two crescent wrenches, SST cross handle, slide hammer and the AMS deluxe carrying case. AM-209.41 Multi-Stage Sediment Sludge Sampler Kit, 60.00 lbs

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

171


SLUDGE & SEDIMENT SAMPLING

Dredge Applications A bottom sampling dredge consists of two halves of a relatively small box. The dredge is placed onto the bottom sediment, then closed and pulled up to retrieve a sample. A two-way mechanism prevents accidental closure while the dredge is dropping. The impact of the dredge on the bottom surface triggers the spring-loaded release mechanism without using a messenger. After mechanism closure, the dredge is pulled up to retrieve the sample. Careful release of the sample distributes the sample approximately as it appeared on the bottom, making sediment profile description possible. The sample is not suitable for most geotechnical analysis and does not provide samples suitable for high-quality chemical analysis for volatile contaminants.

Easily Sample Most Types of Bottom Surfaces Sand / Silt Dredge The Sand / Silt Dredge is made entirely from 300 series stainless steel. It features a hinged scissor jaw design with a trigger mechanism that olds the sampler open until it contacts the surface to be sampled. Raising the dredge closes the scissor jaws to collect the sample. Comprised of all stainless steel, it weighs just 5 lbs and has 6" x 7 1/2" jaw opening. AM-445.70 5 lbs SST Dredge Accesories AM-445.00 1/4" Nylon Rope, Sold/Foot, 0.02 lbs

15 lbs & 25 lbs Bottom Dredge

172

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

The 15 lbs Bottom Dredge features all stainless components except for the closing arms and integral weights which are made from powder coated carbon steel. The top of the sampling chamber is screened to allow water flow during deployment and reduce the frontal shock wave that may displace sediment and allow sample loss on contact with the surface to be sampled. A two-way spring loaded mechanism activates the dredge on contact with the bottom, no messenger is needed. Sampling area is 36 square inches with a 6" x 6" jaw opening.

The 25 lbs Bottom Dredge is constructed from stainless steel and powder coated carbon steel for corrosion resistance. The upper screens allow water flow during deployment and avoid displacement and shock wave effects that may cause sample loss. One of the jaws is fitted with an under lip to displace stones or gravel during closure. A two way spring loaded mechanism activates on contact with the bottom, no messenger is required. The 6" x 6" jaw opening provides a 36 square inch sampling area.

AM-445.10 15 lbs SST Dredge

AM-445.60 25 lbs SST Dredge

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Ekman Dredge Spring-Loaded All stainless steel Ekman Dredge is springloaded with a messenger that travels down the rope and trips the dredge to close. Includes Ekman Dredge, messenger, 100 ft nylon rope and carrying case.

SLUDGE & SEDIMENT SAMPLING

AM-445.11 Ekman Dredge, 6.70 lbs AM-445.12 Ekman Messenger, 0.68 lbs AM-445.13 Ekman Dredge Cable Kit, 0.15 lbs AM-53864 Ekman Optional 5' Handle, 2.70 lbs

Sludge Gun The portable Sludge Gun® is designed to quickly locate the sludge bed in clarifier and settling tanks.  A probe is lowered into the liquid and high intensity bursts of infrared light travel from an LED across the probe gap to a photo transistor. A solid-state circuit then differentiates between liquid and sludge in the gap. The circuit is designed to ignore solids suspended in the liquid and to continue down – looking for the real sludge bed.  A loud variable pitch horn on the butt of the gun howls as the probe nears the sludge, and the pitch and volume of the sound increases as the probe passes through the “cloud” above the sludge and into the sludge bed.  By carefully listening to the note, the operator can ignore the solids floating above the sludge and can determine the location of the true sludge level. 

Features • Simple one-hand operation – even when wearing gloves • Self-storing cable spool prevents tangles • Useable at night – no dials to read • Weatherproof case – useable in the rain • Spring-loaded trigger turns off gun – users cannot leave it on and drain the battery • No bulbs to change – 100% solid state • Over one year battery life in normal service • Thumb-adjustable sensitivity control that is easy to set • Uses standard Pencell batteries • Single plug-in style printed circuit board • Weight 2 kg (4 1/4 lbs)

MSE-10SG Model 10 Sludge Gun® W/ Batteries, Probe & 10 m Of Cable, W/ Depth Markers (1 to 30) Included, 4.25 lbs

Settleometer Kit This kit is used in water and wastewater treatment to evaluate sludge quality and settling. It also indicates solid/liquid separation characteristics of sludge samples. The kit includes an acrylic settleometer, wide mixing paddle, snap-on lid, and instructions. It is calibrated in percent and settled sludge volume (SSV). Bright, white markings contrast vividly with dark sludges, allowing easy-toread interface. This yields information which closely approximates settling in secondary clarifiers and aerobic digesters. The beaker holds 47.3 oz (1.41 L), measures 4 1/2" (11.4 cm) in diameter, and is 8 1/2" (21.6 cm) tall. NA-B01173WA Settleometer Kit, 1.06 lbs

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

173


POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Disposable Powder Thief

Powder Thief

The Disposable Powder Thief is ideal for taking representative samples from known locations within the bulk powder. These devices are available in two convenient lengths and four sample volumes.

Material: 316 stainless steel, PTFE used for clutch mechanism

Features • Suitable for powders & granules • Single point sample • Range of sample volumes available • Fully welded construction (no adhesives or screws are used) • Assembled in a medical clean room • Individually wrapped • Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade • ATEX Rated for zones 0,1 & 2 • Available pre-sterilized

A. Ergonomic "T" bar handle for positive control B. Clutch system to provide smooth operation C. 316 stainless steel construction D. Bright polish E. Detachable tip

A

B Various tips sizes can be attached to the same body to allow different volumes to be sampled

C

Sampling Tips A range of standard tip sizes are available for each body diameter. Special sizes are available upon request. Tip To Suit Body 12.5 mm (0.5") Diameter

D

SS-1030AT-025 0.25 ml (0.01 oz) Tip SS-1030AT-050 0.5 ml (0.017 oz) Tip SS-1030AT-075 0.75 ml (0.025 oz) Tip SS-1030AT-100 1.0 ml (0.03 oz) Tip

• • • •

Tip To Suit Body 19 mm (0.8") Diameter

No cleaning required No cleaning validation No risk of cross contamination Save time & money

SS-1030BT-2 2 ml (0.07 oz) Tip

E

500 mm (19.7") Length 21 mm (0.8") Diameter, 20/Box SS-8060H-501 Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip

Sampler Bodies

SS-8060H-505 Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip

12.5 mm (0.5") Body Diameter

SS-8060H-510 Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip

SS-1030A-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length

SS-8060H-520 Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip SS-8060H-501S Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized SS-8060H-505S Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized SS-8060H-510S Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized SS-8060H-520S Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized 1000 mm (39.4") Length 21 mm (0.8") Diameter, 20/Box SS-8060H-1001 Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip

SS-1030A-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length 19 mm (0.7") Body Diameter SS-1030B-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length SS-1030B-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length SS-1030B-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length 25 mm (1") Body Diameter

SS-8060H-1005 Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip

SS-1030C-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length

SS-8060H-1010 Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip

SS-1030C-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

SS-8060H-1020 Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip SS-8060H-1001S Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized SS-8060H-1005S Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized SS-8060H-1010S Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized SS-8060H-1020S Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

174

SS-1030A-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

SS-1030C-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length 32 mm (1.3") Body Diameter SS-1030D-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length SS-1030D-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length SS-1030D-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

SS-1030BT-3 3 ml (0.10 oz) Tip SS-1030BT-5 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip SS-1030BT-8 8 ml (0.27 oz) Tip SS-1030BT-10 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip

Tip To Suit Body 25mm (1") Diameter SS-1030CT-10 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip SS-1030CT-20 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip SS-1030CT-25 25 ml (0.8 oz) Tip

Tip To Suit Body 32mm (1.3") Diameter SS-1030DT-20 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip SS-1030DT-25 25 ml (0.8 oz) Tip SS-1030DT-50 50 ml (1.7 oz) Tip

How to Use 1. Insert the sampler into the product. Ensure that the tip is inside the sampler body. 2. At the required depth pull up the body to expose the tip. The sample will fall in around the tip. 3. Push down body of the sampler to trap the sample. 4. Withdraw sampler. 5. Pull up body to empty sample.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Disposable Multilevel Slot Sampler

The Slot Sampler is ideal for taking a large volume, cross sectional sample from a container. The sampler has a robust all stainless steel construction and is suitable for sampling free flowing powders, granules and even slightly cohesive powders.

Standard Slot Sampler (without Bottle Holder)

Type: Cross sectional (composite sample) Material: 316 stainless steel, bright finish General: Suitable for taking large volume samples

Features • Made of HDPE (FDA acceptable grade) • Suitable for sampling free-flowing powders and granules • Available in two convenient lengths 620 mm & 950 mm • Assembled in a medical cleanroom • ATEX rated for zones 0,1 & 2 • Individually bagged • Available non sterile or pre-sterilized

Sampler being discharged

620 mm (24.4") Length 22 mm (0.87") Diameter, 20/Box

950 mm (37.4") Length 22 mm (0.87") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8073H-500 Slot Sampler, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume

SS-8073H-1000 Slot Sampler, 170 ml (5.8 oz) Sample Volume

SS-8073H-500S Slot Sampler, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized

SS-8073H-1000S Slot Sampler, 170 ml (5.8 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized

Bottle Holder

Large Volume Slot Sampler

The Slot Sampler is available with a bottle holder. This enables the sample to be emptied directly into a bottle.

Jumbo Slot Sampler

Features • Improved containment • Save time • Can be used with either a 250 ml (8.5 oz) or 500 ml (17 oz) bottle

Designed for large volume sampling of several points. To keep the weight down this sampler is constructed from aluminum. Type: Multilevel (composite samples) Material: Either aluminum construction or 316 stainless steel Aluminium is not recomended for GMP applications

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

The Disposable Multilevel Slot Sampler is a powder sampler that has been specifically designed for use in hygienic manufacturing areas. The Disposable Slot Sampler lets you take a single composite sample from a range of heights within your container.

Slot Sampler

A Slot Sampler taking a sample from a drum of powdered metal

600 mm (23.6") Length, 3 Slots, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Maximum Sample Volume SS-1210A-600 Slot Sampler

Operation: 1. Insert the sampler into the product. 2. At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets, the product will fall into the collecting pockets. 3. Rotate handle to close pockets and remove sampler.

SS-1210B-600 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder *

50 mm (2") Diameter, Aluminium

SS-1210B-1000 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder *

SS-1210J-900 Jumbo Slot Sampler, 900 mm (35.4") Length, 3 Slots, 880 ml (29.8 oz) Sample Volume

1000 mm (39.4") Length, 4 Slots, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Maximum Sample Volume SS-1210A-1000 Slot Sampler

SS-1210J-1500 Jumbo Slot Sampler, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 1700 ml (57.5 oz) Sample Volume

1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 300 ml (10 oz) Maximum Sample Volume

SS-1210J-2500 Jumbo Slot Sampler, 2500 mm (98.4") Length, 7 Slots, 2900 ml (98.1 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1210A-1500 Slot Sampler

40 mm (1.6") Diameter, 316 Stainless Steel SS-1210K-900 Jumbo Slot Sampler, 900 mm (35.4") Length, 3 Slots, 750 ml (25.4 oz) Sample Volume SS-1210K-1500 Jumbo Slot Sampler, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 4 Slots, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Sample Volume SS-1210K-2000 Jumbo Slot Sampler, 2000 mm (78.7") Length, 5 Slots, 1300 ml (44 oz) Sample Volume

www.ereinc.com

SS-1210B-1500 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder * SS-8165A-250 Sample Collecting Bottle, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, HDPE SS-8165A-500 Sample Collecting Bottle, 500 ml (17 oz) Capacity, HDPE SS-TIP2 Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip) Rounded Tips Are Ideal When Not Trying To Pierce A Bag Or Cloth

sales@ereinc.com

175


POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Ideal for Powders, Granules & Grains

Discrete Multilevel Sampler

Powder Trier

The highly popular Pocket Sampler is suitable for taking discrete samples from free flowing powders and granules. The sampler is available in a range of sizes and designs. Type: Multilevel (discrete / zone samples) Material: 316 stainless steel outer with a PTFE core or all 316 stainless steel construction

The Powder Trier is ideal for taking a large volume and cross sectional samples from a container. Type: Cross sectional (composite sample) Material: 316 stainless steel Operation: 1. Insert sampler into product. 2. Turn the handle to open the slot - the product can now be collected in the central tube. 3. Turn the handle to close the slot 4. Remove sampler. 5. Invert the sampler to discharge the sample.

Pocket Sampler

Operation: 1. Insert the sampler into the product. 2. At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets, the product will flow into the collecting pockets. 3. Rotate handle to close pockets and remove sampler.

Sealing Sleeves enable one pocket to be emptied at a time

A. Removable tip - allows thorough cleaning B. Sampling pockets C. Handle D. Cleaning brush E. Outer tube F. Inner rod

SS-1216A-600 Powder Trier, 600 mm (23.6") Length, 3 Slots, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Sample Volume SS-1216A-1000 Powder Trier, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 4 Slots, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Sample Volume SS-1216A-1500 Powder Trier, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 300 ml (10.1 oz) Sample Volume SS-TIP2 Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip) Use Rounded Tips When Sampling From A Bag

A

B

B

E

C F

D

Multi Port Aluminum Powder Sampler Features • For sampling powders, pellets & friable materials • Has a sharp stainless steel tip • The T-handle is turned to close the ports & the point is inserted through the bag or directly into the bulk material far enough to cover all ports • The handle is turned half way, opening the cells to collect the sample, then turned back to close, & the sampler is then removed • NA-B01152WA port is 7.62 cm (3") long, 95 cm (3/8") wide, 20 ml (0.68 oz) volume • NA-B01430WA port is 9.53 cm (3 3/4") long, 0.95 cm (3/8") wide, 25 ml (0.85 oz) volume • NA-B01431WA port is 10.16 cm (4") long, 0.95 cm (3/8") wide, 33 ml (1.12 oz) volume

B

Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = PTFE, Outer Diameter = 25 mm (1") SS-1220A-600 Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 15 ml (0.5 oz) Volume of Pockets, 600 mm (23.6") Length SS-1220A-900 Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length SS-1220A-1500 Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = 316 SS, Outer Diameter = 25 mm (1") SS-1220B-600 Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 15 ml (0.5 oz) Volume of Pockets, 600 mm (23.6") Length SS-1220B-900 Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length SS-1220B-1500 Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = 316 SS, Outer Diameter = 40 mm (1.6") SS-1220J-900 Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length SS-1220J-1500 Pocket Sampler, 4 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length SS-1220J-2000 Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 2000 mm (78.7") Length SS-8005A-01 Sealing Sleeve Set Covers Pockets, Set Of 3 Sleeves, 25 mm (1") Diameter

NA-B01152WA Three Ports 56 cm (22")

SS-LUG-1 Earthing Lug

NA-B01430WA Three Ports 86 cm (34")

SS-TIP2 Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip) Use Rounded Tips When Sampling From A Bag

NA-B01431WA Five Ports 156 cm (61")

176

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Zone Sampling of Cohesive Powders

The Cohesive Pocket Sampler has been specially adapted from the Pocket Sampler to enable the taking of samples from damp and cohesive powders. Scrapers have been added to push the sticky powder into the sample pockets. Scrapers are fully welded to give a hygienic, GMP correct sampler. Type: Multilevel (discrete samples) Material: 316 stainless steel construction Operation: 1. Insert the sampler into the product. 2. At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets. 3. Rotate the sampler through 360° so the product is pushed into the collecting pockets. 4. Rotate handle to close pockets and remove sampler.

SS-2220B-600 Cohesive Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 15 ml (0.51 oz) Nominal Volume of Pockets, 600 mm (24") Length SS-2220B-900 Cohesive Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 20 ml (0.68 oz) Nominal Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35") Length SS-2220B-1500 Cohesive Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 20 ml (0.68 oz) Nominal Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59") Length SS-TIP2 Rounded Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip) SS-LUG-1 Earthing Lug To Attach Earthing Connections To The Sampler

Simple to Use Ultra Low Volume Powder Thief

Simple to Use Low Volume Powder Sampler

MicroThief

MicroMate

The MicroThief is suitable for taking very small volume samples of free flowing powders and granules. The MicroThief is easily adjusted so that the operator can vary the size of the sample being taken. Material: High quality 316 stainless steel

The MicroMate is designed for low volume sampling of free flowing powders and granules. The MicroMate can be easily adjusted so that it can take a range of sample sizes. Material: 316 stainless steel

Operation: 1. Insert the sampler into the product, ensure that the tip is inside the sampler body. 2. At the required depth pull up the body to expose the tip. Powder will flow in around the tip. 3. Push down body of the sampler to trap the sample. 4. Withdraw sampler.

Operation: 1. Insert the sampler into the product, ensure that the inner rod extends beyond the outer tube. 2. At the required depth pull up the inner rod to draw the product into the sampler. 3. Withdraw sampler. 4. Push down handle to release sample.

SS-1074A-350 MicroThief Variable Between 0.01 & 0.1 ml, 350 mm (13.8") Length, 5 mm (0.20") Diameter

SS-1070A-350 MicroMate Up To 0.1 ml, 350 mm (13.8") Length, 5 mm (0.20") Diameter

SS-1074A-500 MicroThief Variable Between 0.01 & 0.1 ml, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 5 mm (0.20") Diameter

SS-1070A-500 MicroMate Up To 0.1 ml, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 5 mm(0.20") Diameter

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Cohesive Pocket Sampler

177


POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Mipaw Powder Sampler

Needle Point Sampler

Features • Complies with IDF (International Dairy Federation) specifications for sampling powdered milk • Also ideal for sampling flour, sand, cement & similar products • Chromium plated brass with light alloy handle

Features • Single samples from polyethylene or paper bags, the needle point sampler punctures the bag with minimum damage • Enters a maximum of 28 cm (11") • Made of stainless steel with an anodized aluminum handle

NA-B01334WA 45.7 cm (18") Overall Length

NA-B01153WA 40.6 cm (16") Overall Length 19 mm (7/8") Diameter

Disposable Sack Sampler The Disposable Sack Master is a hygienic, single use device that has been specially designed to take samples through the side of a sack. All Disposable Sack Masters are individually bagged & for special applications the device is available pre-sterilized. Features • Suitability powders & granules • Single point sample • Individually wrapped • Made from tough HDPE, FDA acceptable grade

Unwrap Sampler

Insert the sampler through the side of the sack. Angle sampler downwards to allow the product to flow into the sample collecting bag.

SS-8085A-100 Disposable Sack Sampler, 400 mm (15.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 100/Box SS-8085A-100S Disposable Sack Sampler, 400 mm (15.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8080A-450 Sample Collecting Bag, 450 ml (15.2 oz), For Hygienic Use, Sterile, 1000 Bags SS-8080A-900 Sample Collecting Bag, 900 ml (30.4 oz), For Hygienic Use, Sterile, 1000 Bags

Sack Master The Sack Master has been specially designed to take samples through the side of a sack. A range of sample collection methods are available. Type: Single point Material: 316 stainless steel

SS-1320A-01 Sack Master P, Sampler End Fitting: Plain SS-1320B-01 Sack Master EC, Sampler End Fitting: End Cap SS-1320C-01 Sack Master BA, Sampler End Fitting: Bottle Adapter* * Sampler Supplied W/ One 250 ml (8 oz) Sample Bottle (Part No. SS-8165A-250) Accessories SS-8165A-250 Sampling Bottle, 250 ml (8 oz) Volume, HDPE For Use W/ Bottle Adapter SS-8165A-500 Sampling Bottle, 500 ml (17 oz) Volume, HDPE For Use W/ Bottle Adapter SS-8001A-500 Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (19.7") Length

Operation: 1. Insert the sampler through the side of the sack. 2. Angle sampler downwards to allow the product to flow into the sample collecting container. 3. Seal the hole using an Ultra Adhesive Label.

178

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Large Volume Sleeve Sampler Powder Max

Operation: 1. Insert sampler into the product. 2. This action forces the sleeve upwards covering the sample hole and stopping powder from entering. 3. On pulling the sampler upwards, the sleeve moves down and the product can now enter the sampler. 4. Invert sampler to discharge the sample.

1

2

3

SS-1213A-01 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 150 ml (5 oz) Max. Sample Volume

Ideal for Sampling Large Volumes at Great Depths!

4

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Designed for use with free flowing powders, granules and grains. The Powder Max enables large samples to be quickly and easily taken.

Sleeve Sampler Various sized chambers can be attached to the same handle to allow different sample volumes to be taken. The heavy duty handle and extension rods have been designed to be extremely strong and robust to allow samples to be taken from great depths. We only recommend Heavy Duty handles with the Sleeve Sampler. Type: Single point Material: 316 stainless steel, bright finish Options: Special lengths, chamber sizes and extension handles Operation: 1. Select the correct chamber for the volume to be sampled and screw it onto the handle. Insert the sampler into the product. 2. At the required depth pull up the sampler slightly. This will force the sleeve down so that product can fall into the sample chamber. 3. Remove sampler. 4. To empty sampler either pour sample out of filling port or unscrew the tip.

A.Tip (screws into chamber) B.Sleeve C.Entrance port for powder D.Chamber screwed to handle to allow different volumes to be attached

www.ereinc.com

Handles & Extension Rods SS-1035A-1000 Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Handle, 1000 mm (39.4") Length SS-1035A-1500 Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Handle, 1500 mm (59.1") Length SS-1035E-1000 Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Extension Rod, 1000 mm (39.4") Length Sample Chambers SS-1035T-100 Sample Chamber, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume SS-1035T-150 Sample Chamber, 150 ml (5.1 oz) Sample Volume SS-1035T-200 Sample Chamber, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Sample Volume

1

2

3

sales@ereinc.com

179


Unit Dose Sampler for Cohesive Powders

UD Cohesive Sampler A popular sampler in the pharmaceutical industry for taking low volume (unit dose) cohesive powder samples. Allows accurate samples to be taken. Type: Single point unit dose Material: 316 stainless steel

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

A

A. "T" bar handle B. Special lengths available on request C. Polished finish D. Sample collecting cell - different sized cells can be easily interchanged

B

"T" Bar Handle

Tip in open position

Tip in closed position

SS-2000S-01 U-D Cohesive Sampler Set Consisting Of: 1 Handle, Sample Collecting Cells - 1 Each Of: 0.25 ml (0.008 oz), 0.5 ml (0.017 oz), 0.75 ml (0.025 oz) & 1.0 ml (0.034 oz) & 1 Standard Sampler Case

C

1

D

2

3

4

Operation: 1. Insert the sampler into the product. 2. At the required depth push down the handle & rotate it through 180°. 3. Pull up sampler several millimetres (to fill the cell), then rotate handle 180° (to lock cell in closed position). 4. Remove sampler.

SS-2000A-1000 Sampler Body & Handle, 1000 mm (39.4") Length SS-2000T-025 Sample Collecting Cell, 0.25 ml (0.008 oz) Sample Volume SS-2000T-050 Sample Collecting Cell, 0.5 ml (0.017 oz) Sample Volume SS-2000T-075 Sample Collecting Cell, 0.75 ml (0.025 oz) Sample Volume SS-2000T-100 Sample Collecting Cell, 1.0 ml (0.034 oz) Sample Volume SS-8001N-1100 Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43.3") Length, Narrow Style

Cohesive Sampler

A

The Cohesive Sampler is able to take a sample from a known point within the product. Type: Single point Material: 316 stainless steel

D C

D

E E A. Inner tube B. Outer tube C. Sample D. Scraper E. Removable tip

Operation: 1. Insert sampler into product ensuring that the sample collecting chamber is in the closed position. 2. At the correct sampling depth, turn the inner tube to expose the sample collecting chamber. 3. Rotate the entire sampler through 360º. The scraper collects product and guides it into the sample collecting chamber. 4. Turn the inner tube to close the sample collecting chamber. 5. Remove sampler. 6. Pull out the inner tube and discharge the sample.

180

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Rotate the inner core to open the sampler

Rotate the whole sampler to take the sample

SS-2015A-05 5 ml (0.17 oz) Sample Volume, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1.0") Diameter SS-2015A-10 10 ml (0.34 oz) Sample Volume, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1.0") Diameter SS-2015A-25 25 ml (0.85 oz) Sample Volume, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1.0") Diameter SS-TIP2 Round Tip (Sampler Supplied As Standard W/ Pointed Tip)

Fax : (514) 326 8961

Close the sampler and withdraw it from the product


Cross Sectional Sampler No Cleaning Required!

Without End Tip

Disposable Powder Lance

300 mm (11.8") Blade Length, 420 mm (16.5") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box SS-8063H-300 Disposable Powder Lance, 75 ml (2.5 oz) Sample Volume SS-8063H-300S Disposable Powder Lance, 75 ml (2.5 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized

Features • Cross sectional sample • Max sample volume: 170 ml (5.8 oz) (approx.) • Individually wrapped • Assembled in a medical clean room • Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade

500 mm (19.7") Blade Length, 620 mm (24.4") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box

Operation: 1. Push the Disposable Powder Lance into the product & then withdraw. 2. Deposit the sample into a suitable container. 3. Place the used sampler into its plastic bag.

830 mm (32.7") Blade Length, 950 mm (37.4") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8063H-500 Disposable Powder Lance, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume SS-8063H-500S Disposable Powder Lance, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized

SS-8063H-1000 Disposable Powder Lance, 170 ml (5.7 oz) Sample Volume SS-8063H-1000S Disposable Powder Lance, 170 ml (5.7 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized With End Tip SS-8064H-500 Disposable Powder Probe, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 20/Box

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

The Disposable Powder Lance is ideal for taking a cross sectional sample from within a bulk powder.

SS-8064H-500S Disposable Powder Probe, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 20/Box SS-8064H-1000 Disposable Powder Probe, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 20/Box

End Tips

The Powder Lance is available with an open tip or within an End Tip (which is fixed in place using ultrasonic welding). Without End Tip - ideal for use with sticky, cohesive powders With an End Tip - use when sampling free flowing powders

SS-8064H-1000S Disposable Powder Probe, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 20/Box

Sampler Ejection Rod

Cross Sectional Sampler for Cohesive Powders

Sampling Slot

Scraper

Removable Tip

Stainless Steel Powder Lance The Powder Lance can be used to take large volume samples of cohesive powders. The sampler can be used horizontally through a sack or else it can be used vertically. Type: Cross sectional sampler Material: 316 stainless steel Operation: 1. Insert the sampler into the product. 2. Rotate the sampler through 360°. The Scraper forces the powder in to the sampler along the length of the slot. 3. Remove the sampler. 4. Unscrew the tip of the sampler. 5. Push the Sample Ejection Rod into the Powder Lance to push out the sample.

www.ereinc.com

SS-2250A-600 Powder Lance, 600mm (23.6") Overall Sampler Length, 500 mm (19.7") Length of Sampling Slot, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Max. Sample Volume SS-2250A-1000 Powder Lance, 1000 mm (39.4") Overall Sampler Length, 900 mm (35.4") Length of Sampling Slot, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Max. Sample Volume SS-2250A-2000 Powder Lance, 2000 mm (78.7") Overall Sampler Length, 1600 mm (63") Length of Sampling Slot, 360 ml (12.2 oz) Max. Sample Volume SS-8570A-700 Sample Ejection Rod, 316 Stainless Steel, 700 mm (27.6") Length SS-8570A-1100 Sample Ejection Rod, 316 Stainless Steel, 1100 mm (43.3") Length SS-8001A-1100 Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43.3") Length SS-8505A-01 Standard Sampler Case

sales@ereinc.com

181


Disposable Powder Spatulas POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Sterileware® Sampling Spatula Features • V-shaped spatula ideal for caked granules or powders • Convenient & helps prevent contamination • Polystyrene spatula • Individually sterile wrapped

Powder Spatulas Features • Made from white Polystyrene (FDA grade - conforms to CFR 177.1640) • Tough, efficient "U" shaped blade • Individually wrapped • Manufactured & packed in a medical cleanroom (Class 100,000) to ensure cleanliness • Range of sizes • Available pre-sterilized & non sterile • Smooth ergonomic round handle • ATEX Rated for Zones 0, 1, & 2

150 mm (6") Blade Length, 230 mm (9") Overall Length, 100/Box SS-8095A-150 Powder Spatulas SS-8095A-150S Powder Spatulas, Pre-Sterilized

250 mm (9.8") Blade Length, 330 mm (13") Overall Length, 100/Box SS-8095A-250 Powder Spatulas BEL-H36930-0000 152 mm (6") Blade Length, 229 mm (9") Long, 100/Box

SS-8095A-250S Powder Spatulas, Pre-Sterilized

High Impact Polystyrene Scoops Scienceware® SamplitTM Scoop & Container System Features • Scoop that threads into a 190ml (6.5oz) leak proof container • Ensures safe & efficient isolation of material • High impact polystyrene strong enough for coring semi solid such as cheese, ice cream & even soil or granular materials • Vials are crystal clear styrene for easy viewing of contents • Supplied with identification labels

47 mm I.D. x 110 mm High (1.85" x 4.36"), 25/Box BEL-H36915-1000 Samplit™ Scoop & Container System BEL-H37835-0000 Samplit™ Scoop Only

182

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Disposable Sampling Spoons Sterileware® Sampling Spoons

178 mm (7") Overall Length, 200/Box BEL-H36940-0000 1.23 ml (1/4" Teaspoon) Capacity BEL-H36942-0000 2.46 ml (1/2" Teaspoon) Capacity BEL-H36944-0000 4.93 ml (1 Teaspoon) Capacity BEL-H36946-0000 14.79 ml (3 Teaspoons) Capacity

Sterileware® Large Sampling Spoon Features • Ideal for sampling semi-solids, viscous liquids & bulk materials • High impact polystyrene • Individually sterile wrapped BEL-H36948-0000 254 mm (10") Overall Length, 25 ml (0.8 oz) Capacity, 25/Box

Sterile Sample Handling Sterileware® Economy Sampling Spoons

Sterileware® Economy Sampling Scoops

Features • Small quantities of dry or liquid measures • Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat • High impact polystyrene • Individually sterile wrapped

Features • Sterile samples of accurate quantities of dry or liquid measures • Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat • White high impact polystyrene • Individually sterile wrapped

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Features • For smaller sampling requirements • Polystyrene spoon • Long handles minimizes the potential of personal contact with sampled material • Individually sterile wrapped

BEL-F36740-0001 1.25 ml (0.04 oz) Capacity, 100/Box BEL-F36740-0002 2.5 ml (0.08 oz) Capacity, 100/Box

BEL-F36933-0001 63 ml (2 oz) Capacity, 50/Box

BEL-F36740-0003 5 ml (0.17 oz) Capacity, 100/Box

BEL-F36933-0002 83 ml (2.7 oz) Capacity, 50/box

BEL-F36740-0004 8 ml (0.27 oz) Capacity, 100/Box

BEL-F36933-0003 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 50/Box

BEL-F36740-0005 20 ml (0.68 oz) Capacity, 100/Box

BEL-F36933-0004 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 50/Box

Sterileware® Red Sampling Scoops Features • Bright red color reduces the chance of them being accidentally left behind in a sample • Color can serve as a code to avoid cross contamination & provides a contrasting background to better visualize light colored material • Durable polystyrene material • Individually sterile wrapped

www.ereinc.com

BEL-H36902-2002 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, 25 x 76 x 38 mm (1" x 3" x 1 1/2") Bowl Size, 203 cm (8") Length, 100/Box BEL-H36904-2004 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 25 x 89 x 44 mm (1" x 3 1/2" x 1 3/4") Bowl Size, 221 cm (8 11/16") Length, 100/Box BEL-H36906-2008 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 51 x 127 x 51 mm (2" x 5" x 2") Bowl Size, 216 cm (8 1/2") Length, 100/Box

sales@ereinc.com

183


Assorted Polypropylene Scoops

Features • Made of polystyrene (FDA acceptable polymer) • Manufactued & packed in a medical cleanroom • Available in white or red, non-sterile or presterilized

Features • Rigid, strong & smooth polypropylene • Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat • Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Disposable PharmaScoops

BEL-F36747-0000 60 x 29 x 25 mm (2 3/8" x 1 1/8" x 1") Bowl Size, 32 mm (1 1/4") Handle, 22 ml (0.74 oz) Capacity, 72/Case BEL-F36748-0000 76 x 38 x 25 mm (3" x 1 1/2" x 1") Bowl Size, 150 mm (6") Handle, 60 ml (2.03 oz) Capacity, 72/Case BEL-F36749-0000 89 x 38 x 32 mm (3 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 1 1/4") Bowl Size, 48 mm (1 7/8") Handle, 75 ml (2.54 oz) Capacity, 72/Case BEL-F36750-0000 92 x 48 x 35 mm (3 5/8" x 1 7/8" x 1 3/8") Bowl Size, 150 mm (5") Handle, 125 ml (4.23 oz) Capacity, 48/Case BEL-F36753-0000 127 x 51 x 51 mm (5" x 2" x 2") Bowl Size, 64 mm (2 1/2") Handle, 200 ml (6.76 oz) Capacity, 36/Case BEL-F36756-0000 203 x 121 x 76 mm (8" x 4 3/4" x 3") Bowl Size, 102 mm (4") Handle, 1100 ml (37.20 oz) Capacity, 24/Case

Disposable Pallet Knife Features • Made from tough white HDPE, FDA acceptable grade • Individually wrapped • Available pre-sterilized

SS-8045A-30 PharmaScoop, 30 ml (1 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box SS-8045A-30S PharmaScoop, 30 ml (1 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8045A-60 PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box SS-8045A-60S PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8045A-125 PharmaScoop, 125 ml (4.2 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box SS-8045A-125S PharmaScoop, 125 ml (4.2 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8045A-250 PharmaScoop, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box SS-8045A-250S PharmaScoop, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8045A-500 PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box SS-8045A-500S PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8450A-70S 150 mm (5.9")Blade Length, 70 mm (2.8") Blade Width, 270 mm (10.6") Overall Length, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

Disposable Scraper Features • Made from tough white HDPE, FDA acceptable grade • Individually wrapped • Available pre-sterilized

SS-8045A-1000 PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box SS-8045A-1000S PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8045A-2500 PharmaScoop, 2500 ml (84.5 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box SS-8045A-2500S PharmaScoop, 2500 ml (84.5 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8045R-60 PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box SS-8045R-60S PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8045R-500 PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box SS-8045R-500S PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box SS-8045R-1000 PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box SS-8045R-1000S PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

184

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

SS-8450A-45S 150 mm (5.9") Blade Length, 45 mm (1.8") Blade Width, 270 mm (10.6") Overall Length, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Double-Ended Stainless Steel Spoons

Features • Extra strength for sampling from large bottles • Stainless steel spoon end and flat spatula on the other end • Also available in Teflon® coating with an anti-stick surface • FDA approved

BEL-H36729-0015 15 cm (5.9") Length, 0.5 ml (0.02 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 2.0 ml (0.07 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon BEL-H36729-0018 18 cm (7.1") Length, 0.8 ml (0.03 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 2.8 ml (0.09 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon BEL-H36729-0021 21 cm (8.3") Length, 1.6 ml (0.05 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 5.0 ml (0.17 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon BEL-H36729-0025 25 cm (9.8") Length, 0.8 ml (0.03 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 3.0 ml (0.10 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon BEL-H36729-0030 30 cm (11.8") Length, 2.0 ml (0.07 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 8.0 ml (0.27 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon Fluo-Kem Teflon FEP Coated Ends ®

®

BEL-H36730-0015 15 cm (5.9") Length, 0.5 ml (0.02 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 2.0 ml (0.07 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon BEL-H36730-0021 21 cm (8.3") Length, 1.6 ml (0.05 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 5.0 ml (0.17 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon BEL-H36730-0030 30 cm (11.8") Length, 2.0 ml (0.07 oz) Capacity Of Small Spoon, 8.0 ml (0.27 oz) Capacity Of Large Spoon

Reusable Spoons

BEL-F36711-0012 Stainless Steel, 305 mm (12") Overall Length, Each BEL-H36711-0000 Fluo-Kem® Teflon®, 229 mm (9") Overall Length, Each

PharmaScoops Features • Heavy duty construction • 316 stainless steel • Crevice free • Satin finish • Radiused corners for easy cleaning • Huge range of sizes

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Features • Dual bowl sizes on a sturdy handle • Available in stainless steel or with ends coated with Fluo-Kem® Teflon® • 2/pack

2 in 1 Lab Spoon

Ellipso-Spoon® Sampler Features • Curved shape permits contact with all corners of bottles & containers • Used for crystals, powders, granulated & sold substances & even thick liquids • Ellipso-Spoon® has a spoon end & a spatula end • Made of polished stainless steel • 1/pack

SS-A316-10 PharmaScoop, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Capacity, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 45 mm (1.8") Length SS-A316-50 PharmaScoop, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Capacity, 38 mm (1.5") Diameter, 70 mm (2.8") Length BEL-H36806-0015 15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 15 cm (5.9") Length

SS-A316-100 PharmaScoop, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2") Diameter, 100 mm (4") Length

BEL-H36806-0018 15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 18 cm (7.1") Length

SS-A316-500 PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, 95 mm (3.7") Diameter, 140 mm (5.5") Length

BEL-H36807-0021 15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 21 cm (8.3") Length

SS-A316-750 PharmaScoop, 750 ml (25.4 oz) Capacity, 95 mm (3.7") Diameter, 210 mm (8.3") Length

BEL-H36807-0025 15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 25 cm (9.8") Length

SS-A316-1000 PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, 110 mm (4.3") Diameter, 235 mm (9.3") Length

BEL-H36808-0030 28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 30 cm (11.8") Length

SS-A316-1250 PharmaScoop, 1250 ml (42.3 oz) Capacity, 125 mm (4.9") Diameter, 195 mm (7.7") Length

BEL-H36809-0040 28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 40 cm (15.7") Length

SS-A316-1700 PharmaScoop, 1700 ml (57.5 oz) Capacity, 135 mm (5.3") Diameter, 230 mm (9.1") Length

BEL-H36809-0050 28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 50 cm (19.7") Length

SS-A316-2500 PharmaScoop, 2500 ml (84.5 oz) Capacity, 185 mm (7.3") Diameter, 215 mm (8.5") Length

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

185


Reusable Scoops

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Features • Stainless steel scoops • Perfect for sampling powder, soil, gravel & other materials

CO-8400 148 ml (5 oz) Capacity, 6.4 x 23 cm (2.5" W x 9 1/2" L) Bowl Size, 12/Box

Square Scoop Features • Heavy duty construction • 316 stainless steel • Crevice free • Radiused corners for easy cleaning

Fluo-Kem® Teflon® FEP Coated Aluminum Scoop Features • FDA compliant for food contact • Anti-stick, corrosion resistant • Handle is not coated for a non-slip grip

BEL-H36733-0000 184 mm (7 1/4") Bowl Length, 1 L (1 Quart) Capacity, 102 mm (4") Diameter, 83 mm (3 1/4") Handle Length BEL-H36735-0000 216 mm (8 1/2") Bowl Length, 2 L (2 Quarts) Capacity, 127 mm (5") Diameter, 89 mm (3 1/2") Handle Length BEL-H36737-0000 260 mm (10 1/4") Bowl Length, 4 L (4 Quarts) Capacity, 146 mm (5.75") Diameter, 102 mm (4") Handle Length

Ladles Features • All stainless steel construction • Crevice free • Satin finish • 316 stainless steel for 50 ml (1.7 oz) and 150 ml (5 oz) size

SS-A366-1 Square Scoop, 1.5 L (0.40 Gallon) Capacity

Earthing Lug

304 Stainless Steel SS-A324-50 Ladle, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Volume

Features • Extra cost option for any stainless steel sampler or item of dispensing ware • Provides a convenient connection point for earthing (grounding) wires • Ideal when working with flammable solvents or in ATEX rated environments • Earthing lugs can only be welded to almost any stainless steel device

SS-A324-120 Ladle, 120 ml (4 oz) Volume SS-A324-150 Ladle, 150 ml (5 oz) Volume SS-A324-200 Ladle, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume 316 Stainless Steel SS-A326-50 Ladle, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Volume

SS-LUG-1 Earthing Lug, 316L Stainless Steel, Includes Welding To Device

186

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

SS-A326-150 Ladle, 150 ml (5 oz) Volume

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Tapered Stem Powder Funnel

Features • Specially designed for transferring powders • Polypropylene funnel with 60° angle • Steam autoclavable 121°C (250°F)

Features • Specially designed for transferring powders • Polypropylene funnel with standard taper stems • Steam autoclavable 121°C (250°F)

BEL-H14660-0065 49 ml (1.7oz) Capacity, 65 mm (2.6") Top I.D., 15 mm (0.6") Stem O.D., 25 mm (1") Stem Length, 12/Bag

BEL-F14681-0000 169 ml (5.7 oz) Capacity, 101 mm (4") Top I.D., Stem W/ 24/40, Each

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Powder Funnels

BEL-H14660-0080 138 ml (4.7 oz) Capacity, 80 mm (3.1") Top I.D., 18 mm (0.7") Stem O.D., 25 mm (1") Stem Length, 12/Bag BEL-H14660-0100 248 ml (8.4 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9")Top I.D., 21 mm (0.8") Stem O.D., 25 mm (1") Stem Length, 6/Bag BEL-H14660-0150 784 ml (26 oz) Capacity, 150 mm (5.9") Top I.D., 29 mm (1.1") Stem O.D., 25 mm (1") Stem Length, 4/Bag

Large Powder Funnel Features • Heavyweight high density polyethylene for transferring powders

BEL-H14684-0000 510 ml (17.2 oz) Capacity, 127 mm (5") Cone, 124 mm (4 7/8") Top I.D., 38 mm (1 1/2") Stem Length, Each

www.ereinc.com

BEL-F14682-0000 594 ml (20 oz) Capacity, 152 mm (6")Top I.D., Stem W/ 24/40, Each

Disposable Jugs Features • Individually wrapped & inspected in a cleanroom • Pouring spout • Non graduated • Non cleanroom manufacture due to size • Available pre-sterilized • Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade • Sturdy "non tip" base

SS-8049A-2000 2000 ml (67.6 oz) Volume, 50/Box SS-8049A-2000S 2000 ml (67.6 oz) Volume, Pre-Sterilized, 50/Box

sales@ereinc.com

187


Hold your Solids & Liquids Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire/tape and bend wire to seal.

"Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contain a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and noninhibitory; with write labeling area. The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself. The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years. Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender.

Sampling Bags Without White Labeling Area, Qty. 500 NA-B01009WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L,Thickness: 2.25 mil NA-B00679WA Capacity: 118ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil NA-B00992WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3 .75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil NA-B01018WA Capacity: 384 ml (13 oz), Size: 5.25" W x 7.5" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil NA-B00736WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil NA-B01063WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil NA-B00990WA Capacity: 798 ml (27 oz), Size: 5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

Long-Term Retention Sampling Bags, Qty. 500 NA-B01300WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil Filter Bags (Contains Filter Layer), Qty. 250 NA-B01385WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3.75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil NA-B01348WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil NA-B01318WA Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil NA-B01416WA Capacity: 2041 ml (69 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B00994WA Capacity: 1065 ml (36 oz), Size: 5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

Sampling Bag Accessories Carrying Racks

NA-B01027WA Capacity: 1242 ml (42 oz), Size: 6" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B00677WA Double Grid 21 Compartment

Sampling Bags With White Labeling Area, Qty. 500 NA-B01067WA Capacity: 29 ml (1 oz), Size: 2.5" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil NA-B01064WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil NA-B01062WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil NA-B01065WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B00678WA Double Grid 15 Compartment NA-B00750WA Double Grid 30 Compartment NA-B00751WA Double Grid 12 Compartment NA-B01048WA Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use) NA-B01023WA Single Grid 18 Compartment

NA-B01297WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

Sampling Bag Accessories Playmate® Cooler

NA-B01196WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B00772WA Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler

NA-B01195WA Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B01109WA Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler

"Speci-Sponge" Bags For Environmental Surface Sampling, Qty. 100

Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Handle

NA-B01245WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01309WA Rack Handle

NA-B01299WA Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil Stand-Up Sampling Bags, Qty. 500

188

Features • Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use • Sampling bags are available without or with a white labeling area. • Guaranteed Sterile • Reduced storage space • Easy identification • Leakproof closure

Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Tray For Shaking Incubation NA-B01432WA Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags

NA-B01364WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01433WA Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags

NA-B01365WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01434WA Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Trays

Multi Purpose Trays

Features • Polypropylene is autoclavable & offers resistance to temperatures up to 135°C (274°F)

Features • Rugged Polypropylene • 8.5 L (9 quart volume) • Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

BEL-F16300-1015 PP, 254 L x 381 W x 76 mm H (10" L x 15" W x 3" H) BEL-F16300-1216 PP, 305 L x 406 W x 203 mm H (12" L x 16" W x 8" H) BEL-F16300-1520 PP, 381 L x 508 W x 76 mm H (15" L x 20" W x 3" H) BEL-F16300-1818 PP, 457 L x 457 W x 102 mm H (18" L x 18" W x 4" H) BEL-F16300-2020 PP, 508 L x 508 W x 152 mm H (20" L x 20" W x 6" H) BEL-F16300-2226 PP, 559 L x 660 W x 102 mm H (22" L x 26" W x 4" H)

Sterilizing Trays Features • Lightweight & corrosion proof • Molded polypropylene trays with smooth rounded corners • Ideal for sterilizing instruments & cleaning glassware • Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F) • Polypropylene covers are 3.2 mm (1/8") thick with a 25.4 mm (1") skirt

BEL-F16200-0010 30.5 x 24.8 x 11.4 cm H (12" x 9 3/4" x 4 1/2" H) BEL-F16200-0011 32.4 x 26.7 x 10.8 cm H (12 3/4" x 10 1/2" x 4 1/4" H), W/ Handles

Heavy-Duty Pails Features • Graduated in liters • Hand Grip on Bottom • Polyethylene pails have wide rims that hold their shape under heavy loads

BEL-H16260-0000 30 x 20 x 13 cm (11.8" x 7.9" x 5.1"), 6/Case BEL-H16259-0000 Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16260-0000 BEL-H16262-0000 48 x 27 x 13 cm (18.9" x 10.6" x 5.1"), 6/Case BEL-H16261-0000 Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16262-0000 BEL-H16264-0000 51 x 39 x 13 cm (20.1" x 15.4" x 5.1"), 6/Case

BEL-H16805-0000 10 L (10.6 Quarts) Capacity, 244 mm (9.6") Top I.D., 305 mm (12") Height

BEL-H16263-0000 Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16264-0000

BEL-H16806-0000 15 L (15.9 Quarts) Capacity, 279 mm (11") Top I.D., 320 mm (13") Height

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

189


Large Pails

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Features • With an airtight cover & a plated steel bail • PP pail & cover are steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F) • 13.2 L (14 Quarts), 32 cm (12.6") high, 27 cm (10.6") I.D. at top

Cleaning Brushes It is essential to ensure that your sampler is properly cleaned. Wide range of brushes that are ideal for cleaning both stainless steel and plastic samplers. Use the appropriate diameter and length for your sampler.

BEL-H16776-0000 (Autoclavable) Natural Polypropylene, 6/Case

Features • Hygienic nylon bristles • Stainless steel handle • Available in a range of lengths and diameters

Mini-Pots Features • Multi purpose small volume containers • 316 stainless steel • Crevice free interior • Screw on lid • Satin finish • Water tight - no extra seal required

35 mm (1.4") Max. Tube Diameter, 15 mm (0.6") Min. Tube Diameter SS-8001A-500 Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (20") Length SS-8001A-1100 Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43") Length SS-8001A-1600 Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length SS-8001A-2100 Cleaning Brush, 2100 mm (83") Length

SS-A426-7 Mini-pot, 7 ml (0.2 oz) Capacity, 16 mm (0.6") Overall Diameter, 41 mm (1.6") Height SS-A426-25 Mini-pot, 25 ml (0.9 oz) Capacity, 38 mm (1.5") Overall Diameter, 45 mm (1.8") Height SS-A426-50 Mini-pot, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2.0") Overall Diameter, 45 mm (1,8") Height SS-A426-100 Mini-pot, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2.0") Overall Diameter, 71 mm (2.8") Height

190

14 mm (0.6") Max. Tube Diameter, 7 mm (0.3") Min. Tube Diameter SS-8001N-500 Narrow Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (20") Length SS-8001N-1100 Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43") Length SS-8001N- 1600 Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length

SS-A426-250 Mini-pot, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, 75 mm (3.0") Overall Diameter, 75 mm (3") Height

50 mm (2") Max. Tube Diameter

SS-A426-500 Mini-pot, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 75 mm (3") Height

SS-8001J-1000 Jumbo Cleaning Brush, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

SS-A426-750 Mini-pot, 750 ml (25.4 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 115 mm (4 1/2") Height

SS-8001J-2000 Jumbo Cleaning Brush, 2000 mm (78.7") Length

SS-A426-1000 Mini-pot, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 155 mm (6.1") Height

SS-8001N- 1600 Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Sack Clip Sealing sacks after sampling or dispensing is often tricky and difficult. Our new Sack Clip is a quick, simple and effective way of closing sacks. Simply close sack between the jaws of the Sack Clip.

SS-8010A-1 Sack Clip, 10/Box

For Safe Storage & Transportation Sampler Cases

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Features • Quick and easy to apply • Quick and easy to remove • Ratchet mechanism and secondary positive lock for double security • Robust - designed to be re-used

These cases are ideal for the safe storage and transportation of samplers. They are also ideal for ensuring that your clean samplers remain clean while they are being stored or carried around the factory. All cases are supplied with foam liners to protect the samplers.

Mini Case

Standard Sampler Case

Superior Sampler Case

Features • Ideal for storing small samplers • Simple clasps keep the case closed • Economic

Features • Rugged plastic construction • Four sliding clasps keep the case shut

Features • Lockable (2 keys supplied) • High impact resistant outer • Metal hinges for a long life • Very high quality finish

SS-8505A-12 Mini Sampler Case, 250 mm (10") L x 175 mm (7") W x 40 mm (1.6") H

SS-8505A-01 Standard Sampler Case, 1210 mm (47") L x 225 mm (9") W x 96 mm (4") H

SS-8500A-01 Superior Sampler Case, 870 mm (34") L x 285 mm (11") W x 116 mm (5") H

Jumbo Case Features • Rugged plastic construction • Extends up to 2400 mm (94") • Excellent value Dimensions Closed 1800 mm (71") L x 140 mm (5 1/2") W x 140 mm (5 1/2") H Dimensions Extended 2400 mm (94") L x 140 mm (5 1/2") W x 140 mm (5 1/2") H

www.ereinc.com

SS-8502A-01 Jumbo Sampler Case

sales@ereinc.com

191


POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Ultra Adhesive Labels UA Label UA Labels are special high quality labels with an ultra-adhesive backing. They are ideal for labeling sacks, drums, kegs, boxes, bags etc. UA-Labels are available in two standard sizes and with a range of different printed fronts. Please see the Pharma-Labels if you require labels with an FDA approved adhesive.

Standard Labels, 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7"), 500 Labels/Roll SS-8220A-01 Standard Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control

Dust Proof UA-Labels are ideal for sealing sacks after sampling. UA-Labels will stick to virtually any surface; they will even stick to dusty sacks. The label will not only record the fact that the sack has been sampled but it will prevent the sack from leaking powder as it is handled.

SS-8220A-02 Standard Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-03 Standard Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-04 Standard Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-05 Standard Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-06 Standard Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank) SS-8220A-30 Standard Label, Color: Green, Text: Released SS-8220A-31 Standard Label, Color: Blue, Text: Sampled SS-8220A-32 Standard Label, Color: Orange, Text: Quarantine SS-8220A-33 Standard Label, Color: Black, Text: Rejected

Customize your Label with a White Label Features • Label size 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7") or 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6") • Very high tack - will even stick on very dusty surfaces • Variety of colors • Large writing area • Discounts available for bulk orders • Huge range of designs

SS-8220A-34 Standard Label, Color: Yellow, Text: In-Process SS-8220A-35 Standard Label, Color: Red, Text: Dispensed SS-8220A-07 Label Dispenser For Standard 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7") Labels Large QC Labels, 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6"), 250 Labels/Roll SS-8220A-001 Large QC Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-002 Large QC Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-003 Large QC Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-004 Large QC Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-005 Large QC Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control SS-8220A-006 Large QC Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank) SS-8220A-17 Label Dispenser For Large 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6") Labels

192

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Weather Proof Even after being submerged in water for 48 hours the label was intact, it was securely attached to the bag and could be written on using a ball point pen.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Labels with an FDA Acceptable Adhesive Pharma-Labels are a range of paper labels with a special FDA acceptable adhesive. They are ideal for applications where the adhesive might come into contact with the product. Features • Write on labels • Medium strength adhesion • FDA acceptable adhesive • Range of colors • 500 labels per roll 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7") • 250 labels per roll 150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9")

Pharma-Labels, 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7"), 500 Labels/Roll SS-8220P-01 Pharma-Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control

POWDER & SOLID SAMPLING

Pharma-Labels

SS-8220P-02 Pharma-Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control SS-8220P-03 Pharma-Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control SS-8220P-04 Pharma-Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control SS-8220P-05 Pharma-Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control SS-8220P-06 Pharma-Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank) Pharma-Labels, 150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9"), 250 Labels/Roll SS-8220P-001 Pharma-Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control SS-8220P-003 Pharma-Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control SS-8220P-006 Pharma-Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank) SS-8220A-07 Label Dispenser For 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7") SS-8220A-17 Label Dispenser For 150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9")

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

193


SOIL SAMPLING

The Signature Series The Signature Series with the new rounded bail design is much easier to use and with the modifications to the cylinder it will hold 10% more soil than the standard line. The new cross handle has been designed to take less effort to turn in the most difficult soils. The new weld design offers less friction for easier augering and cleaning. The new coupling makes it three times faster to connect and disassemble. The extensions are rust resistant because they are plated with a yellow zinc coating. All augers are made of high carbon steel bits with tunsten carbide hard surfaced edges, stainless steel cylinder and a carbon steel bail. The list of improvements are endless.

Signature Series Regular Augers

Signature Series Mud Augers

The Signature Series Regular Auger is used for ordinary soil sampling.

The Signature Series Mud Auger features a laser cut open cylinder design for easy removal of heavy, wet, or clay soils.

AM-350.08 Thread Type: R-HEO-SIG, Size: 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-350.20 Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.59 lbs

AM-350.07 Thread Type: R-HEO-SIG, Size: 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs

AM-350.19 Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.88 lbs

AM-350.06 Thread Type: R-HEO-SIG, Size: 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.70 lbs

AM-350.18 Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.59 lbs

AM-350.05 Thread Type: R-HEO-SIG, Size: 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs

AM-350.17 Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 101.6 mm (4"), 3.21 lbs

Signature Series Sand Augers The Signature Series Sand Auger is designed for use in extremely dry, sandy soils. The bits are specially formed to retain loose sand samples. AM-350.42 Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs AM-350.41 Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs

194

Signature Series Dutch Augers The Signature Series Dutch Auger design makes it an excellent tool for collection of disturbed samples in heavily rooted areas.

AM-350.40 Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs

AM-350.59 Thread Type: DUTCH-SIG, Size: 76.2 mm (3"), 1.29 lbs

AM-350.39 Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs

AM-350.61 Thread Type: DUTCH-SIG, Size: 50.8 mm (2"), 0.95 lbs

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


The Signature Series Cross Handles are made of chrome molybdenum steel. All Signature Series cross handles are 457.2 mm (18") long.

AM-351.54 Cross Handle-Rubber Coated-Sig, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs AM-351.56 Ratchet Cross Handle-Sig, 457.2 mm (18"), 2.40 lbs

Signature Series Extensions The Signature Series Extensions are available in 5 lengths. They are manufactured of 4130 chrome molybdenum steel and plated with a yellow zinc coating for added rust resistance.

SOIL SAMPLING

Signature Series Cross Handles

AM-351.00 Extension-Sig, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.75 lbs AM-351.01 Extension-Sig, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.16 lbs AM-351.02 Extension-Sig, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs AM-351.03 Extension-Sig, 1219.2 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs AM-351.04 Extension-Sig, 1524 mm (5'), 2.40 lbs

Signature Series Slide Hammers The inline Signature Series Slide Hammer is one of the easiest and safest to use. The outer sleeve has a molded on thick rubber cover to reduce operator fatigue and to improve operator safety. The Signature Series Slide Hammer is available in three different weights. AM-350.99 Slide Hammer-Sig, 10.22 lbs AM-350.93 Heavy Duty Slide Hammer-Sig, 18.90 lbs AM-350.96 Compact Slide Hammer-Sig, 6.00 lbs

Signature Series Mini Soil Auger Kits The Soil Sampling Mini Kit is designed just for auger sampling, the mini kit includes a regular and a mud auger, four (4) extensions 914.4 mm or 1219.2 mm (3' or 4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage.

AM-352.73 Complete Kit, 82.55 mm (3 1/4"), 914.4 mm (3') Ext., 14.00 lbs AM-352.74 Complete Kit, 82.55 mm (3 1/4"), 1219.2 mm (4') Ext., 14.00 lbs Complete Kit Includes (AM-351.02 For 914.4 mm (3') Ext., AM-351.03 For 1219.2 mm (4') Ext.) AM-350.06 R-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.70 lbs AM-350.18 M-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.59 lbs AM-351.03 CM-4'-EXT-SIG, 1219.2 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs AM-351.02 CM-3'-EXT-SIG, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs AM-351.54 CM-CR-SIG-Rubber, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs AM-430.31 SIG, 914.4 mm (3') Poly-Canvas Case, 2.00 lbs AM-430.32 SIG, 1219.2 mm (4') Poly-Canvas Case, 2.00 lbs

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

195


Versatile & Complete! AM-352.51 Complete Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 60.00 lbs

SOIL SAMPLING

AM-352.53 Complete Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 56.00 lbs

Complete Kits Include AM-350.06 R-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.70 lbs AM-350.18 M-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4",) 2.59 lbs AM-350.40 S-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs AM-350.08 R-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs AM-350.20 M-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.59 lbs AM-350.42 S-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs AM-354.26 Core Sampler / Hammer-SIG, 50.8 mm x 152.4 mm ( 2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs AM-351.03 Extensions-SIG, 1219.20 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs AM-351.54 Rubber Coated Cross Handle-SIG, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs

Signature Series Basic Soil Sampling Kits

AM-421.10 Crescent Wrench, 304.8 mm (12"), 1.70 lbs

This kit gives you the ability to auger in most materials up to 12' and then collect a soil core sample.

AM-421.29 Universal Slip Wrench, 1.24 lbs

Includes regular, sand and mud auger, rubber coated cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mm (4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brushes in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sidded deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.

AM-430.07 Nylon Brush, 50.8 mm x 304.8 mm (2"x12"), 0.20 lbs AM-430.01 Delux Carrying Case 1750, 28.91 lbs

Excellent for Soil Profiling of Chemical Analysis Signature Series Soil Core Samplers The Signature Soil Core Sampler (SCS) collects a relatively undisturbed soil core sample in a liner that may be packaged for transfer to a laboratory for soil profiling of chemical analysis. The liner may also be extruded in the field for examination of the soil core sample. Includes slide hammer, core cup and cap, 2 plastic end caps, and plastic liner. Also available with cup and cap only. AM-354.26 SCS-SIG W/ Hammer, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs AM-354.25 SCS-SIG W/ Hammer, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.29 lbs AM-354.16 SCS-SIG/Cup & Cap, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 2.87 lbs AM-354.15 SCS-SIG/Cup & Cap, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 2.08 lbs

196

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Standard Soil Augers

Sand Augers

Standard Soil Augers have heat-treated, high carbon steel bits with tungsten carbide hard-surfaced edges. The bits are welded to a stainless steel cylinder, topped with a carbon steel bail.

The Sand Auger is designed for use in extremely dry, sandy soil.

The Regular Augers

SOIL SAMPLING

The Regular Auger is used for ordinary soil sampling and for accessing the sampling point when undisturbed samples will be taken with a core sampler.

AM-400.05 R-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs AM-417.07 R-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.49 lbs AM-400.06 R-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs

AM-400.39 S-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs

AM-417.06 R-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.52 lbs

AM-420.07 S-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.54 lbs

AM-400.07 R-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs

AM-400.40 S-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs

AM-417.05 R-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.07 lbs

AM-420.06 S-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.57 lbs

AM-400.08 R-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-400-41 S-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs

AM-417.04 R-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.70 lbs

AM-420.05 S-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.12 lbs

AM-400.09 R-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs

AM-400.42 S-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-417.03 R-HEO-TH-SST, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs

AM-420.04 S-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.75 lbs AM-400.43 S-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs

Mud Augers When you encounter heavy, wet, or clay soil the Mud Auger is the right tool for the job.

AM-420.03 S-HEO-TH-SST 50.8 mm (2"), 1.47 lbs

Planer Augers This unique auger is designed to be used with the Core Sampler. It cleans and flattens the bottom of pre-drilled holes by removing the loose soil.

AM-400.17 M-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.21 lbs AM-418.07 M-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.37 lbs AM-400.18 M-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.26 lbs AM-418.06 M-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.30 lbs AM-400.19 M-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.88 lbs AM-418.05 M-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.92 lbs AM-400.20 M-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 2.26 lbs AM-418.04 M-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-400.51 PL-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 1.99 lbs

AM-400.21 M-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.44 lbs

AM-400.52 PL-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.58 lbs

AM-418.03 M-HEO-TH-SST, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.46 lbs

AM-400.53 PL-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.27 lbs

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

197


SOIL SAMPLING

Dutch Augers Easily collect disturbed samples in heavily rooted areas. Hand forged from high-carbon steel and honed to a fine cutting edge, this auger will cut through highly fibrous and heavy rooted soil. Excellent for use in fibrous areas such as vineyards and orchards. The unique open design allows for easier mud shedding capabilities.

Makes Soil Sampling Easier & Faster! Slide Hammers The Slide Hammer is one of the easiest and safest to use. The outer sleeve has a molded-on, thick rubber cover. This makes it easy to hold onto and use as the cover significantly absorbs the impact shock.

AM-400.61 DUTCH-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 0.95 lbs AM-400.59 DUTCH-TH, 76.2 mm (3"), 1.29 lbs

Flighted Screw Augers For taking small distrurbed soil samples from dense, hard or compacted soils, the Flighted Screw Auger can't be beat.

AM-400.99 15.8 mm (5/8"), NC Regular Slide Hammer, 10.22 lbs AM-400.96 15.8 mm (5/8"), Compact Slide Hammer, 7.68 lbs AM-400.93 19.1 mm (3/4"), Heavy Duty Slide Hammer, 18.90 lbs

Cross Handles

AM-405.05 FL-HEO-TH, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 2.13 lbs AM-405.03 FL-HEO-TH, 44.4 x 304.8 mm (1 3/4" x 12"), 1.79 lbs AM-405.02 FL-HEO-TH, 38.1 x 304.8 mm (1 1/2" x 12"), 1.45 lbs

Durable Cross Handles ranging from 10" to 22". Carbon steel and chrome molybdenum designs are highly durable. The ratcheting version is for reduced effort in tight field situations. Hammer head option lets you pound your soil sampling device into the ground with an impact-absorbing hammer. 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded.

Rock Breaker Used to split or chip rocks and stones found in an augered hole. The rock breaker is an alloy steel sharp edged chisel designed for use with the slide hammer. Used to break up obstructions in augered holes and to penetrate hard pan lenses.

AM-401.27 Hammer Head Cross Handle, 304.8 mm (12"), 2.10 lbs AM-401.26 Cross Handle W/ Grips, 254 mm (10"), 0.56 lbs AM-406.04 Rubber Coated, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.25 lbs AM-424.00 Rock Breaker-TH, 2.85 lbs

198

AM-406.80 Ratchet Rubber, 457.2 mm (18"), 2.02 lbs

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Extensions

Soil Recovery Augers, Dual Purpose

The welded fittings by craftsmen on all Extensions offer maximum strength and torque resistance. Threaded Extensions in either chrome molybdenum or stainless steel.

Soil Recovery Auger (SRA) features protective soil retaining cylinders, fast cutting bits, and effortless operation. By using the hollow cap, the SRA is used as a standard bucket auger. By using the solid cap, a sample can be retrieved in a liner.

SOIL SAMPLING

AM-408.00 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.75 lbs AM-409.06 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.77 lbs AM-408.01 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.16 lbs AM-409.07 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.22 lbs AM-408.02 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel Thread, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs AM-409.08 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.66 lbs AM-408.03 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 1219.2 mm (4'), 2.29 lbs AM-409.09 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 1219.2 mm (4'), 2.11 lbs AM-408.04 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 152 cm (5'), 2.40 lbs

AM-421.01 Standard-TH, 82.5 x 254 mm (3 1/4" x 10"), 9.20 lbs

AM-409.10 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 152 cm (5'), 2.56 lbs

AM-421.03 Stainless-TH, 82.5 x 254 mm (3 1/4" x 10"), 9.25 lbs

Also available in 19.1 mm (3/4") threaded & quick connect connections, call for more information

AM-421.02 Standard-TH, 82.5 x 304.8 mm (3 1/4" x 12"), 10.04 lbs AM-421.04 Stainless-TH, 82.5 x 304.8 mm (3 1/4" x 12"), 10.09 lbs

Telescoping Augers

Telescoping Auger for Hard-toReach Areas

The Telescoping Auger (TSA) is used for auger sampling to depths of six to eight feet. Comprised of a dual tube telescoping extension, cross handle, locking pins and a single auger head. The TSA is designed for sampling soils for perc tests, septic leakage, site assessment and agricultural science uses. AM-301.68 TSA-Regular, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 6.88 lbs AM-301.67 TSA-Regular, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 7.16 lbs AM-301.66 TSA-Regular, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.69 lbs AM-301.65 TSA-Regular, 101.6 mm (4"), 8.56 lbs AM-301.80 TSA-Mud, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 5.68 lbs AM-301.79 TSA-Mud, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 5.94 lbs AM-301.78 TSA-Mud, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.34 lbs AM-301.90 TSA-Sand, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.90 lbs

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

199


SOIL SAMPLING

NEW! Gouge Augers Designed for Sampling Wet Clay & Peat Designed for undisturbed samples from very soft and preferably very wet soils with minimal disturbance of soft cohesive layers such as wet clay or peat. Constructed from a long, tapered stainless steel, semi-cylindrical chamber, which is pushed into the soil, twisted and recovered to display a full and virtually undisturbed profile of peaty soil. Sharp cutting edges ensure easy penetration without twisting or turning which could agitate the sample.

Soil Core Samplers The Soil Core Soil Sampler (SCS) collects a relatively undisturbed soil core sample in a liner that may be packaged for transfer to a laboratory for soil profiling or chemical analysis. The liner may also be extruded in the field for examination of the soil core sample or packaged for subsequent chemical analysis in a laboratory. Includes slide hammer, core cup and cap, two plastic end caps, and plastic liner. Liners are SCS with purchase of a SCS soil core sampler.

Requires attachment to cross handles or slide hammer for use.

AM-54545 31.7 mm x 1016 mm (1 1/4" x 40"), Gouge Auger, 4.30 lbs AM-53764 63.5 mm x 1016 mm (2 1/2" x 40"), SST Gouge Auger, 10.20 lbs

NEW! One-Piece Augers Powder-coated (black) for rust resistance and equipped with a 16" rubber-gripped cross handle for a total length of 53". This lightweight (between 4 to 5 lbs), one-piece auger is an inexpensive alternative. Available in 2 sizes & 2 designs, with a 2 3/4" or 4" regular or mud auger. Auger bits are sharpened, heat-treated & made of carbon steel. AM-400.48 One-Piece, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), Regular Auger, 4.10 lbs AM-400.46 One-Piece, 101.6 mm (4"), Regular Auger, 5.50 lbs AM-400.49 One-Piece, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), Mud Auger, 4.10 lbs AM-400.47 One-Piece, 101.6 mm (4"), Mud Auger, 5.50 lbs

AM-404.39 Standard, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.29 lbs AM-404.64 Stainless, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.69 lbs AM-404.02 Standard, 50.8 x 50.8 mm (2" x 2"), 12.12 lbs AM-404.60 Stainless, 50.8 x 50.8 mm (2" x 2"), 12.35 lbs AM-404.03 Standard, 50.8 x 76.2 mm (2" x 3"), 12.42 lbs AM-404.61 Stainless, 50.8 x 76.2 mm (2" x 3"), 12.65 lbs AM-404.04 Standard, 50.8 x 101.6 mm (2" x 4"), 12.53 lbs AM-404.62 Stainless, 50.8 x 101.6 mm (2" x 4"), 12.99 lbs AM-404.05 Standard, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs

NEW! 3 1/4" Soil Auger Field Kit Save Money & No Fuss! This kit is ideal because of its simplicity.  Available in the 5/8" threaded connection only, the kit comes complete with (1) regular auger, (1) 4' extension & a 16" rubber-coated cross handle.  You can’t get much simpler than that.

AM-404.63 Stainless, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.64 lbs AM-404.50 Standard, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 14.40 lbs AM-404.67 Stainless, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 15.49 lbs AM-404.44 Standard, 63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" x 6"),14.09 lbs AM-404.65 Stainless, 63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" x 6"), 14.63 lbs AM-404.45 Standard, 76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" x 6"), 15.09 lbs AM-404.66 Stainless, 76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" x 6"), 15.98 lbs Sold Separately AM-404.90 Plastic Core Catcher, 50.8 mm (2") Only, 0.02 lbs

AM-400.14 15.8mm (5/8") TH, 82.5 mm x 1219.2 mm (3 1/4" x 4'), Soil Auger Field Kit, 5.22 lbs

200

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

AM-421.29 Universal Slip Wrench, 1.24 lbs

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Multi-Stage Soil Core Sampler

When your job calls to separate or simply to view your sample immediately, the Split Core Sampler is the tool for you. You can inspect moisture content, soil consistency, and use a PID or FID right on the spot.

This Stainless Steel Sampler collects 50.8 mm (2") soil cores up to 1219.2 mm (48") deep when the optional 304.8 mm (12") multi-stage SCS sections are attached.

Includes split SCS cup set, split SCS cap, plastic liner, 2 plastic end caps and universal slip wrench. Each set can be bought with a core tip, an auger tip, or with both tips.

Order the optional 304.8 mm (12") multi-stage SCS sections separately.

AM-403.592 Split-SCS W/ Core Tip, 34.9 x 304.8 mm (1 3/8" x 12"), 7.50 lbs

Includes multi-stage SCS base, solid cap, soil core tip, auger tip, 50.8 mm x 304.8 mm (2" x 12") plastic liner, 2 plastic end caps and universal slip wrench.

Collect Soil Core Sample of Various Lengths

SOIL SAMPLING

Split Soil Core Sampler

AM-403.594 Split-SCS W/ Auger Tip, 34.9 x 304.8 mm (1 3/8" x 12"), 7.50 lbs AM-403.596 Split-SCS W/ Both Tips, 34.9 x 304.8 mm (1 3/8" x 12"), 8.00 lbs AM-403.40 Split-SCS W/ Core Tip, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 6.00 lbs AM-403.53 Split-SCS W/ Auger Tip, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 6.00 lbs AM-403.61 Split-SCS W/ Both Tips, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 7.00 lbs AM-403.41 Split-SCS W/ Core Tip, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 9.50 lbs AM-403.55 Spilt-SCS W/ Auger Tip, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 9.50 lbs AM-403.63 Split-SCS W/ Both Tips, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 10.50 lbs AM-403.43 Split SCS W/ Core Tip, 63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" x 12"), 11.00 lbs AM-403.59 Split-SCS W/ Auger Tip, 63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" x 12"), 11.00 lbs AM-403.67 Split-SCS W/ Both Tips, 63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" x 12"), 12.00 lbs

AM-403.27 MS-SCS-Complete, 9.20 lbs

Accessories

Accessories

AM-404.90 Plastic Core Catcher, 50.8 mm ( 2"), 0.02 lbs

AM-404.90 Plastic Core Catcher, 50.8 mm (2"), 0.02 lbs

AM-403.602 Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 34.9 mm (1 3/8"), 0.25 lbs

AM-403.602 Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 34.9 mm (1 3/8"), 0.25 lbs

AM-403.73 Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 50.8 mm ( 2"), 0.30 lbs

AM-403.73 Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 50.8 mm (2"), 0.30 lbs

AM-403.72 Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 0.40 lbs

AM-403.72 Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 0.40 lbs

AM-403.758 Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.00 lb

AM-403.758 Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.00 lb

AM-403.752 Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.30 lbs

AM-403.752 Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.30 lbs

AM-403.754 Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.70 lbs

AM-403.754 Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.70 lbs

AM-403.756 Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.70 lbs

AM-403.756 Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.70 lbs

AM-403.74 Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.00 lb

AM-403.74 Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.00 lb

AM-403.75 Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.20 lbs

AM-403.75 Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.20 lbs

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

201


SOIL SAMPLING

Soil Probes

Soil Recovery Probes & Dual Purpose Soil Recovery Probes

Soil Probes are used by farmers, agricultural consultants, fertilizer technicians and other professionals whose job it is to retrieve samples to analyze soil for nutrient, moisture content and consistency.

The Soil Recovery Probes without a slot or a Dual Purpose Recovery Probe with a slot in the side of the probe body. Allows for extraction of the sample either with or without a retaining cylinder. Both probes feature the unique "Reach and Grab" System allows for easy removal of retaining cylinder to protrude beyond the probe body accommodating easy removal without handling or distributing the sample.

Soil Recovery Probes AM-424.11 Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.96 lbs AM-424.15 Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24" ), 2.44 lbs AM-424.03 Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" x 12"), 2.12 lbs

AM-401.01 Nickel Plated & Handle, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 1.93 lbs AM-401.03 Unplated & Handle, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 1.88 lbs AM-401.07 Nickel / Handle W/ Hammer, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 12.14 lbs AM-401.11 Nickel Plated & Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 2.15 lbs AM-401.19 Nickel / Handle W/ Hammer, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 12.36 lbs AM-401.15 SST Probe & Handle, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 1.94 lbs AM-401.16 SST Probe / Handle W/ Hammer, 22.2 x 838.2 mm (7/8" x 33"), 12.09 lbs AM-401.17 SST Probe & Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 3.30 lbs AM-401.18 SST Probe / Handle W/ Hammer, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 13.47 lbs

Open End Probes The Open End Probe collects a 25.4 mm (1") diameter sample about 381 mm (15") long. It is made from nickel-plated type 4130 chrome molybdenum steel. The 381 mm (15") long body slot is cut to the end of the probe to facilitate emptying. Includes a comfortablygripped cross handle.

Take Shallow Samples of Soil in Agricultural Applications

AM-424.07 Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 2.74 lbs AM-424.45 SST SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 2.01 lbs AM-424.47 SST SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24" ), 2.49 lbs AM-424.41 SST SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12" ), 2.77 lbs AM-424.43 SST SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24" ), 4.40 lbs Dual Purpose Soil Recovery Probe AM-424.27 Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.81 lbs AM-424.31 Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24"), 2.29 lbs AM-424.19 Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12"), 1.98 lbs AM-424.23 Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24"), 2.53 lbs AM-424.53 SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.98 lbs AM-424.55 SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24"), 2.38 lbs AM-424.49 SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12"), 2.77 lbs AM-424.51 SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24"), 4.54 lbs

Turf Probe The Turf Probe is a simple method of taking soil samples in sod or grassy areas. The slot in the side is ideal for top soil sampling. The turf probe allows collection of a 12.7 x 177.8 mm (1/2" x 7") sample.

AM-401.10 Plated Open End Soil Probe W/ Handle, 28.5 x 838.2 mm (1 1/8" x 33"), 2.09 lbs AM-401.21 Plated Open End Soil Probe W/ Handle, 22.2 x 533.4 mm (7/8" x 21"), 2.00 lbs

202

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

AM-427.24 Plated One Piece Turf Probe, 508 mm (20"), 1.00 lb

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Step Probes

The heavy duty, Replaceable Tip Soil Probe meets the need for a rugged sampler.

SOIL SAMPLING

The built-in step allows additional pressure to be used to drive the probe. Both offer a 254 mm (10") comfortably gripped cross handle, but the cross handles on the two-piece models are detachable with a 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded connection and a 25.4 mm (1") O.D. Made of 4130 chrome molybdenum steel with hardened tips that cut a soil core 12.7 mm (1/2") diameter by about 304.8 mm (12") long.

Replaceable Tip Soil Probes

The finest Soil Probe Available!

AM-401.40 2 Piece Plated Step Probe W/ Handle, 838.2 mm (33"), 2.50 lbs

AM-425.45 Nickel Plated Replaceable Tip SRP, 31.7 x 304.8 mm (1 1/4" x 12"), 3.11 lbs

AM-401.42 Plated One Piece Step Probe, 1016 mm (40"), 1.90 lbs

AM-425.47 Nickel Plated Replaceable Tip SRP, 31.7 x 609.6 mm (1 1/4" x 24"), 4.48 lbs

Mini Soil Auger Kits

Mini Soil Core Sampling Kits

Everything you Need for Augering to 12'!

The 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded are available in 57.1 mm (2 1/4") or 82.5 mm (3 1/4") auger sizes. Includes a regular and a mud auger, for (4) extensions 914.4 mm (3') or 1219.2 mm (4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage. AM-209.71 Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3)' EXTN, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 14.00 lbs AM-209.31 Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 14.00 lbs

Soil Core Sampling Kits provide all the components needed to auger up to 365.7 mm (12') and then collect a virtually undisturbed soil core sample in a liner. Includes regular auger, four 914.4 mm (3') extensions, cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, 2 plastic end caps, liner, 2 wrenches, universal slip wrench and poly-canvas case.

AM-209.73 Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 11.00 lbs

AM-209.07 Soil Core Sampling Mini Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 23.08 lbs

AM-209.33 Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 14.00 lbs

AM-209.05 SST Soil Core Sampling Mini Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 26.23 lbs

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

203


Stainless Steel Environmental Soil Sampling Kit

This kit gives you the ability to auger in most materials up to 365.7 cm (12') and then collect a soil core sample.

Used in soils with low levels of contaminants or where equipment will be cleaned using an acid bath technique. Contains the same components as the basic kit but in all stainless.

SOIL SAMPLING

Basic Soil Sampling Kits

Includes regular, sand and mud auger, rubber coated cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mm (4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brushes in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sided deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.

Includes regular, sand and mud augers, cross handle, split soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mmâ&#x20AC;&#x2C6;(4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brush in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sided deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.

AM-209.51 Basic Soil Sampling Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 60.00 lbs

AM-209.55 SST Environmental Soil Sampling Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 62.00 lbs

AM-209.53 Basic Soil Sampling Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 56.00 lbs

AM-209.57 SST Environmental Soil Sampling Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 58.00 lbs

Stainless Steel Mini Auger Kits

Flighted Auger Kits

The 50.8 mm (2") Flighted Auger Kit is equipped to drill access holes up to 274.3 cm (9') deep. The included 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6") soil core sampler may then be used to collect soil samples in liners. Additional extensions may be added to obtain deeper depths. All Stainless steel components in these Mini Kits make them suitable for sampling soils with low levels of contaminants. Includes a regular and a mud auger, four (4) extensions 914.4mm (3') or 1219.2mm (4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage.

204

Includes Bosch 11245, 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded male to SDS Max adapter, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6") soil core sampler, slide hammer, 50.8 mm (2") flighted lead auger with hard surfaced tip, 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, two 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 3') flighted extensions, three 15.8 x 1219.2 mm (5/8" x 4') extensions, universal slip wrench, 38.1 x 304.8 mm (1 1/2" x 12") nylon brush, deluxe carrying case.

AM-209.72 SST Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3') EXTN, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 14.00 lbs

AM-209.61 50.8 mm (2"), Flighted Auger Kit, 103.00 lbs

AM-209.32 SST Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 17.00 lbs

AM-209.10 50.8 mm (2"), Flighted Auger Kit W/O Drill, 66.00 lbs

AM-209.74 SST Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 11.00 lbs

AM-209.63 50.8 mm (2"), Stainless Steel Flighted Auger Kit, 110.00 lbs

AM-209.34 SST Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 14.00 lbs

AM-209.13 50.8 mm (2"), Stainless Steel Flighted Auger Kit W/O Drill, 66.00 lbs

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Hollowstem Auger Kits The portable Hollowstem Auger Kit provides the tools needed to reach a 182.8 cm (6') depth. The augers cut a 76.2 mm (3") diameter hole and have an I.D. of 28.5 mm (1 1/8"), making them suitable for soil, soil gas and groundwater sampling through a cased hole. A special Hollowstem soil probe, 22.2 mm (7/8") O.D. by 609.6 mm (24") long with slide hammer is included to allow collection of a soil sample through the auger. The gas vapor probes may be used through these augers telescopically. Bailers up to 25.4 mm (1") diameter may be used to collect groundwater samples. Hollowstem Auger Kit includes Bosch model 11245, SDS Max adapter, slide hammer, flighted lead auger, flighted extension, two 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') extensions hard surfaced tip, wrenches, nylon brush, deluxe carrying case. Hollowstem Lead Section includes SDS Max adapter, 914.4 mm (3') flighted extension, inner rod, plug, cap and tip.

Soil Gas Sampling "Original" Gas Vapor Probe

SOIL SAMPLING

Prevents Cross Contamination with a Cased Access Hole

AM-409.80 Hollowstem Auger Kit, 103.00 lbs AM-209.22 Hollowstem Auger Kit W/O Drill, 66.00 lbs Replacement Parts & Accessories AM-409.55 Hollowstem Lead Section Complete, 14.00 lbs AM-409.57 Hollowstem Flighted Section W/ Inner Rod, 10.90 lbs AM-409.70 Hollowstem Soil Probe, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" x 24"), 1.10 lbs AM-421.10 Crescent Wrench, 304.8 mm (12"), 1.70 lbs AM-400.99 15.8 mm (5/8"), NC Regular Slide Hamme,r 10.22 lbs AM-213.88 Bosch 11245EVS Rotary Hammer, 37.00 lbs AM-430.01 Deluxe Carrying Case 1750, 28.91 lbs

Easily & economically samples soil gas vapors at shallow depths for preliminary testing! This manual system is an excellent choice for shallow gas vapor sampling in soft soil. Designed for shallow sampling in penetrable soils using a cross handle, the kit includes a base section with a probe tip and soil gas access holes above. An included liner rod with tip is placed inside the base section when driving to prevent soil entry. Both the base section and liner rod offer threaded couplings for attachment to an extension with an inner rod. A 12.7 mm x 15.8 mm (1/2" x 5/8") GVP hammer adapter is included with the base section for attaching the cross handle or an optional slide hammer to the probe string. A GVP barbed adapter replaces the GVP hammer adapter when collecting a soil gas sample.

AM-427.01 "Original" GVP Kit Includes GVP Base W/ Liner Rod & Couplings, GVP Hammer Adapter, 914.4 mm (3') Extension W/ Liner Rod, GVP Barbed Adapter & A Cross Handle, 13.75 lbs

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

205


SOIL SAMPLING

Discrete Soil Gas Sampling

Retract-A-Tip Retract-A-Tip was designed as a survey tool for the collection of discrete soil gas samples. It is used with GVP extensions, sampling tubing, & slide hammer attachment, or any electric rotary hammer with suitable adapter. The hardened stainless steel tip is designed to open when the extensions are pulled back a few inches. In the open position, the Retract-A-Tip will allow the collection of a soil gas sample when vacuum is applied to the sample delivery tube. This may be repeated at different depths for as many samples as needed. The Retract-A-Tip can also be used with a PID or FID by connecting a water trap to the sample delivery tube & apply a vacuum to the other side of the trap, to obtain a direct reading of the contaminant level.

AM-210.01 GVP Retract-A-Tip, 0.60 lbs

Gas Vapor Probe Kits Dedicated Tips

The kit uses a slide hammer or an electric rotary drive hammer and gas vapor probe (GVP) drive extensions to insert a stainless steel soil GVP to the desired depth. Flouropolymer tubing is attached to a barb fitting on the GVP for remote sampling from the surface. The vapor inlet holes of the dedicated tips are slightly recessed and are protected by the drive tubes to prevent them from becoming clogged during installation. Includes GVP manual, GVP dedicated tip and umbrella (10), removal jack, external drive adapter 19 mm (3/4") I.D., 7620 cm (250') roll fluoropolymer tube 4.7 mm (3/16"), GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") tip drive end, slide hammer adapter 19 mm (3/4") O.D., SDS Max drill adapter, SDS Max 38.1 mm (1 1/2") carbide bit, 914.4 mm (3')

206

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") extension (4), hand pump, slide hammer, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty extendable tile probe base, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty tile probe extension (3), deluxe carrying case, GVP instruction CD video. Includes carbide drill bit, 50.8 mm (2") lead with hard surfaced tip, 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 36") extension (2) 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, SDS Max drill adapter, 63.5 mm (2 1/2") Wild Bore SDS Max.

AM-209.19 GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tip W/O Drill, 115.00 lbs AM-209.24 Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips W/O Drill, 141.00 lbs AM-210.00 GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Dewalt D25600K Hammer Drill, 150.00 lbs AM-209.84 GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 152.00 lbs AM-209.93 Heavy Duty GVP W/ Dedicated Tips, Flighted Augers & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 177.00 lbs

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Dedicated Gas Vapor Tips

SOIL SAMPLING

Gas Vapor Dedicated Points are now used around the world for monitoring remediation of hydrocarbon spills, tank & pipe leakage, landfills, & at hazardous waste sites. Soil gas monitoring with the Gas Vapor Dedicated Point is easily accomplished. The unique design of the dedicated stainless steel vapor point, with a Teflon umbrella & optional screen to prevent soil from clogging the vapor inlet holes, or for groundwater sampling, ensures a representative sample time after time. Teflon tubing is used to transfer the sample to the surface. The Gas Vapor Probe is normally supplied as a complete system kit form with all the items needed to efficiently install the dedicated points in most penetrable soils.

AM-211.00 Tip & Umbrella, 0.05 lbs AM-212.00 Fluoropolymer Umbrella, 0.02 lbs AM-212.05 GVP Screen #50 Mesh, 0.01 lbs

Added Benefit of a Reusable Tip Design Gas Vapor Probe Kits with Dedicated Tips and Retract-A-Tip The addition of the Retract-A-Tip to the Gas Vapor Probe (GVP) system allows for a more versatile field kit for monitoring or sampling hydrocarbon spill sites, underground storage tanks and pipelines. The Retract-A-Tip can be used multiple times without damage. When the sampling depth is reached, the drive tube is pulled up to expose the inlet holes for sampling. The point can then be driven deeper, reopened, and another sample taken. Includes GVP manual, GVP dedicated tip with umbrella (10), Retract-ATip, removal jack, external drive adapter 19 mm (3/4") I.D., 7620 cm (250') roll fluoropolymer tube 4.7 mm (3/16"), GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") tip drive end, slide hammer adapter 19 mm (3/4") O.D., SDS Max drill adapter, SDS Max 38.1 mm (1 1/2") carbide bit, 914.4 mm (3') GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") extension (4), hand pump, slide hammer, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty extendable tile probe base, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty tile probe extension (3), deluxe carrying case, GVP instruction CD video. Heavy Duty Kit also includes Carbide drill bit, 50.8 mm (2") lead with hard surface tip, 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 36") extension (2), 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, SDS Max drill adapter, 63.5 mm (2 1/2") Wild Bore SDS Max.

www.ereinc.com

AM-209.16 GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Retract-A-Tip W/O Drill, 116.00 lbs AM-209.26 Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Retract-A-Tip & Flighted Augers W/O Drill, 141.00 lbs AM-210.02 GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip & Dewalt D25600K Hammer Drill, 151.00 lbs AM-209.86 GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip & Bosch 11245 EVS Hammer Drill, 152.60 lbs AM-209.95 Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip, Flighted Augers & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 178.00 lbs

sales@ereinc.com

207


SOIL SAMPLING

Rocky Soil Screw Augers

Montana Sharp Shooter

Easily drill through rocky soil with heavy duty design and extra large pilot tips. These heavy duty screw augers are designed for use with rotary hammer drills. They are made from heat treated high carbon steel and have oversized tungsten carbide surfaced bits. They may be used to penetrate hard soils, asphalts and concrete.

Heavy-duty stainless steel Sharp Shooter opens a deep, narrow hole, even in hard, rocky soil. The long rubber-coated handle reduces recoil from striking rocks. The blade is 457.2 x 133.3 mm (18" L x 5 1/4" W) at top, tapers to 107.9 mm (4 1/4") at bottom. The handle is 736.6 mm (29") long.

AM-214.28 50.8 mm (2"), Hawera Carbide Bit Splined, 7.08 lbs AM-214.30 50.8 mm (2"), Hawera Carbide Bit SDS Max, 9.34 lbs AM-214.35 53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Carbide Bit Splined, 7.00 lbs AM-214.36 53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Carbide Bit SDS Max, 7.00 lbs

Stainless Steel Scoops Stainless Steel Scoops are available in five individual sizes to fit your needs. Made of stainless steel, they are easily cleaned and virtually indestructible. The Scoop is also available with a rubber handle.

AM-410.00 Montana Sharp Shooter, 9.31 lbs AM-410.01 Montana Sharp Shooter Rubber Coated Handle, 10.68 lbs

Stainless Steel Spade Shovel Durable stainless steel construction withstands caustic & corrosive materials that would normally damage other types of shovels. Stainless steel is also easily decontaminated after use. Pointed spade has front rolled step & measures 196.8 x 25.4 mm (7 3/4" W x 1" D) â&#x20AC;&#x2C6;Fine cutting edge makes digging easy in compacted material. Overall length is 1371.6 mm (54")

AM-428.02 Stainless Scoop, 2 oz, 0.32 lbs AM-428.03 Stainless Scoop, 3 oz, 0.37 lbs AM-428.04 Stainless Scoop, 6 oz, 0.47 lbs

AM-427.90 SST Spade Shovel, 5.90 lbs

AM-428.05 Stainless Scoop, 8 oz, 0.47 lbs AM-428.06 Stainless Scoop, 12 oz, 0.64 lbs AM-427.82 Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 2 oz, 0.47 lbs AM-427.83 Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 3 oz, 0.42 lbs AM-427.84 Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 6 oz, 0.62 lbs AM-427.85 Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 8 oz, 0.62 lbs AM-427.86 Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 12 oz, 0.79 lbs

208

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Concrete Coring Bits Perfect for drilling holes through concrete. Specially designed for fast, accurate drilling with a rotary hammer drill. Core bit bodies are heat treated with durable carbon tips.

Drills

With a variety of Drills and Adapters to choose from, you are sure to find the one to meet your specific job site requirement.

AM-260.40 76.2 mm (3”) Core bit w/ splined adapter

AM-214.22 38.1 mm (1 1/2"), Concrete Bit SDS Max, 4.20 lbs AM-214.24 53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Concrete Bit SDS Max, 5.00 lbs

ECHO EDR-210 (rev.) - Gas AM-213.81

Engine Displacement: 21.2 cc Fuel Capacity: 14 oz Gear Reduction Ratio: 17.1:1 RPM: 0-450 Fwd/Rev Max. Chuck Diameter: 1/2" Dry Weight: 13 lbs

SOIL SAMPLING

AM-260.32 152.4 mm (6”) Core bit w/ splined adapter

All the Power you Need!

AM-214.26 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), Wild Bore SDS Max, 6.59 lbs Concrete Coring Bits with Adapter AM-260.40 76.2 mm (3"), Core Bit Complete W/ Splined Adapter, 7.18 lbs

ECHO EDR-260(rev.) - Gas

AM-260.42 76.2 mm (3"), Core Bit Complete W/ SDS Adapter, 6.78 lbs

AM-213.86

AM-260.32 152.4 mm (6"), Core Bit Complete W/ Splined Adapter, 10.00 lbs AM-260.33 152.4 mm (6"), Core Bit Complete W/ SDS Max Adapter, 10.00 lbs Concrete Coring Bits Replacement Parts AM-260.44 76.2 mm (3"), Heavy Duty Core Bit, 4.00 lbs

Engine Displacement: 25.4 cc Fuel Capacity: 19.6 oz Gear Reduction Ratio: 17.1:1 RPM: 0-640 Fwd Max. Chuck Diameter: 1/2" Keyless Dry Weight: 13.3 lbs

AM-260.29 152.4 mm (6"), Heavy Duty Core Bit, 7.00 lbs AM-260.46 Heavy Duty Splined Adapter (AM-260.40, AM-260.32 & AM-260.33 Only), 3.34 lbs AM-260.48 Heavy Duty SDS Max Adapter (AM-260.42, AM-260.32 & AM-260.33 Only), 3.06 lbs

Drill Accessories AM-213.79

AM-213.50 AM-214.50 AM-214.20

ECHO EA-410 - Gas AM-213.83

Engine Displacement: 51.7 cc Fuel Capacity: 28.7 oz Gear Reduction Ratio: 30.1:1 RPM: 0-230 Fwd Max. Chuck Diameter: N/A Dry Weight: 21.4 lbs Max. Torque at Engine: 1.49 ft lbs Max Torque at Auger: 44.9 ft lbs

AM-405.27 AM-213.84

AM-213.46

Accessories for Echo ED-200, EDR-210 and EDR-260 Gas Drills AM-213.84 Echo Gas Drill Support Bracket, 0.28 lbs AM-213.79 Echo Gas Drill Side Handle Replacement, 0.31 lbs Adapters and Spring-Loaded Adapters AM-213.50 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to 12.7 mm (1/2") Gas Drill Adapter, 0.40 lbs

DeWALT D25600K AM-213.92

Rotary Hammer Drill Impact Energy: 8 ft/lbs AMPS: 11.5 Amps Max Watts Out: 1000 W No Load Speed: 140 - 280 rpm Weight: 34 lbs

AM-214.20 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to SDS Max Drill Adapter, 0.80 lbs AM-214.50 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to SDS Plus Drill Adapter, 0.80 lbs AM-405.27 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to Splined Drill Adapter, 0.60 lbs AM-213.46 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to EA 500 Drill Adapter, 0.62 lbs AM-213.44 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Female to 15.8 mm (5/8"), Male Gas Drill Spring Adapter, 3.82 lbs AM-213.48 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to EA-500 Spring Adapter, 3.82 lbs

www.ereinc.com

Bosch 11245EVS AM-213.88

Rotary Hammer Drill Impact Energy: 13.3 ft/lbs AMPS: 14 Amps No Load Speed: 120 - 250 rpm Weight: 37 lbs

sales@ereinc.com

209


Munsell Soil Color Chart Binder

Caps

SOIL SAMPLING

Liners

AM-425.22 19 mm (3/4"), Plastic End Caps, 0.02 lbs

Color classification of soils using 250 mounted chips. The Munsell Color Chart enables color classification of soils using 250 mounted color chips. Developed with the U.S. Soil Conservation Services, this guide is the industry standard.

AM-425.18 25.4 mm (1"), Plastic End Caps, 0.02 lbs AM-418.11 34.9 mm (1 3/8"), Plastic End Caps, 0.01 lbs AM-425.07 19 x 304.8 mm (3/4" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.04 lbs

AM-418.08 38.1 mm (1 1/2"), Plastic End Cap - 2 Colors, 0.01 lbs

AM-425.09 19 x 609.6 mm (3/4" X 24"), Plastic Liner, 0.08 lbs

AM-418.10 50.8 mm (2"), Plastic End Cap- 2 Colors, 0.02 lbs

AM-425.02 25.4 x 304.8 mm (1" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.06 lbs

AM-404.85 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), Plastic End Caps - 2 Colors, 0.02 lbs

AM-425.04 25.4 x 609.6 mm (1" X 24"), Plastic Liner, 0.18 lbs

AM-418.09 76.2 mm (3"), Plastic End Cap - 2 Colors, 0.02 lbs

AM-504.00 Munsell Soil Binder W/ Chart, 0.80 lbs

Easy-to-Use Geoechnical Information

AM-406.56 34.92 x 152.4 mm (1 3/8" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.08 lbs AM-406.57 34.92 x 304.8 mm (1 3/8" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.14 lbs AM-405.08 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.08 lbs

Stainless Steel End Cap Inserts

AM-406.53 38.1 x 304.8 mm (1 1/2" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.02 lbs AM-404.17 50.8 x 25.4 mm (2" X 1"), Plastic Liner, 0.01 lbs

McCullough Geo Guide Card and Geotechnical Gauge

AM-404.18 50.8 x 50.8 mm (2" X 2"), Plastic Liner, 0.01 lbs AM-404.19 50.8 x 76.2 mm (2" X 3"), Plastic Liner, 0.06 lbs

The Geo Guide Card and Geotechnical Gauge provide classification information on a rigid plastic card with lanyard. It includes soil type samples, classification by type, grain size and color.

AM-404.20 50.8 x 101.6 mm (2" X 4"), Plastic Liner, 0.10 lbs AM-404.21 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.12 lbs AM-422.03 50.8 x 203.2 mm (2" X 8"), Plastic Liner, 0.14 lbs AM-422.04 50.8 x 254 mm (2" X 10"), Plastic Liner, 0.18 lbs AM-405.10 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.21 lbs AM-425.20 50.8 x 609.6 mm (2" X 24"), Plastic Liner, 0.40 lbs AM-406.72 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" X 36"), Plastic Liner, 0.36 lbs

210

AM-406.55 63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.12 lbs

AM-422.15 19 mm (3/4"), SST Cap Insert, 0.01 lbs

AM-406.74 63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.24 lbs

AM-422.16 25.4 mm (1"), SST Cap Insert, 0.02 lbs

AM-405.09 76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.16 lbs

AM-422.14 38.1 mm (1 1/2"), SST Cap Insert, 0.02 lbs

AM-422.01 76.2 x 254 mm (3" X 10"), Plastic Liner, 0.30 lbs

AM-422.13 50.8 mm (2"), SST Cap Insert, 0.02 lbs

AM-422.02 76.2 x 304.8 mm (3" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.32 lbs

AM-422.12 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), SST Cap Insert, 0.04 lbs

Also available in brass, stainless steel & aluminum call for more information.

AM-422.11 76.2 mm (3"), SST Cap Insert, 0.06 lbs

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

AM-504.20 Geo Guide Card, 0.10 lbs

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Soil Moisture Meter

The Moisture Meter gives you the moisture content of your compost pile or soil sample by means of a sensor at the bottom of the probe. The probe is sensitive only at the tip. Calibrate the instrument by inserting the tip into a saturated sample of compost or soil and setting the needle on scale to 10. Then insert your Moisture Meter into the medium at the depth you want to measure and a relative moisture content will be derived instantly. The meter is sensitive to changing salt content and can be used to track leachate as well as give you moisture content. Used by composters, farmers, and nuseries across country. REO-MM9 Moisture Meter 9" Stem REO-MM24 Moisture Meter 24" Stem

Specifications

AQ-T-300

Probe Length

30"

Temp. Range

40° to 150°F 4.44° to 65.55°C

Moisture Range

0 to 100%

Meter Accuracy

± 1.5%

Warranty

90 days

Most popular where composting & early planting are important, these meters add the versatility of an elctronic sensor which can measure to over 180 degrees. Keeping temperature & moisture in the right range is critical to rapid decompo-sition as well as the prevention of anaerobic activity & in the worst case obnoxious smells. The T-300 can be used to optimize germination time & protect against threat of frost. Additionally it can help prevent chemical & fertilizer application from being ineffective due to incorrect soil temperature.

SOIL MONITORING

T-300 Temperature & Moisture Meter

REO-MM36 Moisture Meter 36" Stem AQ-T-300 Moisture & Temperature Meter

REO-MM48 Moisture Meter 48" Stem REO-MM60 Moisture Meter 60" Stem

M-300 Moisture Meter The RF capacitance sensor at the probe’s tip instantly determines the amount of air and water in the soil, thus giving a direct readout in percent of saturation. These probes are well known for their use in irrigation timing & audit programs & determining the available water for deficit irrigation.

EC-300 Moisture, Temperature & Salinity Meter

Benefits Include • Finding plugged emitters • Bad sprinkler heads • Pressure problems • Wind effects • Elevation effects on water distribution

Specifications

Specifications

AQ-EC-300

Probe Length

30"

Temp. Range

40° to 150°F 4.44° to 65.55°C

AQ-M-300

Probe Length

30"

Salinity Range

Moisture Range

0 to 100%

Moisture Range

Up to 2000 µs (microSiemens) 0 to 100%

Meter Accuracy

± 1.5%

Meter Accuracy

± 1.5%

Warranty

90 days

Warranty

90 days

AQ-M-300 Moisture Meter

These meters add a salinity tracking inductance sensor to the moisture and temperature. Together these help prevent yield loss and poor plant quality. Readings taken in the soil root zone can help track the salt accumulation and determine the need for and effectiveness of leaching. This is extremely important to drip or low flow where leaching is not part of the natural process. Excessive salt buildup will lead to poor quality, lower yield and eventual plant death.

AQ-EC-300 Moisture, Temperature & Salinity Meter

www.ereinc.com www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

211


KS-D1 Digital Soil Moisture Tester

SOIL MONITORING

Specifications

Heavy Duty Thermometer Type "A" Features • Rugged all stainless construction • Hermetically sealed-will not fog • Unbreakable plastic crystal • Pointed stem for easy insertion • Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial • Very accurate (+1% of scale) • °F, °C, or Dual scales available • Regular 1/4" diameter stem or Heavy • Duty 5/16" diameter stem available

DEL-KS-D1

Range

0.1 to 15 Bars Tension

Display

3 1/2" Digital LCD with 0 to 100 Arbitrary Scale

Size

2 3/4" x 4 3/4" x 1 3/4"

Weight

8 oz

Battery

1x9V

Carrying Case

included

The KS-D1 Digital Soil Moisture Tester, used with the GB-1 Gypsum Soil Blocks, make up a valuable system to monitor the soil moisture available to the plants. This system eliminates guesswork so that irrigation can be effectively scheduled according to plants' requirements. The KS-D1, housed in a rugged ABS plastic case, features reliable temperature stable semi-conductor technology with internal battery and calibration checks for users' full confidence. A membrane switch panel provides positive, tactile feel. Springloaded binding posts allow for positive contact with the blocks' leads.

The Heavy Duty Thermometer is ideally suited for monitoring interior temperatures of compost piles and windrows. The clear, easy-to-read dial, with the pointer directly driven by the sensitive bi-metal helix in the bottom of the stem, gives an accurate reading every time. Used by composters everywhere for waste disposal, recycling, mushroom growing, etc.

REO-A24PF 24" Stem REO-A36PF 36" Stem REO-A48PF 48" Stem REO-A60PF 60" Stem

DEL-KS-D1 Moisture Meter 0.1 - 15 Bars

REO-A72PF 72" Stem

DEL-GB-1 Standard 6 Foot Lead Wires DEL-GB-2 25 ft Lead Wires

Fast Response Thermometer Type "A"

Probe Guard & Probe Handle

Features • Sturdy 3/8" diameter stem for extra durability • Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial • Very accurate (+1% of scale) • °F, °C, or Dual scales available

Accessories to be used with Type "A" Thermometers (1/4" or 5/16" Stem)

The Fast Response Thermometer has all of the assets the Heavy-Duty Thermometer has, however it is stronger and quicker. The extra sensitive tip gives an accurate temperature reading twice as fast as the Heavy-Duty Probe. The stem is now reinforced with 3/8" stainless steel, providing you with a more durable instrument so that you do not need to replace them as often.

212

Probe Guard

REO-FM24-16 24" Stem REO-FM36-16 36" Stem

REO-A24FR 24" Stem

REO-FM48-16 48" Stem

REO-A36FR 36" Stem

REO-FM60-16 60" Stem

REO-A48FR 48" Stem

REO-FM72-16 72" Stem

REO-A60FR 60" Stem

REO-FM-0 Probe Handle

REO-A72FR 72" Stem

For 1/4" stem replace "-16" with "-4".

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961

Probe Handle


HA-99556-00 & HA-99556-01 Thermometers

The HA-145 series was designed to measure soil temperature quickly and accurately up to depths of 12 inches. Equipped with a calibration check feature, the user can be assured that each reading is accurate.

2 in 1 infrared/penetration thermometer. The new dual purpose HA-99556-00 is ideal for checking temperatures everywhere from the greenhouse to the field. Spot check with the infrared probe and get a closer look with the thermistor thermometer. Comes complete with probe and wrist strap. Specifications

Specifications HA-145-00

HA-145-01

HA-145-20

HA-145-30

HA-99556-00

HA-99556-01

Range

IR PROBE

-10 to 300°C -40 to 150°C

14 to 572°F -40 to 302°F

Range

-50.0 to 220°C

-58.0 to 428.0°F

-50.0 to 220°C

-58.0 to 428.0°F

Resolution

0.1°C (-50.0 to 199.9°C) 1°C (200 to 220°C)

0.1°F (-58.0 to 199.9°F) 1°F (200 to 428°F)

0.1°C (-50.0 to 199.9°C) 1°C (200 to 220°C)

0.1°F (-58.0 to 199.9°F) 1°F (200 to 428°F)

Resolution

IR PROBE

1°C 0.1°C

1°F 1°F

Accuracy

± 0.3°C (-20 to 90°C)

± 0.6°F (-4 to 194°F)

± 0.3°C (-20 to 90°C)

± 0.6°F (-4 to 194°F)

Accuracy

IR PROBE

± 0.4% F.S.

± 0.4% F.S.

± 0.4% F.S.

± 0.4% F.S.

± 2% reading or ± 2°C ± 0.5°C (-20 to 120°C) & ± 0.5°C+1% read. (out.)

± 2% reading or 3°F ± 1°F (0 to 250°F) & ± 1°F+1% read. (out.)

Accuracy Outside Probe Battery Type / Life

stainless steel 125 mm x dia. 5 mm (4.9" x dia. 0.2")

1 x 1.5 V "AAA" approx.10000 hrs of continuous use; auto-off after 8 min. of non-use -10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F); RH max 95%

Environment Dimensions Weight

stainless steel 300 mm x dia. 5 mm (11.8" x dia 0.2")

692 x 165 x 38 mm

692 x 340 x 38 mm

65 g (2.3 oz)

80 g (2.8 oz)

1 second

Reponse Time Optic IR Coefficient

SOIL MONITORING

Soil Thermometer

3 : 1 (ratio of distance to diameter of target) 30 mm (1.2")

MIN Distance

HA-765PW (included)

To Probe

1x9V

Battery

143 x 80 x 38 mm (5.6"x 3.1"x 1.5")

Dimensions

320 g (11.3 oz)

Weight

HA-145-00 Thermometer 5" Probe -50 To 220°C HA-145-01 Thermometer 5" Probe -58 To 428°F

HA-99556-00 Thermometer IR Range From -10 To 300°C Meter W/ IR Sensor & HA-765W Probe W/ -40 To 150°C Range

HA-145-20 Thermometer 12" Probe -50 To 220°C

HA-99556-01 Thermometer IR Range From 14 To 572°F Meter W/ IR Sensor & HA-765W Probe W/ -40 To 150°C Range

HA-145-30 Thermometer 12" Probe -58 To 428°F All models of the HA-145 series are supplied complete with battery and instructions.

LeadCheck® Soil LeadCheck® Soil provides a simple, inexpensive way to test for lead in soil and other difficult to test solid materials. After collecting the soil, extract the lead with the reagent provided then test the extraction liquid for lead content. In the vast majority of test situations results are obtained in less than 10 minutes. When detecting low levels of lead the results may take longer to develop. Each kit contains 6 test kits. With minor changes in reagents, the test can be used to detect mercury and cadmium in soil. Call for additional information. Please contact us for more information.

Specifications

HY-ST4TS6

Sensitivity

400 ppm

Stability

Indefinite stability

Interferences

As provided interferences are minimized

HY-ST4TS6 LeadCheck® Soil - 6 Test Kit (400 ppm Sensitivity)

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

213


Preparing a Soil Sample for Analysis

SOIL MONITORING

There are several methods available to obtain a soil sample for measurement. The objective is to find a method you can use that will give you consistent results. Below we have indicated one method commonly used in agriculture. In all cases, the goal is to prepare a sample which is as clean as possible. Any coloration or turbididty in the samples will adversely affect the ability of the unit to give an accurate reading. Step 1. Take a sample of soil and mix it with distilled water, 85 g (3 oz) of soil with 170 g (6 oz) of distilled water. Then let the mixture stand for approximately 30 minutes in order to stabilize. Step 2. Filter the solution with a medium filter (C 0002 - 12.5) through a funnel into a clean cup. If the filtrate is not clear, run through a clean filter again until you have a translucent solution. Step 3. If your solution is not translucent, use the Activated Charcoal included in the kit, mix with the solution, and filter one more time. This should give you a translucent liquid, and you will be ready to begin your analysis procedures. Ideally, you should filter enough of the solution to have an end result of 50 ml of liquid. Step 4. Follow the instructions in the operators manual provided with your meter to mix and measure your samples to determine the analysis of the parameter you are measuring.

Guide for Direct Soil Measurement 1) When checking direct soil pH and conductivity, always remember you will be making a reference between TRUE and SOIL reference values. 2) Start by gathering samples of the soil medium and draw a reference table to record your data.

4) Take the measurements of the dilute solutions with the HA-99121 or the HA-993310, following the instructions in the operators manual, and record this data on the first line of the reference table for either pH or conductivity. Your local agronomist or crop advisor will help you determine if these values are correct.

pH

Dilute Solution

6.5

or

6.4

EC

Dilute Solution

6.5

Soil

2.2

2.3

2.4

Dilute Solution

6.5

6.4

6.5

Soil

5.9

5.8

5.9

Soil

5) The next step is to take the measurements directly in the soil, again, following the instructions from the operators manual. Note: These readings will be different from the dilute solution readings due to the physical properties of the two materials and the effects on conductivity.

6) Record your measurements on the second line of the pH or conductivity reference table.

pH

7) During the measurements in soil, always use consistent and repeatable measuring techniques for analysis. Example: - always test at the same time interval after irrigation - use same depth in each pot or bag - use same distance and depth from drip emitter - same medium types 8) When the chart is complete, you will compare the true and soil reference values. If there are no large differences between these two values, you are ready to begin measuring directly in the soil using only the soil reference values as a target.

The HA-99121 kit has been designed to address the question of correct and rapid measurement of pH directly in soil. Every item in this kit has been made to facilitate measurements in the field without compromising accuracy. With HA-99121 you can test the pH of soil directly or after preparation of a diluted sample. In order to measure the pH directly, the kit includes a plastic auger to perforate the ground.

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Soil

3) Prepare a dilute solution with each sample (example: 2 parts distilled water for 1 part soil).

Kit for Direct Soil pH Measurement with Special Electrode

214

Dilute Solution

Specifications

HA-99121

Range

pH -2.00 to 16.00 pH Temperature -5.0 to 105.0°C / 23.0 to 221.0°F

Resolution

pH 0.01 pH Temperature 0.1°C / 0.1°F

Accuracy (@ 20OC)

pH ± 0.02 pH Temperature ± 0.5°C (up - 60°C), ± 1°C (outside) ± 1.0°F (up - 140°F), ± 2°F (outside)

pH Calibration

automatic, 1 or 2 point with 2 sets of memorized buffers (pH 4.01/7.01/10.01 or 4.01/6.86/9.18)

Temp. Compensation

automatic, 5 to 105°C (23 to 221°F)

pH Electrode

HA-1292D, refillable, glass body, with internal temperature sensor, DIN connector and 1 m cable (included)

Battery Type / Life

3 x 1.5 V "AA" / approx. 1500 hrs of continuous use; auto-off after 8 min of non-use

Environment

0 - 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 100%

Dimensions / Weight

5.9" x 3.1" x 1.4" (150 x 80 x 36 mm) / 7.4 oz (210 g)

HA-99121 HA-99121 Is Supplied Complete W/ HA-1292D pH Electrode, Ground Auger, HA-7051M Soil Preparation Solution, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Sachets, HA-700663 & HA-700664 Electrode Cleaning Solutions, Batteries, Rugged Carrying Case & Instructions HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution 500 ml

Fax : (514) 326 8961

HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution 500 ml HA-7051M Soil Preparation Solution 230 ml HA-710007 Shock Rubber Boot, Blue


Dual-purpose, EC meter for direct measurement in soil and liquids the HA-993310

Comes complete with HA-76304 and HA-76305 interchangeable probes. Specifications

HA-993310 HA-993310 Is Supplied Complete W/ HA-76304 EC Probe For Solutions, HA-76305 Stainless Steel Probe For Direct Soil Measurements, HA-7051M Soil Preparation Solution, HA-721319 Ground Auger, Battery, Rugged Carrying Case & Instructions HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-993310

Range

0.00 to 19.99 mS/cm; 0.00 to 1.00 g/l of salt activity

Resolution

0.01 mS/cm; 0.01 g/l of salt activity

Accuracy (@ 20°C)

± 2% F.S. (from 0 to 15.00 mS/cm, excl. probe error)

Calibration

manual, 1 point

Temp. Compensation

Automatic 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F), ß=2%/°C

Battery Type/Life

1 x 9 V / approx. 100 hrs of continuous use

Dimensions

7.3" x 3.2" x 2.0" (185 x 82 x 52 mm)

Weight

9.7 oz (275 g)

SOIL MONITORING

Since EC (Electroconductivity) is such an effective indicator of nutrient concentration in soil, irrigation water and fertilizer mixes, the HA-993310 was developed. Now it is possible to use one instrument to accurately and quickly measure EC in many places where the fertilizer is found, such as in the irrigation water and directly in the soil. This meter is easy to operate and gives fast, accurate measurements. Also included in the meter is the ability to measure salt activity.

Electronic Soil Lab The SCL-12 Electronic Soil Lab is designed to provide the landowner, consultant, or fertilizer specialist with a method for achieving immediate and economical soil analyses in the field without sacrificing accuracy. The SCL-12 soil lab is a self-contained, electronic soil analysis laboratory that provides accurate answers anywhere for fifteen soil factors, including available forms of macronutrients and critical micronutrients. The Smart 2 Colorimeter instantly analyzes color reactions developed in nutrient tests and gives a Percent Transmittance readout. By using Transmittance readings, broad test ranges can be read with maximum sensitivity and without need for visual color comparison. Calibration charts convert the Percent Transmittance readings to parts per million (ppm) or pounds per acre (lbs/acre) for each nutrient - no further calculations are neccessary.

Colorimeter Tests

Method

Range

Nitrate Nitrogen* Nitrite Nitrogen Ammonia Nitrogen* Phosphorus* Potassium* Sulfur Copper Iron Manganese Zinc

Cadmium Reduction Diazotization Nesslerization Ascorbic Acid Reduction Tetraphenyl-boron Barium Chloride Diethyldi-thiocarbamate Bipyridal Periodate Zincon

0 - 150 lbs/acre 0 - 70 lbs/acre 0 - 150 lbs/acre 0 - 98 lbs/acre 0 - 500 lbs/acre 0 - 167 ppm 0 - 30 ppm 0 - 30 ppm 0 - 75 ppm 0 - 15 ppm

# of Tests

20 20 50 50 100 50 100 50 50 50

0 - 4000 lbs/acre 0 - 2400 lbs/acre 0 - 1000 lbs/acre

50 50 50

The simplified test procedures provide at least 20 tests for each soil nutrient. Each accurately standardized system is furnished in an individual plastic module for quick distinction. All tests are performed in minutes on easy-to-prepare soil extracts, based on Mehlich I extraction. Critical soil pH measurements are performed quickly and reliably with a battery-powered pH 5 meter. The meter measures the pH of a one-to-one solution of soil and distilled water over the range of 0 - 14 pH units to a sensitivity of 0.01 pH. Soluble Salt levels in soils and irrigation waters are monitored accurately with a TDS 6 meter measuring Dissolved Salts from 0-999+ ppm.

Direct Reading Titrator Tests

Calcium Magnesium Chlorides

LA-1985-04-EX2 Smart 2 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12, 220 V

Battery-Powered Meters

pH 5 TDS 6

LA-1985-04 Smart 2 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12, 110 V

pH 0 - 14 0 - 99.9 ppm 100 - 999 ppm 1.00 - 9.99 ppt

www.ereinc.com

LA-R-1985-04 Reagent Refill LA-1988-02 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12 W/O Meters

sales@ereinc.com

215


Ready, Set, Go! FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Stopwatch / Clock Features • Digital LCD Stopwatch plus calendar and alarm • 12 or 24 hour clock operation • Stopwatch / Chronograph mode with 1/100 sec resolution • Programmable alarm with an hourly chime • Calendar displays day, month, and date

Earth Ground Resistance Tester Kit

EX-365510 Digital Stopwatch / Clock EX-365510-NIST Digital Stopwatch / Clock W/ NIST Certificate

Specifications

EX-382152

Earth Ground Resistance Ranges

20 Ω / 200 Ω / 2000 Ω

Basic Accuracy Resolution

Measures earth ground in 3 ranges from 0.01 Ω to 2000 Ω. Features • 3 1/2 digit (1999 count) multifunction LCD with data hold • Measures earth resistance in three ranges • 2 mA (800 Hz) test current and frequency • 0 to 200 V AC (40 to 500 Hz) AC earth voltage / frequency • Auto power off, 3 minute timer • Overload protection • Open circuit, overrange and low battery indications

± (2% rdg + 2 d) 0.01 Ω / 0.1 Ω / 1 Ω

Test Current / Frequency

2 mA (800 Hz)

AC Earth Voltage / Frequency

0 to 200 V AC (40 to 500 Hz)

Basic Accuracy

± (1% rdg + 2 d)

Power Supply

Six 1.5 V "AA" Batteries

Dimensions

6.4" x 3.9" x 2" (163 x 100 x 50 mm)

Weight

25.7 oz (800 g)

EX-382152 Earth Ground Resistance Tester Kit EX-382152-NIST EX-382152 W/ NIST Certificate EX-382153 Replacement Earth Bars, 2/Pack EX-382154 Replacement Set Of Leads

Industrial MultiMeters Features • Double molded for waterproof (IP67) protection • Rugged design - drop proof to 6 feet • High resolution display: Model EX-EX520-S with 6000 count LCD display Model EX-EX530-KIT with 40,000 count LCD display • 1000 V input protection on all functions • Dual sensitivity frequency functions • Large backlit LCD with bargraph • Duty cycle function and diode open circuit voltage of 2.8 V DC • Auto power off with disable feature and min/max, relative, and data hold functions • CE/UL approved; CAT IV-600 V EX-EX520-S True RMS Industrial MultiMeter Kit (6000 Count) EX-EX530-KIT True RMS Industrial MultiMeter Kit (40,000 Count)

216

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Specifications

EX-EX520-S

EX-EX530-KIT

Display Counts

6000

40000

Basic Accuracy (DCV)

0.09%

0.06%

DC Voltage

0.1 mV to 1000 V

0.01 mV to 1000 V

AC Voltage

1 mV to 1000 V

0.01 mV to 1000 V

100 V to 600 V

DC / AC Current

0.1 μA to 20 A

0.01 μA to 20 A

Resistance

0.1 Ω to 60 MΩ

0.01 Ω to 40 MΩ

Frequency (Electrical)

0.01 to 400 Hz

0.01 to 400 Hz

Frequency (Electronic)

0.001 Hz to 40 MHz

0.001 Hz to 100 MHz

Capacitance

0.01 nF to 1000 μF

0.001 nF to 40 mF

Temperature (Type K)

-50 to 1382°F

-50 to 1382°F

(-45 to 750°C)

(-45 to 750°C)

Non-Contact AC Voltage

4 To 20 mA Duty Cycle

0 to 125%

0.1 to 99.9%

0.1 to 99.90%

True RMS

Peak Hold

Diode

Continuity

Dimensions / Weight

Fax : (514) 326 8961

• 7.25" x 3.25" x 2.25" / 12.3 oz


Well Caps ERE supplies a quality line of Well Caps. The plugs need no adapter. They fit into standard PVC pipe sizes. They expand on the inside of the pipe to provide water and a vapour tight seal.

MI-318002001 2" Locking Plug MI-318003301 3" Locking Plug MI-318004001 4" Locking Plug MI-318006001 6" Locking Plug MI-318008001 8" Locking Plug

EcoPlug™

Electriloc Enviro Cap™

The EcoPlug™ is manufactured from a recycled composite glass filled polymer that will not corrode and is stronger than steel, pound for pound.

The Enviro Cap™ Environmental Well Cap has a hidden secret. This well cap has a magnetically activated lock built into the body of the cap. The magnetic locking mechanism is activated by using the ElectriKey. The ElectriKey mates with the top of the ElectriLoc well cap. When these two surfaces are joined the magnet in the key causes the locking mechanism within the cap to engage allowing the operator to lock or unlock the well cap. Without the key the caps lock mechanism can be turned, but to no avail. The ElectriLoc well cap is available for 2" and 4" monitoring wells. Features • Sealed, corrosion-proof lock • Maximum seal-to-casing contact • Prevents casing deformation • High strength, engineered materials

WA-ECO-1 1" EcoPlug Well Cap

WA-ENVIROCAP-2 2" Enviro Cap (Magnetic Well Cap)

WA-ECO-2 2" EcoPlug Well Cap

WA-ENVIROCAP-4 4" Enviro Cap (Magnetic Well Cap)

WA-ECO-4 4" EcoPlug Well Cap

WA-ENVIRO-KEY Enviro-Key

Vapour Sampling EcoPlug™

Torque Well Plugs

This specialized well plug uses a stainless steel valve which allows you to extract a sample of the trapped headspace vapours.

The Torque Well Plugs are suitable for 1", 2" & 4" Schedule 80, 40, & 5 pipes. These plugs can be made available with your name and number, with a one-time pattern charge.

Pressure tested to 20 PSI, these caps prevent the loss of well gasses to the atmosphere. The Sample Port Adapter allows you to extract the sample without removing the cap from the well. The Sample Port Adapter can be attached to a peristaltic pump in order to draw out even more of the trapped headspace gasses.

Features • Superior strength and chemical resistance • Santoprene thermoplastic dual rubber gasket • Highly visible colour • Lightweight (3.4 oz) • Easily torque on by hand, providing the ultimate well • Accepts # 3 locks

ESP-T-1 1" I.D. Locking Plug

WA-ECO-V-2 Vapor Sampling 2” EcoPlug Well Cap

ESP-T-2 2" I.D. Locking Plug

WA-ECO-V-PA Vapor Sampling Port Adapter

ESP-T-4 4" I.D. Locking Plug

www.ereinc.com

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Features • Corrosion proof plastic body • Rubber all weather seal • Zinc plated locking device for corrosion resistance • With padlock in place, plug cannot be removed (padlock not included) • Plugs also available without locking device

sales@ereinc.com

217


Lost your Bailer? Use the Bailer Retriever to Find It!

Bailer Suspension Cord General purpose Nylon Twine.

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

ER-800NYL Nylon Twine, 1/16" (16 mm) Diameter, 800 ft Roll

Bailer Retriever The Bailer Retriever has been engineered to retrieve bailers which have become separated from their retrieval line. The product is 5 1/2" long, manufactured from stainless steel, incorporates 4 hooks, and has been designed to work in wells of 2" diameter and bigger.

Tube Cutter & 2" PVC Cutter Features

• Faster & safer than a utility knife • Rotating / rocking motion produces straight, clean cuts

CO-5430 2" Bailer Retriever

Hold your Solids & Liquids Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire / tape and bend wire to seal.

WA-WTC-1 Tube Cutter MI-327502000 2" PVC Pipe Cutter

Features • Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use • Sampling bags are available with or without a white labeling area • Guaranteed sterile • Reduced storage space • Easy identification • Leakproof closure

Sampling Bags without White Labeling Area, Qty. 500 NA-B01009WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L,Thickness: 2.25 mil NA-B00679WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil NA-B00992WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3 .75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil NA-B01018WA Capacity: 384 ml (13 oz), Size: 5.25" W x 7.5" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil NA-B00736WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil NA-B01063WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

Sampling Bags with White Labeling Area, Qty. 500

NA-B00990WA Capacity: 798 ml (27 oz), Size: 5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01067WA Capacity: 29 ml (1 oz), Size: 2.5" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B00994WA Capacity: 1,065 ml (36 oz), Size: 5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01064WA Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B01027WA Capacity: 1,242 ml (42 oz), Size: 6" W x 15" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01062WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil NA-B01065WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

218

Stand-Up Sampling Bags, Qty. 500

NA-B01297WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01364WA Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01196WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B01365WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01195WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags "Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contains a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and non-inhibitory; with write labeling area.

The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years. Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender.

"Speci-Sponge" Bags for Environmental Surface Sampling, Qty. 100 NA-B01245WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil NA-B01299WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself.

Sampling Bag Accessories Carrying Racks NA-B00677WA Double Grid 21 Compartment NA-B00678WA Double Grid 15 Compartment Long-Term Retention Sampling Bags, Qty. 500 NA-B01300WA Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B00750WA Double Grid 30 Compartment NA-B00751WA Double Grid 12 Compartment NA-B01048WA Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use) NA-B01023WA Single Grid 18 Compartment

Filter Bags (Contains Filter Layer), Qty. 250 NA-B01385WA Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3.75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil NA-B01348WA Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil NA-B01318WA Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil NA-B01416WA Capacity: 2.041 ml (69 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

Sampling Bag Accessories Playmate® Cooler Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Tray for Shaking Incubation

NA-B00772WA Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler

NA-B01432WA Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags

NA-B01109WA Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler

NA-B01433WA Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Handle

NA-B01434WA Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags

NA-B01309WA Rack Handle

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

219


100% LDPE Reclosable Bags

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Features • Premium quality zipper provides durable lock protection • Prevents contamination and helps maintain contents in original state • Available in many sizes, 2 mil & 4 mil thickness • With or without white block for easy labelling Note Add "B" to the end of the part number for a box or "C" for a case EX: RO-RC20202-B (Box Qty.) EX: RO-RC20202-C (Case Qty.)

2 mil w/o White Block

2 mil w/ White Block

4 mil w/o White Block

4 mil w/ White Block

Size (W x L)

Bags/Box

Boxes/Case

RO-RC20404

RO-RW20404

RO-RC40404

N/A

4" x 4"

1000

16 (2 mil) 8 (4 mil)

RO-RC20406

RO-RW20406

RO-RC40406-04

RO-RW40406-04

4" x 6"

1000

10 (2 mil) 4 (4 mil)

RO-RC20407

N/A

N/A

N/A

4" x 7"

1000

10

RO-RC20408-08

N/A

N/A

N/A

4" x 8"

1000

8

RO-RC20505

N/A

N/A

N/A

5" x 5"

1000

8

RO-RC20507-06

N/A

N/A

N/A

5" x 7"

1000

6

RO-RC20508-06

RO-RW20508-06

RO-RC40508-03

RO-RW40508-02

5" x 8"

1000

6 (2mil) 3 (4mil) w/o White Block 2 (4mil) w/ White Block

RO-RC20510-06

N/A

RO-RC40510-03

N/A

5" x 10"

1000

6 (2 mil) 3 (4 mil)

RO-RC20606-06

RO-RW20606-06

RO-RC40606-03

N/A

6" x 6"

1000

6 (2 mil) 3 (4 mil)

RO-RC20608-04

RO-RW20608-06

N/A

N/A

6" x 8"

1000

4 (2 mil) w/o White Block 6 (2 mil) w/ White Block

RO-RC20609

RO-RW20609

RO-RC40609

RO-RW40609

6" x 9"

1000

4 (2 mil) 2 (4 mil)

RO-RC20612

N/A

N/A

N/A

6" x 12"

1000

4

RO-RC20810-02

N/A

N/A

N/A

8" x 10"

1000

2 (2 mil)

RO-RC20812

N/A

N/A

N/A

8" x 12"

1000

2

RO-RC20910

N/A

N/A

N/A

9" x 10"

1000

4

RO-RC20912

RO-RW20912

RO-RC40912

RO-RW40912

9" x 12"

500

2

RO-RC21012

RO-RW21012

N/A

N/A

10" x 12"

500

2

RO-RC21018

N/A

N/A

N/A

10" x 18"

500

2

RO-RC21212

N/A

RO-RC41212

N/A

12" x 12"

500

2

RO-RC21215

RO-RW21215

RO-RC41215

RO-RW41215

12" x 15"

500

2 (2 mil) 1 (4 mil)

RO-RC21315

N/A

N/A

N/A

13" x 15"

500

2

RO-RC21318

N/A

RO-RC41318

RO-RW41318

13" x 18"

500

2 (2 mil) 1 (4 mil)

RO-RC21418

N/A

N/A

N/A

14" x 18"

500

2

RO-RC21520

N/A

N/A

N/A

15" x 20"

500

2

RO-RC21824

N/A

RO-RC41824

N/A

18" x 24"

500

1

Reusable Scoops

Sterileware® Scoops

Features • Stainless steel scoops • Perfect for sampling powder, soil, gravel & other materials

Features • One-piece polystyrene scoop individually • Sterilized & sealed in a polyethylene bag

BEL-H36902-0000 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, 25 x 76 x 38 mm (1" x 3" x 1 1/2") Bowl Size, 203 cm (8") Length, 100/Box BEL-H36904-0000 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 25 x 89 x 44 mm (1" x 3 1/2" x 1 3/4") Bowl Size, 221 cm (8 11/16") Length, 100/Box CO-8400 148 ml (5 oz) Capacity, 6.4 x 23 cm (2 1/2" W x 9 1/2" L) Bowl Size, 12/Box

220

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

BEL-H36906-0000 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 51 x 127 x 51 mm (2" x 5" x 2") Bowl Size, 216 cm (8 1/2") Length, 100/Box

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Glass Facts

Cap Styles Also Available Upon Request: black Phenolic pulp/vinyl, black Phenolic Polyseal™, black Phenolic rubber & bottle only bulk packages also available Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

Amber Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style QOR-7918

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-7919

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-7920

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-7922

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-7923

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Amber Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

Ready To Clean Glass Containers Ready to Clean Bottles are designed for users who prefer to use their own cleaning process. Ready to Clean Bottles are fully assembled with polypropylene caps and a friction fit .015" Teflon® disc. Both cap and liner can be washed, heated or autoclaved depending upon your application. The Teflon® disc is chemically inert, and will not interfere with your test results.

Part Number

15 (.50)

28 - 400

48

QOR-7930

30 (1)

28 - 400

24

QOR-7931

60 (2)

33 - 400

24

QOR-7933

120 (4)

38 - 400

24

QOR-7934

250 (8.5)

45 - 400

24

QOR-7935

500 (16)

53 - 400

12

QOR-7938

950 (32)

53 - 400

12

QOR-7937

1,250 (42)

70 - 400

6

QOR-GLC-06773

QOR-7936

2,500 (84)

70 - 400

12

QOR-GLC-05984

QOR-GLC-09083

Clear Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

Amber Boston Rounds Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style QOR-0100-0005

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0007

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0060

960 (32)

33 - 400

30

15 (.50)

28 - 400

48

30 (1)

28 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0016

60 (2)

33 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0017

120 (4)

38 - 400

12

Amber Wide Mouths Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style

QOR-7909

30 (1)

20 - 400

48

QOR-0100-0018

250 (8.5)

45 - 400

12

QOR-7910

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0019

500 (16

53 - 400

12

QOR-7912

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-7913

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

Clear Boston Rounds Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style

QOR-7914

80 (16)

28 - 400

12

24

QOR-7917

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Clear Standard Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

120 (4)

48 - 400

24

QOR-7968

240 (8)

58 - 400

24

QOR-7970

480 (16)

63 - 400

24

QOR-7967

QOR-7972

960 (32)

70 - 400

12

QOR-7973

1,920 (64)

83 - 400

6

QOR-7974

3,785 (128)

89 - 400

4

Clear Straight Sided Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style QOR-7939

30 (1)

43 - 400

48

QOR-7940

60 (2)

53 - 400

24

QOR-7943

120 (4)

58 - 400

24

QOR-7945

180 (6)

63 - 400

24

QOR-7946

240 (8)

70 - 400

24

QOR-7947

480 (16)

89 - 400

12

QOR-7950

960 (32)

89 - 400

12

www.ereinc.com

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Features • Maximum visibility • Impervious to permeation of gases • Shapes and volumes do not change under vacuum pressure or when handled • Recyclable • Amber glass provides UV light protection • Chemically inert • Autoclavable

QOR-GLC-07282

120 (4)

22 - 400

QOR-0100-0001

240 (8)

24 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0002

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0003

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Clear Standard Wide Mouths Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style QOR-2W04QEDC

120 (4)

48 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0077

240 (8)

58 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0078

480 (16)

63 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0079

960 (32)

70 - 400

12

QOR-0100-0024

1920 (64)

83 - 400

6

QOR-0100-0087

3785 (128)

89 - 400

4

48

Clear Straight Sided Rounds Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style QOR-2S01QEDC

30 (1)

43 - 400

QOR-0100-0011

60 (2)

53 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0012

120 (4)

58 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0022

240 (8)

58 - 400

24

QOR-2S08QEDC

240 (8)

70 - 400

24

QOR-0100-0023

480 (16)

63 - 400

12

sales@ereinc.com

221


Precleaned by Vacuum & Ionization Contaminants such as loose dirt, carton lint, aerosols, and fine glass particles are removed by the Vacuum & Ionization process.

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

Clear Sample Vials are packed in blue plastic corrugate to reduce carton dust.

Vacuum & Ionized Amber Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style QOR-2A02QGTV

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-2A04QGTV

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-2A08QGTV

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-2A16QGTV

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-2A32QGTV

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Black Phenolic Pulp / Vinyl Cap Style QOR-2A02QPVV

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-2A04QPVV

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-2A08QPVV

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-2A16QPVV

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-2A32QPVV

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

Vacuum & Ionized Amber Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style QOR-2P01QGTV

30 (1)

28 - 400

24

QOR-2P02QGTV

60 (2)

33 - 400

24

QOR-2P04QGTV

120 (40)

38 - 400

24

QOR-2P08QGTV

250 (8.5)

45 - 400

24

QOR-2P16QGTV

500 (16)

53 - 400

12

QOR-2P32QGTV

950 (32)

53 - 400

12

QOR-GLC-07007

1250 (42)

70 - 400

6

QOR-GLC-07354

2500 (84)

70 - 400

12

Black Phenolic Pulp / Vinyl Cap Style

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Dimensions

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

144

Amber Borosilicate Sample Vials Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style QOR-GLC-06786

1.85 (.50)

12 x 35

8 - 425

QOR-2P01QPVV

30 (1)

28 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06787

4 (1)

15 x 45

13 - 425

144

QOR-2P02QPVV

60 (2)

33 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06788

7.5 (2)

17 x 60

15 - 425

144

QOR-2P04QPVV

120 (40)

38 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06789

15 (4)

21 x 70

18 - 400

144

QOR-2P08QPVV

250 (8.5)

45 - 400

24

QOR-2V22MGTC

20 (5)

27.75 x 57

24 - 400

144

QOR-2P16QPVV

500 (16)

53 - 400

12

QOR-7589T/144

40 (10)

27.50 x 95

24 - 400

144

QOR-2P32QPVV

950 (32)

53 - 400

12

Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE / Silicone Septa Cap style

Vacuum & Ionized Clear Boston Rounds Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

QOR-2V22MHSC

20 (5)

27.75 x 57

24 - 400

144

QOR-2518T/144

40 (10)

27.50 x 95

24 - 400

144

QOR-2B01QGTV

30 (1)

20 - 400

48

QOR-2B02QGTV

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

Clear Borosilicate Sample Vials Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

QOR-2B04QGTV

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-2501T

1.85 (.50 )

12 x 35

8 - 425

144

QOR-2B08QGTV

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-2502T

4 (1)

15 x 45

13 - 425

144

QOR-2B16QGTV

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-2503T

7.5 (2)

17 x 60

15 - 425

144

QOR-2B32QGTV

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

QOR-2504T

11 (3)

19 x 65

15 - 425

144 144

Black Phenolic Pulp / Vinyl Cap Style

QOR-2505T

15 (4)

21 x 70

18 - 400

QOR-2B01QPVV

30 (1)

20 - 400

48

QOR-2508T

20 (5)

27.25 x 57.5

24 - 400

72

QOR-2B02QPVV

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-06064*

20 (5)

27.25 x 57.5

24 - 400

144

QOR-2B04QPVV

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

QOR-2506T

22 (6)

23 x 85

20 - 400

144

QOR-2B08QPVV

240 (8)

24 - 400

24

QOR-2509T

22 (6)

27.25 x 70

24 - 400

72

QOR-2B16QPVV

480 (16)

28 - 400

12

QOR-2507T

30 (8)

25 x 95

22 - 400

144

QOR-2B32QPVV

960 (32)

33 - 400

12

QOR-7587T/144*

40 (10)

29.25 x 81

24 - 400

144

QOR-7588T/144*

40 (10)

27.75 x 95

24 - 414

144

QOR-GLC-07876*

60 (15)

27.5 x 140

24 - 400

72

Vacuum & Ionized Clear Standard Wide Mouths Green Thermoset F217 & Teflon® Cap Style

222

Borosilicate Sample Vials

QOR-2W04QGTV

120 (4)

48 - 400

24

QOR-2W08QGTV

240 (8)

58 - 400

24

QOR-2W16QGTV

480 (16)

63 - 400

24

QOR-2W32QGTV

960 (32)

70 - 400

12

QOR-2W64QGTV

1920 (64)

83 - 400

6

QOR-2W99QGTV

3785 (128)

89 - 400

4

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE / Silicone Septa Cap Style QOR-2V20MHSC*

20 (5)

27.25 x 57.5

24 - 400

144

QOR-2517T*

40 (10)

27.75 x 95

24 - 414

144

QOR-GLC-07863*

60 (15)

27.5 x 140

24 - 400

72

* Indicates item is not available in blue plastic corrugate.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Amber & Clear Round Dropper Bottles

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle

With black polypropylene hole cap with glass dropper assembly.

The dropper pulls out leaving the polypropylene stopper to protect the neck of the glass bottle. All parts disassemble to clean.

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Features • Soft vinyl bulb • Ground standard taper neck in bottle • "Bumper" opening protects the tip of the glass dropper

Qty./Case

Amber Round Dropper Bottles QOR-GLC-05725

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-05727

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

Clear Round Dropper Bottles QOR-GLC-05723

30 (1)

20 - 400

48

QOR-GLC-05724

60 (2)

20 - 400

24

QOR-GLC-05726

120 (4)

22 - 400

24

Natural Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style

BEL-F11604-0030 Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 30 ml, Each BEL-F11604-0060 Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 50 ml, Each BEL-F11604-0125 Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 125 ml, Each

White Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-3820

30 (1)

43 - 400

72

QOR-PLC-07184

QOR-3821

60 (2)

53 - 400

48

QOR-PLC-07185

QOR-3822

120 (4)

58 - 400

36

QOR-3823

240 (8)

89 - 400

QOR-3824

480 (16)

QOR-3825

960 (32)

Part Number

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

30 (1)

43 - 400

72

60 (2)

53 - 400

48

QOR-PLC-07186

120 (4)

58 - 400

36

36

QOR-PLC-07187

240 (8)

70 - 400

36

89 - 400

24

QOR-PLC-07188

480 (16)

89 - 400

24

120 - 400

24

QOR-PLC-07189

960 (32)

120 - 400

24

www.ereinc.com

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

sales@ereinc.com

223


FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Clear Polystyrene Jars with White PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style

Clear Polystyrene Snap Cap Vials

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

QOR-3811

60 (2)

53 - 400

48

QOR-3891

120 (4)

58 - 400

36

QOR-3812

240 (8)

89 - 400

36

QOR-3892

480 (16)

89 - 400

24

QOR-3813

960 (32)

120 - 400

24

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Dimensions

Qty./Case

QOR-3075

18.5 (5)

25 x 50

24 mm

QOR-3076

26 (7)

29 x 50

28 mm

144 144

QOR-3078

45 (13)

33.5 x 71.5

38 mm

144

QOR-3079

60 (15)

36 x 62

43 mm

144

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

HDPE Hedpaks® Natural PP Gasket Lined Cap Style.

Natural HDPE Wide Mouth Rounds White PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

QOR-PLA-05975

2.5 Gallon

51 - 400

3H1/Y1.2/100

104

QOR-7221

5 Gallon

70 - 400

N/A

1

Dimensions

Wide Mouth Natural HDPE Lab Style Bottles Part Number

224

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

Natural PP Linerless Cap Style.

QOR-7352G

30 (1)

28 - 400

48

QOR-7307G

60 (2)

33 - 400

48

QOR-7354G

120 (4)

38 - 400

48

QOR-7355G

250 (8.5)

53 - 400

48

QOR-3522

Part Number

Capacity ml (oz)

Neck Size (mm)

Qty./Case

30 (1)

28 - 415

72

60 (2)

28 - 415

72

120 (4)

38 - 415

72

QOR-7356G

500 (16)

53 - 400

24

QOR-3523

QOR-7357G

950 (32)

53 - 400

12

QOR-3524

QOR-7358G

2,000 (68)

89 - 400

6

QOR-3525

240 (8)

43 - 415

72

QOR-7359G

3,000 (100)

89 - 400

4

QOR-3526

480 (16)

53 - 415

48

QOR-7320G

3,840 (128)

89 - 400 †

4

QOR-3527

960 (32)

63 - 415

24

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Wide Mouth Bottles for Easy Filling & Pouring

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles

Features • Simple to pour- wide mouth bottles • Chemically resistant • Rigid leak proof design • Excellent for packaging chemicals, pharmaceuticals and adhesives

Features • Watertight • Good chemical resistance • Rigid leak proof design • Good choice for packaging chemicals, pharmaceuticals, health and beauty aids and storage of liquids or powders

BEL-F10625-0005 PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10620-0015 PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10625-0006 PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 45 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10620-0016 PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10625-0007 PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 53 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10620-0007 PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10625-0018 PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 53 mm Closure Size, 6/Bag

BEL-F10620-0008 PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Closure Size, 6/Bag

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

These HDPE Bottles with polypropylene closures are made of FDA compliant material and are ideal for packaging and storing liquids and powders. HDPE bottles 250 ml (8 oz) and larger have a recycling code molded into the base.

These HDPE, Laboratory / Pharmaceutical Grade Bottles with polypropylene closures are made of FDA compliant material and are ideal for packaging and storing liquids and powders. HDPE bottles 250 ml (8 oz) and larger have a recycling code molded into the base.

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles Features • Wide mouth color-coded • Low density polyethylene bottles and polypropylene caps are chemical and corrosion resistant. Bottles are imprinted with DOT, NFPA, CAS, protective equipment and target organ information and symbols. • Convenient and controlled dispensing • Clear labeling provides safety information • Sold individually, per bag of 6 or case of 12 (add an "E" = Each, "B" = Bag or "C" = Case at the end the part number when ordering) • Available in 500 ml (16 oz) or 1000 ml (32 oz) 500 ml (16 oz) Wash Bottles BEL-F11646-0622 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Acetone BEL-F11646-0627 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Bleach

BEL-F11646-0638 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle)

BEL-F11646-6250 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Dichloromethane

BEL-F11646-0459 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Machine Oil

1000 ml (32 oz) Wash Bottles

BEL-F11646-0631 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Deionized Water

BEL-F11646-0623 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Methanol

BEL-F11646-2232 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Acetone

BEL-F11646-0620 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Distilled Water

BEL-F11646-0611 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, MEK

BEL-F11646-6032 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Distilled Water

BEL-F11646-0637 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethanol

BEL-F11646-0617 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Saline

BEL-F11646-3732 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethanol

BEL-F11646-0619 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, 70% Ethanol

BEL-F11646-0614 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Soap

BEL-F11646-2432 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Isopropanol

BEL-F11646-0612 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethyl Acetate

BEL-F11646-0628 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Toluene

BEL-F11646-3832 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle)

BEL-F11646-0624 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Isopropanol

BEL-F11646-0621 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Water

BEL-F11646-1132 Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, MEK

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

225


Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles A unique, patented, 2-piece valve prevents pressure build-up of solvents within the wash bottle. The volatiles are vented eliminating solvent drips. Patented value allows dispensing with bottle upright or inverted. Wash bottles are labeled with six of the most commonly used solvent names. Bottles are low-density polyethylene, closures and venting assembly are polypropylene.

BEL-F11642-0637B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11642-0612B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethyl Acetate, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11642-0624B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Isopropanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

Note: Use only with solvents compatible with LDPE.

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

BEL-F11642-0622B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Acetone, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0638B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11642-0623B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11642-0611B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11643-0222B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Acetone, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11643-0237B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11643-0224B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Isopropanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag BEL-F11643-0238B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

Eliminates Dangerous Drips

BEL-F11643-0223B Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

Fluoropolymer Bottles with Rounded Bottoms

Write-On™ Bottles

FEP Wash Bottles

Simplify Labeling Large dedicated labeling areas help to standardize the way bottle contents are identified. A separate area is provided for name and a larger area allows for detail of contents or safety information and includes a defined space for date information. Bottles are molded of rugged HDPE in 500 and 1000 ml (16 & 32 oz) sizes and are available as narrow or wide mouth with leak proof polypropylene cap. Ideal for storing and transporting liquids or dry material.

Fluoropolymer Wash Bottles, FEP Bottles; Tefzel ETFE closure/stem and draw tube is the most chemical-resistant wash bottle. One piece stem and closure for leak proof service. Provides contamination-free dispensing useful for trace element work. JIP-BTP5009-0030N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 30 ml, Each JIP-BTP5009-0060N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 60 ml, Each JIP-BTP5009-0125N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 125 ml, Each JIP-BTP5009-0250N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 250 ml, Each JIP-BTP5009-0500N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 500 ml, Each JIP-BTP5009-1000N Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 1000 ml, Each JIP-BTF5009-0030N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 30 ml, Each JIP-BTF5009-0060N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 60 ml, Each JIP-BTF5009-0125N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml, Each JIP-BTF5009-0125W Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml, Each JIP-BTF5009-0250N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml, Each JIP-BTF5009-0250W Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml, Each

BEL-F10660-0500B Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz), Narrow Mouth, 12/Bag BEL-F10660-1000B Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz), Narrow Mouth, 6/Bag BEL-F10662-0500B Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz), Wide Mouth, 12/Bag BEL-F10662-1000B Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz), Wide Mouth, 6/Bag

226

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

JIP-BTF5009-0500N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml, Each JIP-WBT5008-125F FEP Wash Bottle, 125 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0500W Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-250F FEP Wash Bottles, 250 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-1000N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-500F FEP Wash Bottles, 500 ml, Each

JIP-GBF5009-1000W Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-1000F FEP Wash Bottles,1000 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-2000N Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 2000 ml, Each

Fax : (514) 326 8961


LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles Large, high contrast, clearly labeled volume. Includes a one piece, polypropylene cap and spout.

Wash Bottle Carrier

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Features • Convenient storage and transfer of six filled bottles • Molded of rugged and lightweight polypropylene which is autoclavable at 121°C (250°F) • Chemical and corrosion resistant • Wide handle fits a gloved hand • Holds both 8 oz and 16 oz bottles • 11 1/4" x 7 5/8" x 8 7/8" H (286 x 194 x 225 mm H)

BEL-F11618-1016 LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Cap, 12/Bag BEL-F11618-1032 LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Cap, 12/Bag

BEL-F11640-0001 Wash Bottle Carrier, Each

Monoject 60 cc Syringes

Monoject 140 cc Piston Syringes

Features • Bold dual graduations 60 cc in 5 cc increments and 2 oz in 1/4" oz increments • Autoclavable in rigid pack • Oriented, compact package • Sterile

Features • Bold dual graduations 140 cc in 5 cc increments and 5 oz in 1/4 oz increments • Autoclavable

Part Number

Syringe Tip

TY-8881560224

Regular Luer

TY-8881560182 TY-8881560141

Qty.

Part Number

Syringe Tip

Qty.

100

Non-Sterile

Eccentric Luer

100

TY-8881114014

Regular Luer

Catheter (Irrigation)

100

TY-8881114030

Luer Lock

20

TY-8881560125

Luer Lock

100

TY-8881114055

Catheter (Irrigation)

20

TY-8881560265

Toomey Type (Irrigation)

100

Sterile Luer Lock

20

TY-8881114063

www.ereinc.com

20

sales@ereinc.com

227


"Rite in the Rain" with No Worries! FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Choose your Pattern

Pocket Size Bound Books (4 1/4" x 6 3/4") Get the function of our standard bound books in a smaller form. It’s a perfect fit for your back pocket. Fabrikoid covers only.

RR-390-4F Journal, 160 Pages (80 Sheets) RR-550-4F Environmental, 76 Pages (38 Sheets)

Standard Bound Books (4 3/4" x 7 1/2")

Polydura

Fabrikoid

"Rite in the Rain" bound books ensure that your data won’t be lost. With a variety of page patterns, there’s "bound" to be a book for you. Books have 160 pages (80 sheets), including a title and contents page. Fits Cover RR-C980 and Pouch RR-C540F.

Numbered Page Bound Books (4 3/4"x 7 1/2") Referencing valuable data in your "Rite in the Rain" bound book just got easier with these numbered page books. They are the same size as the standard bound books with 160 consecutively numbered pages (80 sheets). Furthermore, these books meet E.P.A. field book requirements for legal defensibility.

Fabrikoid Fabrikoid

Polydura

RR-300F Transit

RR-350NF Field

RR-300 Transit

RR-310F Level

RR-390NF Journal

RR-310 Level

RR-350F Field

RR-350 Field

Polydura

RR-360F Metric Field

RR-360 Metric Field

RR-350N Field

RR-380F Metric Grid

RR-390 Journal

RR-390N Journal

RR-390F Journal

Call ERE to receive your FREE "Rite in the Rain" sample today!

RR-370-6F Cross Section* (6 3/4" x 8 3/4") RR-C980 Tan Cordura® Cover RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch

Toll free:

* The Cross Section page pattern has a 10 x 10 / inch grid with 1" accents.

228

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

1-888-287-3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Geological Bound Book & Kit (4 3/4" x 7 1/2") This all-weather bound book comes equipped with 20 helpful reference pages, standard and metric rulers, and numbered pages. It also has a Fabrikoid cover and 160 pages (80 sheets). A photo scale and ruler are included.

RR-540F Geological Pattern RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch RR-540F-KIT Geological Kit

Environmental Bound Book (4 3/4" x 7 1/2") Our numbered page, sewn bound books meet U.S. E.P.A. guidelines and are legally defensible in case of litigation. They contain 10 helpful environmental reference pages. This book has 160 pages (80 sheets). The 4 1/4" x 6 3/4" pocket version has 76 pages (38 sheets), perfect for single jobs. Fabrikoid

Polydura

RR-550F Environmental Pattern

RR-550 Environmental Pattern

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

The RR-540F-KIT includes the RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch, the RR-540F Geological Bound Book, and a RR-97 Pen.

RR-550-4F Environmental Pattern, Pocket

Stapled Notebooks (4 5/8" x 7") Millions of these notebooks are in use around the globe. With a "Rite in the Rain" tagboard cover and secure stitching, this notebook has become a favorite among students and professionals alike. The 4 5/8" x 7" stapled notebooks are sold by the dozen and have 48 numbered pages (24 sheets). Clear vinyl slip cover RR-30 is available.

RR-30 Transit RR-311 Level RR-341 Cruiser’s Transit RR-351 Field RR-361 Metric Field RR-371 Universal RR-381 Metric Grid RR-391 Journal

Mini-Stapled Notebooks (3 1/4" x 4 5/8") Memo Book (3 1/4" x 5 1/4") If you need a simple top-bound pocket notebook, the RR-100 Memo notebook is just what the doctor ordered! Perfect bound construction and tagboard cover with perforated pages. 25 horizontally lined sheets (Journal pattern).

Perfect for the smaller jobs in life, these 3 1/4" x 4 5/8" notebooks have a sturdy tag cover and 24 numbered pages (12 sheets). Clear vinyl slip cover RR-32 is available. RR-311-M Level RR-371-M Universal RR-391-M Journal

RR-100 Journal

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

229


FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Spiral Notebooks (4 5/8" x 7")

Maxi-Spiral Notebooks (8 1/2" x 11")

Reporter’s Notebook (4" x 8")

These notebooks are made with a Polydura cover and wire-o binding. The Field and Journal patterns are available with numbered pages. 64 pages (32 sheets). Notebooks fit the RR-C980 Cover.

If you’re needing a large format notebook, look no further. The Maxi-Spiral Notebooks have strong Polydura covers, wire-o binding, and 84 pages (42 sheets).

The Reporter’s Notebook will protect your valuable notes. Since many news stories occur outdoors, you deserve a book that works rain or shine! 100 pages (50 sheets).

RR-303 Transit

RR-313-MX Level, Side Spiral

RR-313 Level

RR-353-MX Field, Side Spiral

RR-353 Field

RR-373-MX Universal, Side Spiral

RR-363 Metric Field

RR-393-MX Journal, Side Spiral

RR-373 Universal

RR-185 Field, Top Spiral

RR-148 Journal

Pocket Notebooks These are the truly go-anywhere, anytime, in any weather notebooks. The Pocket Notebooks are conveniently sized to take with you on your outings. With a Polydura cover and the Universal pattern, these 100 page (50 sheets) notebooks are perfect for any situation.

RR-383 Metric Grid RR-393 Journal

Notebook Covers

RR-353N Field W/ Numbered Pages RR-393N Journal W/ Numbered Pages

Mini-Spiral Memo Notebook (3 1/4" x 5")

These covers are made specifically to fit the "Rite in the Rain" products. They add convenience for carrying writing utensils as well as added protection.

A pocket-sized notebook that opens from the side. The Spiral Memo is perfect for a variety of all-weather applications. 100 pages (50 sheets). A black leather cover is available as well.

RR-33

RR-C980

RR-C980 4 5/8" x 7" Cordura® Cover

RR-135 3" x 5"

RR-C946 4" x 6" Cordura® Cover

RR-146 4" x 6"

RR-C935 3" x 5" Cordura® Cover RR-33 3" x 5" Black Leather Cover For 3" x 5" Top Spirals RR-34 3 1/4" x 5" Black Leather Cover For The 393-M RR-393-M Journal

230

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Bad Weather? No Problem! Fax : (514) 326 8961


Small Size Loose Leaf (4" x 6 1/2")

Field Ring Binders & Cover

Laser print or photocopy your own loose leaf with these copier sheets. Each sheet has two 4 5/8" x 7" pre-perforated loose leaf sheets ready to punch out and put in your "Rite in the Rain" Field Binders. 150 sheets per pack, yields 300 loose leaf sheets. 32 # ledger. Available in White, Green, and Tan.

The "Rite in the Rain" Field Ring Binders are DURABLE! Made with Polydura and rust resistant metals. Sheets not included.

RR-304 Transit

RR-LL8511 White

RR-200 Standard, 1/2" Capacity

RR-314 Level

RR-LL9511 Green

RR-210 Standard, 1" Capacity

RR-396 Blank

RR-LL9511T Tan

RR-204 Small, 1/2" Capacity

Get the same quality and weather-proof "Rite in the Rain" paper in the 4" x 6 1/2" format. Fits the durable binder RR-204. Sold in packs of 100.

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Loose Leaf Copier Paper

RR-C9200 Cover For RR-200 & RR-204

Standard Size Loose Leaf (4 5/8" x 7") Tough, durable and weather-proof, these "Rite in the Rain" Loose Leaf sheets are perfect for recording data that will be filed or reorganized. Sold in packs of 100 sheets.

RR-352 Field RR-362 Metric Field RR-372 Universal

RR-302 Transit

RR-382 Metric Grid

RR-312 Level

RR-392 Journal

RR-342 Cruiserâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Transit

RR-395 Blank

All-Weather Copier Paper Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets on patented "Rite in the Rain" All-Weather Copier Paper. Now you can have the convenience of using your existing data sheets on a paper that can survive in any weather condition. For just pennies a sheet, "Rite in the Rain" enables you to work efficiently, regardless of the environment. Paper is 20 # bond weight. Completely recyclable woodbased paper! Not for ink-jet printers. Copy or laser print both sides!

RR-8511-M 8 1/2" x 11", Qty. 25 RR-8514 8 1/2" x 14", Qty. 200 RR-8517 11" x 17", Qty. 200 RR-8517-M 11" x 17", Qty. 25 RR-8512 (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Qty. 200 RR-8512-M (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Qty. 25 RR-8518 (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, Qty. 200 RR-8518-M (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, Qty. 25

RR-8511 8 1/2" x 11", Qty. 200

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

231


"DuraRite" Loose Leaf (4 5/8" x 7")

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

This is the only loose leaf that you’ll want to take under water. Add, remove, or file your "DuraRite" loose leaf sheets. These sheets are sold in packs of 100 sheets. Use with binder RR-200 or RR-210.

Field Desk This Polydura storage clipboard is the key to your outdoor office! Store 8 1/2" x 11" data sheets, pencils, and other field equipment inside the durable plastic shell. It has a warmer feel than a metal clip board. Conveniently lightweight and completely weatherproof, the "Rite in the Rain" Field Desk lets you take your office outdoors!

RR-602 Transit RR-612 Level RR-652 Field RR-662 Metric Field RR-692 Journal

RR-295 Field Desk

Tactical All-Weather Copier Paper

RR-9511 8 1/2" x 11", Green, 200 Sheets

Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets on "Rite in the Rain" All-Weather Tactical Color Copier Paper. Don’t flag your position with standard white paper. Protect your data and yourself with tinted Green or Tan Copier Paper. Tinted sheets also reduce glare in bright sunlight. Paper is 20 sub bond. Completely recyclable wood-based paper!

RR-9511T 8 1/2" x 11", Tan, 200 Sheets RR-9517 11" x 17" ,Green, 200 Sheets RR-9517T 11" x 17", Tan, 200 Sheets RR-9512 (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Green, 200 Sheets RR-9512T (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Tan, 200 Sheets

"Weatherjet" Ink-Jet Paper "Weatherjet" has a micro-porous surface that turns standard ink-jet inks into permanent, waterproof images. Print on both sides. Not for photocopiers or laser printers. Can be written on with an all-weather pen only (pencils won’t work). 8 mil.

RR-7517 11" x 17", 100 Sheets

RR-7511 8 1/2" x 11", 100 Sheets

RR-7518 (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, 100 Sheets

RR-7511-M 8 1/2" x 11", 25 Sheets

RR-7518-M (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, 25 Sheets

RR-7517-M 11" x 17", 25 Sheets RR-7512 (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, 100 Sheets RR-7512-M (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, 25 Sheets

All-Weather Pens

232

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

While a pencil works great on our all-weather products, sometimes you just need a pen. These all-weather pens write on wet paper and upside down in temperatures from -30°F to 250°F. The All-Weather Bullet pens close to only 3 3/4" long. Black, blue and red ink is available.

RR-97 Tactical Black Clicker Pen, Black, Flat Black Metal

RR-37 Standard Clicker Pen, Black, Chrome / Plastic

RR-37R Pen Refill (Fits All), Black

RR-47 Standard Clicker Pen, Blue, Chrome / Plastic

RR-47R Pen Refill (Fits All), Blue

RR-57 Standard Clicker Pen, Red, Chrome / Plastic

RR-57R Pen Refill (Fits All), Red

RR-97B Tactical Black Clicker Pen, Blue, Flat Black Metal RR-36 Bullet Pen, Silver, Black, Chrome Metal RR-96 Bullet Pen, Tactical Black, Black, Flat Black Metal RR-98 Trekker Pen, Tactical Black, Black, Black Metal / Ring

Fax : (514) 326 8961


BLURITE Nitrile Examination Gloves Lightly Powdered

RO-969 BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-929 BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-979 BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-939 BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-989 BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-949 BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-999 BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-959 BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-999XX BLURITE, Size XX-Large, 90/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

SILKTEX Latex Disposable Gloves

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

RO-819 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-519 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-829 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-529 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-839 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-539 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-849 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-549 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-859 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-559 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Powder Free

AD-20 - Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser

Great to Clean your Interface Probes

AD-20 is a powerful water-based formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up.  Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface.  Features • Biodegradable • Non-Flammable • Non-Combustible • Non-Caustic • Non-Toxic (to OSHA and EPA) • Non-Corrosive AD-20 Foam Cleaner / Degreaser

Chemical Cleaning Products Acetone & Hexane are sometimes used as cleaning detergents for equipment.

AN-00896-540 Acetone, Lab-Grade, 4 L Poly Bottle AN-45138-540 Hexane, Technical, 4 L Amber Glass Bottle

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

233


FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Biodegradable, Concentrated & Residue Free! ALCONOX

Powdered Precision Cleaner Concentrated, anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable results without interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5. AL-1104-1 4 Pound Box AL-1112-1 Dispenser Box, (50 x 1/2 oz)

TERGAZYME

Enzyme Active Powdered Detergent Concentrated, anionic detergent with protease enzyme for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Excellent for removal of proteinaceous soils, tissue, blood, and body fluids from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass with no interfering residues. Ideal as a cleaning agent in Reverse Osmosis and UltraFiltration Systems. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.

Low Foaming Critical Detergent Low foaming, heavy-duty alkaline detergent for use in labware washers, parts washers, powerspray systems, and ultrasonic cleaning systems. Concentrated, highly emulsifying and penetrating formula is free rinsing, and leaves no interfering residues. Protects interior working parts of washers. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 13. AL-1632-1 1 Quart (Plastic Bottle) AL-1601-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

TERGAJET

Low Foaming Phosphate Free Powdered Detergent Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free powdered cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 11.5. AL-2204-1 4 Pound Box

LIQUINOX

Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5. AL-1232-1 1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)

AL-1304-1 4 Pound Box

AL-1201-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

CITRAJET

Low Foaming Liquid Acid Cleaner Low foaming, phosphate-free, concentrated, liquid cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems and manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibit-ed and free rinsing leaving no interfering residues. Ideal for acid washing and rinsing. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5. AL-2001-1 1 Gallon

CITRANOX

Liquid Acid Cleaner and Detergent Phosphate free, concentrated cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited and free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Ideal for trace metal analysis. USDA authorized. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5. AL-1801-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

ALCOJET

SOLUJET

AL-1404-1 4 Pound Box

AL-2101-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

Low Foaming Powdered Detergent Nonionic, low foaming cleaner for use in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:200. pH 12.

234

DETOJET

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Low Foaming Phosphate Free Detergent Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free liquid cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 12.4.

Fax : (514) 326 8961


PeliLite™ 1800 Flashlight The polycarbonate lens and focused Xenon lamp module produce a tight white beam that penetrates smoke and fog. The PeliLite 1800 flashlight is submersible, thanks to the o-ring seal and twist-on shroud that eliminates leaky switches. It is powered by 2 "C" akaline cells.

The 2630 uses a super bright 1 watt LED that can be activated in 4 modes: low, medium, high, and flashing (for emergencies). The body is tough ABS resin that's corrosion proof and resistant to extreme temperatures. The 90° pivoting head allows you to aim light right where you need it. Behind it is a handy battery power gauge that shows the level of usage. The light weight battery pack houses 3 "AA" alkaline cells (included). The 2630 comes with two kinds of straps: a rubber strap for your hard hat or helmet and a comfortable and adjustable cloth strap for bare head. The HeadsUp Lite 2630 is a great hands-free light for work, camping, and hiking.

Built to Last! Resists Chemicals, Water & Corrosion

MityLite™ 1900 Flashlight The MityLite 1900 Flashlight uses a hiintensity Xenon lamp that produces a powerful, bright beam. Use this compact flashlight to cut through thick smoke, fog, and dust. It is submersible and comes with a twist-on shroud. The 1900 is ideal for any situation. Powered by 2 "AAA" alkaline cells.

VB3™ 2220 LED Flashlight The VB3 2220 LED Flashlight has dual super bright white LEDs that may never need replacing and provide over 100 hours of battery burn time. Light turns on when the head is flipped up. It also pivots to a full 180° for aiming light where you need it. The built-in clip attaches to surfaces up to 1/2" thick. 2 "CR2032" 3 V Lithium coin cells are included.

PEL-2630 HeadsUp Lite™ 2630 LED Flashlight

PEL-2220 VB3™ 2220 LED Flashlight, 6/Pack

PEL-1200 1200 Pelican Case W/ Foam, 9.25" x 7.12" x 4.12" (23.5 x 18.1 x 10.5 cm) Interior Dimensions

PEL-1600 1600 Pelican Case W/ Foam, 21.43" x 16.50" x 7.87" (54.4 x 41.9 x 20 cm) Interior Dimensions

PEL-1400 1400 Pelican Case W/ Foam, 11.81" x 8.87" x 5.18" (30 x 22.5 x 13.2 cm) Interior Dimensions

PEL-1620 1620 Pelican Case W/ Foam, 21.48" x 16.42" x 12.54" (54.5 x 41.7 x 31.8 cm) Interior Dimensions

PEL-1450 1450 Pelican Case W/ Foam, 14.62" x 10.18" x 6.00" (37.1 x 25.8 x 15.2 cm) Interior Dimensions

PEL-1700 1700 Pelican Long Case, 35.75" x 13.50" x 5.25" (90.8 x 34.3 x 13.3 cm) Interior Dimensions

PEL-1500 1500 Pelican Case W/ Foam, 16.75" x 11.18" x 6.12" (42.5 x 28.4 x 15.5 cm) Interior Dimensions

PEL-1750 1750 Pelican Long Case, 50.50" x 13.50" x 5.25" (128.2 x 34.3 x 13.3 cm) Interior Dimensions

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

PEL-1800 PeliLite™ 1800 Flashlight (Batteries Not Included)

HeadsUp Lite™ 2630 LED Flashlight

PEL-1900 MityLite™ 1900 Flashlight

Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence!

Pelican Cases Features • Watertight, crushproof, and dust proof • Easy open Double Throw latches • Open cell core with solid wall design - strong, light weight • O-ring seal • Automatic Pressure Equalization Valve • Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam

Available colors

Black, Silver, Orange, Yellow, OD Green, Desert Tan

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

235


We Stand Behind NANUKTM Cases & We Guarantee Them for Life!

NANUK™ Cases

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Features Waterproof; waterproof seal; automatic pressure release valve; impact resistant NK-7™ resin; soft grip foldable handle; PowerClaw latching system

Specifications

NANUK™ PC-905

Specifications

NANUK™ PC-915

Specifications

NANUK™ PC-920

Exterior Dim.

12.5" L x 10.1" W x 6.0" H (315 L x 255 W x 150 mm H)

Exterior Dim.

15.8" L x 12.1" W x 6.8" H (390 L x 310 W x 170 mm H)

Exterior Dim.

16.7" L x 13.4" W x 6.8" H (425 L x 340 W x 170 mm H)

Interior Dim.

9.4" L x 7.4" W x 5.5" H (240 L x 185 W x 135 mm H)

Interior Dim.

13.8" L x 9.3" W x 6.2" H (350 L x 235 W x 155 mm H)

Interior Dim.

15.0" L x 10.5" W x 6.2" H (380 L x 265 W x 155 mm H)

Weight (Empty)

3.3 lbs (1.5 kg)

Weight (Empty)

4.4 lbs (2.0 kg)

Weight (Empty)

5.1 lbs (2.3 kg)

Lid Depth

1.4" (35 mm)

Lid Depth

2.1" (55 mm)

Lid Depth

2.1" (55 mm)

Base Depth

4.1" (100 mm)

Base Depth

4.1" (100 mm)

Base Depth

4.1" (100 mm)

0001

Black

0034

Orange

0036

Yellow

0039

Silver

0040

Olive

0058

Graphite

0001

Black

0034

Orange

0036

Yellow

0039

Silver

0040

Olive

0058

Graphite

0001

Black

0034

Orange

PC-905C NANUK™ Case Only

PC-915C NANUK™ Case Only

PC-920C NANUK™ Case Only

PC-905CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam

PC-915CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam

PC-920CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam

0039

Silver

0040

Olive

Specifications

NANUK™ PC-925

Specifications

NANUK™ PC-930

Specifications

NANUK™ PC-940

Exterior Dim.

18.7" L x 14.8" W x 7.0" H (475 L x 375 W x 180 mm H)

Exterior Dim.

19.8" L x 16.0" W x 7.6" H (500 L x 405 W x 190 mm H)

Exterior Dim.

21.7" L x 16.9" W x 8.5" H (550 L x 430 W x 215 mm H)

Interior Dim.

17.0" L x 11.8" W x 6.4" H (430 L x 300 W x 160 mm H)

Interior Dim.

18.0" L x 13.0" W x 6.9" H (455 L x 330 W x 175 mm H)

Interior Dim.

20.0" L x 14.0" W x 8.0" H (510 L x 355 W x 200 mm H)

Weight (Empty)

6.2 lbs (2.8 kg)

Weight (Empty)

7.1 lbs (3.2 kg)

Weight (Empty)

8.4 lbs (3.8 kg)

Lid Depth

2.1" (55 mm)

Lid Depth

2.1" (55 mm)

Lid Depth

2.1" (55 mm)

Base Depth

4.25" (110 mm)

Base Depth

4.75" (120 mm)

Base Depth

5.9" (150 mm)

0001

Black

0034

Orange

0036

Yellow

0039

Silver

0040

Olive

0058

Graphite

0001

Black

0034

Orange

0036

Yellow

0039

Silver

0040

Olive

0058

Graphite

0001

Black

0034

Orange

0036

Yellow

PC-925C NANUK™ Case Only

PC-930C NANUK™ Case Only

PC-940C NANUK™ Case Only

PC-925CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam

PC-930CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam

PC-940CF NANUK™ Case W/ Cubed Foam

Accessories available for all of the above cases: Shoulder Strap (PC-STRAP), TSA Combination Paddlock (PC-TSA) Cases also available in larger sizes.

236

0036

Yellow

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961

0039

Silver

0040

Olive

0058

Graphite

0058

Graphite


Plasticases Features • Hard sided carrying cases • Durable & economical solution to your sample packaging needs • Plasticase line of stylish and rugged cases will protect your investment & extend the working life of your instruments

Mezzo-Kitcase PC-644

Specifications

Multi-Kitcase PC-645

Specifications

Utilitycase PC-638

Exterior Dim.

10.75" L x 9.5" W x 2.2" H (273 L x 241 W x 57 mm H)

Exterior Dim.

12.0" L x 10.6" W x 2.7" H (305 L x 269 W x 69 mm H)

Exterior Dim.

13.875" L x 13.0" W x 4.563" H (352 L x 330 W x 116 mm H)

Interior Dim.

10.25" L x 6.75" W x 2.0" H (260 L x 171 W x 51 mm H)

Interior Dim.

11.5" L x 7.75" W x 2.5" H (292 L x 197 W x 64 mm H)

Interior Dim.

12.75" L x 9.25" W x 4.25" H (324 L x 235 W x 108 mm H)

Weight (Empty)

0.83 lbs (0.38 kg)

Weight (Empty)

1.14 lbs (0.52 kg)

Weight (Empty)

1.67 lbs (0.76 kg)

Material Of Case

Polypropylene

Material Of Case

Polypropylene

Material Of Case

Polypropylene

Material Of Latches

Polypropylene

Material Of Latches

Polypropylene

Material Of Latches

Nylon

001

035

Black

Blue

036

038

Yellow

058

Red

Graphite

065

Navy

001

Black

035

036

Blue

038

Yellow

Red

058

Graphite

065

Navy

001

Black

002

035

White

Blue

PC-644C Mezzo-Kitcase Only

PC-645C Multi-Kitcase Only

PC-638C Utilitycase Only

PC-644CF Mezzo-Kitcase Only W/ Cubed Foam

PC-645CF Multi-Kitcase Only W/ Cubed Foam

PC-638CF Utilitycase W/ Cubed Foam

038

Red

050

058

Maxcase PC-634

Specifications

Attachécase PC-639

Specifications

Techcase PC-640

Exterior Dim.

15.25" L x 13.5" W x 5.5" H (389 L x 343 W x 140 mm H)

Exterior Dim.

16.75" L x 14.75" W x 3.25" H (425 L x 375 W x 83 mm H)

Exterior Dim.

17.75" L x 15.5" W x 4.5" H (451 L x 394 W x 114 mm H)

Interior Dim.

14.25" L x 10.25" W x 5.25" H (363 L x 262 W x 133 mm H)

Interior Dim.

15.75" L x 11.25" W x 3.0" H (400 L x 286 W x 76 mm H)

Interior Dim.

16.75" L x 12.0" W x 4.25" H (425 L x 305 W x 108 mm H)

Weight (Empty)

2.28 lbs (1.03 kg)

Weight (Empty)

2.06 lbs (0.94 kg)

Weight (Empty)

2.59 lbs (1.18 kg)

Material Of Case

Polypropylene

Material Of Case

Polypropylene

Material Of Case

Polypropylene

Material Of Latches

Nylon

Material Of Latches

Nylon

Material Of Latches

Nylon

002

038

001

002

035

Blue

038

Red

065

067

050

058

Navy Forest Mercury Graphite

001

Black

White

035

Blue

Red

050

058

065

Mercury Graphite Navy

001

Black

035

Blue

PC-634C Maxcase Only

PC-639C Attachécase Only

PC-940C Techcase Only

PC-634CF Maxcase W/ Cubed Foam

PC-639CF Attachécase W/ Cubed Foam

PC-940CF Techcase W/ Cubed Foam

www.ereinc.com

050

Mercury

sales@ereinc.com

065

Mercury Graphite Navy

Specifications

Black White

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Specifications

058

Graphite

065

Navy

237


Tygon® Formulation R-1000 Tubing TY-AAU00017 1/4" I.D. x 3/8" O.D.

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

TY-AAU00027 3/8" I.D. x 1/2" O.D.

Low & High Density Polyethylene Tubing

Resists a broad range of aqueous chemicals and provides an excellent alternative to silicone tubing in applications where corrosive chemicals are used.

TY-AAU00029 3/8" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.

Features • Ultra-soft and flexible • Performs well at low temperatures (to -100°F) • Excellent for use in low-torque pump applications

TY-AAU00036 1/2" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.

All tubing is produced from virgin polyethylene resins. We do not use any regrind product in any of our tubing. Our tubing also does not contain any UV stabilizers. Our coils of tubing are individually poly bagged and are stored in sealed boxes, protected from UV light sources.

TY-AAU00034 7/16" I.D. x 11/16" O.D.

TY-AAU00037 1/2" I.D. x 11/16" O.D. TY-AAU00038 1/2" I.D. x 3/4" O.D.

WA-5/8-HDPE-100 HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft WA-5/8-HDPE-200 HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft WA-5/8-HDPE-500 HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft WA-5/8-LDPE-100 LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft

WA-3/8-HDPE-100 HDPE Tubing, 3/8" O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft

WA-5/8-LDPE-200 LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft

WA-3/8-LDPE-100 LDPE Tubing, 3/8 "O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft

WA-5/8-LDPE-500 LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft

WA-1/2-HDPE-100 HDPE Tubing, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

WA-1-HDPE-100 HDPE Tubing, 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D., 100 ft

WA-1/2-LDPE-100 LDPE Tubing, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

WA-1-LDPE-100 LDPE Tubing, 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D., 100 ft

Contractors Air Hose

General Purpose Hose

Application Cover Reinforcement Tube Temperature

Application

For mining, construction, and industrial use Yellow cut and abrasion resistant rubber Multiple layers of synthetic yarn Synthetic oil mist resistant -35°C to +80°C (-30°F to +180°F)

Cover Reinforcement Tube Temperature

Part # Part #

238

TY-AAU00033 7/16" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.

Nom. I.D.

Nom. O.D.

PSI

Weight (lbs)

Std Qty.

General air-line and water service both in plant and outdoors Red smooth weather and abrasion resistant synthetic rubber Multiple layers of synthetic yarns Black oil mist resistant synthetic rubber -30°C to +70°C (-22°F to +160°F)

Nom. I.D.

Nom. O.D.

PSI

Weight (lbs)

Std Qty.

AM-GP-025-250

1/4"

0.55"

250

0.13

300'

AM-CAY-050-50

1/2"

0.91"

300

0.32

50'

AM-GP-038-200

3/8"

0.67"

200

0.19

300'

AM-CAY-075-50

3/4"

1.18"

300

0.48

50'

AM-GP-038-250

3/8"

0.71"

250

0.19

300'

AM-CAY-100-50

1"

1.50"

300

0.70

50'

AM-GP-050-200

1/2"

0.83"

200

0.23

300'

AM-CAY-125-50

1 1/4"

1.69"

300

0.73

50'

AM-GP-050-250

1/2"

0.87"

250

0.27

300'

AM-CAY-150-50

1 1/2"

1.97"

300

0.93

50'

AM-GP-075-250

3/4"

1.16"

250

0.42

300'

AM-CAY-200-50

2"

2.60"

300

1.56

50'

AM-GP-100-200

1"

1.42"

200

0.54

300'

AM-CAY-250

2 1/2"

3.03"

250

1.67

100'

AM-GP-125-150

1 1/4"

1.73"

150

0.64

100'

AM-CAY-300

3"

3.66"

250

2.00

100'

AM-GP-150-150

1 1/2"

2.05"

150

0.74

100'

AM-CAY-400

4"

4.68"

250

2.71

100'

AM-GP-200-150

2"

2.60"

150

1.01

100'

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Petroleum Discharge

Reinforced Clear PVC

Application

Application

Cover Reinforcement Tube Temperature

Cover Reinforcement Temperature

Part #

Part #

Nom. I.D.

Nom. O.D.

PSI

Weight (lbs)

An economical hose for handling air, water, oil, mild chemicals, and alkalis. Clear wall allows visual inspection of product Clear smooth PVC Multiple layers of synthetic yarns -5°C to +65°C (+25°F to +150°F)

Nom. I.D.

Nom. O.D.

PSI

Weight (lbs)

Std Qty.

AM-RCPVC-019

3/16"

0.38"

250

0.05

300'

AM-RCPVC-025

1/4"

0.46"

250

0.07

300'

Std Qty.

AM-RCPVC-031

5/16"

0.53"

250

0.08

300'

AM-PDR-075

3/4"

1.22"

200

0.44

100'

AM-RCPVC-038

3/8"

0.60"

250

0.09

300'

AM-PDR-100

1"

1.46"

200

0.44

100'

AM-RCPVC-050

1/2"

0.75"

200

0.15

300'

AM-PDR-125

1 1/4"

1.69"

150

0.58

100'

AM-RCPVC-063

1.97"

150

0.78

100'

0.88"

200

0.17

300'

AM-PDR-150

1 1/2"

5/8"

AM-RCPVC-075

3/4"

1.03"

150

0.23

300'

AM-PDR-200

2"

2.50"

150

1.19

100'

AM-RCPVC-100

1"

1.31"

125

0.32

300'

AM-PDR-250

2 1/2"

3.00"

150

1.40

100'

AM-RCPVC-125

1 1/4"

1.69"

100

0.58

300'

AM-PDR-300

3"

3.50"

150

1.64

100'

AM-RCPVC-150

1 1/2"

1.94"

100

0.69

300'

AM-PDR-400

4"

4.57"

150

2.46

100'

AM-RCPVC-200

2"

2.50"

75

1.00

300'

FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

For handling a wide range of petroleum products, including gasoline, as well as a number of chemical solutions Red, heat, oil and weather resistant Neoprene Multiple layers of synthetic textile cords, with static wire Black, heat and oil resistant synthetic rubber -35°C to +88°C(-30°F to +190°F)

Saturn Water S & D Application

An economical, flexible hose for construction pumps, septic tank & marine pump-out service. Resistant to some chemicals, mild acids & alkalis Consult us for recommendations Soft compounds allow for increased flexibility Cover Clear abrasion and weather resistant extra soft PVC. Reinforcement Blue PVC helix. Tube Smooth clear extra soft PVC. Temperature -25°C to +65 °C (-13°F to +150°F)

Vacuum (Hg)

Bend Radius

PSI

Weight (lbs)

Std Qty.

AM-SAT-075

Part #

Nom. I.D.

3/4"

Nom. O.D

1.02"

26

3.00

85

0.20

100'

AM-SAT-100

1"

1.25"

26

3.00

80

0.25

100'

AM-SAT-125

1 1/4"

1.53"

26

3.20

70

0.33

100'

AM-SAT-150

1 1/2"

1.83"

24

3.50

65

0.39

100'

AM-SAT-200

2"

2.35"

24

5.00

60

0.60

100'

AM-SAT-250

2 1/2"

2.87"

22

7.00

60

0.80

100'

AM-SAT-300

3"

3.40"

22

9.00

60

1.00

100'

AM-SAT-400

4"

4.50"

22

13.00

50

1.60

100'

Std Qty.

Tank Truck Application

An all purpose petroleum suction and discharge hose for use with gasoline, kerosene, diesel, oil suspensions and emulsions. May also be used as hydraulic return line and suction Cover Black, abrasion, gasoline and oil resistant synthetic rubber with blue stripe and pressure. Reinforcement High tensile wire helix embedded between layers of textile cords Tube Black nitrile rubber for maximum oil resistance Temperature -35°C to +93°C (-30°F to +200°F)

www.ereinc.com

Part #

Bend Radius

PSI

Weight (lbs)

AM-TLB-100

Nom. I.D.

1"

Nom. O.D

1.42"

Vacuum (Hg)

29"

3.00"

150

0.62

100'

AM-TLB-125

1 1/4"

1.65"

29"

3.50"

150

0.72

100'

AM-TLB-150

1 1/2"

1.93"

29"

4.00"

150

0.90

100'

AM-TLB-175

1 3/4"

2.24"

29"

4.50"

150

1.20

100'

AM-TLB-200

2"

2.52"

29"

4.50"

150

1.42

100'

AM-TLB-250

2 1/2"

2.99"

29"

5.75"

150

1.72

100'

AM-TLB-300

3"

3.54"

29"

7.00"

150

2.19

100'

AM-TLB-400

4"

4.68"

29"

10.00"

150

3.63

100'

sales@ereinc.com

239


FIELD SUPPLIES & ACCESSORIES

Adapters-Male Suggested advantages • No corrosion • Lightweight • Can often be used with fluids that attack metals • Low cost • Do not cut fingers • Electrically non-conductive • No galvanic reaction with metals • Made of materials listed by FDA

Nylon 6

Black HDPE

MPT

Nylon 6

Black HDPE

MPT

CO-F253

CO-F253PE

1/8"

5/32"

CO-F610

CO-F610PE

3/8"

5/8"

CO-F23

CO-F23PE

1/8"

3/16"

CO-F83

CO-F83PE

1/2"

3/16"

CO-F24

CO-F24PE

1/4"

CO-F84

CO-F84PE

Notes MPT - Male taper pipe thread GH - Garden hose thread

1/8"

1/2"

1/4"

CO-F25

CO-F25PE

1/8"

5/16"

CO-F86

CO-F86PE

1/2"

3/8"

CO-F26

CO-F26PE

1/8"

3/8"

CO-F88

CO-F88PE

1/2"

1/2"

CO-F43

CO-F43PE

1/4"

3/16"

CO-F810

CO-F810PE

1/2"

5/8"

Temperature Ratings HDPE: -55° to +90°C Nylon: -40° to +100°C

CO-F44

CO-F44PE

1/4"

1/4"

CO-F812

CO-F812PE

1/2"

3/4"

CO-F45

CO-F45PE

1/4"

5/16"

CO-F816

N/A

1/2"

1"

CO-F46

CO-F46PE

1/4"

3/8"

CO-F124

CO-F124PE

3/4"

1/4"

CO-F48

CO-F48PE

1/4"

1/2"

CO-F126

CO-F126PE

3/4"

3/8"

CO-F64

CO-F64PE

3/8"

1/4"

CO-F128

CO-F128PF

3/4"

1/2"

CO-F65

CO-F65PE

3/8"

5/16"

CO-F1210

CO-F1210PE

3/4"

5/8"

CO-F66

CO-F66PE

CO-F1212PE

3/4"

3/4"

CO-F68PE

3/8" 1/2"

CO-F1212

CO-F68

3/8" 3/8"

CO-F1216

N/A

3/4"

1"

Elbows-Barbed Nylon & Black HDPE

Tube I.D.

Connectors-Barbed Hose Menders

Tube I.D.

Connectors-Reducing Notes FPT - Female taper pipe thread GHT- Garden hose thread Temperature Ratings HDPE: -55° to +90°C Nylon: -40° to +100°C

Nylon 6

Black HDPE

Tube I.D.

Tube I.D.

CO-L33

CO-L33PE

3/16"

3/16"

CO-C22

CO-C22PE

1/8"

CO-L44

CO-L44PE

1/4"

1/4"

CO-C33

CO-C33PE

3/16"

CO-L66

CO-L66PE

3/8"

3/8"

CO-C44

CO-C44PE

1/4"

CO-L84

CO-L84PE

1/2"

1/4"

CO-C55

CO-C55PE

CO-L86

CO-L86PE

1/2"

3/8"

CO-C66

CO-L88

CO-L88PE

1/2"

1/2"

CO-L1010

CO-L1010PE

5/8"

CO-L1212

CO-L1212PE

3/4"

Black HDPE

Tube I.D.

Tube I.D.

Nylon 6

Black HDPE

Tube I.D.

Tube I.D.

1/8"

CO-C42

CO-C42PE

1/4"

1/8"

3/16"

CO-C43

CO-C43PE

1/4"

3/16"

1/4"

CO-C64PE

3/8"

5/16"

CO-C64

1/4"

5/16"

CO-C84

CO-C84PE

1/2"

3/8"

1/4"

CO-C66PE

3/8"

CO-C86

CO-C86PE

1/2"

CO-C88PE

1/2"

3/8"

CO-C88

CO-C106

CO-C106PE

3/8"

CO-C1010

5/8"

5/8"

CO-C1010PE

5/8"

1/2" 5/8"

CO-C108

5/8"

3/4"

CO-C108PE

CO-C1212PE

3/4"

1/2"

CO-C1212

3/4" 1"

Gray Nylon

Polypropylene

MPT

FPT

CO-G1818

CO-G1818PP

1/8"

1/8"

CO-G3412

CO-G3412PP

GHT

1/2"

CO-G3434

CO-G3434PP

GHT

3/4"

CO-L1616

N/A

1"

1"

CO-C1616

CO-C1616PE

1"

CO-EB112

N/A

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

CO-C114

N/A

1 1/4"

CO-EB200

N/A

2"

2"

CO-C112

N/A

1 1/2"

Pipe Fittings Adapters-Male to Female Threads

240

Nylon 6

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

1 1/4" 1 1/2"

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Use Eco-Friendly Biodegradable Cleaners! Sampson All Purpose Cleaner

Sampson Bathroom Cleaner

Sampson Floor Cleaner

MAINTENANCE

Finally, a Bathroom Cleaner that allows you to breathe easier, and still give a powerful clean. Use on scum, calcium buildup, mildew, rust removal, and all that you find in the shower, bathtub, toilet bowl, sink and tiles. SA-675659020367 Sampson Bathroom Cleaner, 3.6 L

Sampson's All Purpose Cleaner is a fastacting formula that can be used for all general surfaces from plastics to ceramics - just about anywhere. Choose between regular or concentrated formula. SA-675659050364 Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, 3.6 L

SA-675659020053 Sampson Bathroom Cleaner, 500 ml Spray

Use Sampsonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Floor Cleaner on ceramics, natural stone, or wood and get a streak shine. SA-675659010368 Sampson Floor Cleaner, 3.6 L SA-675659010054 Sampson Floor Cleaner, 500 ml

SA-675659050050 Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, 500 ml Spray SA-675659060363 Sampson All Purpose Cleaner Concentrate, 3.6 L SA-675659060059 Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, Concentrate, 500 ml

Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner

Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner Clean your windows, glass, appliances, bathroom fixtures, lights and more with Sampson's Window and Surface Cleaner. It doesn't contain ammonia, and really gives a clean and clear result with a streak-free shine.

AD-20 Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser AD-20 is a powerful waterbased formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up. Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface. AD-20 Foam Cleaner / Degreaser, 510 g (18 oz)

Sampson Air Freshener Breath easy with Sampson Air Freshener / Odor Controller

Removing grease, oil, and carbon build-up can be a mess. Sampson's Degreaser / Cleaner quickly and safely unlocks grease and oils so you can easily rinse with hot or cold water, leaving a residue-free surface. SA-675659070362 Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner, 3.6 L

SA-675659040365 Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner, 3.6 L

SA-675659080361 Sampson Air Freshener, 3.6 L

SA-675659070058 Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner, 500 ml Spray

SA-675659040051 Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner, 500 ml Spray

SA-675659080057 Sampson Air Freshener, 500 ml Spray

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

241


Choose your Favorite Scent to Freshen the Air Around You! MAINTENANCE

Health Gards Intermittent Cans CFC Free Metered Aerosols with Neutrex, an odor-fighting active compound that is formulated to eliminate malodors. Each aerosol can provides up to 3400 metered sprays.

Keep your Workplace Clean & Fresh!

Hand Cleaners Sampson Hand Soap

SA-SW104W Apple, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW109W Melon, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW106W Berry, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW108W Vanilla, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW110W Fresh Linen, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW122W Cinnamon, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW112W Citrus, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW118W Country Garden, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW106W Mango, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW114W Rain Forest, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW107W Cherry, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW105W Tropical Breeze, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW044W Baby Powder, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW120W Lemon-Lime, 198 g (7 oz)

Keep your skin soft and dirt-free with Sampson’s Handsoap. It’s infused with aloe vera, almond oil and vitamin E, so it really moisturizes while it cleans. Plus, you will be using a naturally-derived, non-toxic product that does not harm the environment. Just pump, lather and rinse. Choose between regular and foaming. SA-675659140362 Sampson Hand Soap, 250 ml SA-675659140058 Sampson Hand Soap, 500 ml Bottle SA-675659150361 Sampson Foaming Hand Soap, 3.6 L SA-675659150057 Sampson Foaming Hand Soap, 500 ml

Aerosol Dispensers Features • Dispensing systems for use with the Health Gards Intermittent Cans • Stratus Dispenser: 5, 10, 15 or 20 minutes interval adjustable mist • 24 hours or daylight sensing modes • Cirrus Dispenser: 100% adjustable mist intervals with liquid crystal display panel • Stratus3 Dispenser: 5, 10 or 20 minutes interval adjustable mist • LED visual display

Mecano Hand Cleaner Premium lotion Hand Cleaner with mild cleaning scrubbers. An innovative design incorporating a pure, 100% natural emulsion. PL-CHMECA1 Mecano Hand Cleaner, 3.6 L

PURGEL Antibacterial Gel Made with a natural alcohol that evaporates in seconds. Contains aloe vera, lanoline, glycerine and vitamin E.

242

PL-HG7521 Stratus Dispenser

UN-BIO-411 PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 60 ml

PL-HG7523 Cirrus Dispenser

UN-1903P PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 500 ml

PL-HG7531L Stratus3 Dispenser

UN-1904 PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 4 L

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Floor Helpers

Dust Mops This Dust Mop contains a special blend of synthetic fibers. Choose between 18", 24" and 36".

Bucket & Wringer Combo Mops

MAINTENANCE

The Bucket and Wringer Combo on wheels has a 35 quart capacity. The sideward wringer accepts 12 to 32 oz.

Features • Great floor mops with excellent coverage • Synthetic & stitched • Mop handle sold separately

AT-8018R 18" Dust Mop Refill AT-8024R 24" Dust Mop Refill AT-8036R 36" Dust Mop Refill PL-7580-88 Mopping Combo Pack, 8.8 Gallons (35 Quarts) Colors Available: Bronze, Yellow, Blue*, Green* & Red* * Special order

Window Helpers Window Squeegees Use these brass Squeegees for a streak free shine.

AT-FR20S 20 oz White Mop, Synthetic, Stitched

AT-7018FS/M 18" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop

AT-FR24S 24 oz White Mop, Synthetic, Stitched

AT-7024FS/M 24" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop

EM-3090430 54" Fibreglass Handle, Blue

AT-7036FS/M 36" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop

TR-8095 60" Wood Handle

PL-AG14600 60" Vinyl Coated Handle W/ Clip

Window Scrubbers

Window Washing Bucket

Synthetic washable Window Scrubbers with high water retention.

Use this 18" Wide Window Washing Bucket for an easier and cleaner job!

PL-PUPT14 14" T-Bar PL-PUCR8 8" Squeegee

PL-PUCR18 18" Squeegee

PL-PUPT18 18" T-Bar

PL-PUCR12 12" Squeegee

PL-PUCR22 22" Squeegee

PL-PUGSR14 14" Window Scrubber Refill

PL-PUCR14 14" Squeegee

PL-PUBRHA Squeegee Handle

PL-PUGSR18 18" Window Scrubber Refill

www.ereinc.com

PL-PU5524-U 18" Wide Window Washing Bucket

sales@ereinc.com

243


MAINTENANCE

SureShot® Sprayers

Sure Shot® Sprayers

Model "A" Sprayers are our most Industrial line of sprayers. They feature metal construction, brass nozzles, and corrosion resistant internal working parts. All Model "A" Sprayers have a 32 oz liquid capacity. Model "A" Sprayers are available in either steel or brass canisters, and offer your choice of a powder coated epoxy or chrome plated exterior. Steel sprayers can be used with oil and solvent based materials, and brass sprayers can be used with water based materials. Partial and complete repair kits are available, as well as a variety of nozzles and extensions.

Model "B" Sprayers are available in 16 oz capacities. The sprayers are the same diameter as an aerosol can and can be used with many products. All Model "B" sprayers come standard with Viton® seals. These seals are compatible with most products. Other seals are available. Always check with your chemical supplier to be sure the product you are using is compatible with the Sure Shot® sprayer you choose. Standard maintenance includes periodically replacing the Valves and Nozzles. These parts are available both individually and in complete repair kits. Contact ERE Inc. for more details. MS-8000PL 16 oz Capacity, Red Powder Coated Aluminum Sprayer W/ Plastic Top MS-8000CB 16 oz Capacity, Red Powder Coated Aluminum Sprayer W/ Chrome Plated Brass Top

MS-1000 Comes W/ Multi-Purpose Nozzle (Nozzle Is Set For Regular Mist, For Pin Stream Remove #303 Spiral, Powder Coated Finish) MS-2000 Comes W/ Multi-Purpose Nozzle (Nozzle Is Set For Regular Mist, For Pin Stream Remove # 303 Spiral, Chrome Plated Premium Finish)

MS-8400PL 16 oz Capacity, Electroless Nickel Plated Aluminum Sprayer W/ A Brushed Finish & Plastic Top MS-8400CB 16 oz Capacity, Electroless Nickel Plated Aluminum Sprayer W/ A Brushed Finish & Chrome Plated Brass Top

Blow-Hard® O.S. Extra™ Dust Remover Ozone Safe Blow-Hard® Dust Remover provides powerful blasts of triple filtered air for cleaning a wide variety of laboratory equipment which could be damaged by wiping. Handy extension tube (included) effectively penetrates hard to reach places for thorough dust removal. Blow-Hard® O.S. Extra™ Dust Remover is defined as non flammable (tetrafluoroethane).Warning instructions for safe use are printed on the can.

Let our Customer Service help you find the right products for you! Toll free:

1-888-287-3732

BEL-F17080-0200 Blow-Hard® O.S. Extra™ Dust Remover, Each

244

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Multiworks DRC Towels

Saniworks Towels reusable up to 3 times! Ideal where wet strength and cleaning durability are essential. They are highly absorbent. Come in protective packaging.

This leading all-purpose, non woven wiper is made from strong wood fibers, combined with a binder and then double-creped. Ideal for manufacturing and maintenance applications. Has unique stretch, softness and wipe-dry properties. Ideal for water, grease and staining application. Low lint and highly absorbent.

PL-HW8633 Green Econo Towels, 13" x 21", 150 Sheets

PL-HW7555H Centerpull Roll, 9" x 13", 221 Sheets

PL-HW8780 Blue Deluxe Towels, 13" x 21", 100 Sheets

PL-HW7565H Centerpull Roll, 12 1/2 " x 13", 18 x 56 Pack

MAINTENANCE

Saniworks Towels

PL-HW8781 White Deluxe Towels, 13" x 21", 100 Sheets

Recycle Wastebasket

They are here for You!

Low profile rectangular Wastebasket.

Polyethylene Bags

PL-KA2818-REC 28 1/8 Quart Blue Recycle Wastebasket

Regular Wastebasket Regular Wastebaskets available in black, grey, brown and beige.

PL-S2636F 26" x 36" Polyethylene Bags, Strong, Black, 200/Box PL-S2636X 26" x 36" Polyethylene Bags, Extra Strong, Black, 125/Box PL-S3038F 30" x 38" Polyethylene Bags, Strong, Black, 200/Box PL-S3550F 35" x 50" Polyethylene Bags, Strong, Black, 125/Box PL-S3550X 35" x 50" Polyethylene Bags, Extra Strong, Black, 100/Box Clear also available add - CL to the above part numbers

www.ereinc.com

PL-KA1358 13 Quart Regular Wastebasket, 11" x 8" x 12" PL-KA2818 28 Quart Regular Wastebasket, 14" x 10" x 15" Add the following codes at the end of the above part numbers: Black (-BL), Grey (-G), Brown (-BR), Beige (-BE)

sales@ereinc.com

245


Paper Products

Folded Paper Towels Excellent for drying hands or cleaning up waterbased liquids. Fits most dispensers.

Hygienic Paper

Paper Towels in Rolls

MAINTENANCE

Best Selling Toilet Paper! Choose between single and 2-ply.

Economical Paper Towels fit most dispensers. Brown or white.

PL-PA433-1 1-Ply Hygienic Paper, 4 Rolls

PL-PA350RKL 350' Brown Paper Towels, 12 Rolls/Case

PL-PASFW White Paper Towels, Single Fold, 250 Towels/Pack, 16 Packs/Case

PL-PA433-2 2-Ply Hygienic Paper, 4 Rolls

PL-PAMFW White Paper Towels, Multi-Fold, 400 Towels/Pack, 10 Packs/Case

PL-PA420R48 2-Ply Hygienic Paper, 420 Towels/Roll, 48 Rolls

Black Double Roll Vertical Dispenser

Single Roll Dispenser

PL-PA248RKL 205' Brown Paper Towels, 24 Rolls/Case PL-PA248RW 205' White Paper Towels, 24 Rolls/Case

Lever Roll Towel Dispenser

Access to second roll granted only when the first roll is empty.

Translucent dispenser with lock. Universal, fits any brand of mini-jumbo paper.

Lever handle treated with Bio-PrufÂŽ to inhibit bacteria growth. For rolls up to 8 1/2" in diameter.

PL-SJ1100 Dispenser, 15 1/2" x 13" x 9 5/8"

PL-SJ3500 Black Vertical Dispenser, 12 3/4" x 7 1/2" x 7"

Available in blue or black

246

PL-SJ2000 Single Roll Dispenser, 12" x 10 5/8" x 5 3/4", Core 3 1/4" Available in blue or black

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Natural

Oil-Only Pads, Rolls, Booms, Socks & Pillows

New COLDFORM Oil-Only Pads & Rolls

Features • Pads are bonded and perforated • Pure meltblown fibers are the most cost-effective absorption technology today • Fast-wicking fibers absorb 25 times their weight in hydrocarbon

MAINTENANCE

Features • COLDFORM natural sorbents offer outstanding absorbency and durability at an unheard value • Each product is constructed from a single layer of extremely fine natural fibers that are point-bonded together • Performance is enhanced by the addition of proprietary chemistry and minimal use of synthetic fibers • Oil only absorbents are a natural white color with additives that maximize the fibers’ water repulsion, flame resistance and protect against microbes such as mold SPK-C100 16" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case SPK-EC100 16" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case

Absorbs Oil-Based Liquids Only SPK-P100 15" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case

SPK-B810 8" x 10" Booms, 4/Case

SPK-P200 15" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case

SPK-MOPO3048 3" x 48" Socks, 30/Case

SPK-EP100 15" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case

SPK-MOPO10120 3" x 120" Socks, 10/Case

SPK-R144 30" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-SP818-20 8" x 18" Pillows, 20/Case

SPK-SR144S 15" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-SP1818-10 18" x 18" Pillows, 10/Case

SPK-B510 5" x 10", Booms, 4/Case

SPK-SAKPIL10 15" x 21" x 6" Pillows, 10/Case

SPK-EC200 16" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case SPK-CR150 28" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case SPK-CSR150 14" x 150" Split Rolls, Heavyweight, 2/Case SPK-CER150 28" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case SPK-CESR150 14" x 150" Split Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case

Bonded Oil-Only Pads, Rolls, Booms, Socks & Pillows Features • Sonic bonded sorbents are constructed from three layers of high quality uniform polypropylene fibers • Oil Select Bonded Pads are ideal for wiping applications when increased tensile strength is necessary • The sonic bonding process creates a stronger more durable fiber, without effecting absorption

SPK-BP100 15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case SPK-BP200 15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case SPK-BEP100 15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case SPK-BR144 30" x 150" Bonded Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case SPK-BSR144S 15" x 150" Bonded Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

247


MAINTENANCE

Versatile Universal Absorbent Good for Oils, Coolants, Solvents & Water New COLDFORM Universal Pads & Rolls - NATURAL Features • COLDFORM natural sorbents offer outstanding absorbency and durability at an unheard value • Each product is constructed from a single layer of extremely fine natural fibers that are point-bonded together • Performance is enhanced by the addition of proprietary chemistry and minimal use of synthetic fibers • Universal absorbents are a gray color with additives that maximize the fibers’ water repulsion, flame resistance and protect against microbes such as mold

SPK-UC100 16" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case SPK-UEC100 16" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight,100/Case SPK-UC200 16" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case SPK-UCR150 28" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case SPK-UCRS150 14" x 150" Split Rolls, Heavyweight, 2/Case SPK-UCER150 28" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case SPK-UCESR150 14" x 150" Split Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case

Universal Absorbents Features • Universal/Chemical sorbents are designed to pick-up aggressive hydrocarbon (oil and water) spills • Suitable for non-aggressive acids, caustics, coolants, solvents, water and solutions

SPK-UP118 15" x 18" Pads Heavyweight, 100/Case SPK-UP200G 15" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case SPK-UP118-9 15" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case SPK-UR136 30" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case SPK-UR118S 15" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case SPK-UR136-9 30" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case SPK-UR118-9 15" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case SPK-UB510 5" x 10" Booms, 4/Case SPK-UB810 8" x 10" Booms, 4/Case SPK-MOPU3048 3" x 48" Socks, 30/Case SPK-MOPU10120 3" x 120" Socks, 10/Case SPK-SPU818-20 8" x 18" Pillows, 20/Case SPK-SPU1818-10 18" x 18" Pillows, 10/Case SPK-GP3048 3" x 48" General Purpose Socks, 30/Case SPK-GP10120 3" x 120" General Purpose Socks, 10/Case

248

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Fast-Acting Granular Absorbents! Oil Gator®

Features • SpeediKleen Premium Oil Absorbent is an all-purpose absorbent designed for the quick cleanup of water, oil and grease • Made from diatomaceous earth, a naturally occurring mineral with superior absorption ability, this high quality product delivers 50% more absorbency per pound than clay alternatives • SpeediKleen premium Oil Absorbent is available in a leak-resistant, moisture-proof polybag • 75 bags/skid

Features • Oil Gator® - Oil Absorbent and Bioremediation Product is made from recycled, chemically modified cellulosic fibers • Contains all the necessary ingredients (nitrogen, sulphur and phosphorous) to enhance biodegradation of hydrocarbons • Absorbs up to six times its weight in oil or oil-based product • Oil Gator® meets all OSHA requirements and is biodegradable • Oil Gator® absorbs and encapsulates hydrocarbons from the surface of land and water. When applied correctly, it will completely absorb toxins preventing them from leaching into the soils or into underground aquifers • Oil Gator ® can be incinerated and will contribute 7,000 BTU's per pound with less than 3% ash. It may be placed into landfills, or nonhazardous oil field waste land farm. The nature of the hydrocarbon absorbed determines the appropriate disposal method. • 50 bags/skid

SPK-HD2205 All Purpose, Granular Absorbent, 20 lbs/Bag

SPK-GATOR30 Oil Gator Bioremedial, Granular Oil Absorbant, 30 lbs/Bag

CanSorb

Gran-Sorb®

Features • Cansorb is a fast acting 100% Organic Oil Absorbent • Picks-up 8 - 12 times its weight in hydrocarbons on land and water • An approved sorbent for leaks and spills in chemical, automotive, and steel facilities, as well as pulp & paper and food processors • Used by professional responders for over 30 years • LFB5: 8 bags/ case, CB20: 30 bags/skid

Features • Gran-Sorb is an oil absorbent that is dust free, highly absorbent and incinerable • Packaged in a loose, particulate form, it is environmentally friendly but also a better performing, more economic sorbent than either clay or sawdust • Acts like a sponge to instantly begin absorbing a broad range of non-aggressive liquids such as oil and water-based fluids, cutting fluids, coolants and many other hazardous / problem liquids from spills and leaks • 65 bags/skid

MAINTENANCE

SpeediKleen

SPK-LFB5 CanSorb, Organic Oil Granular Absorbant, 5 lbs/Bag SPK-CB20 CanSorb, Compressed, Organic Oil Granular Absorbant, 20 lbs/Bag

www.ereinc.com

SPK-GRANSORB Gran-Sorb, Granular Oil Absorbant, 30 lbs/Bag

sales@ereinc.com

249


MAINTENANCE

45 Gallon Spill Kit Includes 50 sorbent pads 3 sorbent booms - 5" x 120" 5 sorbent socks - 3" x 48" 1 bag granular absorbent 1 neoprene drain cover - 36" x 36" 5 disposal bags 1 retractable shovel 2 pairs of safety goggles 2 pairs of nitrile gloves 2 Tyvek suits

Packed for Quick Response!

250 Liter Mobile Spill Kit Includes 1 mobile spill cart 30" x 29" x 42" 100 sorbent pads 4 sorbent socks, 3" x 120" 4 sorbent pillows, 18" x 18" 1 bag of SpeediKleen 1 drain cover, 36" x 36" 3 disposal bags 2 pairs of safety goggles 2 pairs of nitrile gloves

SPK-CSK-F45 Oil Only, 45 Gallon Spill Kit

SPK-CSK-F250M Oil Only, 250 Liter Mobile Spill Kit

SPK-CSKU-F45 Universal, 45 Gallon Spill Kit

SPK-CSKU-F250M Universal, 250 Liter General Purpose Mobile Spill Kit

SPK-CSKH-F45 HazMat, 45 Gallon Spill Kit

SPK-CSKH-F250M HazMat, 250 Liter Mobile Spill Kit

Ideal for Industrial or Construction Operations 6 Pack Cylinder Rack

Poly Stand Gas Cylinder

Dual Cylinder Dolly

Features • Maximize floor space while eliminating clutter and safety hazards by properly storing your industrial cylinders • Efficiently sized to easily move through standard doorways • Forkliftable • Handles cylinders 3" to 10" diameter • Add optional lower strap to bottom for extra security

Features • Ideal for inexpensive wall-mounted storage • Accommodates any two cylinders with diameters of 3" to 12 3/8"

Features • The dual cylinder dolly is designed to be a more functional, maneuverable and better balanced transporter for gas cylinder than conventional dollies or forklifts • Accommodates any two cylinders each up to 12" in diameter • Lightweight and durable polyethylene constuction and effective counter balancing makes it easy to handle with minimum physical effort

SPK-7212-YE 2 Cylinder Poly Stand, 28" L x 14" W x 30" H

SPK-7302-BK Dual Cylinder Dolly, 36.5" L x 26.25" W x 45.2" H

SPK-7202-YE 6 Pack Cylinder Rack,48" L x 31" W x 41" H SPK-7204-BK Caster Frame, 33.5" L x 31.5" W x 4.5" H SPK-7203-BK Ramp, 46" L x 2" W x 6" H

250

Phone Phone:: 1 1 888 888 287 287 3732 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Poly Overpacks

MAINTENANCE

Features • Poly-Overpacks are available in many different sizes from small, medium, large and huge • Overpacks are versatile units that can directly contain solids and sludges with security • With a 1/2 turn lid, these ergonomically designed units allow for easy access unlike traditional "hoop-ring" designs • Overpacks are nestable for easy storage SPK-1220-YE Poly Overpack, 20 Gallon SPK-1230-YE Poly Overpack, 30 Gallon SPK-1065-YE Poly Overpack, 65 Gallon SPK-1237-YE Poly Overpack, 95 Gallon

Easy Transport of Drums Easy Dispensing & Transport of Drums Spill Scooter

Specifications

Spill Scooter

Dimensions

34.62" Dia. x 8.82" H (88 cm x 23 cm)

Weight

22.5 lbs/10.12 kg

Load Bearing Capacity UDL

450 lbs/225 kg

Poly-Dolly Specifications

Poly-Dolly

Dimensions

69" L x 32.5" W x 26.5" H (175 cm x 82 cm x 67cm)

Weight

92 lbs/41.4 kg

Load Bearing Capacity UDL

600 lbs/270 kg

Sump Capacity

80 gal/304 liters

Regulations

EAP 40 CFR 264.175

SPK-5300-YE Poly-Dolly

Sump Capacity 11 gal/41.8 liters SPK-5205-YE Spill Scooter Only Optional metal T-handle (SPK-5206-BK) also available

Pour Liquids without Drips or Splashes

Features • Fits both closed-head and openhead 55 gallon drums, and other containers • Features include patented scalloped design, high side wall and bung fitting holders • The Safety Funnel has all the same features plus a nonsparking safety bung closure with flame arrestor • The optional lockable Poly-Drum Funnel Cover (lock not included) is also available with all hardware and instructions included

Universal Poly Drum Funnel

Drums-Up & Drums-Up Jr. Features • Drums-Up and DrumsUp Jr. let you control nuisance spills • Drums-Up has sump capacity of 19.5 gallons for 55 gallon drums and Drums-Up Jr. has sump capacity of 7.5 gallons for 16 gallon drums and 5 gallon pails

SPK-3004-YE Universal Poly Drum Funnel SPK-3004-YE-SF Universal Poly Drum Funnel, Safety Funnel

SPK-8091-YE Drums-Up, Capacity 19.5 Gallons

SPK-3040-YE Universal Poly Drum Funnel Cover

SPK-8200-YE Drums-Up Jr., Capacity of 7.5 Gallons

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

251


Make Drum Loading a Snap! MAINTENANCE

Workstations Features • With its low profile design, workstations are the easiest to load • One-piece construction optimizes space for increased durability, safety and efficiency • With ample sump capacity in each workstation, this secondary containment product is perfect for a dispensing station or work center • Each workstation is designed for stand alone use or combines other workstations for a customized work area • The rolled-edge design helps resist cracking and warpage • Tough polyethylene construction, cannot rust or corrode • Low profile workstations actually become part of your factory floor, optimizing space for increased safety and efficiency • Large sump capacity catches incidental spills • Multi-purpose work ramp hooks onto any workstation for easy loading • Heavy-duty removable structural foam grates for easy cleaning Specifications

4 Drum Workstation

2 Drum Workstation

Multi-Purpose Workramp

Model #

SPK-5116-YE

SPK-5117-YE

SPK-5111-BK

Dimensions (L x W x H)

52.5" x 53" x 6"

53" x 28.5" x 6"

25.5" x 48" x 6.25"

Weight

83 lbs/32.85 kg 6000 lbs/2700 kg 43 gal/163.4 liters

42 lbs/18 kg 2400 lbs/1080kg 22 gal/83.6 liters

30 lbs/13.5 kg 1000 lbs/450 kg

Load Bearning Capacity UDL Sump Capacity

Poly Spill Pallet 2000 Features • This secondary containment system is engineered to meet the rigors of today’s regulatory environment • With 100% polyethylene, it provides excellent chemical resistance • Optional tarp for outdoor storage and drain hole with plug available SPK-5253-YE Poly Spill Pallet W/ Drain

Specifications

Poly Spill Pallet 2000

Dimensions

53.5" L x 29" W x 17" H (136 cm x 74 cm x 43 cm)

Weight

63 lbs/28.35 kg

Load Bearing Capacity UDL

2000 lbs/900 kg

Sump Capacity

58 gal/220.4 liters

Regulations

EPA 40 CFR 264.175

Optional Ramp

SPK-5039-BK

Ramp Extender

SPK-5038-BK

SPK-5253-YE-D Poly Spill Pallet, With Drain SPK-5039-BK Optional Ramp SPK-5038-BK Ramp Extender

2 Drum Hardcover & Spill Pallet Features • Ideal for indoor/outdoor storage of up to two 55 gallon drums • Roll-top design allows for use in limited space or next to buildings where swing-open doors would be a problem • Top or front/rear loadable, lockable door, used in conjunction with Poly Spill Pallet 2000 (SPK-5253-YE) • Optional ramp and drain

252

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Great for Outdoor Storage SPK-4062-YE 2 Drum Hardcover W/O Drain SPK-4062-YE-D 2 Drum Hardcover W/ Drain SPK-5039-BK Optional Ramp SPK-5038-BK Ramp Extender

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Roof Leak Diverter

Protect your Facility & your Employees! Features • Keep fluid leaks off the floor eliminating slip hazards and exposure • 18" H and 18" diameter opening • Bottom fitting connects to a standard garden hose • Rugged, 18 oz coated vinyl construction • Includes bungee cords and hooks for quick installation

Features • This large, vinyl-coated fabric catches roof leaks and channels them to standard hose hook-up • Hose can then be directed to proper drainage • Lightweight flame retardant material • Heavy-duty D-rings securely attached in each corner make installation quick and easy SPK-2525 2.5' x 2.5' Roof Leak Diverter

MAINTENANCE

Pipe Leak Diverter

SPK-1780 Pipe Leak Diverter

SPK-LD38 3' x 8' Roof Leak Diverter SPK-1785 5' x 5' Roof Leak Diverter

Drain Protection

SPK-LD510 5' x 10' Roof Leak Diverter SPK-LD515 5' x 15' Roof Leak Diverter SPK-1787 10' x 10' Roof Leak Diverter SPK-1789 15' x 15' Roof Leak Diverter

Drain Plugs Features • Tapered design wedges securely into standard drains to stop any flow • Eyebolts are removable, allowing installation of grating with Drain Plug in place • Non-absorbing, easily cleaned for repeated use • Flexible polyurethane material - resists oil, water and most aggressive chemicals • Cleans with soap and water

Features • Reinforced mesh is "sandwiched" between layers of polyurethane increases durability and resistance to tearing • Unique, urethane construction allows the pad to deform and seal off most drains - temporarily "seals" to any smooth surface. • Both sides will quickly seal drains - there is no specified "top" or "bottom" • Optional Ultra-Drain Seal Wall Mount Units allow quick response to any spill - just "grab and go" • Flexible, non-absorbing material with reinforced, tear-resistant mesh • Resists oil, water and most aggressive chemicals, cleans with soap and water

SPK-2113 Drain Plug, 2" Diameter SPK-2114 Drain Plug, 3" Diameter

SPK-2126 18" x 18" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal

SPK-2115 Drain Plug, 4" Diameter

SPK-2127 24" x 24" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal

SPK-2117 Drain Plug, 6" Diameter

SPK-2130 36" x 36" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal

SPK-2118 Drain Plug, 8" Diameter

SPK-2131 42" x 42" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal

SPK-2119 Drain Plug, 10" Diameter

SPK-2132 48" x 48" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal

SPK-2121 Drain Plug, 12" Diameter SPK-2116 3 Plug Kit (Includes One Each Of The 2", 3" & 4" Ultra-Drain Plugs & Plastic Carrying Case)

www.ereinc.com

SPK-DC36 36" x 36" Economical Square Black Neoprene Drain Cover SPK-DC48 48" x 48" Economical Square Black Neoprene Drain Cover

sales@ereinc.com

253


HEALTH & SAFETY

Synthetic / Vinyl Disposable Gloves

Features Premium quality synthetic material, beaded cuffs, latex free, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement Recommended For Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary

RONCO GOLD-TOUCH

RONCO PURE-TOUCH

Synthetic Stretch Examination Disposable Gloves

Synthetic Stretch Examination Disposable Gloves

Medical Device License

Medical Device License

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

RO-1629 GOLD-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-1429 GOLD-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-225 PURE-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-229 PURE-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-1639 GOLD-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-1439 GOLD-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-235 PURE-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-239 PURE-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-1649 GOLD-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-1449 GOLD-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-245 PURE-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-249 PURE-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-1659 GOLD-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-1459 GOLD-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-255 PURE-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-259 PURE-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RONCO ALOE

RONCO NITECH®

Synthetic Stretch Disposable Gloves with Aloe

NITECH® Examination Gloves Fabricated from special materials, this glove offers flexibility, touch sensitivity and elasticity while maintaining the durability and resistance to some chemicals. Features Made from a patented new material, beaded cuffs, latex free, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement

Medical Device License

Powder Free

Medical Device License

Powder Free

RO-627 ALOE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-647 ALOE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-365 NITECH®, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-395 NITECH®, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-637 ALOE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-657 ALOE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-375 NITECH®, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-395XX NITECH®, Size XX-Large, 90/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

254

RO-385 NITECH®, Size Large, 100/Box

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Nitrile Disposable Gloves

RONCO NITRILE

RONCO BLURITE Nitrile

Nitrile Diamond Textured Examination Gloves Features Comfort, strength, durability, dexterity, diamond textured advanced technology, touch sensitivity, textured palm, 5 mil thickness, backhand and fingertips

Examination Gloves 4 mil thickness

HEALTH & SAFETY

Features 100% Nitrile, beaded cuffs, latex free, non-sterile, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatique, ease of finger movement. Recommended For Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, chemicals, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial, meat packing, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary

Offers the best non-slip grip available in the market!

Powder Free RO-962 NITRILE Diamond, Size Small, 100/Box

Medical Device License

RO-972 NITRILE Diamond, Size Medium, 100/Box RO-982 NITRILE Diamond, Size Large, 100/Box RO-992 NITRILE Diamond, Size X-Large, 100/Box RO-992XX NITRILE Diamond, Size XX-Large, 90/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Medical Device License

RONCO BLURITE PLUS

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

RO-969 BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-929 BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-979 BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-939 BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-989 BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-949 BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-999 BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-959 BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-999XX BLURITE, Size XX-Large, 90/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Purple Nitrile Examination Gloves 4 mil thickness

SAFETYHOUSE Nitrile Disposable Gloves 4 mil thickness

Medical Device License

Powder Free

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

RO-963 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-923 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-973 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-933 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-966 BLURITE PLUS, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-986 BLURITE PLUS, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-983 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-943 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-976 BLURITE PLUS, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-996 BLURITE PLUS, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-993 SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-953 SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

255


HEALTH & SAFETY

Latex Disposable Gloves

256

Features Premium quality latex, beaded cuffs, first rate elasticity, excellent flexibility, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement, resists a variety of chemicals. Recommended For Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, chemicals, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial. meat packing, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary.

RONCO SILKTEX

RONCO SILKTEX XPL

Latex Examination Gloves 5 mil thickness

Latex Examination Gloves 12" Long, 13 mil thick

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

Powder Free

RO-819 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-519 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-865XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size Small, 50/Box

RO-829 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-529 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-875XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size Medium, 50/Box

RO-839 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-539 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-885XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size Large, 50/Box

RO-849 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-549 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-895XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size X-Large, 50/Box

RO-859 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-559 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RONCO SILKTEX BLUE

SAFETYHOUSE

Latex Disposable Gloves 5 mil thickness

Latex Disposable Gloves 5 mil thickness

Lightly Powdered

Powder Free

Lightly Powdered

RO-529BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-823 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-523 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-539BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-833 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-533 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-549BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-843 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-543 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-559BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-853 SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-553 SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Polyethylene Disposable Gloves RONCO POLY

HEALTH & SAFETY

Features Polyethylene, excellent flexibility, ease of finger movement Recommended for Food service, hospitality, janitorial, painting, veterinary RO-141 POLY CLEAR, Size Small, 10 000/Case RO-142 POLY CLEAR, Size Medium, 10 000/Case RO-143 POLY CLEAR, Size Large, 10 000/Case RO-144 POLY CLEAR, Size X-Large, 10 000/Case RO-148B POLY BLUE, One Size Shoulder Length, 1000/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Disposable Glove Dispenser - Copolyester Features • Smooth edges • Fracture resistant • Pre-drilled holes for easy wall mounting • Clear plastic for easy glove identification • Individually packed

Dispenses One Glove at a Time

GC-1000 Polypropylene Disposable Glove Dispenser Features • Flip up top • Glove size labels included • Made from polypropylene • Transparent for easy restocking • Wall mounting screws included • Strong, rugged and completely washable

RO-4285 Glove Dispenser, One Size, 4 Dispensers/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RO-4275 Glove Dispenser, One Size, Individual

Sol-Fit Reusable Nitrile Gloves, Unlined and Flocklined

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Nitrile industrial gloves are made from a co-polymer of acrylonitrile and butadiene. They protect well against physical hazards such as punctures, cuts, snags and abrasions. Nitrile also resists a wide range of chemicals, oils, fuels and organic solvents. Features 100% premium nitrile, available in unlined or flocklined, colour: green, straight cuffs, recessed diamond textured surface, offers high flexibility and ease of finger movement, very high resistance to a variety of chemicals, excellent protection against cuts, punctures and snags Size Small (7) Medium (8) Large (9) X-Large (10) XX-Large (11)

Flocklined 15 mil, 13" RO-19-923-07 RO-19-923-08 RO-19-923-09 RO-19-923-10 RO-19-923-11

Unlined 11 mil, 13" RO-29-913-07 RO-29-913-08 RO-29-913-09 RO-29-913-10 RO-29-913-11

Unlined 15 mil, 13" RO-29-923-07 RO-29-923-08 RO-29-923-09 RO-29-923-10 RO-29-923-11

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

12 Pairs/Bag

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

257


HEALTH & SAFETY

Light-Fit, Light Duty Natural Latex Gloves, Flocklined

Nite-Lite Coated gloves offer outstanding grip and dexterity on wet and dry surfaces. They are recommended for applications that require a tough glove that provides cuts, snags and puncture protection as well as liquid proofing on the inside face of the glove. They are the number one choice of mechanics, metal workers, maintenance staff and other industrial workers. Features 100% nylon glove, 100% foam nitrile coating, nitrile coating on palm, fingers and fingertips, knitwrist cuffs, colour coded wristband, excellent grip and dexterity, prevents penetration of oils and other liquids, protects against cuts, abrasion, snags, and punctures, each pair wrapped individually.

Light-Fit Features 100% cotton lining for added comfort, colour: yellow or blue, pinked cuffs, fish scale texture for strong grip, good elasticity, strong and durable, high resistance to a variety of chemicals

Size Small (7) Medium (8) Large (9) X-Large (10)

Yellow 16 mil, 12" RO-15-332-07 RO-15-332-08 RO-15-332-09 RO-15-332-10

Blue 16 mil, 12" RO-15-532-07 RO-15-532-08 RO-15-532-09 RO-15-532-10

Size Small (7) Medium (8) Large (9) X-Large (10) XX-Large (11)

12 Pairs/Bag

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

A Comfortable Fit!

Black / Black RO-76-600-07 RO-76-600-08 RO-76-600-09 RO-76-600-10 RO-76-600-11

12 Pairs/Bag

Poly Cotton String Knit Features Cotton and polyester blend, colour: natural or bleached white, knitwrist cuffs, size colour coded wristband, washable, stretches easily, comfortable and breathable Size X-Small Small Medium Large X-Large

Glove with

BLUE LINE

Natural RO-65-010-06 RO-65-010-07 RO-65-010-08 RO-65-010-09 RO-65-010-10

12 Pairs/Bag

258

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961

Bleached RO-65-012-06 RO-65-012-07 RO-65-012-08 RO-65-012-09 RO-65-012-10


Split Leather Fitter - PE Features Safety cuff features premium quality leather, cotton lined palm, reinforced finger tips and knuckle strap, polyethylene safety cuffs, washable, repels grease and liquids

Safetyhouse Grain Leather Fitter Features Standard quality grain leather, patch palm, cotton lined palm, reinforced finger tips and knuckle strap, PE safety cuffs

Polyethylene Aprons Features Made from polyethylene, smooth finish, size: 28" x 46", colour: white or blue, 3 thicknesses: standard, premium or Safetyhouse, flexible and lightweight

RO-31-112 Standard Poly Aprons, 1000/Case RO-165W SAFETYHOUSE Economy Poly Aprons, 1000/Case RO-31-124 Premium Poly Aprons, 500/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

HEALTH & SAFETY

White

Blue RO-31-512 Standard Poly Aprons, 1000/Case RO-165B SAFETYHOUSE Economy Poly Aprons, 1000/Case RO-217 Safetyhouse PE Safety Cuff, One Size, 12 Pairs/Bag

RO-74-021-00 PE Safety Cuff, One Size, 12 Pairs/Bag

RO-31-524 Premium Poly Aprons, 500/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Polyurethane Aprons Features 100% polyurethane, die cut or adjustable straps models, sizes: 35" x 45" or 35" x 50", colour: white, yellow or blue, thickness: 5.5 mil, durable material, stretches more than conventional material, easy to clean, exceptional resistance to a wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols

White RO-38-162W Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case RO-38-162WL Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case RO-38-164W Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Flexible & Lightweight! Polyethylene Sleeves Features Made from polyethylene, smooth finish, standard length: 18", safetyhouse length: 16", colour: white or blue, 3 thicknesses: standard, premium or safetyhouse, flexible and lightweight, resists a variety of chemicals, fats and oils

White RO-33-113 Standard Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case

Yellow RO-38-162Y Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case RO-38-162YL Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case RO-38-164Y Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Blue RO-38-162B Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case RO-38-162BL Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case RO-38-164B Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

www.ereinc.com

RO-33-123 Premium Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case RO-155W SAFETY HOUSE Economy Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Blue RO-33-513 Standard Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case RO-33-523 Premium Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case RO-155B SAFETY HOUSE Economy Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

sales@ereinc.com

259


Polyurethane Sleeves

HEALTH & SAFETY

Features 100% Polyurethane, length: 19.5", colour: white, blue or yellow, thickness: 5.5 mil, heavy duty strength, easy to clean, resistant to wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols

RO-39-368W White Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case RO-39-368B Blue Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case RO-39-368Y Yellow Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Cova-Cap Pleated Bouffant

Shoe Covers

Features 100% non-woven polypropylene, pleated, latex free, diameter: 21" or 24", colour: blue, green, pink, white or yellow, soft elastic headband for maximum protection and hair retention, fluid resistant, lightweight and breathable, ideal for department colour coding

21"

24"

RO-771 White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-781 White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-773 Yellow Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-785 Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-775 Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

Features • 100% polypropylene • Colour: blue • Anti-slip strips • Durable

RO-1991S Shoe Covers, Small, 1000/Case RO-1991 Shoe Covers, Regular, 1000/Case RO-1991XL Shoe Covers, X-Large, 1000/Case

RO-777 Pink Cova-Cap, 1000/Case RO-779 Green Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

260

Rainsuit

Long Raincoat

Features • PVC / Polyester / PVC • Thickness: 14 mil or 0.35 mm • Storm front with plastic snaps • Hooded jacket: 30" long with detachable hood • Overalls with adjustable shoulder straps and ankle snaps

Features • PVC / Polyester / PVC • 50" long • Thickness: 14 mil or 0.35 mm • Storm front with plastic snaps • Detachable hood

RO-90-100-S Rainsuits, Small, 12/Case

RO-90-200-S Raincoats, Small, 12/Case

RO-90-100-M Rainsuits, Medium, 12/Case

RO-90-200-M Raincoats, Medium, 12/Case

RO-90-100-L Rainsuits, Large, 12/Case

RO-90-200-L Raincoats, Large, 12/Case

RO-90-100-XL Rainsuits, X-Large, 12/Case

RO-90-200-XL Raincoats, X-Large, 12/Case

RO-90-100-2XL Rainsuits, XX-Large, 12/Case

RO-90-200-2XL Raincoats, XX-Large, 12/Case

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Tyvek®

Accessories

Tyvek spunbonded olefin by DuPont has been hailed for years. It has served reliably as the unique material that imparts high strength, flexibility, durability, great barrier qualities and wearer comfort to protective clothing. Superior barrier, durability and breathability leave competitive materials far behind. ®

LL-01101 Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case LL-01201 Shirt, 3 Snaps, Long Sleeves, 50/Case LL-01306 Pants, 1" Elastic Waist, 50/Case

LL-713 Hood (Elastic Face), Covers Shoulders, One size, 250/Case

LL-01412 Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case

LL-901 Shoe Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs

LL-01414 Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case

LL-901NS Non-skid Shoe Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs

LL-01417 Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-902 Boot Covers, Snap Closure, Non Skid Soles (17" High), 200 Pairs

LL-01428 Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-903NS Non-Skid Boot Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs

Sizes small to 6X available Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number

Sizes small to 6X available Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number

HEALTH & SAFETY

LL-701 Hood, Drawstring Closure, One Size, 250/Case

Economical Microporous Protection from Dirt, Grease, Grime & Light Chemical Splash MicroMax® NS

SafeGard® Economy SMS

This line of general purpose protective clothing can be used in any non-hazardous environment where dirt, grime, splashes and spills are present.

SafeGard® Economy SMS Garments are an economical version of SafeGard® SMS and offer similar protection. With a fabric weight of 50 grams, these garments are lighter and offer better breathability and increased comfort, meeting ANSI/ISEA 101-1996 sizing requirements. No pockets or elastic in back help to keep the cost low. Available in white or blue.

Very economical and lightweight, MicroMAX® NS features high MVTR’s and is breathable for worker comfort. MicroMAX® NS is strong, wet or dry.

LL-C8412-W White Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case LL-C8414-W White Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case LL-C8417-W White Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-CNS412 Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case LL-CNS414 Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case LL-CNS417 Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case LL-CNS428 Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case LL-CTL101 Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case LL-CTL201 Shirt, 3 Snaps, Long Sleeves, 50/Case

LL-C8428-W White Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case LL-C8101-W Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case LL-C8501-W White Smock, Long Sleeves, Attached Ties, 50/Case LL-C8412-B Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case LL-C8414-B Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case LL-C8417-B Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-CTL301 Pants, Elastic Waist, 50/Case LL-CTL904 Shoe Covers, Vinyl Soles, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs/Case LL-CTL905 Boot Covers, Vinyl Soles, Elastic Ankles & Tops (17" High), 200 Pairs/Case Sizes small to 6X available Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number

www.ereinc.com

LL-C8428-B Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case Sizes small to 6X available Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to part the number

sales@ereinc.com

261


Entry Level Chemical Protective Garment HEALTH & SAFETY

ChemMAX® 1 ChemMAX® is constructed with a unique polyethylene barrier film and a continuous filament polypropylene nonwoven. ChemMAX® 1 garments bar many harmful contaminants from penetrating to inner clothing. ChemMAX® fits the Lakeland standard at a price you can afford. Warnings 1. ChemMAX® 1 is not flame resistant and should not be used around heat, flame sparks, or in potentially flammable or explosive environments. 2. Garments made of ChemMAX® 1 should have slip resistant or anti-slip materials on the outer surface of boots, shoe covers or other garment surfaces in conditions where slipping could occur. LL-C1B428-SZ ChemMAX 1® Coverall, Bound Seams, Comes W/ Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case Sizes small to 6X available Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number

The Highest ®Level of ChemMAX 3 Protection Available! ChemMAX® 3 Ideal for the industrial environment as well as emergency responders and law enforcement, ChemMAX® 3 uses the latest technology to produce a superior product. Durable and lightweight, ChemMAX® 3 provides a barrier against a broad spectrum of toxic industrial chemicals, dual use chemicals, chemical warfare agents and other harmful contaminants. The multi-layer film is applied to a heavy polypropylene nonwoven for increased strength and durability. The barrier film is significantly softer than other products on the market, resulting in a quiet, more comfortable garment.

LL-C3T130 ChemMAX 3® Coverall, Sealed Seams, Comes W/ Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 6/Case LL-C3T132 ChemMAX 3® Coverall, Sealed Seams, Comes W/ Attached Respirator Fit Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 6/Case Sizes small to 6X available Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number

262

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

ChemMAX® 2 ChemMAX® 2 offering quality, value, durability and the proven protection of Dow Saranex® 23P barrier film. ChemMAX® 2 is the second level of barrier protection. ChemMax® 2 is a superior and economical chemical protective suit. The unparalleled strength and softness of ChemMAX® 2' features Dow Saranex® 23P film on two layers of a unique bi-component spunbond nonwoven substrate and provides protection for chemical mixing and handling, environmental clean up, hazardous materials remediation and response, pharmaceutical manufacturing, spray painting and general industry. ChemMAX® 2 is useful in protecting against hazardous chemicals and contaminants found in the work place. Warnings 1. ChemMAX® 2 is not flame resistant and should not be used around heat, flame sparks, or in potentially flammable or explosive environments. 2. Garments made of ChemMAX® 2 should have slip resistant or anti-slip materials on the outer surface of boots, shoe covers or other garment surfaces in conditions where slipping could occur. LL-C2T130 ChemMax 2® Coverall, Sealed Seams, Comes W/ Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 6/Case Sizes small to 6X available Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number

Polycotton Coveralls These generously sized Polycotton (65% polyester, 35% cotton) Coveralls offer complete coverage and all day protection on the job site. Quality seam work is reinforced on all stress points to guarantee durable, long-term wear. Suitable for most job applications, construction sites, automotive garages, agriculture, farms, forestry, or general work at home. Quality textile material will withstand industrial laundering. Material is 262 grams (10.5 oz per square yard). Coveralls feature 1 right chest pocket with snap closure, 1 left chest pocket with open top and pencil divider, 2 front waist pockets plus an additional inside pocket, action back waist for greater movement and comfort, 2 back pockets and 1 side pocket on pant leg for ruler/rod, 2 position adjustable snap wrist closures, and a concealed front zipper closure. Also available in tall sizes. Available in sizes 34- 60.

Part # WAS-C01060234 WAS-C01060236 WAS-C01060238 WAS-C01060240 WAS-C01060242 WAS-C01060244 WAS-C01060246

Size 34 36 38 40 42 44 46

12/Case

Fax : (514) 326 8961

Part # WAS-C01060248 WAS-C01060250 WAS-C01060252 WAS-C01060254 WAS-C01060256 WAS-C01060258 WAS-C01060260

Size 48 50 52 54 56 58 60


Traffic Vest This popular solid polyester tear-away Traffic Vest offers 360 degrees if visibility with reflective tape. It features reflective stripes on the front, 2 360 degree reflective bands around waist, and a "X" on the back. Velcro closures on shoulders and front closure allow for more individual sizing and quick safety release.

WAS-580370 Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Small / Medium, 25/Pack WAS-580371 Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Medium / Large, 25/Pack

WAS-580373 Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Small / Medium, 25/Pack WAS-580374 Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Medium / Large, 25/Pack WAS-580375 Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Large / X-Large, 25/Pack One band vest around the waist also available upon request.

A700 Series

V-MAXX Goggle

Wrap around safety glasses

Features • Sport temples • Distortion free • CSA approved • Wrap around design • Soft temples tip pads • Polycarbonate hardcoat lenses • Available with clear, grey lenses or silver tint

Features • CSA approved • Wrap around style • Adjustable headband • 180 degrees field of vision • Fog Ban® anti-fog coated lenses • Available with direct or indirect ventilation • Can be worn over most prescription glasses • Offered with elastic or neoprene headband

Features • Silver frame • Coated clear lens • Molded nose bridge • Lightweight • Integrated side shields • Adjustable side arms

RO-SP-A700 A700 Clear Lens, 10/Box

RO-SP-11250800-B V-MAXX Goggle Direct Vent / Elastic Headband, 10/Box

RO-82-350-C Wrap Around Clear Lens, 144/Case

RO-SP-A704 A700 Silver Tint Lens, 10/Box

RO-SP-11250800-E V-MAXX Goggle Direct Vent / Elastic Headband, Each

RO-82-350-B Wrap Around Clear Lens, 12/Box

RO-SP-A701 A700 Grey Lens, 10/Box

RO-SP-11250810-B V-MAXX Goggle Indirect Vent / Neoprene Headband, 10/Box

HEALTH & SAFETY

WAS-580372 Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Large / X-Large, 25/Pack

RO-SP-11250810-E V-MAXX Goggle Indirect Vent / Neoprene Headband, Each

Genesis

Leightening Earmuffs

Features • Anti-fog • CSA approved • Scratch resistant • Adjustable temple length • Lifetime frame guarantee • Adjustable lens inclination • Lens replacement available • Flexible fingers nose bridge • Polycarbonate wrap around lenses

Features • Robust steel wire construction • Replaceable snap in ear cushions • Padded foam headband • Telescopic height adjustment

RO-SP-1010922 LEIGHTENING L1 NRR 25, 20/Case RO-SP-1010923 LEIGHTENING L2 NRR 27, 20/Case RO-SP-1010924 LEIGHTENING L3 NRR 30, 20/Case

RO-SP-S3200X GENESIS Safety Glasses, 10/Box RO-SP-S6900X Replacement Lens, 10/Box

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

263


HEALTH & SAFETY

MAX LITE Earplugs Features • Expand easily • Low pressure foam • Contoured t-shape • Sized for smaller ear canals • Available uncorded or corded • 30 NRR

LASER LITE Earplugs

Comfortable Design!

Features • Self adjusting • Easy insertion • Vibrant colours • Countoured t-shap • Fits every ear canal type • Available corded or uncorded • 32 NRR

RO-SP-LPF-1-B MAX LITE Uncorded, 200 Pairs/Box

RO-SP-LL-1-B LASER LITE Uncorded, 200 Pairs/Box

RO-SP-LPF-C MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LL-1-C LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LPF-30-B MAX LITE Corded 100, Pairs/Box

RO-SP-LL-30-B LASER LITE Corded, 100 Pairs/Box

RO-SP-LPF-30-C MAX LITE Corded 1000, Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LL-30-C LASER LITE Corded, 1000 Pairs/Case

Ideal for Workshops or Work Spaces! LEIGHT SOURCE 400

LEIGHT SOURCE 500

Features • Holds 400 pairs • Catch receptacle • Weight: 1.5 kg (3 lbs) • Durable plastic design • Dimensions: 15.2 x 7.48 x 7.67 • Table stand or wall mounted • Twist knob dispensing mechanism

Features • Holds 500 pairs • Mounts on wall • Dimensions: 11.5 x 8.25 x 24 • Weight: 3.85 kg (8.5 lbs) • Heavy duty anodized aluminum • Durable crank handle dispensing mechanism RO-SP-LS-500 LEIGHT SOURCE 500 Refills

RO-SP-LS-400 LEIGHT SOURCE 400

RO-SP-MAX-1-D MAX Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

Refills

RO-SP-LPF-1-D MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-MAX-LS4 MAX Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LL-1-D LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LPF-LS4 MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-MTX-1-OR-D MATRIX Orange Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LL-LS4 LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-QD-1-DS QUIET Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-MTX-1-LS4 MATRIX Orange Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

Be safe while you work ... Protect your Eardrums, Wear Earplugs!

264

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


RONCO N95 Particulate Respirators

3M™ Particulate Respirator 8511, N95

HEALTH & SAFETY

Features Made of polypropylene, latex free, double head straps, soft metal nose piece, adjusts to all facial contours, effective against particulate aerosols, also offered with exhalation valve, 95% filtration efficiency

Is uniquely designed to help provide protection against certain non-oil based particles. It is ideally suited for work settings that involve heat, humidity, or long periods of wear.

RO-5620 N95 Regular Masks, 20/Box RO-5630 N95 Valved Masks, 10/Box

X-plore 1300 Series Integrated strap tension adjuster to allow the wearer to fine tune the mask for proper comfort. Continuous looped textile strap allows for a drop down feature around neck when not in use. Two sizes available in all protection levels (N95, N95V, N95V odor, R95, R95V). Comfort nose pad provides additional sealing protection in nose area. Strong, plastic coated nose clip holds its form with minimal spring back memory. Passes European flammability tests.

8511 3MTM N95 Valved Masks, 10/Box

X-plore Twin Filter Respirator System Features • NIOSH approved • Half masks available as no maintenance (3300) or reusable (3500) • 3 sizes (S,M,L) of half masks • Flexi-Fit harness system is extremely comfortable • Masks have few parts for low cost and easy maintenance • Assemblies are light weight • Full face mask (5500) design based on Panorama 3 sizes (S,M,L) in one mask • Available with particulate, gas & vapor, or combination cartridges • Swept back design allows filters to fit under face shield • Cartridges and filters available for a wide range of industrial applications • Minimum 4 year shelf life of cartridge • Expiration dates are stamped on label

X-plore 3300 Economical Half Mask DR-R55331 Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Small DR-R55330 Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Medium DR-R55332 Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Large

DR-3951220 N95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 20/Box DR-3951230 N95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Medium /Large, 20/Box

X-plore 3500 Economical Half Mask

DR-3951221 N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Small /Medium, 10/Box

DR-R55351 Half Mask X-Plore, Small

DR-3951231 N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 10/Box

DR-R55350 Half Mask X-Plore, Medium

DR-3951222 N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, OV Nuisance Odor, Small / Medium, 10/Box

DR-R55352 Half Mask X-Plore, Large

DR-3951232 N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, OV Nuisance Odor, Medium / Large, 10/Box DR-3951225 R95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 20/Box DR-3951235 R95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 20/Box DR-3951226 R95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 10/Box DR-3951236 R95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 10/Box

www.ereinc.com

X-plore 5500 Full Face Mask DR-R55270 Full Face Mask, X-Plore, Twin Filter System DR-R56655 Full Face Mask, X-Plore, Twin Filter System W/ Stainless Steel Lens Frame & Triplex Glass Lens

sales@ereinc.com

265


HEALTH & SAFETY

X-plore Particle Filters

Application Industry

Filter Type

Welding

P100

Soldering

P100

Sanding wood

P100

Applying wood varnishes containing solvents

OV with N95 prefilter

Painting Painting using paints containing organic solvents

OV with N95 prefilter

Agriculture

DR-6738012 P100, 22/Box DR-6738020 N95 Filter Pad, 20/Box

Spraying or atomized pesticides

OV with N95 prefilter

DR-6738021 R95 Filter Pad, 20/Box

Applying pesticides in powder form

P100

DR-6738038 Filter Pad Retainer, 12/Box (Use To Add N95 Or R95 Filter To Cartridge)

Working in animal waste areas

AM/MA

DR-6738039 Filter Pad Base, 12/Box (Combine W/ Filter Pad Retainer To Use As Respirator Only W/ N95 Or R95 Filters)

General Industrial Applications Applying epoxy and polyester resins

OV with N95 prefilter

DR-6738392 X-Plore Pure P100 Pancake Filter W/ OV / AG Nuisance Odor Protection, 20/Box

Working with solvent-based detergents (acetone-free)

OV with N95 prefilter

DR-6738356 Adapter For Attaching Pure Filters To Gas Cartridges, 10/Box

Acid etching

AG with N95 prefilter

DR-6738350 X-Plore Pure P100 Pancake Filter, 20/Box

X-plore Gas & Vapor Cartridges

X-plore Combination Cartridges DR-6738034 Organic Vapor / P100, 14/Box DR-6738035 Organic Vapor / Acid Gas / P100 + Formaldehyde, Chlorine Dioxide, Hydrogen Fluoride, 14/Box DR-6738036 Acid Gas / P100, 14/Box DR-6738037 Ammonia / Methylamine / P100, 14/Box DR-6738361 Multi-Gas+ / P100 (OV/CL/HC/SD/HF/FM/CD/AM/MA/HS/P100), 14/Box

DR-6738024 Organic Vapor, 20/Box DR-6738025 Organic Vapor / Acid Gas + Formaldehyde, Chlorine Dioxide, Hydrogen Fluoride, 20/Box DR-6738026 Acid Gas, 20/Box DR-6738027 Ammonia / Methylamine, 20/Box DR-6738007 A1B1E1K1 (European Approved, Not NIOSH), 20/Box DR-6738351 Multi-Gas+ (OV/CL/HC/SD/HF/FM/CD/AM/MA/HS), 20/Box

266

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator 7500 Series, Ultimate Reusable, Small, Medium & Large

3M™ Full Facepiece 6000 Series, Small, Medium & Large

This Half Facepiece was designed with the wearer in mind. Its soft sealing surface, along with a uniquely designed, 3M™ Cool Flow™ Exhalation Valve, enhances wearer comfort and face fit. 7501 3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator, Small, Each

6700 3M™ Full Face Mask, Small, Each

7502 3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator, Medium, Each

6800 3M™ Full Face Mask, Medium, Each

7503 3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator, Large, Each

6900 3M™ Full Face Mask, Large, Each

3M™ Powerflow™ Face-Mounted Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) This respirator is a lightweight, face-mounted Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR). It uses a single high efficiency filter for protection against dusts, mists, fumes and radionuclides, making it ideal for lead, asbestos and other hazardous particulates.

HEALTH & SAFETY

Use with 3M™ Filters 2000 Series, 3M™ Filter 7093, P100, 3M™ Cartridges 6000 Series, or 3M™ Dual Airline Systems against a variety of gases, vapours and particulate hazards according to NIOSH approvals.

3M™ Cartridges 6001, 6002, 6003, 6004 & 6005 NIOSH approved. Use with 3M™ Half and Full Facepieces 6000 Series and 3M™ Half and Full Facepieces 7000 Series with bayonet style cartridge holders. Sold per pair.

6001 3M™ Organic Vapor Cartridge 6001 6002 3M™ Acid Gas Cartridge 6002 6003 3M™ Organic Vapor / Acid Gas Cartridge 6003 6800PF 3M™ Powerflow™, Medium, Each

6004 3M™ Ammonia Methylamine Cartridge 6004

6900PF 3M™ Powerflow™, Large, Each

6005 3M™ Formaldehyde / Organic Vapor Cartridge 6005

3M™ High Efficiency Filter 450-01-01R20

3M™ Particulate Filter 7093, P100

Used on 3M™ Powerflow™ Systems for protection against high efficiency particulates.

NIOSH approved for environments containing certain oil and non-oil based particles. Use with 3M™ Respirators 5000 Series or 3M™ Cartridges 6000 Series with 3M™ Adapter 502, 3M™ Facepieces 6000 Series, or 3M™ Facepieces 7000 Series with bayonet filter holders. 7093 3M™ Particulate Filter P100, 4/Pack

450-01-01R20 3M™ High Efficiency Filter, 20/Case

www.ereinc.com

7093-C 3M™ Particulate Filter P100, 60/Case

sales@ereinc.com

267


Eye Wash Stations HEALTH & SAFETY

Pure Flow 1000® Features • Fluid reservoir • Colour: green • Constant flow rate • Single bracket mounting system • Self contained • Easy to activate • No plumbing required • Easy cartridge replacement

Porta Stream II®

Flash Flood®

Features • Sturdy molded • Portable construction • Self contained • Easy to use full flow • Colour: green nozzles straps • 6 litre capacity • Fluid flushing options • 15 minutes flow cycle

Features • Portable • Light weight • Dual nozzle • Colour: green • Efficient full flow nozzles • Quick change cartridges • Sturdy molded construction

RO-SP-32-000400-0000 Flash Flood®, English & French W/ 1 Gallon Eyesaline Solution RO-SP-32-001000-0000 Pure Flow 1000®, English & French

RO-SP-32-000200-0020 Porta Stream II®, English & French W/ 180 oz Eyesaline Solution

RO-SP-32-000401-0020 Flash Flood® Cartridge Refill, English

RO-SP-32-001050-0020 Pure Flow 1000® Cartridge

RO-SP-32-000513-0020 Porta Stream II® 180 oz Eyesaline Concentrate, 4/Case

RO-SP-32-000401-0022 Flash Flood® Cartridge Refill, French

A79 Hard Hat

A89 Hard Hat

This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a pin lock. ANSI Type 1 Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 10.4 oz.

This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, foam liner, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a quick fit adjustment with forehead comfort band and crown pad. CSA and ANSI Type II Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 14.7 oz.

WAS-A79001 White A79 Hard Hat, Each WAS-A79004 Dark Green A79 Hard Hat, Each WAS-A79002 Yellow A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A89001 White A89 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79003 Orange A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A89004 Dark Green A89 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79005 Hi-Viz Orange A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A89002 Yellow A89 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79015 Red A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A89003 Orange A89 Hard Hat, Each

A79 Ratchet Hard Hat This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a ratchet. This ratchet adjustment offers a tighter, more comfortable fit. ANSI Type 1 Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 11.6 oz. WAS-A79R01 White A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each WAS-A79R02 Yellow A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

268

Ratchet Take-Up Headgear This headgear features a 4" protective sparkguard and a fully adjustable crown strap. The crown strap has a ratchet type suspension for easy personal adjustment. Adjustment components located at both sides of the crown allow the window to be raised and held at a desired position. The pivoting guard allows the visor to lift up when not in use. The added feature of a universal locking cam system allows most visors to securely attach to the headgear. Faceshields are sold separately.

WAS-A79R03 Orange A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

WAS-244065 Ratchet Take-Up Headgear, Each

WAS-A79R04 Dark Green Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

WAS-244030 Hi-Heat Ratchet Take-Up Headgear, Each

WAS-A79R05 Hi-Viz Orange Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

WAS-244041 Headgear, Visor & Chin Guard, Each

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Flat & Formed Faceshields

Disposable Lens Cleaning Station Lens Cleaning Stations are important for workplaces where protective eyewear is required. All stations are wall mountable for convenient and easy access.

HEALTH & SAFETY

Molded from high strength polycarbonate or PCTG, these faceshields are your first choice for protection. Faceshields lock into place with swivel type locks that provide frontal and lateral protection. Flat faceshields are available with variable thicknesses of .040" and .060". It is always recommended that safety glasses be worn as a secondary form of protection.

WAS-243700 8" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each WAS-243720 8" x 15.5" x .040", Medium Green, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each WAS-243710 10" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each WAS-243750 9" x 18.25" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each WAS-243990 8" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, Polycarbonate, Flat Faceshield, Each WAS-244000 8" x 15.5" x .060", Clear, Polycarbonate, Flat Faceshield, Each WAS-243960 8" x 15.5" x .060", Clear, Polypropionate, Formed Faceshield, Each

2" x 4" Welding Helmet & Accessories This Welding Helmet delivers the desired strength, flexibility, and safety with the minimum weight possible. It has a seamless one-piece construction, and is balanced with a ratchet headgear and a four-position adjustment for maximum comfort. Replacement parts and lenses are available.

WAS-200000 Disposable Lens Cleaning Station W/ 1 250 ml Lens Cleaner & 2 Boxes of Tissues, Each WAS-200500 Large Disposable Lens Cleaning Station W/ 1 500 ml Lens Cleaner & 4 Boxes of Tissues, Each

Be like Ellie... BETTER SAFE THAN SORRY!

WAS-231950 Hiderok Helmet W/ 2" x 4", Shade 11, Flip Front, Each WAS-231980 Replacement Flip Front Assembly For WAS-231950, Each WAS-232010 Replacement Ratchet Headgear For WAS-231950, Each WAS-232050 2" x 4" Lens Spring For WAS-231950, Each

Anti-Fog/Anti-Static Lens Cleaning Towelettes Pre-moistened towelettes used for cleaning eye glasses, protective faceshields, goggles, welding helmets, computer screens, mirrors, etc.

WAS-200200 Anti-Fog / Anti-Static Lens Cleaning Towelettes, 100/Box

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

269


Full Body Harness

HEALTH & SAFETY

These Full Body Harnesses feature polyester webbing for greater resistance to chemicals. The universal style is user friendly and meets or exceeds CSA, ANSI, and OHSA standards. These harnesses are priced right to satisfy your safety needs. Technical Data Usage: Dorsal D-ring attachment for fall arrest; side D-ring for work positioning Webbing: Polyester 4.5 cm (1.75") wide Minimum tensile strength: 22.2 kn (5000 lbs) Hardware: Stamped D-ring and Quick Connect Buckles (alloy steel), minimum breaking strength of 22.2 kn (5000 lbs), D-ring 100% proof loaded to 16 kn (3600 lbs) certified to ANSI Z359.1 and CSA Z259.12. All other hardware meets or exceeds ANSI Z359.1 and CSA Z259.12-00 requirements Weight: 0.52 kg (1.15 lbs) - 1.33 kg (2.95 lbs) Attachment D-Ring Opening: 6.2 cm (2 7/16")

Thickness: 4 mm (.185") Capacity: 140 kg (310 lbs) (combined weight of person, tools, clothing, etc) Maximum Arresting Load: 8 kn (1800 lbs) Number of Workers: 1 Operating Temperature: -35째C to 35째C (-31째F to 95째F)

First Aid Kits

Traffic Cones

WAS-N698-1DP Lightweight Polyester Full Body Harness, Universal Size, Large Back D-ring, Each WAS-N698/1DPXL Lightweight Polyester Full Body Harness, X-Large Size, Large Back D-ring, Each

Available in various sizes, these one-piece durable hi-viz PVC Cones are ideal for preventing accidents, marking hazardous areas to avoid, or for use in parking lots, at sporting events, and other areas where traffic direction is necessary. WAS-610040 6" Traffic Cone, .25 lbs, Each WAS-610060 28" Traffic Cone, 7 lbs, Each WAS-610065 28" Traffic Cone, 12 lbs, Each WAS-61006C1 28" Traffic Cone W/ 4" Collar, 7 lbs, Each WAS-610070 12" Traffic Cone, 1.5 lbs, Each

WAS-F84VP100 Vehicle P10 Kit, Each

WAS-610080 18" Traffic Cone, 3lbs, Each

WAS-F84VP10D Deluxe Vehicle P10 Kit, Each

WAS-61008C1 18" Traffic Cone W/ 4" Collar, 3 lbs, Each

WAS-F841N260 Industrial Nylon Kit, Each

WAS-006720 4" Traffic Cone Collar, Each

WAS-F841P240 Industrial P24 Kit, Each

WAS-006726 6" Traffic Cone Collar, Each

WAS-F841P360 Industrial P36 Kit, Each

Might Sonic Airhorn

This lightweight, portable, long-lasting Safety Horn, with push-button operation, is built for reliability, and is totally independent of any other power souce. It delivers a 120 dB blast at 10 ft and is 100% ozone-safe and non-flammable!

270

Sound 911 Horn It is recommended for emergency signaling in plants and offices and is also ideal for personal use and protection. It will blast 112 dB at 10 ft and is carried on its own clip for belt or bag and can travel with you.

WAS-630000 Mighty Sonic Airhorn, Each

WAS-630001 Sound 911 Horn, Each

WAS-630002 Refill, Each

WAS-630003 Refill, 2/Pack

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Keep Up to Date with Books! Books! ... & more Books! Environmental Engineers’ Handbook

Edited by David H.F. Liu / Handbook Editor Bela G. Liptak

Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida

It provides an overview of the occurrence, source, and fate of toxic pollutants, as well as their control by regulations and standards. Environmental Sampling and Analysis for Technicians is an excellent introductory text for laboratory training classes, namely those teaching inorganic nonmetals, metals, and trace organic pollutants and their detection in environmental samples.

Protecting the global environment is a single-minded goal for all of us. Environmental engineers take this goal to task, meeting the needs of society with technical innovations. Revised, expanded, and fully updated to meet the needs of today's engineer working in industry or the public sector, the Environmental Engineers' Handbook, Second Edition is a single source of current information. It covers in depth the interrelated factors and principles that affect our environment and how we have dealt with them in the past, are dealing with them today, and how we will deal with them in the future. This stellar reference addresses the ongoing global transition in cleaning up the remains of abandoned technology, the prevention of pollution created by existing technology, and the design of future zero emission technology.

BOOKS

Environmental Sampling & Analysis for Technicians

LB-L2204 Environmental Engineers’ Handbook, 2nd Edition, 1997, 1454 Pages LB-C0534 Environmental Sampling & Analysis For Technicians, 1st Edition, 1994, 336 Pages

Environmental Sampling & Analysis Laboratory Manual

Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida

Environmental Sampling & Analysis for Metals

Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida The book provides both theoretical and practical applications in metals analysis of environmental samples and incorporates the latest in analytical techniques, instrumentation, and regulations. Topics include sample collection, preservation, step-by-step analytical procedures, complete QA/QC requirements, data validation, and more. It also provides an overview of the occurrence, source, and fate of metallic substances in the environment, as well as their control by regulations and standards.

LB-X5953 Environmental Sampling & Analysis For Metals, 1st Edition, 2002, 408 Pages

Compilation of EPA’s Sampling & Analysis Methods Environmental Sampling & Analysis Laboratory Manual is perfect for college and graduate students learning laboratory practices, as well as consultants and regulators who make evaluations and quality control decisions. Anyone performing laboratory procedures in an environmental lab will appreciate this unique and valuable text. LB-C3104 Environmental Sampling & Analysis Laboratory Manual, 1st Edition, 1997, 400 Pages

www.ereinc.com

edited by L. Keith

Each analyte/method summary contains all of the information required to stand alone as a reference. Thus, in addition to a brief summary of each method, descriptions include required instrumentation, interferences, sampling containers, preservation techniques, maximum holding times, detection levels, accuracy, precision, quality control requirements, EPA reference, and, when available, EPA contacts with phone numbers. Each summarized report is a "stand-alone" document. LB-K2017 Compilation Of EPA’s Sampling & Analysis Methods, 2nd Edition, 1996, 1696 Pages

sales@ereinc.com

271


Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook Don Green and Robert Perry

Measure for Measure

Richard A. Young and Thomas Glover

BOOKS

Do you need metric conversion help? Look no more, you just found the Conversion Factor Handbook. Over 39,000 conversions for over 5,100 different units. Values in both standard and scientific notation. Thousands of foreign and ancient conversion factors. Accurate to 8 significant figures.

Reference Books Mechanical Engineer’s Handbook

Dan B. Marghitu, Auburn University, Alabama USA

SE-1-889796-00-X Measure For Measure, 864 Pages

First published in 1934, Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook has equipped generations of engineers and chemists with an expert source of chemical engineering information and data. Filled with over 700 detailed illustrations, featuring: • Comprehensive tables and charts for unit conversion • A greatly expanded section on physical and chemical data • New to this edition: the latest advances in distillation, liquid-liquid extraction, reactor modeling, biological processes, biochemical and membrane separation processes, and chemical plant safety practices with accident case histories • Conversion Factors and Mathematical Symbols • Physical and Chemical Data • Mathematics • Thermodynamics • Heat and Mass Transfer • Fluid and Particle Dynamics Reaction Kinetics • Process Control • Process Economics • Transport and Storage of Fluids • Heat Transfer Equipment • Psychrometry, Evaporative Cooling, and Solids Drying • Distillation • Gas Absorption and Gas-Liquid System Design • Liquid-Liquid Extraction Operations and Equipment • Adsorption and Ion Exchange • Gas-Solid Operations and Equipment • Liquid-Solid Operations and Equipment • Solid-Solid Operations and Equipment • Size Reduction and Size Enlargement • Handling of Bulk Solids and Packaging of Solids and Liquids • Alternative Separation Processes • And Many Other Topics!

LB-PP091 Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook, McGraw Hill, 8th Edition, 2400 Pages

272

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Handbook of Civil Engineering Calculations Tyler Hicks, PE, McGraw Hill

Tyler G. Hicks, PE is a consulting engineer and a successful engineering book author. He has worked in plant design and operation in a variety of industries, taught at several engineering schools, and lectured both in the USA and abroad. He holds a bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from Cooper Union School of Engineering in New York. The author of over 20 books in engineering and related fields.

LB-HN230 Handbook Of Civil Engineering Calculations, 2nd Edition, Mcgraw Hill, 840 Pages

Standard Methods for the Examination of Water & Wastewater

Andrew Eaton, Lenore Clesceri Includes methods detailing analysis of water and wastewater approved by EPA.

EA-353 Standard Methods For The Examination Of Water And Wastewater, 21st Edition, 2005

With over 1000 pages, 550 illustrations, and 26 tables the Mechanical Engineer's Handbook is very comprehensive, yet affordable, compact, and durable. The Handbook covers all major areas of mechanical engineering with succinct coverage of the definitions, formulas, examples, theory, proofs, and explanations of all principle subject areas. The Handbook is an essential, practical companion for all mechanical engineering students with core coverage of nearly all relevant courses included. Also, anyone preparing for the engineering licensing examinations will find this handbook to be an invaluable aid. Useful analytical techniques provide the student and practicing engineer with powerful tools for mechanical design. This book is designed to be a portable reference with a depth of coverage not found in "pocketbooks" of formulas and definitions and without the verbosity, high price, and excessive size of the huge encyclopedic handbooks. If an engineer needs a quick reference for a wide array of information, yet does not have a full library of textbooks or does not want to spend the extra time and effort necessary to search and carry a six pound handbook, this book is for them. • Is comprehensive, yet affordable, compact, and durable with strong 'flexible' binding • Possesses a true handbook 'feel' in size and design with a full colour cover, thumb index, cross-references and useful printed endpapers

LB-5443 Mechanical Engineer’s Handbook, Academic Press, 1st edition, 2001, 880 Pages

Fax : (514) 326 8961


The Engineering Handbook

Edited by Richard C. Dorf / University of California Davis

Pocket Reference, 3rd Edition Thomas Glover

• • • • • •

Calculations of Water Quality Assessment and Control Solid Waste Calculations Air Pollution Control Calculations Air Toxic Risk Assessment Fuel Cell Technologies. Each summarized report is a "stand-alone" document.

LB-D9391 The Engineering Handbook, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 3080 Pages

BOOKS

With a unique cross-section of engineering fields, The Engineering Handbook provides access to information in areas within, and outside, particular areas of specialization.  The modern engineer will have information readily accessible – ranging from aerospace engineering and circuits to environmental systems and coastal engineering.  This authoritative resource unifies diverse, separate information into one volume featuring 30 sections organized by topic, 211 chapters more than 1,500 definitions of engineering terms, and more than 1,000 illustrations.

Everything you need to know, right in your pocket! Automotive, carpentry, construction, electronics, electrical, first aid, glues, solvents, mine, mill, weights, properties of materials, chemistry, physics, state and world wide area codes, rope & chain, weather, geology, science, math over 3500 conversion factors and much more. Over 200 new pages and virtually thousands of updates.

Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations

SE-1-885071-00-0 Pocket Reference, 3rd Edition, 768 Pages

The only hands-on reference of its kind, the Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations equips you with step-by-step calculation procedures covering virtually every aspect of environmental engineering. Designed to give you quick access to essential information, the updated Second Edition of this unique guide now presents the latest methods for solving a wide range of specific problems, together with worked-out examples that include numerical results for the calculations. Filled with 200 helpful illustrations, featuring:

Handbook of Chemistry and Physics 91st Edition

C.C Lee, Shun Dar Lin

• Hundreds of detailed examples and calculations with fully illustrated steps • Calculations covering every aspect of environmental engineering • Both SI and U.S. customary units presented throughout • New to this edition: new sections on fuel cells and air toxic risk assessment inside This State-of-the-Art Environmental Engineering Toolkit • Calculations of Water Quality Assessment and Control • Solid Waste Calculations • Air Pollution Control Calculations • Air Toxic Risk Assessment • Fuel Cell Technologies. Each summarized report is a "standalone" document LB-LX809 Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 1000 Pages

The Civil Engineering Handbook

W.F. Chen, J.Y. Richard Liew, University of Hawaii, Honolulu You'll use it as a survey of the field, you'll use it to explore a particular subject, but most of all you'll use The Civil Engineering Handbook to answer the problems, questions, and conundrums you encounter in practice.

LB-C5670 The Civil Engineering Handbook, CRC Press 2nd Edition, 2003, 2904 Pages

www.ereinc.com

William Haynes, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Boulder, Col

The contents of the Handbook of Chemistry and Physics are basic constants, units, and conversion factors, symbols, terminology, and nomenclature, physical constants of organic compounds properties of the elements and inorganic compounds, thermochemistry, electrochemistry, and kinetics, fluid properties, biochemistry, analytical chemistry, molecular structure and spectroscopy, atomic, molecular, and optical physics, nuclear and particle physics, properties of solids, polymer properties, geophysics, astronomy, and acoustics, practical laboratory data, health and safety information, mathematical tables and index. LB-LS452 Handbook of Chemistry And Physics, 2010, 2800 Pages

sales@ereinc.com

273


Fundamentals of Environmental Engineering

BOOKS

Danny D. Reible / Lousiana State University, Baton Rouge

Fundamentals of Environmental Engineering provides a focus on the chemistry of environmental engineering.â&#x20AC;&#x201A; Written from a fundamentals approach, this text offers an introduction to environmental pollutants, basic engineering principles, and their applications to the understanding of key problems in air, water, and soil pollution. LB-R3519 Fundamentals Of Environmental Engineering, October 1998, 544 Pages

Site Assessment & Remediation Handbook, 2nd edition Martin N. Sara, CRC Press

Building on the benchmark established by the first edition, the second edition provides coverage of new procedures and technologies for an expanded range of site assessments. This definitive book integrates ASTM standards and links them to the practice of site investigations. It introduces sections on statistical techniques for ground water monitoring and remediation programs, including information that can provide a defensible basis for determining whether to continue or end a remedial treatment program. A new chapter on natural attenuation reflects the incorporation of this approach into several state-level remediation programs.

LB-X6693 Site Assessment And Remediation Handbook, 2nd Edition, 1160 Pages

274

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Remediation Petroleum Contaminated Soils

Biological, Physical, and Chemical Processes, Edited by Eve Riser-Roberts Microbiologist This book combines the results of current research with essential background material to provide complete, in-depth coverage of every aspect of in situ and ex situ bioremediation, as well as an extensive overview of the physical and chemical processes currently available for treating petroleum-contaminated soils. Critical information has been collected and assembled under one cover to provide a convenient reference for anyone who must contend with this worldwide problem. Remediation of Petroleum Contaminated Soils: Biological, Physical, and Chemical Processes describes how to optimize the biodegradation of petroleum hydrocarbons in soil-water systems. It reports on the susceptibility of various petroleum components to biodegradation by microorganisms, and considers all groups microorganisms for their potential contributions. The book also covers problems areas such as the transport of organisms, oxygen, or nutrients throughout the subsurface, and biodegradation of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and nonaqueous phase liquids (NAPLs). In addition, the book presents methods for monitoring bioremediation. This reference covers current soil remediation processes and includes many innovative approaches. It also investigates means of controlling volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and leachate, and addresses methods for collecting and treating these secondary waste streams. The expansive coverage of this book will furnish readers with a wide range of options for developing treatment strategies and for customizing procedures for specific requirements. LB-R2382 Remediation Of Petroleum Contaminated Soils, 1998, 576 Pages

Environmental Site Assessment Phase I: A Basic Guide; 3rd Edition

Kathleen Hess-Kosa / OMEGA Southwest Environmental Consulting, Canyon Lake, Texas Environmental Site Assessment Phase 1, Third Edition provides a valuable guide to the techniques of performing Phase 1 site assessment. Promoting a better understanding of the rationale and processes necessary to protect those stakeholders associated with a property, this book describes the latest methods used by leaders in the industry and emphasizes the development of an easy-to-follow investigative strategy for performing in-house assessments. Equally informative as an introduction for those new to the field and as a quick reference guide for experienced practitioners, this Third Edition reviews investigative tools mandated by the Rule, as well as many that are not. It presents the recommended searches pertaining to petroleum and petroleum product concerns as covered by the Standard, and expands on the hazards associated with construction. The author reviews the legal issues involved in the purchase of property and an historic overview provides context and a sense of the evolution of the field. The book describes investigations of the physical setting, historic usage, property and area reconnaissance, building materials, and industrial activities associated with a property. It also gives tips on interviewing, lists regulatory agencies, and considers special resources such as wetlands and buildings with historical value. LB-HH291 Environmental Site Assessment Phase I: A Basic Guide; 3rd Edition, 2008, 312 Pages

Air Quality 3rd Edition

Thad Godish / Ball State University, Muncie, Indiana While earlier editions of this best-selling work have become standard texts for students and professionals alike, both the science and the practice of air quality management continue to evolve.â&#x20AC;&#x201A; Air Quality Third Edition includes all the new issues and challenges, as well as updated coverage of all the familiar concerns of environmental professionals. This is a complete overview of the topic, written in an accessible, highly readable style by a respected expert in the field. LB-G2082 Air Quality, 3rd Edition,1997, 464 Pages

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Activated Carbon Surfaces in Environmental Remediation Teresa Bandosz, City College of New York

This book can serve as a handbook or reference book for graduate students, researchers and practitioners with an interest in filtration, water treatment, adsorbents and air cleaning, in addition to environmental policies and regulations. • Addresses fundamental carbon science and how it relates to applications of carbon surfaces • Describes the broad spectrum of activated carbon applications in environmental remediation • Serves as a handbook or reference book for graduate students, researchers and practitioners

LB-BS002 Activated Carbon Surfaces In Environmental Remediation, 1st Edition, 2006, 588 Pages

Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater & Soil Remediation Jih-Fen Kuo; California state University, Fullerton

Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater and Soil Remediation covers important aspects of design calculations for soil and groundwater remediation. Written in a “cookbook style” this easy to read handbook will prove a useful guide for environmental engineers and scientists employed by industries, consulting companies, and regulatory agencies.

LB-K2712 Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater And Soil Remediation, 1999, 288 Pages (Print On Demand Title)

www.ereinc.com

Kathleen Hess / Omega Southwest Environmental Consulting, Georgetown, Texas Environmental Sampling for Unknowns covers modern approaches to indoor and outdoor environmental sampling, with an emphasis on identifying unknown substances. In those cases where no established government protocols exist for sampling and analysis, the author details approaches that have been used successfully by researchers and commercial laboratories.  Readers can then choose the method most suitable for their particular task.

BOOKS

Activated Carbon Surfaces in Environmental Remediation provides a comprehensive summary of the environmental applications of activated carbons. In order to understand the removal of contaminants and pollutants on activated carbons, the theoretical bases of adsorption phenomena are discussed. The effects of pore structure and surface chemistry are also addressed from both science and engineering perspectives. Each chapter provides examples of real applications with an emphasis on the role of the carbon surface in adsorption or reactive adsorption. The practical aspects addressed in this book cover the broad spectrum of applications from air and water cleaning and energy storage to warfare gas removal and biomedical applications.

Environmental Sampling For Unknowns

LB-L2746 Environmental Sampling For Unknowns, CRC Press, 1996, 320 Pages

The Handbook of Groundwater Engineering

Jacques W. Delleur / Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana Provides a complete treatment of the theory and practice of groundwater engineering. This second edition includes new chapters on such topics as historical developments, infiltration and run-on under spatially variable hydrologic properties, sea water intrusion into coastal aquifers, groundwater and heat flow, groundwater model validation, scale issues, groundwater sustainability, the impact of climate change, and ecohydrology. It also contains updated chapters on elementary groundwater flow, transport processes, two- and three-dimensional flow, modeling the movement of water and solute through preferential flow paths, geostatistics, and more. LB-DP763 The Handbook Of Groundwater Engineering, 2007, 1320 Pages

Nitrates in Groundwater

Larry W.Canter / University of California, Norman • Features a summary of a national survey on NO3 in groundwater, providing easy access to important data • Detailed discussion of transport and fate processes, highlighting crucial factors. • An explanation of aquifer vulnerability mapping techniques, bringing you up to date quickly • A nitrates pollution index, beneficial in prevention planning and remediation • Illustrative case studies, clearly demonstrating the influence of many variables

LB-C5059 Nitrates In Groundwater, 1996, 288 Pages

sales@ereinc.com

275


Handbook of Environmental Analysis (Chemical, Pollutants in Air, Water, Soil, and Solid Wastes)

Environmental Geochemistry of Potentially Toxic Metals

Serving as both a reference and a textbook, Handbook of Environmental Analysis is the first exhaustive treatment of the analysis of toxic pollutants in the environment. Areas addressed are ambient air, groundwater, surface water, industrial waste water, sediments and soils.

The book focuses on heavy metals that have damaged the ecosystem Earth and its life forms. It characterizes natural and anthropogenic sources of pollutants, identifies physical, chemical and biological conditions that affect their ecosystem mobility. The book describes the pathways by which potentially toxic metals can access and concentrate to toxic levels in organisms. The text reviews the different environmental assessment, monitoring samples and analytical techniques used to determine how sample types bond the metals and hence affect their bioavailibility and bioaccumulation. Consideration is given to existing remediation methodologies and those being researched. Finally, the book emphasizes how pre-planning during project studies can result in the incorporation of technologies that will prevent or at least greatly alleviate the release of toxic metals to our living environment.

Frederic R. Siegel, Georg Washington University, Washington, DC

Christopher M. Palmer / Consulting Hydrogeologist, San Jose California

BOOKS

Pradyot Patnaik; Laboratory of Environmental Chemistry / Interstate Sanitation Commission, States Island, New York

Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology / Second Edition

LB-P1831 Handbook Of Environmental Analysis, 1997, 608 Pages

Quantitative Solutions in Hydrogeology & Groundwater Modeling Neven Kresic, CRC Press

LB-X2791 Environmental Geochemisty Of Potentially Toxic Metals, 1st Edition, 2002, 218 Pages

Quantitative Solutions in Hydrogeology and Groundwater Modeling addresses and solves a variety of questions and problems from hydrogeological practice. It includes major aspects of quantitative groundwater evaluation, from basic laboratory determination of hydrogeological parameters to complex analytical calculations and modeling for engineering purposes. No other book offers the carefully selected examples and clear, elegantly explained solutions, and no other book presents topics in logical order from simple to complex. LB-KU405 Quantitative Solutions In Hydrogeology And Groundwater Modeling, CRC Press, 2007, 828 Pages

276

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

This second edition features new and expanded coverage of contaminant hydrogeologic investigations.  It presents a practical approach to completing investigations for environmental compliance, emphasizing the use of geologic principles in assessment to move sites toward cleanup.  Stressing the basics of collecting data that can withstand regulatory scrutiny and achieve remediation, Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology, Second Edition demonstrates how to solve a client’s site contamination problem while maximizing cost effectiveness. It focuses on small-and medium-sized firms, for which speed, accuracy, and cost, are all crucial factors in the site assessment and closure process.

LB-P1606 Principles Of Contamination Hydrogeology, 1996, 256 Pages

Biodegradation & Bioremediation Martin Alexander, Academic Press

Biodegradation has been the subject of active concern for the past 40 years. Recently, the field has expanded to encom-pass a wide variety of chemicals, a broad array of issues, and the development of the new bioremediation industry. This book presents the basic principles of biodegradation and shows how these principles relate to bioremediation. Authored by a world-renowned environmental microbiologist, Biodegradation and Bioreme-diation presents microbiological, chemical, toxicological, environmental, engineering, and technological aspects of the subject.

LB-A3450 Biodegradation And Bioremediation, Academic Pressl, 2nd Edition, 453 Pages

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Wastewater Engineering: Treatment & Reuse George Tchobanoglous, Franklin L. Burton, McGraw Hill

Water and Wastewater Engineering: Design Principles and Practices Mackenzie L. Davis, McGraw Hill

BOOKS

Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse, 4th edition is a thorough update of McGraw-Hill's authoritative book on wastewater treatment. No environmental engineering professional or civil or and environmental engineering major should be without a copy of this book. It describes the technological and regulatory changes that have occurred over the last ten years in this discipline including: improved techniques for the characterization of wastewaters; improved fundamental understanding of many of the existing unit operations and processes used for wastewater treatment, especially those processes used for the biological removal of nutrients; greater implementation of several newer treatment technologies (e.g., UV disinfection, membrane filtration, and heat drying); greater concern for the long term health and environmental impacts of wastewater constituents; greater emphasis on advanced wastewater treatment and risk assessment for water reuse applications; changes in regulations and the development of new technologies for wastewater disinfection; and new regulations governing the treatment, reuse, and disposal of sludge (biosolids). Greater concern for infrastructure renewal including upgrading the design and performance of wastewater treatment plants. This revision contains a strong focus on advanced wastewater treatment technologies and stresses the reuse aspects of wastewater and biosolids.

LB-T4527 Wastewater Engineering: Treatment And Reuse, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 1848 Pages

This authoritative volume offers comprehensive coverage of the design and construction of municipal water and wastewater facilities. The book addresses water treatment in detail, following the flow of water through the unit processes of coagulation, flocculation, softening, sedimentation, filtration, disinfection, and residuals management. Each stage of wastewater treatmentâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;preliminary, primary, secondary, and tertiaryâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;is examined along with residuals management. Water and Wastewater Engineering contains more than 100 example problems, 500 end-ofchapter problems, and 300 illustrations. Safety issues and operation and maintenance procedures are also discussed in this definitive resource. Coverage includes: Intake structures and wells; Chemical handling and storage; Coagulation and flocculation; Lime soda and ion exchange softening; Reverse osmosis and nanofiltration; Sedimentation; Granular and membrane filtration; Disinfection and fluoridation; Removal of specific constituents; Drinking water plant residuals management, process selection, and integration; Storage and distribution systems; Wastewater collection and treatment design considerations; Sanitary sewer design; Headworks and pre-liminary treatment; Primary treatment; Waste-water microbiology; Secondary treatment by suspended and attached growth biological processes; Secondary settling, disinfection, and post aeration; Tertiary treatment; Wastewater plant residuals management; Clean water plant process selection and integration. LB-DGE75 Water And Wastewater Engineering: Design Principles and Practices, McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 2010, 1296 Pages

Feed your mind... INCREASE YOUR KNOWLEDGE!

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

277


FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Nylon Monofilament

Polyester and Polypropylene Felt

Polyester Multifilament

Polyester Felt Filter Bags Micron Size

Nylon Monofilament Mesh Filter Bags

SIZE 1

SIZE 2

SIZE 3

SIZE 4

Part #

Part #

Part #

Part#

Micron Size

SIZE 1

SIZE 2

SIZE 3

SIZE 4

Part #

Part #

Part #

Part#

1

PE-1-P1SH

PE-1-P2SH

PE-1-P3SH

PE-1-P4SH

50

NMO-50-P1SH

NMO-50-P2SH

NMO-50-P3SH

NMO-50-P4SH

5

PE-5-P1SH

PE-5-P2SH

PE-5-P3SH

PE-5-P4SH

75

NMO-75-P1SH

NMO-75-P2SH

NMO-75-P3SH

NMO-75-P4SH

10

PE-10-P1SH

PE-10-P2SH

PE-10-P3SH

PE-10-P4SH

100 NMO-100-P1SH NMO-100-P2SH NMO-100-P3SH NMO-100-P4SH

25

PE-25-P1SH

PE-25-P2SH

PE-25-P3SH

PE-25-P4SH

150 NMO-150-P1SH NMO-150-P2SH NMO-150-P3SH NMO-150-P4SH

50

PE-50-P1SH

PE-50-P2SH

PE-50-P3SH

PE-50-P4SH

200 NMO-200-P1SH NMO-200-P2SH NMO-200-P3SH NMO-200-P4SH

100

PE-100-P1SH

PE-100-P2SH

PE-100-P3SH

PE-100-P4SH

250 NMO-250-P1SH NMO-250-P2SH NMO-250-P3SH NMO-250-P4SH

200

PE-200-P1SH

PE-200-P2SH

PE-200-P3SH

PE-200-P4SH

300 NMO-300-P1SH NMO-300-P2SH NMO-300-P3SH NMO-300-P4SH 400 NMO-400-P1SH NMO-400-P2SH NMO-400-P3SH NMO-400-P4SH 500 NMO-500-P1SH NMO-500-P2SH NMO-500-P3SH NMO-500-P4SH 600 NMO-600-P1SH NMO-600-P2SH NMO-600-P3SH NMO-600-P4SH 800 NMO-800-P1SH NMO-800-P2SH NMO-800-P3SH NMO-800-P4SH

Polypropylene Felt Filter Bags Micron Size

278

Polyester Multifilament Mesh Filter Bags

SIZE 1

SIZE 2

SIZE 3

SIZE 4

Part #

Part #

Part #

Part#

Micron Size

SIZE 1

SIZE 2

SIZE 3

SIZE 4

Part #

Part #

Part #

Part#

1

PO-1-P1SH

PO-1-P2SH

PO-1-P3SH

PO-1-P4SH

100 PEM-100-P1SH PEM-100-P2SH PEM-100-P3SH PEM-100-P4SH

3

PO-3-P1SH

PO-3-P2SH

PO-3-P3SH

PO-3-P3SH

150 PEM-150-P1SH PEM-150-P2SH PEM-150-P3SH PEM-150-P4SH

5

PO-5-P1SH

PO-5-P2SH

PO-5-P3SH

PO-5-P4SH

200 PEM-200-P1SH PEM-200-P2SH PEM-200-P3SH PEM-200-P4SH

10

PO-10-P1SH

PO-10-P2SH

PO-10-P3SH

PO-10-P4SH

250 PEM-250-P1SH PEM-250-P2SH PEM-250-P3SH PEM-250-P4SH

25

PO-25-P1SH

PO-25-P2SH

PO-25-P3SH

PO-25-P4SH

300 PEM-300-P1SH PEM-300-P2SH PEM-300-P3SH PEM-300-P4SH

50

PO-50-P1SH

PO-50-P2SH

PO-50-P3SH

PO-50-P4SH

400 PEM-400-P1SH PEM-400-P2SH PEM-400-P3SH PEM-400-P4SH

100

PO-100-P1SH

PO-100-P2SH

PO-100-P3SH

PO-100-P4SH

600 PEM-600-P1SH PEM-600-P2SH PEM-600-P3SH PEM-600-P4SH

200

PO-200-P1SH

PO-200-P2SH

PO-200-P3SH

PO-200-P4SH

800 PEM-800-P1SH PEM-800-P2SH PEM-800-P3SH PEM-800-P4SH

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Customize your Filter Bags Determine the types of contaminants to be removed Select the micron size of the bag according to the size of the particles to be filtered out

SERIES

MATERIAL / MICRON

Flow rate, Pressure & Temperature Choose filter according to flow rate, pressure and temperature of the system

Chemical Compatability and Viscosity Base final selection of the filter on chemical compatability and viscosity of the influent

Determine if single stage or multi stage filtration needed Base final selection on type of liquid to be filtered

Typical Particle Size Ranges Upper Limit (micron)

0.3

0.4

Lower Limit (micron)

0.4

0.55

Smoke, Paint Pigments

Bacteria

0.55 0.7 Lung Damaging Paint

www.ereinc.com

0.7 1.0 Atmospheric Dust

1.0 1.3 Molds

1.6

3.0

4.0

5.5

7

2.2

4.0

5.5

7

10

Pulverized Coal

Commercial Dust

Pollen

Flour Mill Dust

Cement Dust

sales@ereinc.com

10 75 Silt

15 1000 Sand

279


Liquid Filter Selection Specific Gravity (gr/cm3)

Temp (°F)

Polyester

1.38

275

Polypropylene

0.91

200

Nylon

1.14

275

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Liquid Filter Selection

Weak Acids

Strong Acids

Organic Acids

Very Good

Good

Good

Weak Alkali Good

Strong Alkali Poor

Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair

Poor

Poor

Excellent

Excellent

Aliphatic Solvents Poor

Aromatic Solvents

Alcohols

Ethers

Good

Good

Good

Fair

Poor

Good

Good

Good

Poor

Good

Good

Filter Bag Viscosity - Flow Rate Conversion Chart To Use Chart 1. Select micron rated bag at the top of the chart. 2. Follow the corresponding vertical row down until it intersects the selected viscosity in centipose. 3. The top number in the square indicates the flow rate for a size #1 filter bag at 1 PSI pressure drop and the bottom number represents the flow rate for a size #2 (both figures are in US GPM). Notes A For greater than 1 PSI ∆P simply multiply the resultant GPM times PSI desired to obtain flow - or - divide desired flow by the resultant flow to obtain ∆P B For #3 size filter bag multiply size 1 flow rate by 0.28 C For #4 size filter bag multiply size 1 flow rate by 0.44 D For bags with covers reduce results by 25%

PE,PO:Polypropylene Felts NMO,PEM: Nylon Monofilament & Polyester Multifilament Woven Mesh

To calculate the required amount of size #2 filter bags you must know the micron size, the viscosity and the desired flow rate of the bag. Use the following formula:

Zone

Example: If you want to use a 10 micron, size 2, Polyester felt filter bag @ 150 gpm, 200 CPS with 3 lbs ∆P: Desired flow (150) Flow rate from chart (33.84)

÷

Target clean delta P (3.0)

Recommendation Excellent Good

= 1.47 bags (Round up to eliminate decimal points = 2 bags)

Poor Not Recommended

Filter Bag Flow Rate @ Desired Viscosity with 1 PSI Delta P for Size 1/Size 2 Filter Bags

Viscosity (cps) 20

PE,PO 1um

40

27.00

60

21.00

80

17.00

400 500 800 1000 1500 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000

PE,PO 25um

PE,PO 100um

PE,PO 200um

NMO,PEM 150-250um

14.00 6.50 3.70 2.80 2.00 1.70 1.30 0.90 0.60 0.40 0.30 0.26

63.92

64.00 120.32

50.76

48.00 90.24

70.00

39.48

40.00 75.20

60.00

NMO,PEM 600-800um

31.96

30.00 56.40

45.00

26.32

24.00 45.12

34.00

12.22

13.00 24.44

18.00

6.90

12.00

6.96 5.26 3.76 3.20 2.44 1.69 1.13 0.75 0.56 0.49

5.10 3.60 3.00 2.30 1.80 1.20 0.78 0.57 0.45

12.97 9.59 6.77 5.64 4.32 3.38 2.26 1.47 1.07 0.85

7.50 5.50 4.50 3.20 2.50 1.60 1.20 0.83 0.70

131.60 112.80 84.60 63.92 33.84 22.56 14.10 10.34 8.46 6.02 4.70 3.01 2.26 1.56 1.32

75.00 55.00 30.00 18.00 13.00 9.00 7.30 5.30 3.80 2.70 1.90 1.40 1.20

141.00 103.40 56.40 33.84 24.44 16.92 13.72 9.96 7.14 5.08 3.57 2.63 2.26

80.00 42.00 25.00 18.00 13.00 10.00 7.00

5.50 3.50 2.60 1.80 1.60

150.40 78.96

55.00 103.40

47.00

31.00 58.28

48.00

33.84

22.00 41.36

34.00

24.44

17.00 31.96

25.00

18.80

15.00 28.20

21.00

9.50

15.00

13.16 10.34 6.58 4.89 3.38 3.01

7.20 4.80 3.40 2.50 2.10

17.86 13.54 9.02 6.39 4.70 3.95

12.00 7.50 5.10 3.70 3.30

90.24 63.92 47.00 39.48 28.20 22.56 14.10 9.59 6.96 6.20

This chart contains general information and is a general guide only. Actual results may vary based on fluid being filtered, dirt load and temperature.

280

NMO,PEM 300-600um

94.00

30

200

PE,PO 10um

50.00 34.00

100

PE,PO 5um

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961

61.00 45.00 34.00 27.00 18.00 16.00 10.00 6.80 5.00 4.20

114.68 84.60 63.92 50.76 33.84 30.08 18.80 12.78 9.40 7.90

65.00 48.00 40.00 27.00 22.00 15.00 10.00 7.30 6.40

122.20 90.24 75.20 50.76 41.36 28.20 18.80 13.72 12.03


Compact & Easy to Install!

Sampson Bag Filter Vessels

Options • CRN number • Integral support legs for ERS-20 and ERS-40 units • Made for superior pressure and temperature

AvailableStyles:

Gooseneck

Customize your Sampson Filter Vessel Part Number Example:

ERS-180-SE-

SS304-

2-

F

SIZE

MATERIAL

FITTING SIZE

FITTING TYPE

20 - 20 gpm (Bag #3)

CS - Carbon Steel

20 - 1'' Only

A - Male NPT

40 - 40 gpm (Bag #4)

SS304 - 304 Stainless Steel 40 - 1.5'' & 2''

B - Female NPT

90 - 90 gpm (Bag #1)

SS316 - 316 Stainless Steel 90 & 180 - 2'' To 4''

F - Flange

180 - 180 gpm (Bag #2)

720 To 1080 - 4'' & 6''

T - Sanitary

Side entry, bottom outlet

ERS-20-CS 20 gpm, Gooseneck, 1" FNPT, #3 Bag ERS-20SE-CS 20 gpm, Side Entry, 1" FNPT, #3 Bag ERS-40-CS 40 gpm, Gooseneck, 1.5" FNPT, #4 Bag ERS-40SE-CS 40 gpm, Side Entry, 1" FNPT, #4 Bag ERS-90-CS 90 gpm, Gooseneck, 2" FNPT, #1 Bag ERS-90SE-CS 90 gpm, Side Entry, 2" FNPT, #1 Bag ERS-180-CS 180 gpm, Gooseneck, 2" FNPT, #2 Bag ERS-180SE-CS 180 gpm, Side Entry, 2" FNPT, #2 Bag

Options (Specify)

360 - 360 gpm (2 Bag #2)

Bottom Or Side Outlet

540 - 540 gpm (3 Bag #2)

Wire Mesh Strainer Bag

ERS-360SED 360 gpm, Side Entry, 2" FLG, 2 x #2 Bags

720 - 720 gpm (4 Bag #2)

Displacement Balloon

900 - 900 gpm (5 Bag #2)

CRN Number

ERS-540 540 gpm, Flanged, 4" FLG, 3 x #2 Bags

1080 - 1080 gpm (6 Bag #2)

Epoxy Coated Vessel

1260 - 1260 gpm (7 Bag #2)

Polished Stainless Steel

ERS-900 900 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 5 x #2 Bags

1440 - 1440 gpm (8 Bag #2)

Back Flush Restrainer

ERS-1080 1080 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 6 x #2 Bags

Stand

ERS-1260 1260 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 7 x #2 Bags

www.ereinc.com

Side entry, side outlet

Carbon Steel Single and Multi Filter Bag Vessels

Multibag Unit

Other Temp Or Pressure

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Description • Filtration bag units available in a wide variety of materials for various flow rates. • Easy bag change-out.

Features • Built in accordance with ASME Code • Available in Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel 304 or 316 • Perforated restrainer basket • Integral support legs for ERS-90 and ERS-180 units • Side or top inlet • Side or bottom outlet • Large range of fittings such as Male or Female NPT, Flange and Sanitary • Fitting dimensions from 1 inch and more • Close by clamps or band • Withstands 150 psi @ 225°F

ERS-360D 360 gpm, Gooseneck / flanged, 2" FLG, 2 x #2 Bags

ERS-720 720 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 4 x #2 Bags

ERS-1440 1440 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 8 x #2 Bags

sales@ereinc.com

281


FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Economical Big Blue Bag Filter Systems! Big Blue Polypropylene & Giant Polyester Bags

Big Blue Talc & Clear Styrene Bag Housings Features • Available with 10" and 20" clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl or 10" and 20" blue talc reinforced polypropylene bowl • Both 1.5" and 1" NPT connections are included in every Big Blue filter head • Talc unit includes: pressure gauge, basket support, polypropylene drain, plugs, wrench and ball valve to drain sump • Clear unit is ideal for cold water applications to 125 psi Includes: pressure gauge, basket support, polypro plugs and wrench • Drain is not provided • FDA approved KS-BGBD10 White, Polypro Head, Blue Bowl, 10" KS-BGBD20 White, Polypro Head, Blue Bowl, 20"

Features • Unique Plastisol® ring ensures efficient results • Use polyester bags for hot water/high pressure applications • Maximum operating temperature for polypropylene bags is 140°F • Maximum operating temperature for polyester bags is 200°F (depending on operating conditions)

10" Bags

20" Bags

Max Flow Rate (gpm)

40

50

Filter Area (in2)

110

223

KS-BAG1-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 1 KS-BAG1-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 1 KS-BAG5-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 5 KS-BAG5-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 5 KS-BAG10-10 10’’ Bag, Micron Size: 10

KS-CGB10 White, Polypro Head, Clear Bowl, 10" KS-CGB20 White, Polypro Head, Clear Bowl, 20"

Big Blue Pure Polypropylene Bag Housings Features • Ideal where filtered liquids must remain totally free of contaminants • Perfect for filtration of solvents, acid alcohols and chemicals • Smooth surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build-up • Clear unit is ideal for cold water applications to 125 psi • Includes: pressure gauge, drain plugs, basket support ball valve, wrench and uses a nonlubricated silicone o-ring as standard • FDA approved

KS-BAG10-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 10 KS-BAG25-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 25

ApplicationsInclude • Deionized water • Laboratory instrumentation and equipment • Pharmaceutical and cosmetics • Electronic solutions and chemicals • Post filter for reverse osmosis or ultrafiltration

KS-BAG25-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 25 KS-BAG50-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 50 KS-BAG50-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 50 KS-BAG100-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 100 KS-BAG100-20 20" Bag, Micron Size: 100

282

KS-BAG200-10 10" Bag, Micron Size: 200

KS-NPGBD10 100% Polypropylene Housing, 10"

KS-BAG200-20 20", Micron Size: 200

KS-NPGBD20 100% Polypropylene Housing, 20"

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Stainless Steel Cartridge Housings

Multi Cartridge Stainless Steel Housings

Single Cartridge Stainless Steel Housings

SH-FOSBN786 9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS Bowl, Nickel Plated Brass Head SH-FOSBN806 20" Cartridge, 304 SS Bowl, Nickel Plated Brass Head SH-FOS786 9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS SH-FOS806 20" Cartridge, 304 SS EX-WYDSS-SS1 9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS, 250°F @ 250 psi EX-WYD20SS-SS1 20" Cartridge, 304 SS, 250°F @ 250 psi

Hurricane Filtration Systems Features • Electro-polish stainless steel housing, with bronze wing nuts • Tangential entry improves heavy particle separation for longer cartridge life • NSF certified • Drain

KS-414 4 x 9.75" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT KS-434 4 x 20" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT KS-444 4 x 30" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT KS-4312 12 x 30" Cartridges, 3.0" NPT KS-4412 12 x 30" Cartridges, 3.0" NPT EX-CF702FBC 7 x 20" Cartridge, 2" FLG EX-CF1052FBC 7 x 30" Cartridge, 2" FLG EX-CF702FSB 7 x 20" Cartridge, 2" FLG EX-CF1052FSB 7 x 30" Cartridge, 2" FLG

Features • High quality 304 SS construction • Accepts industry standard cartridges sizes 2 3/4" O.D. x 1" I.D. x 9 3/4" or 20" • Band clamp or swing bolt opening is included for easy cartridge change • 1/2" drain is provided on clean and dirty sides • 150 psi to 300°F

PE-STBC-4 4 x 9.75" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Features • Ideal for industrial liquid filtration • Accepts industry standard cartridges sizes 2 3/4" O.D. x 1" I.D. x 9 3/4" or 20" • BUNA O-Ring • No tools required when changing cartridges • 3/4" NPT connections are standard • 275 psi to 250°F • 304 SS bowl • Drain on some models • Accessories such as mounting bracket, pressure gage, pressure relief button available • Other dimensions available

PE-STBC-8 4 x 20" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA PE-STBC-12 4 x 30" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA PE-STBC-16 4 x 40" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA PE-STBC-20 5 x 40" Cartridge, 2" FLG, Epoxy Finish, BUNA

Hurricane Cartridges Features • Pleated polyester media • 5 micron & larger can be cleaned and reused • NSF certified

Hurricane Cartridge Part Numbers HA-HUR40HP Up To 50 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening HA-HUR90HP Up To 100 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening HA-HUR170HP Up To 150 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening HA-HUR1X70FL Up To 150 gpm, 2" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure HA-HUR3X170FL 3 Cartridges, Up To 450 gpm, 3" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure HA-HUR5X170FL 5 Cartridges, Up To 750 gpm, 4" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure HA-HUR8X170FL 8 Cartridges, Up To 1200 gpm, 6" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure

www.ereinc.com

Micron Size

0.35 1

HA-HUR40HP

HA-HUR90HP

HA-HUR170HP

Part #

Part #

Part #

HA-HC40-0.35

HA-HC90-0.35

HA-HC170-0.35

HA-HC40-1

HA-HC90-1

HA-HC170-1

5

HA-HC40-5

HA-HC90-5

HA-HC170-5

20

HA-HC40-20

HA-HC90-20

HA-HC170-20

50

HA-HC40-50

HA-HC90-50

HA-HC170-50

100

HA-HC40-100

HA-HC90-100

HA-HC170-100

150

HA-HC40-150

HA-HC90-150

HA-HC170-150

sales@ereinc.com

283


FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Standard Housings Features • Could be used for sediment filtration, or with specialty cartridges: activated carbon cartridges, DI resin, polyphosphate etc. • Constructed of talc polypropylene head with either blue talc reinforced or clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl • Buna "N" O-ring ensures effective sealing • Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 2 3/4" O.D. x 1" x 9 3/4" (full length) or 4 7/8" (halfsize) or 20" (double length) • Full testing to industry standards for burst, water tightness and fatigue resistance • Maximum temperature 125°F @ 150 psi • Standard 3/4" NPT connections on all models except EX-HL101LBUR and EX-HL201LBUR • Accessories available: mounting bracket, pressure gage, pressure relief button etc. • NSF approved KS-11N Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge KS-13N Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Double Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge KS-21N Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge KS-23N Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl, Double Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge

Ideal for a Large Range of Industrial, Commercial & Residential Applications Valve-In Head Housings Features Same as standard housing plus: • Built in valve has "on", "off" and "bypass" positions • Valve internals made of acetal copolymer and valve handle made of ABS • Pressure vented automatically as handle is turned form "on" to "off" • Unique head design prevents potential bypassing by not disturbing cartridge seals when valve is open • Easiest possible installation and maintenance • Maximum temperature 125°F @ 125 psi

PE-150067 Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge PE-150435 Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head,Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge PE-150069 Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge EX-HP1034LLNR Standard Housing, Blue Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge EX-HP1034CLURKIT Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Clear Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge EX-HL101BUR Standard Housing, 1" In / Out, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge EX-HL201BUR Standard Housing, 1" In / Out, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Commercial, Fits 20" Cartridge

Reinforced Nylon Housings Features • Suitable for high temperature and high pressure service • Distinctive red or black colour, glass reinforced nylon • High strength glass reinforced nylon head and bowl • Not available with pressure relief vent button • Full testing to industry standards of the Water Quality Association for burst pressure, water tightness and fatigue resistance

284

KS-11V White Polypro Head Housing, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Fits 9.75" Cartridge KS-21V White Polypro Head Housing, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Fits 9.75" Cartridge KS-31V White Polypro Head Housing, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Fits 20" Cartridge

Pure Polypropylene Housings Features • These housings are especially essential in the semi-conductor, pharmaceutical and chemical processing industries • 100% virgin polypropylene construction, without colour, adders, fillers, reinforcements or lubricants • Smooth contact surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build up • Utilizes a non lubricated O-ring standard • Chemically resistant to many products • An expensive alternative to teflon or fluoropolymer housings • Could be used with standard DOE cartridges • FDA compliant material

KS-31 Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 180°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Buna O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

KS-51NX Pure Polypropylene Housing, 125°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Silicone O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

PE-150015 Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing , 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

KS-53NX Pure Polypropylene Housing, 125°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Silicone O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge

PE-150111 Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge

PE-150150 Pure Polypropylene Housing, 100°F @ 100 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

PE-158319 Black Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.5" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

PE-150156 Pure Polypropylene Housing, 100°F @ 100 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Filter Cartridges Filter Media Selection Guide

NaturalCotton For water, organic solvents, oils, paints, petroleum, alcohols. Non-FDA. Fibreglass(Unbaked) Slight oil residue will concentrated acids.

result

in

certain

Fibreglass(Baked) Oil residue removed by heat treatment. Acids; mineral/organic/oxidizing agents, organic solvents. Oils; animal, vegetable, petroleum.

Nylon Specialized applications, concentrated alkalies, hydrocarbons. Polyester Properties and applications similar to polypropylene. Polypropylene(Fibrillated) Chemical resistance same as standard polypropylene. Non - migrating polypropylene free of extractable used in electronics, plating and ultra pure liquids where non - leaching is critical.

Polypropylene(Spun) Used for water, oils, concentrated acids and alkalies, oxidizing agents, corrosive fluids, and gases.

True Depth Filtration & High Dirt Holding Capacity! String wound design, polypropylene cord wound around a rigid core of polypropylene. Economical way to reduce fine sediments in a variety of fluids, from water to chemical solutions. Cord material: FDA polypropylene, polyester, cotton, etc. Core material: Polypropylene, tinned steel, stainless steel etc.

Core Selection Guide Polypropylene Low temp. applications can be incinerated for easy disposal. FDA material. 316SS High temperature, corrosive fluids.

diluted

acids,

highly

304SS High temperature, strong acids, moderately corrosive fluids. TinnedSteel General-purpose core, for solvents, paints, oils. Extended Core Crimped Extended core filters are produced on tin or S.S. cores. Available in all microns and in different lengths to a max. of 41". Polypropylene Extender is used for polypropylene core.

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

BleachedCotton For water, distilled water, beverages, oils animal/vegetable petroleum acids, citric/fatty, alcohols.

Viscose/Rayon Properties similar to cotton. Coarser fibers, swells in aqueous solutions.

String Wound Cartridges Micron Size

9.75" Housing

20" Housing

30" Housing

40" Housing

Part #

Part #

Part #

Part #

0.5

FS-P05A975

FS-P05A20

FS-P05A30

FS-P05A40

1

FS-P1A975

FS-P1A20

FS-P1A30

FS-P1A40

3

FS-P3A975

FS-P3A20

FS-P3A30

FS-P3A40

5

FS-P5A975

FS-P5A20

FS-P5A30

FS-P5A40

10

FS-P10A975

FS-P10A20

FS-P10A30

FS-P10A40

15

FS-P15A975

FS-P15A20

FS-P15A30

FS-P15A40

20

FS-P20A975

FS-P20A20

FS-P20A30

FS-P20A40

25

FS-P25A975

FS-P25A20

FS-P25A30

FS-P25A40

30

FS-P30A975

FS-P30A20

FS-P30A30

FS-P30A40

40

FS-P40A975

FS-P40A20

FS-P40A30

FS-P40A40

50

FS-P50A975

FS-P50A20

FS-P50A30

FS-P50A40

Core Types add to part # P = Polypropylene T = Tinned

SS = Stainless Steel

Spun Cartridges Micron Size

Spun Cartridges Features • Thermally bonded pure polypropylene microfiber • Designed for high purity and chemical compatability • Economical way to reduce fine sediments in a variety of fluids, from water to chemical solutions

www.ereinc.com

9.75" Housing

20" Housing

30" Housing

40" Housing

Part #

Part #

Part #

Part #

1

WA-SP01A975

WA-SP01A20

WA-SP01A30

WA-SP01A40

3

WA-SP03A975

WA-SP03A20

WA-SP03A30

WA-SP03A40

5

WA-SP05A975

WA-SP05A20

WA-SP05A30

WA-SP05A40

10

WA-SP10A975

WA-SP10A20

WA-SP10A30

WA-SP10A40

20

WA-SP20A975

WA-SP20A20

WA-SP20A30

WA-SP20A40

30

WA-SP30A975

WA-SP30A20

WA-SP30A30

WA-SP30A40

50

WA-SP50A975

WA-SP50A20

WA-SP50A30

WA-SP50A40

sales@ereinc.com

285


Pleated Filter Cartridges

Pleated Design Maximizes Dirt Holding Capacity! REF #1. Pleated Cellulose Media

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Features • Designed for general water filtration • Recommended for chlorinated water supplies • Pleated cellulose media, 20 microns • Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol • External netted helps retain uniform pleat spacing in high flow • 4 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 8 ft2 for the 20" cartridge • Recommended flow: 12 gpm (10") and 15 gpm (20") • Economical

REF #2. Polyester Media Features • Durable polyester media, 30 and 50 micron available • Bacteria and chemical resistant • Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol • 4 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge, 8 ft2 of surface filtration for 20" cartridge

REF #3. Polyester Media Features • Premium quality cartridges • Pleated polyester media, 0.35, 1, 5, 10, 20, 50 microns available • Polypropylene core • Cleanable and reusable • Flow rate of 3 - 6 gpm for 9.75" cartridges

REF #4. Resin Impregnated Cellulose and Polyester Fibers

Pleated Cartridges Micron Size

286

REF. #

10" Housing

20" Housing

Part #

Part #

0.35

3

HA-801035

HA-921035

1

4

PE-25548143

PE-15548543

1

3

HA-8011

HA-9211

1

5

EX-CP110

5

4

PE-25548243

PE-25548643

5

3

HA-8015

HA-8015

5

5

EX-CP510

10

5

EX-CP1010

10

3

HA-80110

HA-80110

20

1

PE-15500143

PE-15530343

20

4

PE-25548343

PE-25548743

20

3

HA-80120

HA-92120

30

2

PE-15501743

PE-15541643

50

2

PE-15503843

50

4

ECP50-10

ECP-5020

50

3

HA-80150

HA-92150

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Features • Vinyl plastisol end caps • 1, 5, 20, 50 microns available • Higher wet strength than regular cellulose cartridges • 6 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 12 ft2 for the 20" cartridge • Colour coded for microns rating

REF #5. Economical Cartridges, Cellulose Pleated Features • Economical grade pleated cellulose cartridges • Operating temperature: 40°F to 145°F • Low pressure drop • Good for drinking water, process water and chemical applications

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Activated Carbon & Specialty Cartridges

Activated Carbon Cartridges are Great for the Removal of Chlorine, Foul Taste & Odour! Radial Flow Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges

Features • Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine • Includes a 20 micron post filter to remove carbon and other suspended particles • Operating temperature: 40°F to 125°F • 10" cartridge = 5,000 gallons @ 2gpm (PE-15510943) • 10" Coconut cartridge = 7,500 gallons @ 1gpm (PE-15515543) • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.0 psid @ 1.0 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 16 psid @ 2.0 gpm PE-15510943 Granular Activated Carbon, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15511143 Granular Activated Carbon, (2 7/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge PE-15515543 Economical Coconut Shell Cartridge, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

Features • Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine • Radial flow for minimal pressure drop • Granular activated carbon is sandwiched between an outer 70 micron polyethylene shell and an inside spun polypropylene core • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F • 10" cartridge = 3,000 gallons @ 1gpm • 20" cartridge = 6,000 gallons @ 2gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 0.6 psid @ 1.0 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 0.6 psid @ 2.0 gpm

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges

PE-15506343 Radial Flow GAC Cartridge, (2 3/4" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15506543 Radial Flow GAC Cartridge, (2 3/4" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

Carbon Block Filter

Non-Cellulose Carbon-Impregnated Pleated Cartridges Features • Pleated media for maximum dirt loading capacity • Polyester media: nominal 10 microns • Provides chlorine, taste, odour reduction & sediment filtration • Bacteria resistant • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F • Initial Pressure Drop: 2 1/2" x 10" cartridge 1 psid @ 3 gpm = 4,000 gallons @ 1 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 2 1/2" x 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 5 gpm = 10,000 gallons @ 2 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 4 1/2" x 10" cartridge 1 psid @ 8 gpm = 12,000 gallons @ 2 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 4 1/2" x 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 10 gpm = 20,000 gallons @ 4 gpm PE-15536143 Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (2 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

Features • Polyolefin pre-filter, 5 microns • High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block • High effective bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction • Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F • 10" cartridge = 6,000 gallons @ 1gpm, 20" = 12,000 gallons @ 2 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 1 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 2 gpm • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F

PE-15539743 Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (2 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

PE-15553143 Carbon Block Filter, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

PE-15539843 Carbon Impregnated Cellulose, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

PE-15552943 Carbon Block Filter, (2 7/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

PE-15538243 Carbon Impregnated Cellulose, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

EX-CBC5CT03 Carbon Block Filter, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Economical

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

287


FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Highly Effective Filter Cartridges!

Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 microns Features • Nominal 0.5 micron rating • 99.95% reduction in Cryptosporidium, Giarda, Entamoeba, and Toxoplasma cysts • Premium high capacity bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction • High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F • Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material • Ideal choice for residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications • 10" cartridge = 20,000 gallons @ 2 gpm • 20" cartridge = 45,000 gallons @ 2 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.7 psid @ 1 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.0 psid @ 2 gpm PE-15516243 Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15530943 Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge EX-CBC05 Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Economical

DI Resin Cartridges Features • Deionizing water capacity up to 16 megaohms • Specially treated resin for TOC level reduction • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 100°F • Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material • Ideal choice for circuit board, printing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, steam processor, and humidification systems • 10" cartridge = 270 mg CaCO3 • 20" cartridge = 600 mg CaCO3 • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 1.5 psid @ 0.25 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 0.5 gpm PE-15527303 DI Resin Cartridge, (2 2/3" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15527403 DI Resin Cartridge, (2 2/3" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

Hexametaphosphate Cartridges Features • Hexametaphosphate crystals help prevent lime and scale deposits • The product dissolves slowly in water to inhibit scale and rust build up • Dissolves up to 1 ppm of iron • Effective to prevent deposits when heated to a hardness of 15 gpg • Manufactured with FDA compliant material PE-15510043 Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 5 gpm PE-15524803 Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 1 - 1.5 gpm PE-15525103 Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 1.5 - 2.5 gpm

Lead Removal Cartridge Features • Specially formulated ceramic lead removal matrix plus pulverized activated carbon • Chlorine and organic removal • Reduces lead concentration up to 99% in low pH and more than 92% in high pH • Could treat efficiently up to 4000 gallons in low pH water and 3000 gallons in high pH water • 5 micron rating HA-HAC-10-LR-W Lead Removal Cartridge, (2 3/4" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

288

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


For BIG Jobs, Use BIG BLUE Housings! Standard BIG BLUE Cartridge Housings

KS-BG10 Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, 1" - 1.5" In / Out, Max. 125°F @ 125 psi, Fits 10" Cartridge KS-BG20 Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, 1" - 1.5" In / Out, Max. 125°F @ 125 psi, Fits 20" Cartridge KS-CG10 Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl, 1" - 1.5" In / Out, Max. 125°F @ 125 psi, Fits 10" Cartridge

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Features • Available in 10" and 20" clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl or blue talc reinforce polypropylene bowl • Ideal for a large range of industrial, commercial and residential applications • Buna "N" O-ring ensures effective sealing • Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length) • Full testing to industry standards for burst, water tightness and fatigue resistance

KS-CG20 Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl, 1" - 1.5" In / Out, Max. 125°F @ 125 psi, Fits 20" Cartridge KS-HTGX10 Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial, High Temperature Applications Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl, 0.75" In / Out, Max. 180°F @ 125 psi, Fits 10" Cartridge KS-HTGX20 Filter Housing, NSF Approved, Industrial, High Temperature Applications Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl, 1" In / Out, Max. 180°F @ 125 psi, Fits 20" Cartridge

Excellent Chemical Resistance! Ideal When Contaminant-Free Environments Are Needed! BIG BLUE Reinforced Nylon Housings

BIG BLUE Pure Polypropylene Housings

Features • Economical, lightweight, high capacity, high temperature housing • High strength glass black reinforced head and bowl • Tested to industry standards for burst pressure, water tightness and fatigue resistance • 1.5" and 1" NPT connections included in every filter head • Utilizes a non-lubricated silicone O-ring standard • Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length) • Maximum temperature 180°F @ 125 psi • NSF approved

Features • Ideal for use in industries where filtered liquids must remain free of contamination • 2 - 3x the flow rate of standard housings • Smooth contact surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build-up • Utilizes a non-lubricated silicone O-ring standard • Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length) • Maximum temperature 125°F @ 125 psi • With out pressure relief button • 1" - 1.5" NPT connection included in every filter head • NSF approved

KS-HTGX10 Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Filter Housing, Fits 10" Cartridge

KS-NPGX10 Pure Polypropylene Filter Housing, Fits 10" Cartridge

KS-HTGX20 Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Filter Housing, Fits 20" Cartridge

KS-NPGX20 Pure Polypropylene Filter Housing, Fits 20" Cartridge

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

289


BIG BLUE String Wound Filter Cartridges

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Features • Virgin polypropylene, polypropylene core • 4 1/2" diameter Options • FDA polypropylene, polyester, cotton, etc. • Micron Size: 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, 150

Outfit your BIG BLUE Housing with our Extensive Line of BIG BLUE Cartridges ! BIG BLUE Activated Carbon and Specialty Cartridges

BIG BLUE Spun Cartridges Features • True grade density for high dirt holding capacity • Manufactured with polpropylene FDA • Maximum operating temperatures of up to 150°F Options • Other micron ratings available: 10, 30, 50 microns

HY-HSW10B010A BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.),1 Micron, 10" Cartridge

EX-PP10B01 BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 1 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 5 gpm

HY-HSW10B050A BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 5 Micron, 10" Cartridge

EX-PP10B05 BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 5 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 10 gpm

HY-HSW10B250A BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 25 Micron, 10" Cartridge

EX-PP10B20 BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 20 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 10 gpm

HY-HSW20B010A BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 1 Micron, 20" Cartridge

EX-PP20B01 BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 1 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 10 gpm

HY-HSW20B050A BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 5 Micron, 20" Cartridge

EX-PP20B05 BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 5 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 20 gpm

HY-HSW20B250A BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 25 Micron, 20" Cartridge

EX-PP20B20 BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 20 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 20 gpm

Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges Features • Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine • Includes a 20 micron post filter to remove carbon and other solid fines • Operating temperature: 40°F to 125°F • 10" cartridge = 12,500 gallons @ 2 gpm • 20" cartridge = 25, 000 gallons @ 4 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 6.0 psid @ 2.0 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 5.0 psid @ 4.0 gpm PE-15515343 BIG BLUE Granular Activated Carbon, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15524943 BIG BLUE Granular Activated Carbon, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge EX-CC10BN BIG BLUE Economical Coconut Shell Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge EX-CC20BN BIG BLUE Economical Coconut Shell Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

Radial Flow Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges Features • Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine • Radial flow for minimal pressure drop • Granular activated carbon is sandwiched between an outer 70 micron polyethylene shell and an inside spun polypropylene core • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F • 10" cartridge = 35,000 gallons @ 2 gpm • 20" cartridge = 70,000 gallons @ 4 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 0.9 psid @ 2.0 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 0.9 psid @ 4.0 gpm

PE-15514143 BIG BLUE Radial Flow GAC Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15524743 BIG BLUE Radial Flow GAC Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

290

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


BIG BLUE Activated Carbon and Specialty Cartdriges

Ideal for Post Reverse Osmosis

BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester or Cellulose

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Features • Carbon impregnated polyester and non-cellulose media • Pleated media for maximum dirt loading capacity • Polyester media: nominal 10 microns • Provides sediment filtration and chlorine, taste and odour reduction • Bacteria resistant • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F • 10" cartridge = 500 gallons @ 2 gpm • 20" cartridge = 1000 gallons @ 4 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 2 psid @ 8 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 10 gpm PE-15539843 BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15538243 BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter Features • Polyolefin pre-filter, 5 microns • High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block • High effective bad taste and odour and chlorine reduction • Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F • 10" cartridge = 22,000 gallons @ 2 gpm • 20" cartridge = 40,000 gallons @ 4 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 4.3 psid @ 2 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 5.5 psid @ 5 gpm PE-15554843 BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, (4 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15558343 BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, (4 5/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 microns Features • Nominal 0.5 micron rating • 99.95% reduction in Cryptosporidium, Giarda, Entamoeba, and Toxoplasma cysts • Premium high capacity bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction • High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F • Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material • Ideal choice for residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications • 10" cartridge = 50,000 gallons @ 2 gpm • 20" cartridge = 150,000 gallons @ 4 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 4.6 psid @ 2 gpm • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 8.5 psid @ 4 gpm PE-15517043 BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (4 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge PE-15531243 BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (4 5/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

291


BIG BLUE DI Resin Cartridge

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Features • Deionizing water capacity up to 16 megaohms • Specially treated resin for TOC level reduction • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 100°F • Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material • Ideal choice for circuit board, printing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, steam processor, and humidification systems • 20" cartridge = 1850 mg CaCO3 • Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 1.1 psid @ 1.25 gpm PE-15528103 BIG BLUE DI Resin Cartridge,(4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

BIG BLUE IRON REDUCTION CARTRIDGE Features • Easily and effectively reduces up to 3 ppm of dissolved iron from water • Improves flavour and reduces the metallic taste caused by iron • Reduces the possibility of pipe and water heater damage • Does not add any chemicals in water • Please note that some impurities may reduce the life expectancy of the cartridge • 20" cartridge = 40,000 gallons with an iron level of 2 ppm PE-15526303 BIG BLUE Iron Reduction Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

BIG BLUE Oil Absorbing Cartridge Features • Up to 90% of total hydrocarbons are removed in a single pass • High flow rates • Removes dissolved and dispersed oils • Some applications include: gas and oil facilities, surface water run-off, auto service stations, machine shops, industrial process, car and truck wash stations • Media can hold 250 - 300% of its own weight • Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F • Low pressure drop • 5 - 10 gpm flow rate PE-15559603 Oil Absorbing Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

Our Technical Service Representatives can help you choose the Right Filters for your Job. Call us! Toll free:

1-888-287-3732

292

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Pleated Design Maximizes Dirt Holding Capacity!

REF #1. BIG BLUE Pleated Filter Cartridges Features • Operating temperature: 40°F to 145°F • Low pressure drop

REF #2. BIG BLUE Pleated Cellulose Media

REF #3. BIG BLUE Polyester Media Features • Durable polyester media, 30 and 50 micron available • Bacteria and chemical resistant • Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol • 16 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge, 32 ft2 of surface filtration for 20" cartridge

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Features • Designed for general water filtration • Recommended for chlorinated water supplies • Pleated cellulose media, 20 microns • Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol • External netted helps retain uniform pleat spacing in high flow • 14 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 29 ft2 for the 20" cartridge • Economical

REF #4. BIG BLUE Resin Impregnated Cellulose and Polyester Fibers

Features • Special formulation of resin impregnated cellulose and polyester fibers • 1, 5, 20, 50 microns available • Higher wet strength than regular cellulose cartridges • 18 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 36 ft2 for the 20" cartridge • Colour coded for micron rating

REF #5. BIG BLUE Economical Cartridges, Cellulose Pleated

Features • Economical grade pleated cellulose BIG BLUE cartridges

Pleated Cartridges Micron Size

www.ereinc.com

REF. #

10" Housing

20" Housing

Part #

Part #

0.35

4

HA-HB10-035W

HA-HB20-035W

1

4

PE-25549043

ECP1-20BB

1

4

HA-HB10-1W

HA-HB20-1W

1

5

EX-CP110B

5

4

PE-25549043

5

4

HA-HB10-5W

HA-HB20-5W

5

5

EX-CP510B

EX-CP520B

20

1

PE-15540543

PE-15530543

20

4

ECP20-10BB

PE-2554954

20

4

HA-HB10-20W

HA-HB20-20W

30

2

PE-15510143

PE-15543043

50

2

PE-15505343

50

4

ECP50-10BB

PE-2549643

50

4

HA-HB10-50W

HA-HB20-50W

sales@ereinc.com

PE-25549443

293


FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Info Zone

SteamActivation Activated carbon can be made from a wide range of source materials such as coal, coconut shells, wood, peat or bone. The material is often charred and then activated chemically or in a high temperature steam environment to produce and extensive network of pores and influence level of activity. Carbontetrachlorideactivity Is a means of determining the degree of completion of the activation process by measuring the ability of carbon to adsorb organic molecules. IodineNumber Refers to a carbon's small pores and its ability to adsorb low molecular weight organics. The higher the iodine number, the higher the degree of activation.

MoistureContent Affects the ability of adsorbents to perform against certain gases and vapours. It is indicated as a percentage by weight. ApparentDensity Refers to the dry density of a material (in g/ml or lbs/cuft). Required for mass to volume conversions required for designing and filling equipment. Hardness Useful for measuring the resistance of an adsorbent to particle size degradation under service conditions. Coconut shell carbons are among the hardest.

Sieve No.

4

6

4.75 3.35

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

30

40

50

2.36

2.00

1.70

1.40

1.18

1.00

0.850

0.600

0.425

0.300

Liquid Phase Bitumous Coal (BC) Activated Carbon

BC-410 4 x 10 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.40 - 0.46 g/cc Density, 90 - 94% Hardness, 6 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1000 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area

For Removal of Dissolved Oil from Water

MeshSize Mesh size is important for achieving the proper contact of liquid or gas and affects the rate of adsorption and pressure drop across a bed of adsorbent. The smaller the particle, the more efficient the adsorption, however, pressure drop increases. Please see the following mesh size chart comparing sieve # and mm.

MeshSizeChart

mm

Features • Specifically manufactured from select grades of bituminous coal • For removal of low to high molecular weight contaminants and colour • High iodine and broad pore structure • Less frequent changeouts = cost effective • Use BC-410 or BC-710P in liquid phase applications where low pressure drop is required or where sediments are very high • Packaged in 55 lbs bags, totes, and drums

Impregnation Impregnation is the process where activated carbon is treated with a chemical reagent hereby reacting with and thereby removing certain compounds from either air or liquid.

BC-710P 7 x 10 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon, 67% CCl4, 0.44 - 0.52 g/cc Density, 95 - 97% Hardness, 6 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area, Static Pressure Drop: 1.4" w.g./ft Carbon @ 50 fpm BC-830 8 x 30 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon, 60-65% CCl4, 0.44 - 0.52 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 4% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1200 m2/g Surface Area BC-1240 12 x 40 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon 60-65% CCl4, 0.46 - 0.54 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 4% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1200 m2/g Surface Area BC-325 325 x Fines US Mesh, Thru 100: 99%, Thru 200: 95%, Thru 325: 90%, 0.56 - 0.74 g/cc Density, 8 -10 % Ash, 800 - 900 mg/g, 850 - 950 m2/g

Liquid Phase Coconut Shell (CNS) Activated Carbon Features • Specifically manufactured from coconut shells • For removal of chlorine, chloramines, THMs, ozone and organics • Excellent hardness • High surface area and micropore structure • Less carbon changeouts, less dust and fines • High surface area and micropore structure • High adsorption capacity, lower pre-soak times, readily wettable • Packaged in bags, totes or drums CNS-612 6 x 12 US Mesh Coconut Based Activated Carbon, 60 - 65% CCl4, 0.48 - 0.55 g/cc Density, 96 - 98% Hardness, 5% Ash, 1100 - 1200 mg/g Iodine#, 1150 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area CNS-200 12 x 30 US Mesh Size Coconut Shell Activated Carbon, 68 - 78% CCl4 0.48 - 0.54 g/cc Density, 97 - 99% Hardness, 4 - 5% Ash, 1100 - 1200 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area CNS-201-SP 12 x 35 US Mesh Size Coconut Shell Activated Carbon, 68 - 78% CCl4, 0.48 - 0.54 g/cc Density, 95 - 98% Hardness, 2 - 5% Ash, 1300 - 1500 mg/g Iodine#, 1300 - 1500 m2/g

Pre-treatment with MCM will extend the life of activated carbon by 7 times, reducing the overall water treatment by 50% or more

Ultrasorber Plus™ Modified Clay Media Ultrasorber PlusTM Modified Clay Media is composed of 20% to 30% organically modified bentonite clay with a 70% to 80% specially formulated anthracite / activated carbon blend. • Designed specifically to remove high molecular weight hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons and heavy metals • Adsorbs oil and grease outside clay particle, therefore it is not subject to pore plugging • Has a capacity of up to 60% of its own weight in oil, grease or other low solubility organic compounds • Spent Media could have a BTU value of 14,000 BTU/lb • Particle size is 8 x 30 US Mesh

Influent Concentration of 50 ppm, Flowrate of 1 gpm/ft2

294

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Ultrasorber PlusTM 8 x 30 US Mesh Modified Clay Media, 14.000 BTU/lb

Fax : (514) 326 8961


High Cation Exchange Capacity

ZeoSorb Cation Exchange Media

Features • Has a high Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) that leads to high absorption and neutralization of harmful elements as ammonia, lead, cadmium, cesium, copper, zinc, chrome as well as other molecules • Particle size: 8 x 20 US Mesh

Major Exchangeable Cations Rb+

Na+

Ba+2

Mg+2

Li+

Ag+

Sr+2

Fe+2

K+2

Cd+2

Cu+2

Co+3

Cs+

Pb+2

Ca+2

Al+3

NH+4

Zn+2

Hg+2

Cr+3

Zeosorb 8 x 20 US Mesh Size Cation Exchange Media, 45 - 50 lbs/cuft Loose, 1.0 2.0 meq/g CEC, 9000 ohms/cm Resistivity, 40 m2/g Surface Area Water Absorption, 25 - 30%, Specific Gravity: 2.2 - 2.4

MerCarb For reduction or removal of mercury content in water and waste water streams. The unique impregnation process used to produce the MerCarb adsorbent allows the removal of mercury contaminated streams at higher temperatures. Features • Reliable cost effective means to reduce the mercury content in water and waste water streams to below acceptable levels • Adsorption capacities can be up to 4 - 10% w/w basis in liquid phase • Requires a 1 to 5 micron bag filter for pre-treatment • Adding a guard bed ahead of the MerCarb will protect it and extend its service life for mercury removal. When hydrocarbons are present in the contaminated stream, a guard bed of BC series carbon is necessary to keep the impregnant on the carbon • Packaged in 55 lb bags, boxes, drums or bulk super bags

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

ZeoSorb is a crystalline hydrated aluminosilicate with infinite three dimensional frameworks of silicon oxygen tetrahedral. The honeycomb crystalline structure readily absorbs molecules having diameters small enough to fit the entry channel. The exchangeable cations are calcium, sodium, potassium and magnesium.

MerCarb-410 4 x 10 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.60 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 8% Ash, 1050 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area, 15 - 20% Moisture Content MerCarb-1240 12 x 40 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.60 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 8% Ash, 1050 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area, 15 - 20% Moisture Content

For Removal of Soluble Iron, Manganese & Hydrogen Sulfide Manganese Greensand Features • Purple-black filter media used for removing soluble iron, manganese and hydrogen sulfide from well water supplies • Also removes radium and arsenic • Media is backwashed and regenerated with potassium permanganate (KMnO4) • Manufactured from a glauconite base • Packed in 85 lb bags

Manganese Greensand Plus Features • Higher performance greensand product • Tolerance to higher differential pressure for longer run times, less waste and greater life expectancy • Tolerance to low silica, low solids, high temperature waters for use in a wider variety of applications • Manufactured from a silica sand base • Packed in 44 lb bags

www.ereinc.com

MGS Managanese Greensand, 18 x 60 Mesh, 85 lbs/cuft, 8 - 10 psi Max Pressure Drop, 12 gpm/sq.ft Min Backwash Rate, 24 In Min. Bed Depth, 85 lb Bag MGS-Plus Managanese Greensand, 18 x 60 Mesh, 85 lbs/cuft, 8 - 10 psi Max Pressure Drop, 12 gpm/sq.ft Min Backwash Rate, 24 In min. Bed Depth, 44 lb Bag

sales@ereinc.com

295


Most Successful for Fluoride Removal FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Actiguard Features • Specifically designed to remove arsenic from potable water • Can be effective at a wide range of pH levels depending on the competing ions present • Performance is dependent on water quality • Simple design: flow through unit with 5 - 8 minute dwell time • Granular material will not degrade over time causing no pressure drop

Activated Alumina Features • AA-400G Fluorograde is a granular activated alumina developed specifically for the removal of fluoride from water even if they exist at low levels • Conditioning of the material for 1 hour with dilute aluminum sulfate prior to use greatly enhances performance • Once saturated, the alumina bed can be regenerated by neutralizing with 1% NaOH, rinsing with water and reactivating with 0.05 N H2SO4 • Able to adsorb as much as 1.4 grams fluoride per 100 grams of products Specifications • 0.67 g/cm3 bulk density • Specific surface area: 350 - 380 m2/g • Specific water adsorption: 19 - 22%

ALUM-28x48-350-AAFS50 Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 350 lb Drum

ALUM-8x14-350-AA-400G Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 350 lb Drum

ALUM-28x48-2000-AA-FS50 Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 2000 lb Super Size Tote

ALUM-8x14-2000-AA-400G Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 2000 lb Super Size Tote

ALUM-28x48-1000-AAFS50 Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 1000 lb Drum

ALUM-8x14-1000-AA-400G Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 1000 lb Drum

Remove Dissolved Iron & Manganese Efficiently & Economically with BIRM! BIRM

• Birm is an excellent filter media that removes dissolved iron and manganese from water • Acts as an insoluble catalyst to enhance the reaction between dissolved oxygen and iron compounds • Birm is not consumed during operation. It can be backwashed • Black in color with a density of 47 - 50 lbs/ft3 • Two grades available: regular and fine. Regular is used in industrial, municipal, and most domestic applications. Fine is recommended on domestic installations where backwash rates are limited.

Pyrolox can be used for Hydrogen Sulfide, Iron & Manganese Reduction! Pyrolox Features • Pyrolox is a mineral form of manganese dioxide • Acts as catalyst, and is able to reduce concentrations of hydrogen sulfide, iron and manganese from water • Contaminants are oxidized and trapped on the bed - simple backwashing cleans the bed • No chemical regeneration is required • Pyrolox has high capacity for low contaminant concentrations

296

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

OperationConditions • Alkalinity should be greater than two times the combined sulfate and chloride concentration • Water pH range: 6.8 + • Dissolved oxygen content must be equal to at least 15% of the iron and manganese content • Backwash frequently to prevent cementing • 30 - 36 inch bed depth • Service flow rate: 3.5 - 5 gpm/sq.ft or higher • 10 - 12 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate for regular birm and 8 - 10 gpm/sq.ft for fine birm • Backwash expansion rate is 35 - 50% of bed depth

BIRM-REG Birm, Regular, 47 - 50 lbs/ft3 Bulk Density, 0.61 mm Size, 1.72 Uniform Coefficient BIRM-FINE Birm, Fine, 47 - 50 lbs/ft3 Bulk Density, 0.49 mm Size, 2.14 Uniform Coefficient

Specifications • Black • 125 lbs/ft3 bulk density • 3.8 specific gravity • Uniformity Coefficients: 1.7 • Effective Size: 0.51 mm • 6.5 - 9.0 pH range • Bed depth depends on application • Service flow rate: 5 gpm/sq.ft or higher • 15 - 30% of bed depth backwash bed expansion • 25 - 30 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate • Freeboard: 40% of bed depth (min.) Pyrolox 8 x 20 Mesh Size Pyrolox, 125 lbs/ft3 Bulk Density, 0.51 mm Size, 1.7 Uniform Coefficient, 3.8 Specific Gravity, 50 lbs/Bag

Fax : (514) 326 8961


For Sediment Filtration & Support Beds! Garnet Features • Almanditegarnet is chemically inert and non-metallic • Well known for its hardness and durability • Ideal filtration media because it has a high specific gravity, and has a good chemical and abrasive resistance • High specific gravity allows unique filter design • When combined with other filter medias, higher flow rates, higher loading and better filtration can be achieved • Excellent support bed for other high density media - used as the lower filtration of a multi-media bed down flow filtration system

Anthracite Features • Excellent medium density coal filtration media • Provides longer filter runs and less head loss because of angular shape • Unique density allows its to be combined with other filtration media in multi-media filters • Backwash rates reduced • Great pre-filtration layer! • 24 - 36 inch bed depth, and 10 - 18 inch in multibed filters • Service flow rate: 5gpm/sq.ft. or higher • 20 - 40% of bed depth backwash bed expansion • Freeboard: 50% of bed depth (min.)

GA-3040 #30 - 40 Garnet, 0.35 mm, 130 lbs/ft3, 1.4 Uniformity Coefficient, 100 lbs/Bag

Good for Sediment Filtration!

AN-1 14 x 30 US Mesh Size Coal Anthracite, 0.6 - 0.8 mm, 12 - 18 gpm/ft2 Backwash Flow Rate, 50 lbs/Bag AN-1.5 10 x 20 US Mesh Size Coal Anthracite, 0.85 - 0.95 mm, 18 - 25 gpm/ft2 Backwash Flow Rate, 50 lbs/Bag AN-2 4 x 12 US Mesh Size Coal Anthracite, 1.7 - 2.0 mm, Use Air Scour Backwash Flow Rate, 50 lbs/Bag

Calcite Features • Calcite is a crushed and screened white marble media which be used to neutralize acidic or low pH waters to a neutral, less corrosive effluent • Naturally occuring calcium carbonate media • Upon contact with calcite, water that is acidic slowly dissolve the calcium carbonate to raise the pH, thus reducing the potential leaching of copper, lead and other metals found in typical plumbing systems • Periodic backwashing will prevent packing and maintain high service flow rates • Slow reacting for controlled pH correction • Inexpensive Specifications • Near white • 90 lbs/ft3 bulk density • 2.7 specific gravity • Hardness: 3.0 • Acid solubility: < 1% • Composed of 95% calcium carbonate and 3.0% magnesium carbonate • Uniformity Coefficients: 1.5 • Gravel support bed is recommended • 5.0 - 7.0 pH range • 24 - 30 inch bed depth • Service flow rate: 3 - 6 gpm/sq.ft or higher • 35% of bed depth backwash bed expansion

www.ereinc.com

GA-812 #8 - 12 Garnet, 1.5 mm, 140 lbs/ft3, <1.5 Uniformity Coefficient, 100 lbs/Bag

Specifications • Black • 50 lbs/ft3 bulk density • 3.0 - 3.8 hardness, • Apparent specific gravity: 1.6 gm/cc • Acid solubility: < 1% • Caustic Solubility: < 1% • Uniformity Coefficients: < 1.6 - 1.7

Neutralize Acidic Water with Calcite!

CAL-50 Calcite For Acid Neutralization, 52 lbs/Bag

GA-8 #8 Garnet, 2.0 mm, 140 lbs/ft3, 1.3 Uniformity Coefficient, 100 lbs/Bag

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Specifications • Light tan to reddish purple • 50 lbs/ft3 bulk density • 7.0 - 7.5 hardness, • Specific gravity: 3.8 - 4.2 gm/cc • Acid solubility: minimal • Free Silica: minimal

Reduce Chemical Usage for pH Reduction with Corosex! Corosex and Corosex II • Corosex can correct acidic water conditions and render it less corrosive • It is a highly reactive magnesium oxide, is used most effectively with high flow conditions or when substantial pH correction is needed • Corosex may increase water hardness and the treatment system may require a water softener • Can be combined with Calcite to reduce high basic properties due to overcorrection • Corosex II is slower reacting than Corosex and more stable form of magnesium oxide OperationConditions • A gravel support bed is recommended • Water pH range: 4.5 - 6.0 • Downflow service is good on water with a hardness of less than 5 grains/gal or where it is combined with calcite (50-50). Upflow service is recommended with hardness exceeding five grains/gal to prevent cementing of the Corosex bed • Backwash frequently to prevent cementing • 24 - 30 inch bed depth • Service flow rate: 5 - 6 gpm/ft2 or higher • 10 - 12 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate COROSEX 6 x 16 US Mesh Size Corosex, 75 lbs/ft3 Bulk Density, Brownish White, 3.6 gm/cc Specific Gravity, 1.4 mm Size, 1.7 Uniform Coefficient, 97% MgO, 50 lbs/Bag COROSEX II 6 x 16 US Mesh Size Corosex, 100 lbs/ft3 Bulk Density, White, 3.4 gm/cc Specific Gravity, 1.3 mm Size, 1.5 Uniform Coefficient, 99% MgO, 100 lbs/Bag

sales@ereinc.com

297


FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

Use Ion Exchange Resins For Water Treatment & Specialized Applications Chemical to be removed & recommended resin: dependent on water quality

Aluminum RT-CG8-H, RT-CG10-H, RT-CG8, RT-SACMPH

Chromium (+6) RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WBMP, RT-SIR700

Mercury (anionic) RT-SIR200

Phosphate RT-SBG1P, RT-SBACR

Ammonia & Amines RT-CG8-H, RT-CG10-H, RT-CG8-H, RT-WACMP

Cobalt RT-CG8, RT-SIR300

Mercury (complexed) RT-SIR200, RT-SIR300

Platinum RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Antimony RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Copper RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-CG8

Mercury (cationic) RT-WACMP, RT-SIR400

Radium RT-CG8

Arsenic RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Cyanide RT-SBACR, RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Molybdenum RT-WBMP, RT-SIR700

Selenium RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Barium RT-CG8, RT-CG10

Ferrocyanide RT-SBACR

Nickel RT-CG8,RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-SIR500,

Silver RT-SBG1

Boron RT-SBG1, RT-SIR150

Fluorine (fluoride) RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR900

Nitrate RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR100

Strontium RT-CG8

Cadmium RT-CG8, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Gold RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR400

Organics (natural) RT-SIR-22P, RT-SBACR

Uranium (anion) RT-SBG1, RT-CG8

Calcium RT-SIR-500

Iron RT-CG8, RT-SBG1

Potassium RT-CG8

Uranium (cation) RT-CG8

Cesium RT-SIR600

Magnesium RT-SIR500

Palladium RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2,

Zinc RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-CG8

Chromium (+3) RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300

Managanese RT-CG8

Phenol RT-WBMP

Anion Resin

Anion Resin

Cation Exchange Resins

Mixed Bed Resins & Regenerated Products

RT-CG8 Strong Acid Gel, 8% DVB, Na Ionic Form, 1.9 meq/ml Capacity, 42 - 29% Water Retention, 280°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Softening & Demineralization, Including Mixed Beds & Dealkalization

RT-MDB10 Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.68 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form Cation & Hydroxide Form Standard Type 1 Anion Resin, High Capacity Is Particularly Useful For Disposable Cartridges & Single Use Applications

RT-CG8-H Strong Acid Gel, 8% DVB, H Ionic Form, 1.8 meq/ml Capacity, 47 - 52% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 52 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Softening & Demineralization, Including Mixed Beds & Dealkalization, Hydrogen Form RT-CG10 Strong Acid Gel, 10% DVB, Na Ionic Form, 2.2 meq/ml Capacity, 39 - 53% Water Retention, 280°F (Max. Temp.), 54 lbs/ft3, More Resistant To Oxidation Than CG8, Excellent For High Temperature Applications, Softening Deionization & Chemical Processes, Well Suited For Mixed Beds RT-CG-10-H Strong Acid Gel, 10% DVB, H Ionic Form, 2.1 meq/ml Capacity, 46 - 52% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 52 lbs/ft3, More resistant To Oxidation Than CG8. Excellent For High Temperature Applications, Softening Deionization & Chemical Processes, Well Suited For Mixed Beds RT-SACMP Strong Acid, Macropoorous, Na Ionic Form, 1.7 meq/ml Capacity, 45 - 55% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Macroporous Structure & High DVB Level Gives This Strong Acid Cation Resin The Best Resistance To Oxidative, Thermal & Osmotic Stresses, Hydrogen Form Available RT-WACG Weak Acid Gel, (Carboxylic), H Ionic Form, 4.0 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 60% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Has Nearly 100% Regeneration Efficiency & An Extraordinary Total Capacity, Useful In Dealkalization & Chemical Processing Applications, Also Available In The Sodium Form For Use In High TDS Softening Applications

RT-MDB30 Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.45 meq/ml Capacity, 65% Water Retention, 175°F (Maximum Operating Temp. (Non-Regenerable)), 120°F (Maximum Operating Temp. (Regenerable)) 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Resin That Changes Color As It Exhausts, Cation Resin Component Is Dyed, Great For Cartridge Applications Where Visual Determination Of Exhaustion Is Needed RT-MDB15 Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.60 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3,Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form & Hydroxide Form Porous Type 1 Anion Resin, Specially Processed To Minimize TOC Throw, Best Choice For Regenrable Applications & Ultrapure Water RT-MDB16 Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.60 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3,Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form 10% DVB Cation & Hydroxide Form Porous Type 1 Anion Resin, Specially Processed To Minimize TOC Throw, Gives Great Backwash Separation RT-MDB20 Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 2, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.80 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 95°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form Cation & Hydroxide Form Type 2 Anion Resin, Very High Operating Capacity/Low Odor

RT-WACMP Weak Acid Macro, (Carboxylic), H Ionic Form, 3.8 meq/ml Capacity, 46 - 56% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Has Nearly 100% Regeneration Efficiency For Dealkalization, Deionization, Etc., W/ Improved Physical Stability, This Resin Is Also Available In The Sodium Form For Use In High TDS Softening Applications

298

Cation Resin

Phone : 1 888 287 3732

Fax : (514) 326 8961


Anion Exchange Resins

Selective Resins and Specialty Products

RT-SBG1 Strong Base Gel, Type 1, Cl Ionic Form, 1.45 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 50% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 44 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Condensate Deionization & Single Use Mixed Beds, Has The Highest Total Capacity Of Type 1 Gel Anion Resins, Superior Physical Strength & Resistance To Oxidation

RT-CG8-ID Strong Acid, 8% DVB, H Ionic Form, 1.6 meq/ml Capacity, 47 - 54% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Hydrogen Form Cation Resin W/ Indicator Dye That Changes Colour Upon Exhaustion, Suitable For Uyse In Cartridges

RT-SBG1P Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, Cl Ionic Form, 1.25 meq/ml Capacity, 51 - 60% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Superior Kinetics To SBG1, For Use In Deionization & Mixed Beds, Has The Highest Regenerable Operating Capacity Of The Type 1 Anion Resins, Especially Recommended For Regenerable Systems, Good Resistance To Organic Fouling

RT-SIR22P-HP Strong Base Gel, Type 1,Cl Ionic Form, 70 - 85% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 41 lbs/ft3, Extremely High Porosity Gel Type 1 Anion Resin For Chloride Cycle Organic Scavenging & Colour Removal, Reduced Bead Size Provides Faster Kinetics, Ideal For Tannic Organics (Yellow/Brown Water)

RT-SBMP Strong Base Type 1, Macroporous, Cl Ionic Form, 1.15 meq/ml Capacity, 51 - 60% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 42 lbs/ft3, Features High Exchange Capacity, Porous Gel Matrix & Superior Elution Of Large Organic Molecules, Also Offered In Hydroxide Form For Immediate Use RT-SBACR Strong Base Gel, Acrylic, Cl Ionic Form, 1.2 meq/ml Capacity, 55 - 53% Water Retention, 95°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Acrylic Structure Allows Operating Capacity & Fouling Resistance In Applications W/ A High Level Of Organics, Do Not Use When Service Temperature Exceeds 85°F, Ideal For Humic Organics (Black Water) RT-WBG-30 Weak Base, Epoxy Polyamine, Cl, Free Base Ionic Form, 2.6 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 60% Water Retention, 110°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, High Capacity Granular Intermediate Base Resin For Use In Applications Requiring Extremely High Throughput Capacity Or Nearly 100% Regeneration Effficiency RT-WBMP Weak Base, Macroporous, Free Base Ionic Form,1.3 meq/ml capacity, 53 - 60% Water Retention 212°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Macroporous Weakly Basic Anion Resin W/ Excellent Physical Strength & High Throughput Capacity & Regeneration, Organic Substances Sorbed During Service Are Easily Removed During Regeneration

RT-SIR100 Strong Base Gel, Triethylamine, Cl Ionic Form, 1.0 meq/ml Capacity, 50 - 65% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Highly Selective For Nitrates, Meets All Major European Specifications For Pure Water Applications RT-SIR200 Thiol Functionality, H Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 45 - 50% Water Retention, 160°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Mercury Removal RT-SIR300 Iminodiacetate Functionality, Na Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 55 - 60% Water Retention, 160°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Heavy Metals Removal RT-SIR400 Thiouroniuml Functionality, H Ionic Form, 2.0 meq/ml Capacity, 45-50% Water Retention, 175°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Sepcific For Precious Metals Removal RT-SIR500 Aminophosphonic Functionality, Na Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 65 - 70% Water Retention, 185°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Removal Of Hardness From brine RT-SIR1200 Cl Ionic Form, 1.4 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 47% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 44 lbs/ft3, High Total Capacity & Low Swelling On Regeneration Provides Maximum Operating Capacity In Cartridge Deionization Applications From Ultra-Pure Water To Water & Waste Treatment

High Purity Sands and Gravels

Fine and Coarse Gravel ASTM Sizes

Fine and Coarse Gravel ASTM Sizes

Features • Meets specifications for water filtration, well drilling, environmental drilling, soil remediation, and industrial applications • Consistent physical properties • High specific gravity for hardness and chemical resistance • Available in 100 lb heat seal plastic or 50 lb heat seal plastic

RI-6X16 1.2 - 3.4 mm Fine Gravel

RI-1/4X1/8 3.4 - 6.3 mm Medium Gravel

RI-6X14 1.4 - 3.4 mm Fine Gravel

RI-3/8X3/16 4.8 - 9.5 mm Medium Gravel

RI-6X12 1.7 - 3.4 mm Fine Gravel

RI-1/2X1/4 6.3 - 12 mm Medium Gravel

RI-4X12 1.7 - 4.8 mm Fine Gravel

RI-5/8X3/8 9.5 - 16 mm Medium Gravel

RI-4X10 2.0 - 4.8 mm Fine Gravel

RI-3/4X1/2 12 - 19 mm Coarse Gravel

Specifications • Clean, natural and rounded, not crushed • 50 lbs/ft3 bulk density • 6 - 8 hardness • Specific gravity: > 2.50 • Acid solubility: <5% • Sphericity and Soundness: 0.6

Filtration Sand Nominal Effective (D10 mm) Sizes

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

RT-SBG2 Strong Base Gel, Type 2, Cl Ionic Form, 1.45 meq/ml Capacity, 37 - 45% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 44 lbs/ft3, Features Very High Capacity & Regeneration Efficiency, Greater Resistance To Organics Than Type 1 Resins, Excellent For Two Bed Service, Its Good Regeneration Efficiency & High Capacity Can Help Minimize Caustic Comsumption & Save On Operating Costs

RI-1X1/2 12 - 25 mm Coarse Gravel RI-1X5/8 16 - 25 mm Coarse Gravel RI-1.5X3/4 19 - 37 mm Coarse Gravel

RI-D10- 035/040/045 0.35 mm / 0.40 mm / 0.45 mm Filtration Sand RI-D10-050/055/060 0.50 mm / 0.55 mm / 0.60 mm Filtration Sand RI-D10-065/070/075 0.65 mm / 0.70 mm / 0.75 mm Filtration Sand RI-D10-1.0/1.2/1.4/1.6 1.0 mm / 1.2 mm / 1.4 mm / 1.6 mm Filtration Sand

6 x 12

1.2 mm

1.0 mm

0.6 mm

0.5 mm

0.4 mm

www.ereinc.com

sales@ereinc.com

299


Excellent for Groundwater Remediation & Other Applications

Dis p Dr osab um le s!

FILTRATION / REMEDIATION

UltraSorberTM Water Treatment Disposable Drums

Technical Specifications Applies to All Water Treatment Containers and Drums Drum Size

5 gal. (Plastic)

10 gal. (Plastic)

25 gal. (Plastic)

55 gal. (Plastic)

55 gal. (Metal)

2.52 gpm @ 3 gpm/ft sq.

3.69 gpm @ 3 gpm/ft sq.

6.06 gpm @ 3 gpm/ft sq.

10 gpm @ 3.62 gpm/ft sq.

10 gpm @ 3.62 gpm/ft sq.

4.20 gpm @ 5 gpm/ft sq.

6.15 gpm @ 5 gpm/ft sq.

10.1 gpm @ 5 gpm/ft sq.

12 gpm @ 4.35 gpm/ft sq.

12 gpm @ 4.35 gpm/ft sq

2.38 min. @ 2.5 GPM

2.81 min. @ 3.7 GPM

4.17 min. @ 6 GPM

4.50 min. @ 10 GPM

4.50 min. @ 10 GPM

3/4" FNPT

1" FNPT

1 1/4" FNPT

1 1/2" FNPT

2" FNPT

Liquid Loading Rate Industrial Applications Commercial Water Applications Residence Time Inlet & Outlet (inches)<